A guide to modern Greek

\\\ \\ \\
A <«
WAAAY
~ \ \\

\\
WY
SS \\ \ \ \ \
Ss

MMGAhAY SESS MAN S\ \\ x aS POH SN RAH S RY GK
: . . RRM PHP DOA Wee f
CORR FB FRR aN

~

Ex Libris
Cc. K. OGDEN

aes ae es a we a

B. H. BLACKWELL,
BOOKSELLER,
50 & 51, BROAD ST.,

OXFORD.

=~ |

SIMU

TO ; ge rs
¥ 5 j
a

° BY

H. M. GELDART, M.A.

FORMERLY SCHOLAR OF BALLIOL COLLEGE, OXFORD}
OR OF “THE MODERN GREEK LANGUAGE IN ITS RELATION TO ANCIENT
GREEK,”’ ETO., ETC.

Ae LONDON :

- TRUBNER & CO., 57 anv 59, LUDGATE HILL.
Hy. 1883.

[Al rights reserved. }.

ODERN GREEK. ©

LONDON : ;
PRINTED BY GILBERT AND RIVINGTON, LIMIIED,
‘ST. JOHN'S SQUARE,

se

CONTENTS.

PAGE

INTRODUCTION ‘ * 2 . ‘ 4 . a Vv
PLAN OF THE WoRK . , x F = ‘ é Xi
PART I.

ALPHABET, PRONUNCIATION, ETC. . é 7 ‘ z 1
TABLE OF CHANGES IN ARYAN LANGUAGES . ‘ oy EE

Mr. Susamixis’ Eventne Parry (analyzed and explained

in fourteen lessons) : . ‘ : é RE
: PART IL

A Journey To Greece (Dialogues) . R . - 128
PART IIL

A CLASSIFIED VOCABULARY . 3 : . ‘ . 152
PART IV.

ACCIDENCE . ? : ‘ ‘ ‘ ‘ x 5 DER

Synrax - ‘ - F é , ; . « 249

AprrnpbIx (Correspondence) . 3 : : : - 257

A 2

ANRRaeXsS

Digitized by the Internet Archive
in 2007 with funding from
Microsoft Corporation

https://archive.org/details/guidetomoderngreO0geldiala

INTRODUCTION.

Tae Modern Greek language is the direct descendant of
the language of the Byzantine or Eastern Roman Empire
(whence its name Romaic), as this was immediately deve-
loped from the Alexandrine Greek, or “common dialect,”
resulting from a blending and merging of all the various
Greek dialects when the ascendency of the Macedonian king
and conqueror, Alexander the Great, united the various
tribes of Greece, and spread their language as the medium .
of intercommunication among the subjugated populations
of his enormous empire. Although the political su-
premacy of Greece, even in its comparatively bastard
Macedonian and Byzantine forms, in which, however,
alone it can ever be said to have existed as a united
and powerful nationality, has long been a thing of the
past, the inherent vitality, and vigour, and self-recreating
power of the Greek language have never waned, and
in the present day Greek performs much the same
office, as the language of the most thriving commercial
race in the Hast, that it did in the days of Alexander’s
successors. ‘The subjects of free Greece—two millions
and a half of souls—are but a fraction of the Greek-
speaking population of the East. In the days of Mezzo-
fanti, at the beginning of this century, Greek was siill

vi INTRODUCTION.

commonly spoken among the remnants of the ancient
Greek colonies on the coast of Calabria, part of the old
Magna Grecia in Italy ; and even in Sardinia, it is said,
there are still Greek-speaking colonies. But however
this may be, Magna Grecia, “Great Greece,” is still
outside the limits of “ Little” or “ Free Greece.” In
Bulgaria, in Albania (the ancient Macedonia and Epirus),
in Thessaly (which was part of Ancient Greece), in all the
islands east of Greece in the Mediterranean Sea, on the
coasts as well as far inland in Asia Minor and in Egypt,
in many parts of Palestine and Syria, indeed throughout
the dominions of Turkey, Greek is the one language
which is almost everywhere spoken and understood. A
person with a competent knowledge of Modern Greek
may travel nearly anywhere in the East without invoking
the aid of that most terrible institution of modern
tourism, the dragoman, who, by the way, is generally a
Greek. This alone is a fact which has only to become
duly known and appreciated in order to secure for Greek
a foremost place among the modern languages which the
ubiquitous English traveller is, or ought to be, anxious to
acquire.

But it has another, and, if possible, a still stronger
recommendation to our notice. Ten years ago I stated
in my book “ The Modern Greek Language in its relation
to Ancient Greek” (published by the Clarendon Press,
Oxford, in 1870), that “ Modern Greek is nothing but
Ancient Greek made easy.” Constant study and con-
verse with Greeks since that period have but served to
confirm me in the opinion that that statement is literally -
correct. But if so, what follows? Why, that the study
of Modern Greek is the true key to the mastery of the

INTRODUCTION. Vii

classical idiom. This view has been directly or indirectly
advocated by some of the foremost educationalists in
England. The late John Stuart Mill, in his Rectorial
address to the students of the University of St. Andrew’s,
referring to the growing discontent that so much
valuable time was wasted at our schools and universities
in learning, or too often not learning, Latin and Greek—
time which might otherwise be saved for the study of
natural science and other essential branches of a liberal
education—rightly vindicated the claims of the classics to
a prominent place in higher education, not as against,
but alongside of, the so-called modern subjects. Why,
he pertinently asked, should not time be found for both ?
And he lays the fault of the dilemma, in which those are
placed who in regard to these conflicting claims feel
inclined to say in the words of the popular song—

** How happy could I be with either,
Were t’other dear charmer away!”

on the execrably bad system of teaching the classics
which prevails amongst us, and which, after consuming
four-fifths of the entire time at the disposal of a schoolboy
in Latin and Greek, afterwards sends him out into the
world not only unable for the most part to take up an
easy classic, and read him for pleasure and for profit, but
often imbued with a thorough disgust for classical
literature. “Why,” says Mill, “should not Latin and
Greek be taught like any other language? Why should
not a man learn the classics as he would learn his
mother tongue ?””? Why, indeed, except perhaps for the
obvious reason that it is only within the last few years
that even modern languages have been taught on a

Vili INTRODUCTION.

rational system, or like our “ mother tongue.” Still,
since the days of Pestalozzi and Frébel, among all
intelligent educationalists the belief has been gaining
ground, that the only true method of teaching, both
morally and intellectually, is to proceed from the known
to the unknown, and not from the unknown to the known ;
that the learner should be dealt with not as a parrot, but
as a human being ; that, e. g. we should begin the study
of history with the reign of Queen Victoria, and not with
the creation of the world; and so on with other subjects.

In accordance with these principles it is well worth
consideration whether the student of Latin ought not in
England to begin with French, and thence proceed to
the cognate and more archaic Romance dialects, as
Portuguese, Spanish, Italian, Roumanian, and so on;
thence to the older Norman and Provencal, and from
them through the later Latin of the period of the decline
to the Latin of the Augustan era. Else, to be consistent,
why begin with Sallust rather than with Oscan and
Umbrian, or the Salian hymns ?

But as regards Greek the problem is immensely
simplified. Ancient Greek has but one modern repre-
sentative, which is spoken with comparatively insignificant
variations throughout Turkey, Greece, and the Levant.
Whoever is thoroughly conversant with Modern Greek
will find no more difficulty in reading the Greek Fathers
and the New Testament, than an Englishman of the
nineteenth century finds in understanding Spenser. The
passage from the New Testament or Septuagint to
Xenophon is incomparably easier than that from Spenser
to Chaucer; and from Xenophon to Thucydides, from
Thucydides to the Tragedians, from them to Herodotus,

INTRODUCTION. ix

and from Herodotus to Homer, is far more simple than
would be the somewhat analogous transition in English
from Chaucer to Piers Plowman, from Piers Plowman to
Layamon and Ormin, from them to the Anglo-Saxon of
King Alfred, and from the Saxon of King Alfred to the
Gothic of Ulfilas.

Indeed, the change which has passed upon the Greek
language since Homer’s age is so very much slighter
than that which English has undergone in the far shorter
period intervening between the times of the Saxon kings
and the present reign, that there are whole lines of Homer
which would scarcely require the alteration of a word to
convert them into idiomatic Modern Greek; for example,
Tl. A. 334 :—

Xaipere, knpuxes Avs Gyyedot 75€ Kal dvdpav

where only the word 76é is not good Modern Greek,
although yaipere means now rather “ good-bye” than
“hail,” and dyyedo rather “angels” than simply mes-
sengers.” In line 362 of the same book the question
réxvov Ti Kdalews ; is good Modern Greek. Far less is the
difference when we come to Plato, the first words of whose
Republic: xcaréBnv xOés ets [Tov] Tespard wera TAavewvos
tov “Apioctwvos, with the single addition of the definite
article, which need not have been omitted, might be
heard any day in the streets of Athens in the year 1883.
Greek, then, is essentially a living language—the
language, unchanged in its main features, of Aristotle,
Xenophon, and Demosthenes—and there is no reason why
it should not be taught as such. It is impossible to
draw any such rigid line of demarcation between Modern
and Ancient Greek, as between the language of: ancient

x INTRODUCTION.

Rome and the modern Latin or Romance languages,
inasmuch as Greece never suffered that complete break-up
of its grammar which befell the Latin language on the
dissolution of the Roman Empire. When the scholar
has become thoroughly familiar with the Modern Greek
declension and conjugation, which for the most part are
identical with the classical forms, so far as they go, it
will be an easy step to add the dual number, the archaic
conjugation in -, the perfect tense, and the extended
use of case-endings and infinitive moods, almost all of
which survive, or have been revived, in isolated phrases
even in Modern Greek.

Perhaps in no department of classical learning will the
benefit of Modern Greek be more apparent than with
regard to accentuation. The rules of prosody are learnt
at Eton, Rugby, Harrow, and all our great public schools ;
rules which are numerous and intricate enough in all
conscience, but few and simple by comparison with their
exceptions. And what is the result? After seven or
eight years’ hard study, scarcely the most eminent of
living Greek scholars unacquainted with Modern Greek
is able to write from memory a single sentence in Greek
without the accents being at fault. Let a man be
accustomed from the first never to pronounce a single
Greek word without its appropriate accent, and he will
never be in doubt how to write it, or “ hardly ever ;” the
cases where he might hesitate between a circumflex and
an acute being very soon mastered when not only the ear,
but the eye and ear together are exercised by writing
and reading aloud with due regard to the accent.

PLAN OF THE FOLLOWING WORK.

Tue First Part, after discussing the alphabet and pronunciation,
contains a story from common life, “Mr. Susamékis’ Evening
Party,’’ which has been chosen as embodying in its narrative a
fair illustration of the literary form of Modern Greek, while its
dialogue represents the more colloquial vernacular. Each word
and sentence as it comes is grammatically analyzed, repetition
being for the most part avoided. When the student has worked
diligently through this portion, he will find himself in possession
of the main features of Modern Greek accidence and syntax, not
learned by rote, as is usually the case, but gathered by actual
experience. In the earlier lessons a transliteration is interlined,
to facilitate pronunciation; this is dispensed with later on.
The idiomatic translation also given with the earlier lessons is
dropped when the student may be presumed to have gained an
insight into the general structure of the language. At the end
of each lesson an exercise, based on the principle of “ringing
the changes” on the words and phrases occurring in previous
lessons, is added.

In addition to the grammatical analysis, considerable space is
allotted to the indication of the philological affinities of each
word as it occurs, wherever these are so apparent as to be
placed beyond the field of mere conjecture. The comparisons
are confined as far as possible to English and those languages
with which the average student may be expected to have some

1 The Greek text of the above is taken from Dr. Daniel Sanders’

“ Neugriechische Grammatik,” founded on Messrs. Vincent and Dickson’s
“ Handbook to Modern Greek.” The author is Angelos Vlichos.

xii PLAN OF THE FOLLOWING WORK.

acquaintance. Apart from the interest attaching to such in-
vestigations, it is believed they will form a most valuable
“memoria technica.” It is always easier to remember two
things than one, provided there is any rational link of association
between them. In this part of the work I have followed (when
in doubt) that sound and cautious philologist, Georg Curtius,
in his “‘Grundziige der griechischen Etymologie,” 3rd ed., Leipzig,
1869. In order that the reader may see on what principle such
comparisons are founded, and may know beforehand what
sounds to expect as the representatives of the Greek in the
various cognate languages, I have appended a table showing the
regular changes which thé sounds of words undergo in passing
from one language to another of the Aryan family of speech.

Part II. consists of dialogues, to which I have attempted to
supply a continuous chain of interest by supposing them to take
place on a journey to Greece. In order to relieve the strain
which a lengthened perusal of dialogues sometimes occasions, I
have shifted the Greek and English respectively from right to
left and from left to right, without notice.

Part IIT. consists of a classified vocabulary, borrowed in the
main from the excellent Modern Greek Grammar of Antonios
Jeannarakis (“ Neugriechische Grammatik nebst Lehrbuch der
neugriechischen Volksprache und einem methodischen Worter-
anhang, von Antonios Jeannarakis,” Hannover, Hahn’sche Buch-
handlung, 1877).

Part IV. is an attempt to summarize in a simple form what
the student will by the time he has worked through Parts I. to
III. actually have learned by practice. This part will be
published in a separate form among the series of ‘‘ Simplified
Grammars” commenced by the late lamented Professor E. H.
Palmer, and published by Messrs. Triibner. His own Simplified
Grammars of Hindoostanee, Persian, and Arabic have been of
invaluable use to me as models in the preparation of this
portion of the work.

A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK,

PART I.

The Alphabet.

§ 1. The Greek alphabet of to-day consists of the following
letters, the names of which, to be pronounced as far as possible
in English fashion, we have given under each character :—

Aa BBE Ty Aé Ee
Ah'lfah. Vee'tah. Ghah’mah. Dheh’ltah. Eh'pseelon.
A H » @03 i K«
Zee'tah. Ee'tah. Thee'tah. Eeaw'tah. Kah’'pah.
AX M wu N v B & Oo
Lah’mvdhah. Mee. Nee. Ksee. Aw’meekron.
Il r+ P p zZos Tr T v
Pee. Raw. See'ghmah. -‘Tahv. Ee‘pseelon.

D ¢ X ¥ Va Q
Fee. Khee. Psee. Awmeh’ghah.

The letter F (6at, vahv), pronounced as f, is only used in
ancient (pre-classical) Greek words.

F B

2 A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK.

§ 2. Of these letters, a, <, 7, 4, 0, ¥, w, are vowels (dwvjevta,
fawnee'ehnda), while the rest are consonants (cipdwva, see'm-
fawnah); and two of the vowels, « and v, have, in certain
positions, a consonantal or quasi-consonantal value.

VoweELs.

§ 8. A sounds always as the English interjection ak / by
which syllable we shall always represent it. ;

E is like the sound of the English interjection eh / but
rather broader, with a slight inclination to the sound of @ in
that. We shall represent it by eh. The nearest approximation
in English to the exact sound is that of a in care. Our sound
ai or ay in day, chaise, &c., has an ee sound at the end, which
must be specially avoided in pronouncing «.

H, I, and ¥ are phonetically equivalent, though etymologically
distinct ; they all sound like ee in see, and we shall represent
them accordingly.

O and Q are also indistinguishable in sound. Originally w
was a long or double o. At present, when either stands last in
a syllable, it has a tendency to be sounded somewhat longer than
when followed in the same syllable by a consonant; and this
applies more or less to all the vowels. O and w both sound
like oa in broad, o in lord, or aw in saw. We shall represent
them uniformly by aw.

‘-DIPHTHONGS.

§ 4 Although etymologically diphthong means “ double-
sound” (Greek, dipOoyyos, dhee!/thawngawss), most of the diph-
thongs at present, as already in the age of Greek grammarians
of the Roman period, stand for a single vowel sound, while a
few represent a vowel sound followed by that of a consonant.
They are as follows :—

A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. 3

Ac sounded as € in Greek, represented like that letter by eh
in English.

Ee

Ou i all sounded as ¢ or 7; represented by ee.

Yi 7.

Ov sounds like 00 in mood, and will be represented accordingly.

Av sounds as ahv, except batore 0, K, & 7 9 7, $, XW When
it sounds as ahf.

Ev sounds, under the same conditions as the foregoing, ehv
and ehf respectively.

Hv as eev or eef, according to circumstances,

Besides the diphthongs proper, there are three so-called
improper diphthongs (dépOoyyou xataypyotikal, dheelfthawngee
‘kahtahkhreesteckeh'), viz. a, y, », in which the letter « (eeaw'tah)
is simply written under the vowel in question, but not pro-
nounced,

ConsONANTS,

§ 5. These are divided into simple and compound.
The simple consonants are classified in two ways; first,
according to the organs by which they are pronounced, as—
(a) Lip-letters: B, #, 6, wm
(b) Tongue-letters: 8, % 7, 6, 4, A, p, o
(c) Gutturals: y, K, x.
Secondly, according to their qualities, as—
(a) Liquids: A, p, v, p.
(6) Sibilants: % o
(c) Spirants: either (a) sharp, as ¢, x, 4, or (8) soft, as By y 6
(d) Hard Explodents (tenues): as 7, «, 7.
The true medials or soft explodents are only heard when z,
x, and 7 are found in combination with p and »
The compound or double consonants are :—
y, which stands for Bo, zo, or do ; and
é, which stands for yo, Ko, oF xo.
B 2

4 A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK.

With regard to the pronunciation of the consonants the
reader should observe—

B sounds as v in English.

T sounds as a rule like German g in Tag, lag, i.e. it is the
guttural spirant, just as 8 is the labial. We shall represent it
by gh.

Before the vowels ¢, 7, and «, or their equivalents among the
diphthongs, however, y has the sound of y in year; while yy
sounds as ng in the words anger, longer, stronger, linger, &c.,
never as the mere guttural n in singer, ringer, &c. This
direction will be of little use to North Country people, as they
constantly confound these perfectly distinct sounds. A further
modification of the sound of y occurs when yy is followed by
t, 7, €, or their equivalents ; in this case the sound of the last
y is slightly palatalized, and may be best described as halfway
between gand j. We shall represent it by an upright letter, to
distinguish it from the surrounding italics, or vice versd ; thus
dyyotpov, ah'nggeestrawn, ‘a hook ; dyyeiov, ahnggee'awn, fa
vessel.’

A sounds as the English th in then, thither, this, that, and all
the pronouns and pronominal adverbs in which it occurs. We
shall represent it by dh.

Z is the English z, and will be so represented.

® is the English th in thin, thorough, thousand, &e. We
shall represent it by th.

K is the English &, save before the vowels e, 7, «, and their
equivalents, where it has a slightly palatal sound inclining to ch
in church, but stopping a good way short of it, except in the
Cretan and some other dialects, where it is completely trans-
. formed into the English ch, like the Italian ¢ in similar cireum-
stances. We shall represent this modification, as in the case of
y, by an upright letter in the midst of italics, as xaipds, kehraw’ss,
‘time ;’ Kvptos, kee'veeawss, ‘Mr.,’ ‘Lord.’ Besides this it is

A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. 5

to be noted that y« is phonetically equivalent in all respects
to yy.

A is the English 7, but before 1, y, v, &c., it sounds almost as
ly, i. e. Jl in Spanish, 7h in Portuguese. We shall represent it
by an upright letter in the midst of italics, and vice versd ; e. g.
Avcw, lee’ssaw, ‘I may loose.’

M is equivalent to English m. It cannot stand as the last
letter in a word.

N is like ~ in English, but subject to the same modification
as A under like conditions. This will be indicated in our trans-
literation in the same manner, e. g. viv, neen, ‘now.’

E is pronounced as English x in six, except when preceded
by v, written y, in which case it is sounded gz, or like # in
example ; e.g. E€vos, xeh'nawss, ‘a stranger,’ ‘guest; but odryéiv,
sfeengzee'n, ‘to sphinxes.’

TI is sounded as p in English, except when preceded by p,
when it sounds as b; e.g. mapa, pahrah', ‘by,’ ‘than; but
éumopos, eh'mbawrawss, ‘a merchant.’

P is equivalent to English r in embarrass, but is never pro-
nounced smooth as in hard, bar.

> is always sounded sharp, as the English s at the beginning
of a word, except when followed by p, in which case it has the
sound of z; ¢€. g. o@os, saw’ awss, ‘safe? but Spipva, Zmee'rnah,
‘Smyrna.’

T sounds as the English ¢, except when preceded by y, in
which case it is pronounced as d; e. g. rdvos, taw'nawss, ‘ tone ?
but &rovos, eh’ndawnawss, intense.

® is the English /-

’ X is sounded as the German ch in Bach, or the Scotch ch in
loch, except before «, 4 or their equivalents, when it is pro-
nounced as German ch in ich, &c. We shall represent the first
sound by kh, and the second by kh, or vice versd; e.g. taxa,
tah'khah, ‘perhaps ; but taxvs, tahkhee'ss, ‘ swift.’

6 A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK.

W is sounded ps, except when preceded by p, in which case
it is pronounced as bz; e.g. yuxy, pseekhee’, ‘soul; but euuxos,
eh'mbzeekhawss, ‘ animate.’

OTHER SIGNS.
BREATHING.

§ 6. Every vowel or diphthong at the beginning of a word is
marked by a sign called a breathing (xvetpa, pneh'vmah). This
breathing is either smooth (yAy, pseelee’) or rough (8aceta,
dhahssee'ah)—sub. rpoowdia, prawssawdhee'ah, accentual sign.
The smooth breathing is written as @ comma over the vowel,
the rough as an inverted comma; thus 0%, awdhee’, ‘a song;
650s, awdhaw'ss, ‘a way.’ As in most of the modern languages
of Southern Europe, the rough breathing is no longer heard,
but only written. Its presence, however, in cultivated usage is
recognized in case a consonant liable to aspiration immediately
precedes; such consonants are z, 7, and x. Thus dzo dAuy,
ahpaw-aw'lawn, becomes, by elision of the o, ad’ dAwv, ahfaw'lawn ;
kata ddov, kahtah-aw'loo—xa6drov, kahthaw'loo ; oix ottws, ookh
oo'tawss, stands for od« ovrws.

The rough breathing is frequently, though not always, written
over the p at the beginning of a word, as fddov or pddov, raw’-
dhawn, ‘a rose.’ In the case of ‘two p’s coming together in one
word, either the aspirate is omitted altogether, or the first p has
the smooth, the second the rough breathing, as @dppos or Odpfos,
thah'ranss, ‘ courage.’

In the case of initial diphthongs the breathing is written over
the second vowel ; if it stands over the first, the two vowels are
heard separately ; e.g. aidds, ahvlaw'ss, ‘a flute; but dvdos,
ah'-eelawss, * immaterial.’

Tur AcoENts.

§ 7. With the exception of the following words:—é, 4 (av, ee),
‘the,’ masculine and feminine nominative singular ; oi, ai (ee, eh),

A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK, 7

‘the,’ masculine and. feminine nominative plural; ei (ee), ‘if;
as (awss), ‘as; od, odx, and ody (00, ook, ookh), ‘not; é« and éé,
‘out of —all words in Greek are accented.

The accents are three in kind :—

(a) The acute, déefa (awksee’ah), which indicates that the
syllable so marked has the principal stress—a stress which is
given much as in English, but usually with a more distinct
elevation of tone.

(b) The grave, Bapeta (vahree'ah), which indicates that the
syllable has a more decided stress than any unaccented syllable,
yet less than one which has the acute accent.

(c) The circumflex, wepicrwpevn (pehreespatomeh'nee), in
practice no longer distinguishable from the*acute, though in
theory and origin it is compounded of the acute and the grave.
It was held by the ancient Greek grammarians that every un-
accented syllable had in reality the grave accent; consequently
a word like dyamde (ahghahpah'ee), ‘he loves,’ might be re-
garded as if written Gydrdei. When éyardei was contracted to
dyad, the accents ’* were supposed to coalesce, and form a kind
of musical wave or transition from a higher to a lower key.
Hence arose the circumflex, first written *, and afterwards in
cursive manuscript rounded into“ or~. It may be assumed that
so long as the « subseriptum wag heard in dyamé, so long would
the grave accent be heard; and then, when this was no longer
audible, only the acute would be so.

The acute accent may stand over either of the two last
syllables but one in a word, or on the last syllable when it comes
at the end of a sentence or clause ; or over a monosyllable inter-
rogative, as ris, ra.

The grave accent can only stand over the last syllable of a word,
or over monosyllables, as 76 puxpdv wryvov ade, ‘the little bird
sings.’ At the end of a clause or sentence the grave becomes acute,
as goer TO piKpov mryvdv, OF det 7d wrnvov 75 puxpov. In writing,
the acute is frequently used throughout in place of the grave.

8. A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK.

The circumflex accent from the nature of the case cannot
stand farther back than the last syllable but one; otherwise
we should have to assume before contraction the existence of
an acute accent on the last syllable but three, which is in-
admissible: thus such a form as jyefa would presuppose éeueGa,
which is impossible. In the case of an accented diphthong, the
accent like the breathing goes with the last vowel, and in case
of an initial diphthong is written, if a grave or acute, after, if a
circumflex, over the breathing ; as avry, afya, al, olvos, ov, zal,
avrai. The relative position of the accent and breathing is the
same in the case of the simple vowel, as dy, jv, Hv, Hs. In the
ease of initial capital vowels the accent and the breathing are
written before the vowel, as "A@jva:, “Adys,’2; but when a
whole word or sentence is printed, both accents and breathings
are usually omitted.

Stops.

§ 8. These are the comma, xéuya (kaw'mah) or Srooteypy
(eepawsteeghmee’), as in English.

Full stop, reAeéa (tehlee'ah), as in English.

Semicolon, *yikwAov (eemee'kawlawn), which serves the pur-
poses both of the colon and semicolon in English ; it is also
called dyw ortypay (uh'naw steeghmee’) or péon otrypi (meh'ssee
steeghmee’), and consists of a dot placed at the top of the line,
as 1) exdixnors elvar yAvxeia: ev rovrous } ovyxdpyors evar yAvkv-
tépa (ce ehkdhee’keesseess ee’neh ghleckee'ah; ehndoo'teess ee
seengkhaw'reesseess ee'neh ghleckeeteh'rah), ‘Revenge is sweet ;
notwithstanding, forgiveness is sweeter.’

bi sign of interrogation is the English semicolon, e. g. tis;
‘who?’

OrHer Sirens,

The apostrophe, 4 dérdéarpodos (ce ahpaw'strawfawss), does not
differ in form or use from our own, as i” éuod (eep’ ehmoo') for
imo nod (eepaw-ehmoo') ‘by me.’

A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. 9

§ 9. The coronis, 4 xopwvis (ee kawrawnee'ss), is really the
smooth breathing written over a vowel which is no longer initial,
simply because two words have coalesced into one, e.g. tovAd-
xctov (toolah'kheestawn) for 75 éAdyicrov (taw-ehlah'kheestawn),
‘at least.?.

The disresis, or as it is more usually called, 7d diadvtixdv
(taw-dheeahleeteekaw'n), is sometimes used to distinguish two
vowels separately pronounced from a diphthong, as xaipévos
(kah-eemeh’nawss), ‘poor,’ from xavpévos (kahvmeh'nawss),
‘burnt.’

This sign is indispensable where the syllable has neither
accent nor breathing, otherwise these are sufficient to prevent
confusion, as we have seen above. It is, however, generally
written even where superfluous.

The diastole or hypodiastole, d:acrody (dheeahstawlee’) or
troSiacroAn (eepawdheeahstawlee’), is simply a comma used not
to indicate an appreciable pause, but to distinguish the relative
pronoun 6,7 (aw’-tee) from the conjunction dr: (aw'tee).

N.B. The marking of every accent, and the fact that every
syllable of which the sound has onee been learnt, is always
pronounced with uniform identity and distinctness wherever it
may occur, renders the acquirement of a correct pronunciation of
the language by the foreigner easier than that of any other
European tongue.

We conclude this introductory chapter by a sample of the
Greek alphabet as written, with a sentence in cursive characters,
‘which will be found on the following page.

10 A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK.

MODERN GREEK AS WRITTEN.

, ue a, oF, Fo. ;
a ae

Guages “is db tsguthae Be

ig yeple epapperion, Miz

‘osusn Suystxo Furqanysrp JO osuedxo oy} 4B ATuo nq “yuoystsuoo OIOUT OpBUT Og ATISVO IYFIUT SMOTIVLO}T[SUBI} SNOITBA OSOTLT,
; ‘puog pus ysTSug Ur ys = UUPWeNyWy Ul zs Puy

*prnby ‘ot + Ajoaoodsos y puv T[ ysruvdg ex] MU PUB I o

‘I ysnol sz y

“l UBUTIOX) ‘nN YOUSL A ti ¢

"ox ‘ap ‘a7 uLo Youorg su 8 ,

a

‘aelusq(y pus ‘ABlg Urs :f qouorg 10 f amsvajd ULs Jo punos = % ‘yay

*TB[IULIS O18

Ajpaoodsor ,B PUB YX UBIUBITY OUT, ‘PUoZ, UT pus ysySug ur {=F ¢

; “TBOg Ul BO OFT n 8} WOAd Z UBUD = 0 ‘ARTY O[IAA “OIMOALTY 9 PUB “JILOSURYG ,y = (puEZ) Oo z
‘90 04 Burmpour punos fp ‘moareu ‘Bu0] a g ‘ys mo eounouoad jouuB. OYA UOApTTyO
“9 URIUENYWWT] 07 TB[TUIIS st puB ‘aBod UT BOL = O ¢ JO SNOW OY} UI prvoy souITjoUIOS [Ryered 8 = b syounyo UL yo =-,¥ 1

A A A A AY A d A A A
398 8 8408 (a) 8 (z) 8 (a1) 8 rerrur , £0 qysés qs 8 8
4 f f f f rena, 4 f f
yeug 4 “or IL I I I I I x Be I I
u a m @ P 4 a ai a d a a a
un ur w ut ur ur a Ww ur um

u u u au u u a u uu u
oa u u u u u s[einyjus orojoq A ug gY A
32(3)4q q q (dq a: 1p ei ee $ (aya "4 ua
ae d d (q) AJ } d i qd ydd d

*y "qu jase it ‘ul

D D P 4 P <i tee 0 UP Pp uP wp
Pe P P as % 4 P g uP P p P

4 4 4 P (p) 1 4 4 "99 m9 n
ezq 23 “a3 (4) 3 3 “pram ur 3 “erat y x zyzfyss | 443 43
4 a3 y23 2%3 (4) % x 3 A zyyzelqyss| e538 3
@M2AM@) x wx 899% (3) 4 (3) q ($ aquiq) 29 sd s,0uyy [ATTA ed
ny ne Av ne ak av ng ng ng
ra Aon orurg no; nine none no as an ng 0B 9 ns

1B fe nt oud 1? 1 W

109 fo ,9 1) Te 00 08 10 9 IB 10 19 1D ge 9 18

R a £u R gn D a R R R
sun n ynfon on nen n a n a a

I £ I i 10 I 2 J t }

t t It oT Tet t 2 } t }

ov 9908 OB onos 99 99% mk» v v v
8008 nores noose | oonts Invienis 008 o>” oo8 8 8

“NVRUID | ory oy “atAOLsTa
“NVINVETY |'NVINVOHULIT|"NVINOAVIOg pail asi *MYIIVIL bb 6:6: 6:09) “Cua Z ‘TIGOSNVGS),, omann aii xy
“OINOLASY, HAILINIGG
‘yoaady fo hpmng unhappy :

$$ ___—_eur—osamioun 01 ebpnbunt euo wotl Gursspd us ebsopun spo fo spunoy oy2 yoryn sobupyp snpnbox 9y3 fo 919°]

12 A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK.

TMIPQOTON MAOHMA.—First Lesson.
Praw’tawn mah’theemah.

mpatov: neuter nominative of zpéro-, superlative degree of
mp, akin to English fore, of which first is also superlative.
* Hence zparov = ‘ first.’

pana: from root pab-, ‘learn; link-vowel 7 and noun
ending -yar-, the 7 necessarily lost at the end. Hence paOyya,
‘a thing learnt,’ ‘a lesson.’ paO- for pav6-, is kin to English
mind.

N.B.—7r cannot stand at end of a word.

a ,

‘H éa7epis rod Kupiov Yovoamaxn.
Ee —_ ehspehree’ss too Keeree’oo Soossahmah’kee.
The evening-party of-the Mr. Susamdakis, or

Mr. Susamdakis’ evening-party.

‘H: feminine nominative article, kin to English she, and
standing for oy; cf. é€ for oéé, ‘six.’
éorrepis = éxrepid + 5 (nominative ending), from root éo7ep-
for Féo7ep-, compare vesper, Latin, and stem-ending -16. Hence
éo7epid- = ‘an even-ing,’ i.e. an open evening.
tov: shortened from roto for rd0%0,' possessive or genitive of
ro- (masculine and neuter stem) = the, with which it is cognate.
Kupiov: for Kupiovo, Kupiocto, possessive or genitive of Kvpco-,
‘lord,’ ‘master,’ ‘ gentleman,’ ‘ Mr.,’ ‘sir.’
Xoveapdny: possessive or genitive of Yoveovpaxy, proper
name.
Olkoyevetaxai oxnvat.
Eekawyehneeahkeh’ skeeneh’.
Domestic scenes,
oixoyeveraxai: « == plural nominative ending; a sign of
feminine gender; « makes adjective of oixoyéveta, ‘family,’
formed of noun ending -e1a, and roots olko- for Fotxo-, Latin vicus

1 The Greeks represent the consonantal value of « by writing that
letter inverted and circumflexed, thus, 7.

A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. 13

(vico-s), ‘a dwelling,’ and yev-, English kin. Hence oixoyeveiaxai
= ‘belonging-to-house-kindred,’ ‘ domestic.’

oxyvai: plural of oxyvy-, whence our scene, cognate with
sheen, shine.

‘O Kvpios Tlapdaros nat 1 Kupia Tlapdadod ive
Aw Kee’reeawss Pardhahlaw’ss keh ee Keeree/ah Pardhahloo’ eeneh

The Mr. Pardalés and the Mrs. Pardalés are

TpooKexAnuévor TO €oTrépas eis TUVavacTpodyy.
prawskehkleemeh’nee taw ehspeh’rahss eess seenahnahstrawfee’n-
invited the evening to a party.

6: for is, kin to German je in “je linger je lieber,”’ nominative
masculine definite article = ‘ the.’

Kvptos: nominative of Kupuo-.

Ilapdadds : nominative of [Mapdadd-, proper name.

kai, ‘and,’ kin to Latin que.

Kvpia, feminine of Kvpio-, accent drawn forward to « because a
is long, ‘ Mrs.,’ ‘ lady.’

Ilapdadod: for ILapdaddy, feminine by ending » of Mapdad0-.

eve: for évri, and that for éovri, from root éo-, ‘be,’ ef.
English zs, and -vr, personal ending = ‘they.’ It means both
[he, she, or it] ‘is’ and [they] ‘are.’ Hence efve = [they] ‘are.’

mposkexAnpevor: from mpds, ‘to,’ and KexAnuevot, nominative
masculine plural (by ending 1) of KexAypévo-, perfect participle
passive by reduplication and lengthening of vowel from root
kAe-, also KaA-, xeA-, ‘call; not related to call, for x must =
h® English, but probably to hal- in halloa! hol- in hollow,
hulloo, &e.

ro: neuter, also crude form of article ro- = the, with which
it is cognate.

éorépas: indeclinable neuter, from root éozep- for Férrep-,
kin to vesper, ‘evening.’ The case of 7d éo7épas is called in

2 See table on page 11.

14 A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK.

grammars the accusative of time; it means here ‘for the even-
ing.’

eis, ‘to,’ preposition always with accusative case.

cuvavactpopyy, accusative case of ovvavacrpody-, from root
otped¢-, ‘turn,’ whence, with changed vowel usual in forming nouns,
otpod-7y-, ‘a turning’ + ov = ‘together,’ dave, ‘up,’ ‘about.’
Hence cuvavacrpody-, §a turning about together,’ the literal
equivalent of ‘conversation,’ from Latin con-, ‘ together,’ versa-,
‘turn about’ = ‘conversazione’ (Italian), i.e. company, party.

Exercise I.

O Kupios Tlapdadds xat 7 Kupia elve mposxexAnpévor eis oixo-
yeveaxny ovvavactpopyv. “H éozepis tod Kupiov Hapdadov. Td
éorépas elve mpookexAnpevot 6 Kipios kal 7) Kupia. “H oxnvi elve
oikoyeveaxy.

In the evening [there] is a party. The domestic scene. The
gentleman and the lady are invited. Mr. and Mrs, Pardalds
are at the party for the evening.

AETTEPON MAOHMA.—Seconp Lesson.
Dheh’ftehrawn mah’theemah,

Sevrepov: from dev-, strengthened from dv- in dvo, our two
+ repov, neuter nominative of repo-, comparative ending of
adjectives. Hence devrepoy = two-er, twoth, or second.

‘O Kupws Lovcaydkns tradrdgnros tod ypadelou Srep
Aw Kee’reeawss Soossahmah’keess eepah’/eelawss too ghrahfee/oo aw’pehr
[Zhe] Mr. Susamakis clerk of-the office which

Sievvvee 6 Kuptos Ilapdards, evumpedOn pd tivev
dheeehfthee’nee aw Kee’reeawss Pardhahlaw’ss ehneemfeh’fthee praw’teenawn
manages [the] Mr. Pardalos, had married before some

lal nA > A lol -
pnvov Th .aya0i oupmrpdtes tod mpoictauévov ov,
meenawn tee ahghahthee’ seembrah’ksee too praweestahmeh’noo-too,
months with the kind help of-the principal of him,

A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. 15

mrovelav vipdny é« Tlatpav éyovcay pev &va
ploossee’awn neem’ feen ehk Pahtraw’n eh’khoossahn mehn eh’nah

a rich bride from Patras having indeed one
ObOarpuov oddvywTepov avTod, GAN els atrovnuiwow
awfthahlmaw’n awleeghaw’tehrawn ahftoo’ ahl’eess ahpawzeemee/awsseen

eye less than-he, but for compensation

Tov éAdeEltrovtos OdOaruod, Sexatévte etn jALKias
too ehlee’pawndawss awfthahlmoo’, dhehkahpeh‘ndeh eh’tee eeleekee/ahss
of the lacking eye, Jifteen years of-age

, 7 rt
Tepiscotepa, Kal eis atrofnulwow TaY TeEpiocEevovTwY
pehreessaw’tehrah keh eess ahpawzeemeeawsseen tawn-behreessehvaw’ndawn

more, and for compensation of-the excessive
Sexarévte €T@V, TplaKovTa mévtTe yurALddas
dhehkahpeh’ndeh ehtaw’n, treeah’kawndah peh’ndeh kheeleeah’dhahss
Jifteen years, thirty - five thousands

Spayuav mpotKa,
dhrahkhmaw/’n pree’kah.
of-drachms dowry.

iadAydAos: nominative masculine of érd\AnAo~, compounded
of to, ‘under,’ for cud, kin to Latin sub, and dAnAo-, a
reduplicated form of dAXo- standing for aAto, and kin to Latin
alio-, our el in else, &c, = ‘other.’ Hence dAdAndo- = ‘one
another,’ drdéAAnAo- = ‘ under one another,’ ‘ subordinate,’ ‘ clerk.’
Similarly formed are xar-dAAyndo- (from xara, ‘according to,’ and
foregoing) = ‘fit,’ ‘suitable,’ and mapadAnAo- (from apd,
‘beside,’ &c.) = ‘side by side with each other,’ ‘ parallel.’
Observe prepositions ending in a and o, except mpd, lose these
syllables in composition. Not so the t of zepié.

rov: originally réo20, from root ro- = the + oto, genitive
(masculine and neuter) ending = ‘of the.’

ypapelov: genitive of ypadeto-, as rod of ro-. Observe change
of accent. The theory of this is as follows :—Every syllable in
Greek not having the acute accent ’, or high tone, is supposed to

16 A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK.

have the grave ‘, or low tone. ypadéto-, four syllables, contracts
to ypadeio-, the ’ and the ‘ combining to form * or”, the circum-
flex. But ypadeiov is contracted from ypapetooio, and as the
acute cannot stand further back than the third syllable in
Greek, it follows that in the old form of ypadedov it could not
have fallen on the e; hence the combination & = ¢ could not
arise. From this we get the general rule—first, that the
circumflex can never stand further back than the second syllable ;
and, further, that in no case can it be followed by a contracted
syllable. It may be followed by a long syllable not arising
from contraction, e. g. todews, purdKepus.
ypadeio- is from root ypad-, cognate with which, + an s lost
in Greek, we have scrib-, Latin, schveib, German, and shrive,
English (the priest writing down the confessions of the peni-
tent) + ¢to-, noun ending with local meaning. Hence
ypadeto = ‘ writing-place,’ ‘ office.’
érep: from 6, neuter (also root form) of relative pronoun (see
above) + zep, intensive or emphatic particle, kin to per, Latin,
far, English, in sense of ‘very.’ Hence dep = literally ‘the
very one which.’
dveviver: from 64 for df, kin to dvo, also to two, twice,
be-tween, a preposition here meaning ‘in two [or more] directions’

+ et6vr-, verbal stem from root et6v-, ‘straight’ = ‘straighten.’
Hence devfiv- = ‘straighten in all directions,’ ‘control,’
‘direct,’ like Latin di-rig-, in dirigere. -e = 38rd person

singular, “ he,’ ‘she,’ or ‘it,’ corresponding to English s. Hence
dcevdiver = ‘ directs.’

évuppevby: €-, sign of past time placed before every past
tense ; vuudev-, verbal stem from vipndy, ‘ bride,’ the suffix -ev
meaning ‘be,’ ‘become ’—hence vyydev- = ‘become a bride ?
-On = ‘he was’ or ‘was.’ Hence évyude’6y = ‘fhe] was
become a bride to,’ i.e. a bride was given to him, or he
married (transitive). With wiy¢- are connected Latin nubeo,
and the English derivative, nuptials,

A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK, 17

apo, kin to English -fore, fore-, &c. = ‘ before ;’ a preposition
construed with genitive case.

twov: stem rw- for kfw-, kin to Latin gui-s, English which, &c.
= ‘some’ + genitive plural ending -wy ; accent thrown back
upon 7po..

pyvev: stem pyv-, kin to month, moon, &c. + same ending -wr.

7: Stem ry- (feminine form of definite article) + 1, sign of
dative, now written underneath called iéra subscriptum, meaning
‘by the’ or ‘ with the.’

dya6y, ending as in ry: stem dya- means ‘ good’ or ‘ kind,’
by suffix -6-, from root éya-, which appears in d@yapau, ‘I admire,’
ayav, ‘ very.’

oupmpager: « as above, added to ovpmrpage-, modified from
ovprpas.-, from root mpax-, ‘do’ + ovp- (as single word atv) =
‘with,’ old form &yv for xiv, kin to Latin ewm, con-, Italian and
Spanish con, Portuguese com + noun ending -or- = -ing. Hence
ovprpak-ow-, written ovprpaéi- = fa doing-with’ or ‘doing
together,’ ‘co-operation,’ ‘aid,’ ‘help ; thus, r7 éyaby cvpmrpdéer,
‘with the kind aid.’ The dative is here used in an instrumental
sense. This phrase is a resuscitation of classical usage. The
popular modern Greek would be pé riy dyabqv ovprpagw.

tov, explained above, only here masculine, not neuter.

mpoictapevov: mpo as above, only here in composition =
‘fore,’ ‘ before ;’ -ov ending as that of rod, &c. ; pev-, participial
suffix corresponding to English -ing, only that it is not primarily
active and transitive, but, as here, passive, middle, or intransi-
tive in meaning ; tora- for owra-, imperfect (reduplicated)
stem from root ora-, kin to sta- in stand. Hence rod zpoiora-
pevov = ‘of the before-standing-one,’ i, e, principal.

tov: the grammatical form the same as rod explained above,
but in sense a modern relic of the old Homeric meaning of 7o-,
which was not ‘the’ but ‘he.’ Hence rov without the accent
as enclitic, or with it as proclitic, means ‘of him,’ ‘his.’ tod
mpoiorapevov tov, ‘ of his principal.’

Cc

18 A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK.

movolav viudyv: in both these words the v is the sign of
the objective or accusative case. Subtract it, and we get the
stems Aovota-, viudy-, respectively. vijudy-as above ; rAovaia-,
feminine adjective formed by suffix ova-, from root wAov- for
mAeo-, kin to full. Hence zAovola = ‘ rich.’

éx: before vowels éé, kin to Latin ex, e, ec (in compounds),
‘out of,’ ‘ from.’

Ilarpav: genitive plural, contracted from Tlatpdwy (hence
circumflex), from Iuarpa, of which the accusative plural [lazpas,
‘Patras,’ from its frequent occurrence has become the name by
which foreigners know the town.

éxoveav: v as above ; éxovoa-, feminine participle imperfect
active for éyovroa, which cannot stand in Greek, from éyovr-,
participial stem + oa-, feminine suffix; -ovr- answers to our
‘ing,’ and is cognate with the German ending -end in hubend,
liebend, &c. ; éx- means ‘ have,’ probably for oéy-, and cognate
with German Sieg, ‘victory,’ i.e. the holding out against, or
successfully withstanding anenemy. Hence éyovoay = ‘having,’
or more idiomatically, ‘ with.’

pev: a little word or particle hard to render, and seldom
rendered in English. ‘Indeed’ is its nearest equivalent, but
is too strong. The German zwar almost exactly answers in
sense and use,

eva: for évav, which is likewise the popular form ; é&- means
‘one,’ to which it may be related ; -ay is accusative ending.

dPOarpov : v accusative ending ; stem d¢Oadpo-, ‘eye,’ from
root é7-, originally éxF-, ‘see,’ with which Latin oculus and
German Axge, English eye, from Anglo-Saxon eage, are akin,
+ Gadpo-, a suffix of obscure derivation. The word is mascu-
line.

ddtywrepov: ending -ov as in é¢Oadpov ; éAuywrep-o-, cCompara-
tive of éAtyo-, which is made up of adjectival suffix -o + root
Aéiy-, with prefix (merely phonetic, and in some dialects, notably
in modern Romaic, wanting) 6-; dy- seems to stand for an

A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. 19

original Aux-, with which are probably cognate, Low Dutch leeg
or /aag, and English low, perhaps also least.

avrod: ending as in rod, &c. ; airé-, masculine personal pro-
noun, = ‘he,’ ‘him,’ &c.

ddtywrepov adrod, literally ‘less of him,’ i.e. less than he.
Various prepositions or cases are used in different languages to
express this relation. In Hebrew and the Semitic languages
generally min, ‘from,’ is employed. In the north of England
they say “better till him,” i.e. better to him. We ourselves
say ‘my elders,” “my betters,” where ‘my’ is possessive or
genitive.

GAN = adda, the -a being cut off before the following vowel ;
GAA for ddd, cognate with alius, alias, &c., in Latin, and with
GAXos for dios in Greek, means literally ‘ otherwise ;? hence
* moreover,’ ‘ but.’

cis, see above ; here equivalent to ‘ for’ or ‘as.’

arolnuiwow : vas above ; ot as above in -rpak-or- ; drotnpiur,
with o lengthened in derivation from dao{npto-, verbal stem
meaning ‘to compensate,’ ‘indemnify ;’ from dod, ‘from,’ and
Cypia, old form dapia, cognate with damnum, and dem in
indemnify. Hence dmolnpiwoi- = ‘indemnification.’

€AXcirovtos : -os, genitive masculine ending ; -ovr- explained
above, cf. exovra; éAAcix- for évdetr-, from éy, ‘in,’ and deur-,
strengthened imperfect stem from root Ar- for Arf, kin to
Latin licv-, root of linquo, &c. ; AuwF- meaning ‘leave’ or ‘ fail.’
Hence éAdzr-, ‘lack,’ ‘be wanting.’ od éAAeirovros dpOadpod, -
‘ of the lacking eye.’

dexarrévre: Séxa, kin to decem, Gothic taihun, German zehn,
our ten; wévre for wéume, German fuinf for fiimf, our five for
Jjife, and that for jinf. Hence dexarévre = ten + five =
‘fifteen.’

éry: for érea, old form Féreca, from stem Féreo-, kin to Albanian
Fir’, ‘year,’ Latin vetus, ‘old;’ a being neuter plural ending,
here accusative after Zxouca,

c 2

20 A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK.

$duxfas: s, sign of genitive singular; -ia-, substantive suffix,
making noun of 7Ack-, adjectival stem, meaning literally “ how
great ;” hence “ how old ;” thus jAuia = ‘[a certain] age.’

mepurodrepa: a as in érea; -drep- as in ddvydrepov ;* TEepioo-
(for zep-n-), formed from root wep-, kin to fur- in further,
meaning ‘ abounding,’ ‘ excessive.’ Hence repioodrepa = ‘ more,’
or ‘more excessive.’ Of the adjective zepicad- 7- 6-, there is
another form, the later Attic wepitro-, x.7.A. But wepirro- when
used in Modern Greek means ‘superfluous,’ the old classical
sense, whereas zepircdrepo- is the only comparative form in use,
and signifies simply ‘ more,’ as already in the New Testament.

rav: genitive plural of 16-.

TEpLTTEVvovTw : -wy as in THY, TOV, K.7.A. ; -ovT- as explained
above ; zepuccev-, verb from zepico-, meaning ‘ to be in excess.’
Hence trav repurcevovtwv, ‘the being-in-excess,’ ‘ the excessive.’

érov: for éréwv ; hence circumflex ; cf. Harpav.

tpidxovra: from tpia- = ‘three’ (in composition), and -xovra,
an ending answering in sense to -ty in English. Hence zpia-
kovra = ‘ thirty.’

xAuadas : ending -as for avs, accusative plural feminine ; -aé-,
substantive suffix used to form a collective noun from numeral
xt- (o- a- o-) = ‘thousand.’ Hence ‘a thousand.’ iA is
probably connected with y.As- ‘straw,’ Latin hilo- hilum, from
the difficulty of counting straws in a stack.

dpaxwav: ending as above; for dpaxpdwv: stem dpaypa-,
. literally ‘a handful; kin to dpaccouas for dpdxiopat, ‘I lay hold
of: pa being verbal substantive suffix. The nominative
singular is dpaxyy. The Greek dpayys), in modern as in ancient
times, is about 85d. of our money.

mpoika.: for mpotkay, accusative singular of zpotk- for zpdx?-,
‘dowry ; probably kin to Latin procus, ‘suitor,’ precor, ‘I
pray,’ German fragen, ‘ask.’

- 3 Observe, however, that in forming degrees of comparison, o follows
@ long, w a short vowel, in the preceding syllable.

A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. 21

Ip1omatic EneGLisH TRANSLATION OF THE ABOVE,

Mr. and Mrs. Pardaldés are invited out for the evening. Mr.
Susamakis, clerk at the office managed by Mr. Pardalds, had
married, a few months before, a rich bride from Patras, with one
eye less than himself, ’tis true, but as a set off to the eye that
was wanting, with fifteen years’ seniority, and as a set off to the
fifteen extra years, with thirty-five thousand drachms of dowry.

Exercise IT.

Mr. and Mrs, Susamakis are invited out for the evening.
Mr. Pardalds had married a wife a few months before. He had
married a wife with a dowry. He had married one eye less,
but a dowry of thirty-five thousand drachms. Fifteen years’
seniority are as an indemnity for one eye less.

“O Kupwos Sovoapdkys ive trdAdAndos Tod Kupiov Tapdadov.
‘O Kvpws dcevOiver tO ypadetov. Td ypadetov dep SdtevOiver 6
Kvpwos Soveapakyns ceive 7d ypadelov tod Kupiov Iapdadod. “H
Kvpia Ilapdadod ceive tpookexAnpévyn 70 Exrrépas cis cvvavacrpodyy.
“H Kupia eyet zpotka tiv HAukiav. “O cena? evuppevOn mpd TwWwev
pnvav vipdnv trovoliay pev, GAA exovcav eva dfOarpov a
Tepov, Kal Sexareévre ern TEepiocdrepa avTod.

TPITON MA®OHMA.—Turtrp Lesson.

Tree’tawn mah’theemah,
tpt-, kin to English three.

‘O bdrABws Lovoapdanns éovrroylicOn 76 Kat’ apyas eis
Aw aw’lveeawss Soossahmah’keess ehseelawyee’sthee taw kaht’arkhah’ss eess

The fortunate Susamakis thought at first im

Tavyyupiouov ToD amovdalov TovTov Kal evTUYoOUS
pahneeyeereezmawn t00 spoodheh’-oo tootoo keh ehfteekhoo’ss
celebration of the important this and happy

oupBeBnxdtos tod Biov tov, va Sa0n -yopov eis
Seemvehveekaw'tawss too vee’oo too, nah dhaw’ssee khawraw’n eess

event of the life of-him, that he-should-give a-ball to

22 A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK.

fal , -
rods Tapavuudous THY adTHY TOY YauwY Tov éaTrépaV
tooss pahrahnee’mfooss teen ahftee’n} tawn ghah’mawn-too ehspeh’rahn
the wedding-guests the very of-the marriage of-him evening ;

elye 5é pwadiota Tapaxaréce Kai brrakiwuatixoy Twa
eekheh dheh mah‘/eestah pahrahkahleh’ssee keh eepahkseeawmahteekaw’n-deenah
he-had too actually begged also a non-commissioned officer

gitov tov va TH Tpounbevon €k THS oTpaTWTLKTS
feelawn-doo nah taw ~prawmeetheh’fssee ehk teess strahteeawteekxee’ss
Sriend-of-him that him he-should-procure from the military

a a /, a / Wd
poovoikns ev pdAdovtov, &v Kdapwértov, Kal é&v TpouTrovt,
moosseekee’ss ehn flah’ootawn, ehn klahreeneh’tawn, keh ehntrawmbaw’nee

band a flute, a clarionette, and a_ trombone,

TOL &va traylavaov, eva o&vavrov, Kal piav
ee’tee eh’nah plahyee’ahvlawn, eh’nah awksee’ahvlawn, keh mee'ahn

or-in-other-words a sideways-pipe, a _ shrill-pipe,and a

Bapvoddrvyya ws ypddhovet anuepov of veodwtioTtor
vahreessah’Ipeengghah awss ghrah’foossee see‘mehrawn ee neh-awfaw’teestee
heavy-trumpet as write to-day the newly-enlightened

THS Yhooons Kabapiotai, Oras TO évapponov avTav
teess ghlaw’sseess kahthahreesteh’, aw’pawss taw ehnarmaw’neeawn abftaw’n
of the language purifiers, in-order-that the harmonious of-them,

MéXos TTEpwWaN TOUS TOdaS THY TpoTKEKANLEVOY.
meh'lawss ptehraw’ssee tooss paw’dhahsstawn prawskehkleemeh’nawn,
strain might-wing the feet of-the “invited-ones.

6ABuos : 6ABt0- + s, sign of nominative. Probably for cdAros,
ef, Latin salvus, whence “salvation,” German selig, English
silly, the old meaning of which was ‘ happy.’

éovdAoyicOn: form as évupde’by (see above), from stem
avAdoyd-, 5 becoming « before 6; ovAAoy5- is a verbal stem
Aoyd- compounded with preposition vy (see above), formed of
Aéyo-, ‘word,’ ‘ground,’ or ‘reason; hence Aoyilowar for royi
Rouar (the 2 being added for imperfect tenses), ‘I reason.’ ovA-

A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK, 23

Aoyi€opar, ‘I reason with myself, ‘I think.’ In older Greek,
when the ovy was still felt as a separate word, the augment e
was inserted between it and the verb, thus ovvedoyioby instead
of éovAAoyio On.

kar: for xara before vowel, preposition construed with accusa-
tive in sense of ‘at; elsewhere with genitive it means ‘ against,’
or ‘down on to,’ as car dpyav, ‘against principles,’ xara ys,
‘down on to the earth.’

dpxas : stem dpxa- + ¢ for vs, accusative plural ending = ‘ be-
ginnings.’ Hence xar’ dpyas, ‘at beginnings,’ ‘at first.’ With
this is cognate dpxw, ‘I am first,’ ‘I rule; Sanscrit arhdmi,
Zend arey, ‘ deserve,’ ‘be noble,’ whence the word Aryan, i. e.
the noble or ruling race.

Observe the Greeks say 76 xar’ dpxas, ‘ the at first,’ instead of
‘at the first.’

mavnyupirpov : v sign of accusative after «is (see above) ; zav-
nyvpipo-, wo- = verbal substantive ending, making noun of
verbal stem zavyyupid- (5 becoming o before nz) ; ravyyupid- is
also a substantive stem, and means ‘ fair,’ ‘ merry-making,’ from
wav (for ravr) = ‘all, and #yup- or ayvp-, bye-form of dyep-,
root dyep-, ‘to gather.’ Hence ‘a gathering of all,’ ‘a general
gathering.’ From root dyep- is formed also the noun dyopa, ‘a
market-place,’ whence dyopalw (éyopddiw), ‘I market,’ ‘I buy.’

arovdaiov, genitive neuter of oovdaio- (observe accent), from
substantive stem ozovdd- + adjective suffix wo- wa. Srovdd-
means ‘haste,’ ‘zeal,’ ‘ earnest.’ It stands for orovdd-, 7 having
become z through the influence of the vowel sound ov, which is
a lip-vowel; and answers to the Latin studium, studeo, &c.,
whence our study. . '

eirvxors : contracted from eiruxéos = adjective stem eéruyé(c)
+ os, genitive ending, from e@, ‘ well,’ and root rvy-, ‘to hit,’
‘strike, ‘hap; ed stands for éovd, Sanscrit su for asu, and is
perhaps cognate to root as, Greek es = ‘be,’ preserved in
English 7s : according to Pope’s view, ‘ whatever is, is right.”

24 A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK.

ovpBeByxdros: for ctv + BeByxdr-, reduplicated participle
perfect active, from root Ba- for ya-, English come + genitive
ending -os. The insertion of « is common but not invariable in
the formation of perfects. The active perfect is a classical, not
a vernacular, form. ovpBa- meaning ‘come together,’ or ‘go
together ; hence ‘happen,’ 7d cvpBeBnxds means ‘the happen-
ing,’ ‘the event.’

Biov: from Bio, ‘life,’ cognate with Latin vivus, vita, &e.

va: relic of iva, conjunction, ‘that.’

Swon: S0-, lengthened in formation to dw-, ‘give’ + o, sign
of aorist or momentary tense, and y, subjunctive third person
ending = ‘he may:’ here = ‘he should’ or ‘might,’ but on
account purely of the context, the subjunctive having no power
in itself to distinguish past from present. This can only be
done in the indicative by the prefix é@ - stands for -y7., as in
the present indicative -e does for-er.. The falling out of a
consonant, especially o or r between two vowels, is a constant
characteristic of Greek etymology. va decoy is the Modern
Greek way of saying ‘to give, the use of the infinitive being
extremely limited.

xopov : for v see above ; xopd-, probably originally the enclosed
green where dances took place, kin to xép-ros, ‘grass,’ ‘sward,’
Latin hortus, English garden and yard.

rovs: for rovs = 70-, ‘the’ + vs, sign of accusative plural.

mapavippous: ending as above ; rapavupdo- (observe accent)
from mapa, preposition meaning ‘by,’ ‘along with,’ and vipda-,
‘bride.’ Hence zapavup¢o-, ‘ bride-attendant,’ ‘ wedding-guest.’

tiv = 7, ‘the’ (feminine) + y, sign of accusative; cf.
owavacrpodiy, wipdnv.

airnv: ending as above; atr7-, feminine form of aizé-,
explained above.

yapov : ending as in rav, «.7.A. ; yduo-, ‘marriage ;’ cf. yauBpds
for yau-pés, ‘kinsman by marriage,’ Latin gener, English kin,
kindred.

A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. 25

éorépay = éorépa-, feminine form, from root éo7rep-, ‘evening’
(cf. neuter éorépas) + v, sign of accusative, as above.

elye: shortened from éexe, in which € = sign of past time,
ex- = ‘have,’ and ¢ signifies ‘he.” Hence efye = ‘did have-he,’
i.e. he had.

8: adverbial conjunction ; the English too, German zu, Dutch
te, the two latter, however, differing in use.

pdducra: superlative of pada, ‘much ; hence = ‘ very much,’
‘actually,’ ‘indeed.’ It is the commonest word for ‘yes’ in
Modern Greek.

mapakaéoe.: mapaxade-, from mapa and xade-, explained
above = ‘call to one’s side,’ ‘ beg,’ ‘ask’ + -oe, classical -car,
ending of first aorist infinitive active; used in Modern Greek
to form the compound pluperfect e?ye tapaxadéoe, ‘had asked.’

tragwpyarcdv: from id for ovrd, kin to Latin sub, ‘under,’
and da&wparixo-, from ég(wua, which is formed from verbal stem
déwo- (Modern Greek, aégiov-), ‘to count worthy,’ ‘to claim,’ ‘ to
demand,’ from déw-, ‘worthy,’ and this from root dy-, ‘to
bring’ + adjective suffix -ov-, whence dyaw- = ag.o-, ‘to be
brought,’ ‘worth taking.’ Hence déo + par- with vowel
lengthened in composition gives us d&(wpar-, ‘a claim,’ ‘ demand,’
‘ dignity,’ ‘office ; hence with adjective suffix aéwparixo-, ‘an
officer,’ taragiwparixo-, ‘an under-officer,’ ‘a non-commissioned
officer.’

twa (cf. rivadv above): for twav = rw + ay (accusative
ending) = ‘some,’ ‘a; used here, as elsewhere the numeral, for
the indefinite article. Observe loss of accent thrown back on
preceding word, of which the grave becomes acute. —

girov = ido + v, ‘a friend; perhaps kin to ¢vAy (from
root dv-, English de) = ‘ race,’ ‘ kindred.’

TO: 76- + 1, dative = ‘him,’ ‘for him.’

tpopnbeton : ending, &c., as in déon 3 tpopnbev-, from zpoynbé,
originally mpoun6és-, ‘ thoughtful,’ ‘ provident.’ Hence zpo-
pnervw, ‘I am thoughtful,’ ‘I provide,’ ‘ procure.’

26 A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK.

Ths: T + s, genitive ending = ‘of the,’ feminine.

otpatitixys: ending as above; xy-, adjectival suffix ; orpatwrt-
for orparudry-, ‘a soldier’—this from orparié-, ‘an army.’ Hence
otpatiwrtxd- 7 o-, ‘ military.’

povoixys: adjective used as substantive, formed similarly to
above, from podca, ‘a muse,’ ‘music ;’ podoa stands for pdv-ca,
oa = feminine ending, as elsewhere; porv- is kin to mind,
mental, &c.

év: neuter and crude form of numeral.

Adovrov = dAdovro (Italian flauto) + v, neuter nominative,
vocative or accusative ending; so xAapwerrov. tpoymrdve for
tpopzrdvov, later form of tpoumdvw. Hence, dropping v, tpop-
wov, from Italian trombone.

mayiavdov : from xAdyto- = ‘ sideways,’ and adAo-, ‘a pipe’ or
‘flute.’ This, like the following, is a manufactured Greek word
employed by modern purists to supplant the foreign importation
given above. Observe change of accent in composition.

éévavAov : as above, with 6éJ- = ‘shrill,’ ‘ sharp.’

BapvodAmyya: Bapi-, originally yapv-, kin to gravis, Latin,
‘grave’ + oaddmyy- + a(v), accusative singular ending =
‘trumpet.’ The suffix -cyy- individualizes, The root cadz- for
oFadzx- is probably kin to swallow, schwalbe.

ypapover: for ypddovr, from ypa¢-, ‘ write,’ our grave in en-
grave, Latin scrib-ere ; also kin to ‘scrub,’ ‘rub.’ The s before
the original Indo-Germanic & probably preserved it as g in the
Teutonic languages, or as ¢ in serwh, whereas in rub it has first
become h, according to Grimm’s law, and then disappeared. For
the identity of serub and rub, ef. German schreiben and reiben.
onpepov (old form rypepov): from jpep-, root of *uépa, ‘ day,’
and r-, root consonant of article, once demonstrative. Cf. Twpa
for 7H dpa, ‘now.’

oi: nominative plural masculine of 6-, ‘ the.’

veopwrioro. : from veo-, our new, and dwrioto!, verbal ad-
jective (observe accent) from dwr{-, formed (like Aoyié- above)

A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. 27

from dar for daor, ‘ light,’ formed in turn by substantival suffix
or- from da-, ‘show,’ ‘declare; cf. Latin fama, ‘fame,’ fa-ri,
‘to speak,’ &.

yhooons = yAwoor-, Ionic form of yAdooo- for yAdxia,
‘tongue.’

N.B.—These Ionic forms are retained only in genitive and
dative. The nominative and accusative are yAéooa, yAdooar.

kaSapiorat: from xabapié-, ‘cleanse,’ formed (as above) from
xafapo-, ‘clean’ + suffix ra- sign of agent + 4, sign of
nominative plural.

drs (originally é7wr): old instrumental case used for adverb
of stem dro- (for 6-«Fo-), ‘which’ (ef. drov, genitive in locative
sense ‘ where,’ &c.) = ‘by which means,’ ‘ how,’ ‘in order that,’

évappoviov : compounded of év, ‘in,’ and dppovia-, ‘ harmony ;’
-povia- being derivative suffix added to root dp-, ‘to fit,’ being
kin to our ar in arm, and also to Zi in lid, the German Glied, &c.

pédos : nominative neuter of stem péAeo-, ‘a strain; means also
‘a limb,’ ‘member,’ and is perhaps a bye-form of pépos, ‘ part.’
Cf. Milton’s “linked sweetness long drawn out.” See p, 54.

mrepion: ending as in mpopybevtoyn, «.7.d.; mrepo-, formed
(like déo-) from arepd-, ‘a wing.’ Hence ‘to wing,’ ‘to make
fly.’ arepo- is kin to our feather, transposed for zer-pd- ; root
mer- = ‘ fly.’

wooas : for rddavs, from 7d6-, our foot.

mpookexAnuevwv : Classical passive participle genitive plural,
from mpockade-, explained above.

Ipromatic Eneuish TRANSLATION.

The lucky Susamakis thought at first of giving a ball, in
celebration of this happy event in his life, to the wedding
guests, the very evening of his marriage; and he had even
asked a non-commissioned officer of his acquaintance to procure
for him from the military band, a flute, a clarionette, and a
trombone, or, as our modern purists of to-day would write it, a

28 A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK.

side-pipe, a shrill-pipe, and a bass-trumpet; in order that their
melodious strains might give wings to the feet of the guests.

Exercise III.

Mr. Susamakis thought how (d7ws) he might give wings to
the feet of the wedding guests, in celebration of this happy
event in his life. The very evening of the wedding he invited
a non-commissioned officer. The melodious strain is fortunate.
The modern purists (of our language) write to-day.

ec rd > / YB X c /, “
Oi wapdvupdor cive mpooKkexAnpevor aitiv Tiv éomépav Tov
, e »” , > ‘ cal ,
yapov. “O odrBws Kips eis mavyyuvpicpov tev ydpwv Tov
> 4 \ , > / / > ” Led
éovAdoyicbn va mpounbetan évappdoviov pédos x THs oTpaTLWTLKNS
povoins Orws Trepwoyn To's Todas TOV TpooKEKANMEVWY Tapa-
vipgov. Etye didov twa imagwparixdv. AayiavAov, éfvavdov
kai Bapvoddriyya ypaovor onpepov cis tiv yA@ooayv Tw 7
veoparirrot kabapiotai airijs.

TETAPTON MA@QHMA.—Fovrrts Lesson.
téraprov: for xFérFaprov; cf. Latin guatuor, ‘ four.’

> ,

AX cita ~—Ss sue eevonee, oxepbeis Ott Sev ro
Ah’l ee’tah mehtehnaw’eesseh, skehfthee’ss aw’tee dhehn ee’taw
But then he-changed-his-mind, considering that (it) not was

kahov va Tapatelyvn TO petakd Ths aortéYrews Kal
kahlaw’n nah pahrahtee’nee taw mehtahksee’ teess steh’pseeawss eh
good that he-prolong the between the wedding and

THS aTouovaceas adtod ypovikoy SidoTnwa Kai
teess ahpawmawnaw’sseeawss ahftoo’ khrawneekaw’n dheeah’steemah keh
the retirement of-him time's space and

/
anepacise va avaBarn eis tpoopopwtepov Kaipov Tov
ahpehfah’sseessee nah ahnahvah’/ee eess prawssfawraw’tehrawn kehraw’n tawn
resolved that he-defer to amore suitable season the

‘ lal
NOPEVTIKOY TOV Yduwv Tov TavnyupLomor.
khawrefteekaw’n tawn ghah’mawn-doo pahneeyeereezmaw’'n,
dancing of-the marriage-of-him celebration.

A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. 29

elra, ‘ afterwards,’ ‘then ; kin to Latin dta.

perevonoe == per for pera (Gothic mith, our with; cf. we,
wir, and South German mir ; kin to mit are probably wieder and
wider, a kind of comparative of the preposition. The meaning
in all languages fluctuates between ‘with’ and ‘again’ or
‘against ; cf. withstand, widerstehen. In Greek pera in com-
position has the latter sense) + «, sign of past time as above
+ voe-, verbal stem from root vof- for yvof-, our know (whence
vov- for vof-, ‘mind’) + o, sign of aorist or instantaneous action
+ «= ‘he.’ Hence perevonoe = ‘he changed his mind,’ ‘he
repented ; perdvow. for perdvoha, ‘repentance,’ the common
New Testament words,

oxedOels: for cxerbévts = oxer-, transposed for ozex-, Latin
spec-, as in spectaculum, specula, spectrum, inspicio, &c., German
spahen, our spy, ‘to look, see, regard, consider’ + @evr-, stem of
passive aorist participle + s, sign of masculine nominative
agreeing with Soveayaxys understood. The passive is here used
in a middle or deponent sense ; cf. German sich umsehen, ‘to
look about one,’ and circumspect, which means ‘looked about.’
Hence oxedOeis = ‘having reflected’ or ‘ reflecting.’

otc: made up of two relative pronouns, 0, cf. dep above, and
tu for xFilv], cf. rwav above ; r[v] being neuter of tw-. Here
used to link clauses, i.e. as conjunction; cf. similar use of
English ‘that,’ French que, &.

dev: for ovdey, i.e. ode &v, ‘not even one,’ hence ‘ nothing,’
‘naught,’ and so in Modern Greek ‘not,’

hro: for éearo = é + root éo-, English zs, see above, + 7o,
sign of 3rd person singular in past imperfect tense of middle or
passive verbs. Hence #ro = ‘he was.’

kadov : neuter nominative of xaAd-, masculine or neuter stem
of root xaA-, kin to hale, English, meaning ‘ good,’ ‘ fair,’ &c.

mapareivy: for raparévon (cf. mpopnbetoy, x.7.A.), from mapa,
‘along,’ and rev-, ‘stretch,’ kin to our thin. Hence va wapareivy,
‘that he stretch,’ or ‘ to extend.’

30 A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK.

N.B.—o after liquids is dropped, and the foregoing vowel
lengthened by way of compensation.

peragd: for peragiv = pera + gdbv (see above) = ‘ together-
with,’ ‘among,’ ‘ between.’

oréyews: for oreroews, genitive after preposition of stem
orér-or-, literally ‘crown-ing. All words thus formed are
feminine. oréz-o is for orép-or-, the root ored- itself however
seems to have been modified from orez-, kin to Latin stipare,
‘to crowd,’ German Stift, Stufe, and Stapfen, our step. The
original notion was that of fixing firmly down ; hence in Greek
ored- means ‘crown,’ orédos, neuter, and orédavos, masculine,
‘a wreath’ or ‘crown,’ and from the bridal wreath orédw and
orepavow (Modern oredavdvw) mean ‘ to marry.’

dropovicews : formed like oréfews from droudvwot-, from amd
+ verbal stem povo-, from stem pédvo-, ‘alone.’ Hence dzo-
povwors, ‘sequestration,’ ‘withdrawal, ‘retirement.’

xpovixov : adjective neuter accusative, from stem xpdvo-, ‘ time ;
probably kin to xopds in sense of limit (see above).

duaornwa: from da for dfd, kin to two, tween, in the words
in two, between, ‘apart’ + oty-, lengthened in derivation from
ora- and po(r), substantive ending. Hence, ‘what stands be-
tween,’ ‘the space.’ xpovixov dudorynpa, ‘time-space,’ or ‘space
of time.’ .

drepdowe: formed like perevonoe from dao, ‘off’ or ‘from,’
and ¢aoid-, from dow, formed like ore, «7.4, from root
ga-, ‘say.’ Hence drodpacilo, ‘I say off, i.e. make up my
mind, decide.

va dvaBdry: from dvd, ‘up,’ ‘away,’ ‘off,’ and Bad-, ‘put;’
ending as in zapareivy, x.r.4. Hence va dvaBady, ‘to put off,’
* defer.’

apoogopwrepov: formed like éAvyorepov from zpdodopo-, and
that from zpds-, ‘to,’ and gop- modified in nominal stems from
gep-, our bear, Latin fer. Hence mpdcdopo-, ‘fit to be brought
to,’ ‘applicable,’ ‘suitable.’

A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK, 31

kaipov (nominative, xatpds) = xaipo- + v, ‘season,’ ‘ weather,’
‘time.’
bs ‘ ‘\ U ‘
Xopeutixov: yxopeutixd- + v3; xopevrixd- formed like xpovxd
x.7.A., from xopev-, ‘dance’ (verb), from xopd-, ‘a dance’ or ‘ ball.

Ipiomatic TRANSLATION.

But afterwards he thought better of it, reflecting that it
would not be well to prolong the interval between his wedding
and his retirement, and he decided to put off to a more con-
venient season the celebration of his wedding by a ball.

Exercisz IV.

‘O xopevtixds mavyyupicpos Tov ydapuv Sev Aro Kadds. ‘O Kaipos
de ro mpoadopos eis Tov XopeuTiKdy Tavyyvptopov. TO xpoviKdv
didornua peragd tdv ydyev Kal Tod Xopod Fro rpoadopwrepor.
Av civat xadov va dvaBddyn 6 Kiptos thy dropdvecty tov. “Eova-
Aoyicby va dvaBary Tov xopov, GAN’ etra perevdnoe Kal drepdowe
(decided on) tov xopeutixdy ravyyupurpov T&V ydsw Tov, exe 58
padiota mposkadhéce: Tos tapavipdors.

It is not good to extend the interval of time. The season
was suitable, but the celebration (nominative) was not. He
decided to procure a military band, but afterwards he changed
his mind, reflecting that it was not suitable to defer his retire-
ment. He decided to give wings to the feet of the guests, and
therefore he invited them (apooexdAecé tovs) to the celebration
of his wedding by a dance. The time between his marriage
and his retirement was less than (7) he decided to be (Gr.,
that it was) suitable,

TIEMIITON MA@OHMA.—Firru Lusson..
néurrov is precisely our fifth, for fimfth.

Ovtw Aowroy pera Tivas phvas, Huépav Twa wéuTIny
Oo’'taw Jleepaw’n mehtah’-teenahss mee‘nahss, eemeh’rahn-teenah peh’mbdeen
Thus then after some months, one-day Jifth

32 A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK.

n a 7
THS EBSoud80s, wpata émurxemTypla Sienv
teess ehvdhawmah’dhawss, awreh’-ah ehpeeskehptee’reeah dhee’keen
of-the week, beautiful cards in-the-form

\
peTpiodpovev mpockrAntypioav SueveunOnoav eis TOUS
mehtreeawfraw’nawn prawsk/eeteeree'awn dhee-ehnehmee'theessahn eess tooss

of-modest invitations were-distributed to the

a o
qyvepinous Kal dirous tod Kupiov Loveauaxn av ev
ghnawree’mooss keh fee'looss too Keeree’oo Soossahmah’kee awn ehn

acquaintances and friends of-the Mr. Susamdkis of-which one

éraBe nai o K. Ilapdards éyov ota~—O Kupuos
eh'lahveh eh aw K. Pardhahlaw’ss eh’khawn oo/taw — Aw Kee’reeawss
received also the Mr. Pardalés, running thus— The Mr.

kat 7 Kupla Sevoauaxn tapaxarovc. tov Kupwv kal
keh ee Keeree’ah Soosahmahkee pahrahkahloo’ssee tawng-Gee'reeawn keh
and the Mrs. Susamakis beg the Mr. and

tiv Kupiav Ilapdarov va AdBwor THY KarosvnV va
teeng-Geeree’‘ahn Pardhahioo’ nah lah’vawssee teeng-gahlawssee’zxeen nah
the Mrs. Pardalds that they-have the goodness that

mapwor To Thai Eig Ti oixkiay Twv THY Kupiaxny,
pah’rawssee taw tsah’ee eess teen eekee‘ahn-dawn teeng-Geereeahkee’n,
they-take the tea at the house of-them the Sunday

déxa_ NoeuSpiov eis tds oxtm TO éotépas.
dheh’kah Naw-ehmvree'oo eess tahss awktaw’ taw ehspeh’rahss,
ten(th) of-November at the eight the evening.

ovrw: before a vowel otrws, for otrwr, old instrumental case,
from demonstrative obro-, ‘this,’ = ‘thus.’

Aourov: neuter accusative absolute of Aours-, verbal adjective,
from root Aur-, ‘leave,’ with which it is cognate. Hence Xourdv
as adverb = ‘what is left,’ Le. accordingly, therefore ; first
used in this sense by Polybius, afterwards in New Testament.
Formerly otv for dvr, i. e. ‘being,’ was employed in this sense.

pera: with accusative = ‘after.’ Observe accent.

A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. 33

twas: for twayvs, accusative plural of stem rw-. Loses accent
when enclitic.

pivas: for unvays; see above.

Heepav = Huépa, ‘day’ + v; accusative of time.

twa: for tiwdy, accusative, masculine, or feminine; here
feminine.

meprrny : ‘fifth,’ here ‘Thursday,’ as explained by rijs €Bdouddos
= €Bdoudd-, + os, genitive ending; from €Bdopuo-, ‘seventh,’
adjective of érra, ‘seven,’ for oemray, itself softened from
érropuo-; cf. Latin septem, septimus. érra(v) is probably a bye-
form of érrov, i.e. oerrov, verbal adjective from éx- (cez-), ‘to
follow,’ and this for oexf-; émra meaning perhaps, originally,
‘the following,’ ‘the next,’ like secundus for seguendus in Latin :
counting being in early times on the fingers, in which seven
would be the second of the second series, as two was of the
first. This is Professor Sayce’s suggestion.

wpaia: from dpa-, our year, Latin hora + 1, adjectival suffix
+ a, neuter plural ending. Hence wpata = ‘ seasonable,’ ‘ fair,’
‘beautiful.’

éemisxertypia : from én, ‘upon,’ oxert-, verbal adjective stem
of oxer- (see above) + substantive suffix -jp.a, neuter plural
nominative of -ypio-, meaning the instrument with which a
thing is done. Hence émoxérrouat meaning ‘I visit; ém-
oxerrypua. are ‘ visiting-cards.’

Sixnv = dixy, ‘form,’ ‘fashion’ + v; accusative and as adverb,
meaning ‘in the form of’—as we say, ‘the shape of,’ without
‘in.’ 8<«y also means ‘a form of law,’ ‘ justice,’ ‘ trial,’ &c.

petpioppovwv: genitive plural of perpudpov-, from pérpro-,
‘measured,’ ‘moderate,’ and ¢pov-, ‘thinking.’ Hence perpto-
dpover, ‘modest.’

mpookAntypiov: formed like émoxerrypia from szposkAyr-,
verbal adjective stem of root aposxAe- (kAa- Kad-); see above,
Hence zpooxAnrypia, ‘ cards of invitation.’

SueveunOnoav : du (for dua) + ¢, sign of past + veur-, lengthened

D

84 A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK.

stem of root ven-, ‘arrange,’ ‘ assign’ + 6y- = d, sign of passive
+ cav = ‘they.’ Hence deveunOyooy = ‘[they] were distri-
buted.’

rovs: for rovs.

yvopipovs: for yvwpipovs, accusative plural of yrapyzo- = stem
yop-, as in gnarus, ignoro, &c., from root yvof-, know + -yo-,
adjectival ending. Hence yvopmo-, ‘a knowable’ or ‘known
one,’ ‘an acquaintance.’ ‘yvdpyzor, nominative of yvwpipous
(observe accent), ‘acquaintances,’

pidrovs: for didovs, from root piA-, ‘ dear,’ whence also guAé,
‘I love,’ ‘I kiss,’ literally ‘I am a friend of.’

év: for dwv, genitive plural of 6-, relative.

ake = (€ + AaB = ‘take’ + e€ = ‘he’) = ‘did-take-he’
= ‘ [he] took,’ ‘received.’

gov: for éxovr, literally ‘having,’ here ‘running’ or
‘reading.’

mapaxaAdovo.: for mapaxadéovrt = stem mapaxade- + ovTe =
‘ they.’

AdBwou: for AdBovr. = AaB-, ‘take’ + wv, ‘they may,”
subjunctive. Observe Aaf- is aorist or instantaneous stem, viz.
the simple root. The imperfect is AapBar-, putting in » and
adding av; AopBdve, ‘I take,’ &aBov or é\aBa (Modern), ‘T
took,’ éAduBavoyr (a), ‘I was taking.’

kadootvnv: from xado- + -ovvy- = -ness. Hence xadoovvny,
‘goodness.’ The ending v has been so often explained that we
shall not mention it again, unless for some special reason.

mdapwot = tap + wor, explained above. -ap- is for ézap-,
from émi, ‘up,’ and dp-, ‘take.’ Imperfect stem, zaipv-.

7¢ai: the Chinese word, sometimes declined to the extent of
"a genitive, rod rfatov, An alternative is the more Greek-looking
form 76 réiov, Tod retov, from the French thé.

oixiav: feminine formed from masculine stem ofko- for Fotko-,
Latin vico- (nominative vicus), ‘a house,’ ‘a dwelling.’

twv: ‘their,’ ‘of them; cf. rov above.

A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. 35

Kvpiaxyv: from Kvpiaxd- 7, adjective by suffix -x- from
Kvpio-, ‘Lord.’ Hence Kvupiaxy = (dies) dominicus or -a.
Cf. Spanish domingo, French dimanche, &c. ; ‘the day of the
Lord,’ ‘ Sunday.’

déxa : cardinal used for ordinal, explained above.

Tas: i. e. @pas, ‘hours.’

6xT®: Latin octo, our eight.

70 éomepas: accusative of time.

IpiomaTic TRANSLATION.

Accordingly, in a few months, one Thursday, some beautiful
cards in the form of modest invitations were distributed among
the friends and acquaintance of Mr, Susamakis, one of which
was received by Mr. Pardalds, and ran as follows :—‘“ Mr. and
Mrs. Susamakis request the favour of Mr. and Mrs. Pardalds’
company to tea on Sunday, the 10th of November, at eight
o’clock in the evening.

Exercise VY.

Odvrw Aourdy SteveunOyoav ra erioxérrypia TOD Kvpiov Tapdadod.
*O.Kuptos apdadds Ho yvapipos kal piros 70d Kupiov Yovcapdxy.
‘H Kupia \aBe zpookAnripia Sixyv perproppdvev adda opaiwv
emurkertypiwy éxovrwv ottw. “O Kupuos kat 7 Kupia Tapdadod
gxovew tHv Kadoovvynv va Tdpwot Td TLdi eis THY oikiay Tov dirwv
Kal yvwpiwwv tov Kupiov xat Kupias Sovoaudkyn. Try méurryy,
déxa NoeuBpiov «is tas dxro 7d éorépas ot yrdpysot tod Kupiov
€ovAdoylcOnoav va mapwor Td TLai eis THY Oikiav Tov.

The lady and gentleman are invited to take tea at the house
of their friends and acquaintances. Beautiful visiting cards in
the form of modest invitations were distributed on a Thursday.
Thursday is the fifth of November and the fifth day of the
week. After a few months and a few days he altered his mind
and decided thus. Mr. Pardalds received some modest invita-
tions in the form of visiting cards. Sunday is the first day (4
mpotn jy<pa) of the week.

D 2

36 A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK.

EKTON MA@®HMA.—SrxtH Lesson.

éxrov : for céxrov, adjective, from éé (ék-s), ‘ six.’ The s, though
an integral part of the word, is lost in the process of composition
in Greek. Cf., however, sextus in Latin.

N.B.—The interlinear transliteration is henceforth dispensed
with.

Tnuewréov Ore tiv huépav tadtnv é&éreEev 7 apa
To-be-noted that the day this chose the fine

mpovoia THs Kupias Xovoapann xaOdte tiv Kuptaxnv
foresight of-the Mrs. Susamakis forasmuch-as the Sunday

éxelynvy ouverimtey 1) emréTELos THS EopTHs Tov veapov
that coincided the yearly of-the festival of-the youthful

ts avtiyou—o Lovoapuanns éxadeitro "Opéotns—xal 1
of-her consort (the Susamdkis was-called Orestes) and the

veovuppos Ilacipan éoxédOn ott tmpoadvéctatov nto va
new-wed Pasiphae reflected that most-fitting was-it that

twavyyupicbacr Sia tov avTov yopod Kai Sia Tod adTod
be-celebrated by the same ball and by the same
KuT@édXou Telov 6 TE Yyauos THs Kal 1) EéopT) Tod
cup _— of-tea both-the marriage of-her and the festival of-the

aupBiov tTns.
spouse of-her.

Sypewréov = onpeto-, verbal stem from onpeto-, and that
from oypa(r)-, verbal substantive from root oy- (not found) +
suffix re, meaning ‘to be’ + neuter ending ov = ‘[It is] to be
remarked.’

ravrnv: feminine stem ravra- (y-), answering to masculine
rovro- = ‘ this.’

eééde€ev: for éfédeyoey = ef, ‘out’ + ¢, sign of past time
+ Aey-, root = ‘choose’ + a, sign of first aorist, instantaneous

A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK, 87

tense + e(v) (for er) = ‘he,’ ‘she,’ or ‘it’ (3rd person). Hence
egédeEev, [ ‘she,’ i. e. rpdvora | ‘ chose.’

é8pa, nominative and stem (feminine), probably from root pap-,.
Indo-Germanic mar-, ‘to grind,’ ‘powder,’ and often bye-form
of pad-, dBpo- 4Bpa being itself a bye-form of pwpd- popa; cf.
vocative Bpe for pwpé, now a mere interjection. pwpds, origin-
ally ‘fool,’ means ‘a boy’ in Modern Greek, as dpa in the
Septuagint means ‘a maiden.’ The root idea seems to be that
of softness, tenderness in the noun, softening, bruising in the
verb, Cognate are probably mill, ptdros; German Mihle, and
mahlen, ‘to grind; our meal; Greek pdp-vayo, ‘I fight ;’
Modern Greek paddovu, ‘I fight; cf. the slang use of mill.
Cognate is English mild, with suffix d; also Greek pad-axds
and pad-faxdés. The change pp- pa- to Bdr- Bp- in Greek is a
constant phenomenon, while 4 or 6, either aspirated or not, is a
common phonetic prefix.

mpdovoia: for mpdyvowe (cf. d&yvou, ‘ignorance,’ and Modern
Greek éyvowa for évow, i.e. &-yvora) = mpd, kin to for, fore,
and yvowu- = yvo + wa, wa being feminine nominative stem.
Hence mpdyvoia, mpdvora, ‘foreknowledge,’ ‘prudence’ (provi
dentia), ‘ foresight.’

xaOor: for kar ort, i.e. kara 67. Though the rough breath-
ing (‘) is not heard in Greek, classical tradition requires z, 7, «
to be changed to their corresponding aspirates when imme-
diately followed by ‘. xa@dre = literally ‘according that’ or
* according as.’

éxetvyv: demonstrative pronoun, formed from demonstrative
adverb éxet, ‘there,’ by formative suffix v- o-, v- y-.

ouvémimrev: ov, see above; € as before; wurr-, reduplicated,
imperfect, or frequentative stem (cf. sist-, tora-, x.7.d.) for
mimer-, from root wer-, Sanscrit pat-, ‘to fly,’ ‘leap,’ ‘ fall’ [upon ].
From same root are probably Latin petere, ‘to seek,’ our find (by
nasalization) ; also wrepdv, English feather, &c.; -ev as above.
Hence cuvémirrev, imperfect, ‘ coincided,’ i.e. would coincide,

38 A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK.

érérevos = érérewo + ¢: masculine and feminine nominative ;
éréreto- = preposition éx- for él + éres-, ‘year’ + 10, adjectival
stem, masculine, feminine, neuter. Hence émérevos = ‘ on-the-
year,’ ‘yearly.’ The lost F of éros for Féros appears as aspirate
in the Modern Greek form édéros for ééros, ‘this year,’ i. e. in
(the current) year; cf. “to-day” for “this day.” 9 émérevos
[jpépa] = ‘the anniversary [day].’

veapod: from veapd-, from véo-, ‘ young’ + adjectival suffix po-
= -tsh. Hence veapd-, ‘ youngish,’ ‘ youthful.’

ovgvyov: from ov + fyo-, ‘yoke,’ whence adjective and
substantive ovfvyo- (observe accent), ‘ yoke-fellow,’ the Latin
conjug- (nominative conjua for conjugs), ‘consort,’ ‘husband,’
‘ wife ;’ masculine or feminine.

éxadeiro + € + xadé- (see above) + ero + ‘he was ;’ contracted
from éxadéero ; hence ‘ [he] was called.’

’Opéoryns : from stem ’Opéora- (n-) + s; literally, perhaps, ‘a
mountaineer ;’ dpes- = ‘mountain’ + ra- ry- = ‘man who does,
or has to do with,’ like ending eer.

vedvupgo + s: from véo- and yvuyd¢-, see above; masculine or
feminine ; here feminine.

Tlaciday, literally ‘bright to all: from zaou for ravr + on,
dative plural ending + ¢ay, kin to ¢dos for gdor-, das for
dar, ‘light.’

mpospvéctarov = mpos + dv-, our be + es-, adjectival suffix
+ taro + v = superlative suffix with neuter accusative (also
nominative) ending. Hence zposdvéc- = ‘grown-to,’ ‘fit,’
‘natural,’ ‘proper ;’ rpopvécraror, ‘most fitting.’

éoxépOy: formed like éovAAoyiocOy from root oxer-, see above.

ravnyyprbaot: for ravyyvpicbavr. = ravyyrpd + 8, sign of
aorist or instantaneous passive + wvr., ending, 3rd person plural
= ‘they,’ lengthened from indicative ending ovr; cf. -7 for -<i,
above, &e.

da: for df, ‘through,’ ‘by means of ;’ see above. In this
sense construed with genitive.

A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. 39

abdrod: after article = ‘same;’ before article, ‘very,’ or ‘it
self ;’ or in Modern Greek also ‘this,’ ‘that; e.g. 8a adrod rod
xopov (d¢ airod tot xopod), ‘by the dance itself? da rod adrod
xopod, ‘ by the same dance.’

xu7éAXov: neuter (nominative xJeAXov), a diminutive from
obsolete root xvzo- or xUma-; in Modern Greek xotza, ‘a cup.’

6 te: te, bye-form of xai pronounced xé, but always enclitic like
Latin gue and Sanscrit cha. Hence 6 re, ‘both the;’ observe
accent thrown back from ré to 6, which, else unaccented, has
now the acute.

éopty: for éFop-r-y, containing, perhaps, root var, our ware, ‘ to
keep,’ ‘observe,’ kin to Latin vereor, reverentia, &c. + nominal
suffix ra- (ry-). Hence éopry, ‘a ceremony,’ ‘festival ;’ the é
seems like the 4 in dpa, merely phonetic ; -r- is noun suffix.

oupBiov = oiv + Biov = genitive of cipBu-; Bio- for Bifo-,
pronoun fifo- or BiBo-, kin to Latin vivo-, vivus, vivere ; cf. vis
and Bia, ‘force.’ Hence ovpBu- = ‘living with,’ ‘ husband,’
or ‘ wife ;) masculine or feminine.

IpromaTic TRANSLATION.

We should observe that the fine foresight of Mrs. Susamakis
had chosen this day, because on the Sunday in question the
anniversary of her youthful husband’s birthday also fell, and
the newly-married Pasiphae reflected that it would be just the
thing to celebrate, by means of the same ball and the same cup
of tea, both her own marriage and the birthday of her spouse.

Exercise VIL

‘H Daoiddy fro vedveppos ovtvyos rod veapod Yovcapdxyn. “H
Kupiaxy elve tpoodvectaty iypépa mpos mavyyupirpov TOV yapuv.
Suvérimrey éxeivyy THv hyepav Kal xopos Kal ydpos. “O re Opéorys
kai 7 Tlaoupdn elve vedvupdor ovlvyo. “O Opéorys fro ovluyos
tis Tlacipans. “H Maoipdn eve ovpBuos tod veapod Kupiov. “H
éréreios éopti) cuudvéctatov va tavyyupicby, Kal of vedvupdot

4D A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK.

ovlvyo eve mpookexAnuevo. “O otpBuos tis Tlacupays éxaXeiro
’Opéarys.

It is to be observed that Sunday is the anniversary of his
birthday. His spouse and himself (airés) were (joav) newly
married. Is it suitable that the marriage and the anniversary
of the birthday of that gentleman should be celebrated by the
same dance and the same cup of tea? It is just the thing.

EBAOMON MA@OHMA.—Sevents Lesson.
Otto Rowrov Hy éorépav ths Kuptaxhs Sirdai
Thus then the evening of-the Sunday twofold
cuyypoves yivovtat éTomsacia éTowwaciat wtrrodoyis

simultaneously happen preparations ; preparations of-reception
€v T@ oiKw Tod Loveauakn, Kai ETommacias éTitKéews
in the house of-the Susamdkis, and preparations of-visit

é€v t® olxm tod Ilapdarod. “As pvnuovedcwpev év
in the house of-the Pardalds. Let us-observe in
mapodw, Kal mplv eicéXOwpevy eis Tas oiKias Tod
passing, and before we-enter into the houses of-the
"Auditpt@vos Kal tod Eévov tov, ote THY TpoTepatay,
Amphitryon and of-the quest of-him, that the duay-before,
To éoTrépas, Ka? iy aotiyunv 6 Kupios Tlapdaros
the evening, at what moment the Mr. Pardalos
ntomateto va avaywpnon éx Tod ypadelov, érAnaiacev
was-preparing that he-depart out-of the office, approached
eis avtov Ser.as 6 Lovoauaxns, Kal mepiediccwv eis
to him timidly the Susamakis, and twisting-round in

tous Saxtidous Tov THY aAvow Tod wWporoyiov Tov, iva
the fingers of-him the chain of-the watch of-him, that

A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. 4l

SiacxeSdon Tas TH Seiiiav abrod, TO elie, pediav
he-divert somewhat the timidity of-him, to-him said, smiling

yAuKepov pediaua oeBacwod Kal vrotayis: — Aourov
a-dulcet smile of-respect and of-subjection:— Then

.» . Oa cas éywpev avpwov 70 éomépas, Kipue AvevOurta ;
shall you we-have to-morrow the evening, Mr. Director ?

“Xapls adro, Kupre Lovoaudnn ... ywopis arr!
Without aught-else, Mr. Susamdékis — without aught-else /

amnvrnoev 6 Kupios Ilapdards avtipediov Kal éxetvos
replied the Mr. Pardalés back-smiling also he

pevdiaua wvirepoyhs Kal mpootacias.
a-smile of-superiority and patronage.

SurAat: short for darAda = &-, ‘two’ (in composition) +
mAo-, ‘ fold,’ with first three letters of which it is identical + at,
ending of feminine plural.

éromwaciat: ending as above; from érowad- from €éromo-,
‘ready’ + ad-, verbal suffix + oia-, feminine substantive suffix.
Hence = ‘a making ready.’

ovyxpovws: for ovyxpdver (cf. otrws), old instrumental (ad-
verbial) case of ovyxpovo-, from ovv + xpovo-, ‘time ; i.e. ‘at
one time,’ or ‘ simultaneously.’

yivovrat: for yiyvovra:, from yeyy-, imperfect stem doubled
from yev-, akin to kin + ovras = ‘they,’ middle or deponent
and passive ending, 3rd person plural. We here exhibit all
persons : y¢yv-ouo, I become ; yiyv-eoat (classical, yiyv-y or et),
thou, &c. ; yiyv-erat, he, she, it, &c. ; yuyv-dpeba, we, &e.; yiyv-
eode, you, &c.; yiyv-ovra, they, &. (as above).

trodoy7s = tro, ‘under’ + doxy, ‘a taking’ + s, genitive
ending, from root dey-, ‘ take,’ whence déyouat, &e., ‘I take.’ Thus
trodo0x7) = ‘ an undertaking,’ ‘taking up,’ ‘reception.’ Cases as
follows: Singular, drodox7 -jv -js 3. Plural, trodoyxai -as -Gv -ais,

42 A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK.

The order of the cases here and elsewhere is as follows:
Nominative, Vocative (only given separately when different
from nominative), Accusative, Genitive, Dative.

otxo-: masculine form of oixia-,explained above. ofkos, €, ov,
otkov, oikw" (observe accent), ofkot, otkous, oiKwv, olKots.

émoxévews: from stem émoxer-, explained above + cews,
genitive ending of substantive suffix ov. éicke)is, érioxap,
erurkéews, emiokepe. emirkdpes, emurkdpes, erurkepewv, €mt-
oxepeot(v).

*As: shortened from ddes, i.e. dx’ for axé + és = €, root
meaning ‘send’ + s, sign of 2nd person. Hence des, ‘send
thou forth,’ ‘let go,’ ‘let be,’ ‘suffer,’ ‘let.’ Thus as pyvnpoved-
cwpev, ‘let us observe; cf. in New Testament, ddes éxBaddu,
‘let me cast out,’ ddes Bwper, ‘let’s see,’ &e.

prvyjpovetoopev: aorist stem of pvnpovev- from pyyjpov-, ‘re-
membering,’ ‘mindful,’ from root pyva- prve- lengthened to pr,
‘remind,’ ‘remember’ + pov-, ending signifying ‘man-doing,’
‘agent.’ Hence prvqpovev-, ‘make mindful,’ ‘remind,’ ‘ observe,’
‘relate,’ ‘record’ + wyev = ‘we may. Persons as follows:
prvnpovetow, pvynpovetons, pynpnoveton’ pyvnpovedouper, pvnpover-
onre, pynpovevowow (vernacular, pynpovevcour).

mapodw : from wap’ (zapa), ‘by,’ and 680- for codd-, from root
€6- (ced-) ; perhaps kin to-English send, Spanish senda, ‘a path.’
N.B.—The nasalization of a root, e.g. send for sed, is a very
common phenomenon in all the Aryan languages. Hence
mapooos, ‘a passing,’ ‘a going by; observe accent, which in
oxytone substantives compounded with prepositions goes back
to last syllable but two. Cases with article: 7 wapodos, tiv
wapodov, THs Tapddov, TH Tapddw" al mapodat, Tas tapddovs, TaV
Tapoowv, Tals mapooots.

apiv: for mpip, kin to primus, Latin, and to our fure, first, &c.

#: connecting particle, link-word or conjunction, joining zpiv
with verb like our “that” in “before that.” Generally, 7 when
alone means either ‘or, —...%, ‘either... or’—or ‘than,

A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. 43

eioé\Owpev : second aorist, in construction like pynpovedowper.
A second aorist means one formed from the simplest root of the
verb, without the aid of o or its substitutes ; it is like a strong
as opposed to a weak formation in German or English, only that
it does not necessarily modify the’ vowel. There is a super-
stition in the mind of the learner, difficult to eradicate, that
there is some difference of force between a first and second
aorist. There is no more than between digged and dug. eic-
€\Mwpev = eis, ‘into’ + éd6-, short for éAv-, ‘come’ or ‘go’ +
wpev = ‘ we [may ] go in,’ ‘enter’ (subjunctive).

_ olxias: for oixiavs, accusative plural of oixia-, explained above.
oixia -av -as -a" -at -as -Ov -ats.

"Apditpiwv + os, proper name. dyudt is a preposition =
Latin ambi in ambidexter, &c., apparently compounded of the
syllables dv- or du-; cf. dudopd, ‘a holder-round,’ ‘ container,’
‘ vessel,’ the German wm in umfassen, &. + di = by, not found
save as case-ending or in composition in Greek; tpvwyv (for
tpvwvs), nominative, means really ‘the borer.’ The root zpv,
with its variants rep- rpa- rpo-, &c., is found in our through,
thorough, thrust, thread, thrums, &c., always with suffixes, but
the idea of piercing is present in all. Amphitryon was a
character in Grecian mythology, and the allusion is here ap-
parently to the wedding-feast which he gave at Thebes, when
Zeus forestalled him in his marriage with Alkmene. It is about
as inappropriate as forced classical allusions usually are. See
Grote’s “ History of Greece,” vol. i, p. 127. ’Apdurpiov, “Aude
tpvwva, “Auditpiwvos, “Awderpvwve' plural (scarcely found) :
"Apditptoves -Tpvwvas -Tpvdvey -Tpvwow.

éévov: genitive of ééo-, ‘stranger,’ ‘ guest,’ probably from
preposition éé, by means of an aorist ééévevoa through éxvev,
éxveF-, ‘sail forth,’ ‘go,’ being mistaken for that of a supposed
fevev-, ‘to be a €évos.’ Eévos, Eve, Eevov, Eevor, E€vw’ Eevor, E€vovs,
Eévov, Eévois.

mpotepaiav, i, e. Huépav: from mporepo-, comparative of mpd

4A A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK.

(see above) + adjective suffix a:-o, -a (masculine and feminine)
= ‘belonging to.’ Strictly speaking, the adjective suffix is
simply -- added to the feminine rporépa [*pépal.

xa’ iv: for xara jv, see above ; jv, relative feminine accusa-
tive. 8s, 9, 3° bv, Hv, 5° od, Fs, ob G, 9, O" Ot, al, G ods, as, a"
év, Gv, v* ols, als, ots. The use of this relative belongs to
literary style. In the vernacular, either the indeclinable zo or
Srov, in classical Greek meaning ‘ where ’—cf. our who, and the
German provincial wo—is employed, but never with prepositions ;
or else the compound 6 ézroios, 4 drole, Td Srotov, which exactly
answers in original sense to the French leqguel, laquelle, Spanish
el cual, la cuale, from Latin illum qualem, illam qualem.

oTiypiy : otiyph + v = otty-, ‘prick’ + py (pa-), verbal
substantive suffix. Hence orvyyy = ‘point of time,’ ‘moment.’
Cases as izrodox7.

Hromdero: formed, like éxadéero above (é + € coalescing
into %), from é€rowad-, see above. yrowalounv, yromdleco
(classical -ov), -ero" -d€00 -eoGe -ovro.

dvaxwpyjon: cf. mpopnbevon’ = dvaxwpe + oy, with e
lengthened to 7 in composition. dvaxwpyow -ys -n* -wpev -nTE
-wot (-ovv), From dva, ‘up,’ ‘away; xwpe, ‘move,’ cognate
with xdpa-, ‘place.’

érAnotaceyv = € + wAnoiad + oe for oer; wAnowsd- like
érou.ad-, from wAnaio-, ‘near.’ Hence érAnoiaca, ‘I approached.’
érAnolacas, erAnciace” érdynovicapev -doate -acay.

deAGs: for deAGr from derO-, adjective of root &-, ‘to fear,’
whence dees- for dues- (nominative Séos), ‘fear,’ by addition of
ending do, deAds standing for deeAds, kin to Latin di in dirus.
The primary notion seems to be that of ‘ haste,’ ‘ flight :’ Sanscrit
di-yd-mi, ‘I haste,’ ‘ flee.’ Hence also dives, ‘ whirlpool,’ ‘ eddy ;’
divw, Swéw, Swede, ‘I whirl,’ ‘ swing,’ ‘ brandish ;’ Se:vés, ‘ terrible,’
active corresponding to dedrds.

mepieAioowy: for mepteAtocovrs from zepl, ‘round,’ ‘about’
+ éMocovr + s; éAlcoovr- is for éA/kiovt-, imperfect participle

-A QUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. 45

stem from root é\ux-, whence €ué (eAuxs), £a snail;’ éXux- is
lengthened by suffix -1« from root é€A- for FeA-, kin to volvo,
‘turn.’ Imperfect participles are declined thus :—

éXicowr (-ovts) -ovea (-ovtoa) -ov (-ovt)
-ovTa. -ovoav -ov
-OVTOS -ovons -OVTOS
-OvTL -ovo7 -OvTt
-ovTes -ovoat -ovTa,
-ovTas -ovoas -ovTa
-dvTwv -ovo av -dvTwv
-ovot(v) -ovoras -ovor(v).

tovs: for révs. We here give the article entire :—

c 3 ‘ \ ‘ , A fel a fol a A
6 70, TOV TIV TO, TOU THS TO, T TH TO.
ot ai Td, Tovs Tus Td, Tov TOV TOY, TOs Tals TOIS.

daxtvAous: for SaxrvAovs from ddxtvAo + v + s, from root dax-
(dux-), kin to German zeigen, zethen, ‘ point,’ ‘show,’ ‘inform,’
‘accuse ;’ the word daxrvAo- itself being kin to digitus, zehe, toe,
ddxrvAos (vocative -e), daxtvAov, SaxtvAov, Saxtidw* SdaxtvAor,
daxtvAous, SaxtiAwv, SaxrvAors.

dAvow: from verbal stem dAv-, enlarged from root dA- dA- €A-
from FéA-, ‘to bind,’ ‘shut in;’ kin to Sanscrit var, German
wehren, Gewehr ; suffix -ot, as in ora{i-, érioxei-, k.7.X. dAvots,
dAvow, ddvoews, dAvoe’ GAicets, dAvoewv, dAvoeow. ,

Gpodroyiov: from dpoddyto- = dpa- (dpo- in composition) +
Adyio-, from root Aoy-, ‘to reckon.’ Hence dpoddyiov, ‘ time
piece,’ ‘ watch,’ ‘clock.’ dépoAdytov -iov -i* -va -iwy -cots.

N.B.—Neuter nominative and accusative are always the
same.

iva: full form of va, and with fuller sense, ‘in order to ?
vernacular, da va.

diacxeddoy: for Suckeddd-on = 8a, ‘about,’ » different
directions’ + oxedad-, ‘scatter’ + on = ‘he may.’

decAav: noun from deA6-, ‘fearful.’ Hence deA‘a = ‘ oni

46 A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK.

ice, ‘timidity.’ SeAla -ay -as -g, plural (scarcely found) deAcax
eas -Ov -as.

TO: proclitic pronoun personal = 76 + « dative.

pewdiov: for pedsdovrs, imperfect participle of pedia-, ‘smile,
with which (cf. peAcyeos, ‘mild,’ ‘kind’) it is probably kin.
Cf. also daxpu-, ‘tear,’ and Latin lacruma, old form dacruma,
also lingua for dingua. Many words in Greek now beginning
with « have lost ao; cf. pypwOos, cujnpwOos ; opixpds, piKpos.

peduav -000. -LOVv -OVTES -Ooat -OVTOs
-ovra -ooav -Ov -OvTAsS -woas -OVTG.
-OvToS «= -wonS = -@VTOS- -WYTWY s-wave -Wv TW.
-OvTL = OT” -OvTe = -@ow -doas -dow.

-N.B.— Observe accents.

yAveepov: from yAvki-, ‘sweet’ + suffix po + v = ‘sweet-
ish,’ ‘ dulcet.’

pediapa = pedia- + pa(r), verbal substantive suffix, ‘a smile.’
pediapa, medidparos, pediduart; pediduata, pediapdtov, pedid-
par.

N.B.—Suffix par- is always neuter.

ocBacpod: for veBad-yod from oeBad-, verbal stem + suffix
~pod, genitive of wd-. ceBacpos -pov -yG* -pol -pods -pav -pois.

trorayis: like txodoxijs, from xd (ovmd), ‘under’ + ray-,
‘range,’ ‘ order.’

6a: a particle used with subjunctive to form future tense.
Compare Homeric xe, kev.

éxopev: lengthened from €xoper, indicative, to form subjunc-
tive imperfect. Personal endings as aorist.

avpiov: avtpio + v, from stem ad + suffix pio; ad- appears
also in éds, atws for dfws, ‘dawn,’ Latin aurora for ausosa, &c.
The aspirate in Attic édés seems a relic of the Fin éus, dfuds,
and though the common form atpuov has the smooth breathing,
the rough appears in the Modern Greek peBavprov for pera adpror,
‘the day after to-morrow ; cf, éros, épéros, above,

A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. 47

Kupue: vocative of Kvpio- by modification of final vowel.

AcevOuvra: from drevbuv- (see above) -- ra- = ‘man who does,’
‘agent.’ Hence dcevOuvra- (nominative -7s), ‘director,’ ‘ manager.’

N.B.—Atev6vvra is at once the stem and the vocative case.

xupis: for xwpid-s, ‘ without,’ from stem xwpid-, ‘ to divide,’

GAXo: for ado, Latin aliud, &c., our el in else; xwpis ddAXo,
literally ‘ without an alternative,’ i.e. of course, certainly.

danvrnoey : from dd + avta- + oe (cer); avra- = ‘reply,’
‘retort, and is verbal stem from root dvr-, ‘back,’ found in
preposition dvri, German ant in Antwort, our ans in answer for
answord.

\

dvTipediav = avril, ‘again’ or ‘back’ + eddy, ‘ smiling,’

brepoxns: for trép (cvrép), Latin super, Albanian siper,
‘above,’ and root éy-, ‘have.’ Hence trepéyw, ‘I have the
advantage,’ ‘am superior,’ and substantive drepoyy, ‘a having
the advantage,’ ‘superiority.’ Cases as trorayy.

mpootacias = mpd + ora + cia, substantive ending, + s, sign
of genitive. Hence mpooracias = ‘of a standing before,’ i. e,
patronage.

Ipiomatic TRANSLATION.

Accordingly, on the evening of Sunday, the tenth of November,
a double set of preparations are going on at the same time: pre-
parations for a reception in the house of Susamdakis, and pre-
parations for a visit in the house of Pardalds.

Let us mention, in passing, and before we enter the homes of
our Amphitryon and his guest, that on the evening of the day
before, at the moment that Mr. Pardalés was preparing to leave
his office, Susamadkis timidly approached him, and twirling the
chain of his watch in his fingers, the better to divert his timidity,
said to him, with a dulcet smile of veneration and subjection,—

‘*‘ Then we shall see you to-morrow evening, sir?”

“Certainly, certainly, Mr. Susamakis,” replied Mr. Pardalds,
smiling in his turn a smile of superiority and patronage.

48 A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK.

Exeroise VII.

‘H xpooracia rod Kupiov dcevduvrod Hro yAuKepov pediana. Td
pediapa Tod SraddyAov Fro pediapsa ceBacpod Kai trotayns. Od
> La » a '€ f A , >
évaxwpynon aipiov 76 éorépas. TepreAfooet trois Saxtvdovs Tov eis
tv aGdvew Tod apodroyiov iva Swackeddoy tus THv Seriav Tov.
Yrodoyy kat érioxajis yivovtat ovyxpdvus. Td pediapa tod
Scevbwvrod Seecxddace tHv Secdiav rod timadAyjArov. *As prvypover-
cope &v wapddy tas Sirdas Erotnacias airwes yivovra cvyxpdves

> > td > #£ a? 4 ‘ a ,
eis Tas Sve oikias TOU 'Auditpvwvos Kal Tod E€vou Tov.

Sunday is the tenth of November. Preparations for a
reception and preparations for a visit take place simultaneously
in the two houses. Let us mention that at the moment when
Mr. Pardalds was preparing to leave the office, he smiled a dulcet
smile of superiority and patronage, and his subordinate in his
turn answered by a smile of veneration and subjection. We
approached him smiling, in order to dispel his timidity. You
will see us (have us) to-morrow evening. Will they leave the
office at the same time? Certainly.

OTAOON MA@OHMA.—Hicura Lesson.
dySoov : for éxroFov, Latin octavus ; cf. EBdomov for éxropov.
Oodswp7.—‘Opicte, adevtn.—lIjyawe va maocns é&
John !_—Command, master. — Go that you-take a

ayaks peta pony wpav!—Ilés tou va tepdon Kal aro
carriage after a-half hour !— Tell him that he-pass also by
THS Ackie va god mapn va Levydpe yavtia
the [Madame] Lisié’s that me heget a pair gloves

éntauicv api0uo, dompa!l épavncey éx Tov Swpuariou
seven-and-a-half number, white! shouted fromthe room
ts % Kupia Evdpootvn, — Kadd... nal ropa
of-her the Mrs. Euphrosyne. — Well... and = new

A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. 49

evOupnOns va wapns yavtia, evdroynuévn ;—To
you-have-remembered that you-get gloves, blessed-one? —TIt

éeAnouwovnca! ti Oéddres ve Kapow Ttwpa;—M7
Sorgot-I ! What will-you that I-do now ? — No

yerpotepa! eiOtpicey 0 avvuyos Kat SiueBiBace tHv
worse { whispered the husband and wpassed-on the

TapayyeNiay eis Tov Uvmrnpérny boTis amhvTnoe per
order to the servant who answered indeed

Meyaropwvas'—IIovAv xara, adévtn, duéous. 44 VAAN
aloud: — Very weil, sir, directly... . But

eWibipicey Guws aouya Kai hota evocBaoctoss Ma
whispered however softly and least — respectfully: Nay

apevtixad, adnOea, Tov byt KadXITEpa. Meo’s 777
my-master, truth, since not better. In-the-midst-of the

Adorn Kal ’s tH Bpoyn tpéxya v’ ayopatns yavtia Kal va

mud and inthe rain run that you-buy gloves and that
miavns audki! "A! dev Oa yelvw Kéyw adévtns kappa
you-get a-cab! Ah! not shall become I-too a-master some

opa ;
time ?

®@odwp7: for @codwpy, vocative and stem. @odwpis, Oodwpy,
®@odwp7[v], Qodwpy: dative not used, since the form is vernacular.
It is a further extension of the proper name @eddwpo-, from @c6-,
‘God,’ and ddpo-, ‘gift.’ Hence @eddwpos, ‘the gift of God,’
Greek translation of Hebrew Johannan, ‘John,’ a common
name for a servant.

‘Opicre: shortened. from dépicare, imperative first aorist, 2nd
person plural of dp.d- from dpo-, ‘a boundary ; cf. Aoy.d-, from
Adyo. Hence épifw (i.e. dpidiw) = ‘I set bounds, ‘ordain,’
‘command.’ ‘Opéore is a very common expression in colloquial

E

50 A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK.

Greek ; addressed by a servant to his master it means, ‘ Yes,
sir, ‘Here, sir,’ &c.; among equals it answers to the French
plait-il? and the German wie beliebt? ‘Opiore e506 or dx’ 6a
means ‘This way please,’ or ‘Come this way ; ‘Opiore by itself
sometimes means simply ‘Come!’ ‘Come in!’ xadés apicarte,
aorist indicative, is equivalent to xadd@s 7AOare, ‘You are wel-
come’ (well-come).

ddévry: vocative and stem (observe how often these coincide).
Cases: ddévrys, adevrn(v), apevry, adevty; no dative. This
word is usually regarded as a corruption of av@évrys, shortened
for atroévrys, i.e. avro-evrys = airo-, ‘self, ‘very’ + évrys,
‘doer’ (only found in this combination), from root €, Sanscrit
ja, ‘go; in causative sense, as in im, ‘I make to go,’ ‘send,’
‘put in motion’ + derivative or paragogic v + -rys = -er.
avévrns in classical Greek means ‘the real doer.’ Hence as
euphemism, sometimes ‘criminal,’ sometimes ‘suicide,’ felo de
se; once, perhaps, in Euripides, ‘lord,’ ‘master,’ a meaning
confirmed by the Septuagint derivative aifevria, ‘authority,’ and
the adjective atGevrixds used by critics and grammarians, as op-
posed to é8ée7oros, ‘masterless,’ ‘unowned.’ Hence our authenttc,
and hence too the false spelling author, authority, which should
have been autor, autority, being shortened from Latin auctor,
auctoritatem, and having nothing whatever etymologically in
common with aifévrns. It is, however, more than doubtful
whether aifévrys would naturally contract to dfévrns in Modern
Greek. aifévrys would be pronounced avrévrns (ahfteh’ndeess)
in the vernacular, and as airdés becomes dards, never adds, so
aidevrns (airévrns) might become arévrys, but scarcely adévrys.
It'seems more rational to take adévrys as coming straight from
dro + €& = ddé, as in ddinus, ‘I send,’ and meaning simply
‘the sender,’ a freyuent character of the master of a slave.
Perhaps, too, épévrys, ‘the commander’ (cf. édiewa ‘I com-
mand’ (middle), from ézt + &), may have played a part in
producing the bye-form of dgpérns, viz. éhévrys, whence the

A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. 51

Turkish title fendi, which is simply the Greek stem édévry.
Possibly these popular forms (not found in the language of
literature) may have been confounded by scholiasts and anno-
tators with avfévrns, and thus influenced its meaning and
interpretation.

myyawe: a curious word with a curious history. trayw =
tro + dyw, literally ‘I lead up,’ Latin ‘subigo for subago,
is the common word in later Greek for ‘I go.’ ‘I went’ is
trpyov, Hellenistic or more modern form tmfya, shortened
to r7ya. This is really an imperfect, but in verbs of going,
from the nature of the case, the senses of aorist and imperfect
are not so clearly marked off as in some other verbs. Moreover,
the real aorist of trdéyw would be tmryayov, and reduplicated
forms fell into general disfavour in later Greek. Especially
would tryyayov be a long and awkward word for ‘I went.’
The shortened imperfect ajya was therefore accepted as an
aorist, often with augment érjya. The preposition iro was
consequently lost ; zay- was regarded as the root, lengthened in
the aorist indicative to yy. An imperfect stem, myyauw- or
maya.v-, was formed on the analogy of the modern forms paGaivw
from paO-, rafaivw from raé-, «.7.d. myawe is therefore 2nd
person imperfect imperative from modern root zay-, ‘to go,’ of
which the aorist subjunctive is réyw, mdyns, méyyn* maryopev,
maynte, ta&youv (wor) ; colloquially, rdw, rds, rG (also mdys, ray”
mwope, TATE, TACl, OF Taovv).

midons: 2nd person, lst aorist, from stem ma€-, Doric form
of méé-, in classical Greek ‘to squeeze, ‘nip,’ in New Testament
‘to catch,’ in Modern Greek also ‘to get,’ ‘ take.’

dpaée: for dudgw, i.e. dudgov, diminutive of auaga = dua,
kin to same, Latin similis, &c. + a&-, the root element in aéov-,
‘axle. Hence dyaga = ‘with like axles,’ ‘a four-wheeled
carriage’ or ‘cart,’ as opposed to dpya, ‘a two-wheeled war-
chariot.’ agwv, kin to ale, is from root dy + s, and = ‘that
which should draw.’

EB 2

52 A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK.

pera: with accusative = ‘after;’ elsewhere with genitive,
‘with’ (see above).

prov, ‘half,’ adjective, as in German ; piods &vOpwros, ‘half
a man; picdv réraprov, ‘half a quarter;’ pion dpa, ‘half an
hour’ = Kin halber Mann, ein halbes Viertel, eine halbe Stunde.
The full classical form is jyiovs (for onpiovs), Hutoea, npiov"
pov, jpiceav, jpirv' uicovs, hioeias, Hpicovs’ juicer,
Hpuceia, Hyioe. Plural: qyioess, pice, jyioea (yn) qpioes,
tyuceias, jpicea (n)’ tyucewv, juioedv, jyicewov' ticect(v),
Hproeiais, Huiceor(v). In composition ju-, Latin semi; in the
vernacular, puco-. Hence Modern Greek picevu, ‘I divide,’ ‘I
part,’ ‘ depart.’

més = stem we-, ‘say,’ ‘speak’ +s, sign of 2nd person
singular. Hence wés = ‘say,’ ‘tell;’ cf. ddes, ds, ‘let go,’ ‘let.’
The stem z- is made pronounceable by the addition of paragogic
e to the letter z, which is a truncated form of éz- for Fez-, in
which the last letter has, probably through influence of lip-letter
F, become labialized from «x. Hence Fez- is Greek form of root
vak-, Latin voc- in vox (vée-s), vocare, equivocus, &c.

tov: for tw, genitive for dative ; wés Tov, ‘tell him.’

mepaon = stem wepa- = ‘pass’ + oy, ending of 3rd person
aorist subjunctive. Hence va zepdcy, ‘that he pass,’ i.e. call ;
més Tov va. repacy, ‘tell him to call.’

amo, literally ‘off, ‘from,’ here = ‘at; compare nautical
use of ‘off.’ Thus, too, dz’ éa, literally ‘from here’ = this
‘way.’

va pov mdpy, ‘to get me; pod for pol; cf. rov for tw above.
wapy for érdpy, from éri + apy, present imperfect Ist person
singular éraipw; but a similar fate to that of imdyw, x.7.A., has
befallen this word, it being regarded as aorist of an imperfect
mépvw or raipvw. The root dp-, ‘ take,’ ‘lift,’ seems to be shortened
from éfep-, and that from dofep-, which again would appear to
have been lengthened by euphonic 4 from ofep-, and point
back to an Indo-Germanic root svar, in Sanscrit sar, of which

A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. 53

the original meaning seems to have been that of ‘swaying,’ or
‘hovering,’ ‘hanging. Hence deipw, aipw for daofépiw, I lift,’
‘T raise; cepa for ofepd, ‘a chain,’ ‘line,’ ‘row,’ Latin series,
&e. :

éva: for &, formed from the metaplastic masculine nominative
évas by dropping the s. A metaplastic form is a secondary
grammatical formation. From the accusative nominative éva(v),
root stem é-, nominative masculine els for és, genitive évds,
k.7.A., a possible stem, éva-, is unconsciously inferred, whence
the nominative masculine évas, neuter éva. These formations
are frequent in Modern Greek, but are not unknown to Ancient
Greek and to Latin; in Sanscrit they are likewise common,

fevyapi: for fevyapw, i.e. fevydpiov, diminutive of etyos, ‘a
‘pair,’ genitive fevyapiod arising by rapidity of pronunciation
from Levyapiov, plural fevydpia, fevyapiav for Levyapiwv. Ledyos
is kin to {vyéd- (s or v, masculine or neuter), ev being the regular
strengthening of v in Greek ; cf. épvyov, epvya, ‘I fled, pevyw,
‘I fly.’ Qvyd- is for avyd-, Latin jugo- jugum, English yoke.
Hence jungo in Latin, fevyviw, fevyvvpu in Greek, ‘I join.’

yévria: plural of ydvr,, French gant, ‘glove.’ The fine
Greek word is xewpdxtiov, xeipoxTia.

érrdpicv: for érra juiov, ‘seven [and] a half.’

ép.0 ud: for dpiWpdv, accusative after rdpy, in apposition with
ydvria ; dpiOuo- = root dp-, ‘to arrange’ (whence Modern Greek
apada, ‘row,’ ‘turn,’ dpua(r), ‘a thing fitted,’ ‘a chariot,’ arma,
Latin, Modern Greek dpyara, ‘arms,’ armus and arm, &c.) +
-§-, formative suffix + po-, substantive suffix, as often above.
From the same root, Gothic lithus for rithus, the German Giied
for Gelied, with prefix ge, and probably our lithe as adjective ;
also, with different suffix, limb: probably also our lid is kin to
German Lied, Gelied, Glied; cf. Augenlieder, ‘eyelids,’ and
also the use of numbers, “melodious numbers,” with Lied’ in
sense of “song.” Link is a further formation from the same
root, and reminds us in this connexion of Milton’s lines,—

54 A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK.

“Tn notes, with many a winding bout
Of linked sweetness long drawn out.”—L’ Allegro, 139.

Cf. pédos above.

dompa: neuter plural accusative of dompo-, ‘white,’ the
classical word for which is Aevxd-; probably for dozAo-, i.e.
d-omXo-, ‘ unspotted.’

edadvycer, ‘called,’ ‘shouted,’ from dwvd-, verb-stem and noun
(nominative dwvy), ‘voice ; for form, cf. dajvrycev above.

éx: the Latin ez, also é€ before vowels, construed with
genitive.

dwpariov: diminutive of dénar-, nominative déya, ‘a room,’
‘chamber,’ from root deu-, ‘build, German zimmern (verb),
Zimmer (noun), our timber.

xada: neuter plural, used adverbially.

twpa: for 7} apg, ‘the hour,’ ‘now,’ as the Scotch say “the
day” for “to-day ;” cf. Welsh rwan and nawr for yr awr hon
and yn awr, ‘the hour this,’ i. e. this hour, and ‘in hour,’ respec-
tively.

€vOvpnOys : ending as in éovAdoyic ys (cf. €ovAAoyicby above),
from évOvpe- = ev + Ovpe- for Ovpd-, ‘to have in one’s mind’
(Ovpo-), ‘to remember.’ O@vpuds is kin to Latin fumus, ‘smoke,’
but in Greek has only the metaphoric sense of mind, spirit,
anger ; cf. our fret and fume; the old meaning peeps out, how-
ever, in dpa, ‘sacrifice,’ Ovutayara, ‘incense offerings,’ Ovpov
and Oipos, ‘thyme,’ vw, ‘I sacrifice,’ x.7.A. Our dust and the
German dunst are (with different endings) from the same root.

evhoynuevy : feminine participle perfect passive of evAoye- =
ev, ‘well’ + Adyo-, word ‘to bless.’ Hence eiAoynuevn, ‘ blessed
woman !’ ‘bless your heart!’ Cf. Plato’s use of dace.

eAnopovnca: from Anopove- (Anopovéw, Ano pove, K.7.d.), from
Ajopov- (nominative Ajyopwv for Ajocpovs) = AyO-, lengthened
from Aa@- + adjective suffix -pov-, = ‘forgetful.’ Hence dno-
povo = ‘TI am forgetful, ‘I forget; éAyopdvnoa, ‘I forgot;
root Aa@-, whence also Anby, ‘the river of forgetfulness ;’ dar-

A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. 55

Oavw, ‘I hide from,’ ‘eseape ; édafov, ‘I shunned ; kin to Latin
lateo, ‘I lie hid,’ whence our latent. .

Oérers = OeA-, ‘will,’ kin to Sancrit root dhar, ‘begin,’
‘undertake’ + ending es = ‘ wilt thou.’

Kdpw = root xapu-, ‘labour,’ ‘make,’ ‘do’ + ending wo = ‘I.’
va kdpw, ‘that I do,’ i.e. me to do. Imperfect stem, képr-.

py: negative particle = ‘not,’ ‘lest,’ with subjunctive, im-
perative, and participles only—never with indicative, except in
questions, @. g. yi) OF payrws oas evoxAd; ‘do I disturb you?

xetporepa: ‘worse,’ neuter plural for adverb, in classical
Greek generally xefpova from yxeipov ; kin to xéép, ‘ hand,’ Sanscrit
hardmi, ‘I seize, haranam, ‘hand,’ Old Latin hi for manus,
also herus, hera, ‘master’ and ‘mistress.’ Thus ye/pov- seems
to mean originally ‘in the hands of; hence ‘inferior,’ ‘sub-
ordinate.’ The expression pw yxeporepa seems to signify pq
[xdauyns | xeiporepa, ‘do no worse than you have done,’ i.e. you
have done enough already.

eUOpirev: from YOupi€- (YuHvpi~w), a word formed from the
sound.

dueBiBace: SiaBiBal- (diahi.Balw) = da + PBiBag-, redupli-
cated for Bag- from root Ba-, originally ya-, our come, Sanscrit
g4, giyami, transitive form of Baivw for Baviw, = ‘make go.’
Hence dufiBdlw, ‘I pass through,’ ‘pass on,’ a watchword or
mencenee

tanpéernv: from tard + éper-, ‘row,’ literally « an under-rower ;’
hence ‘a servant,’ ‘ waiter.’

doris: double relative = ‘the which,’ or ‘he who.’

amryvrnoe: explained above.

Beers (-wr): from peyddo- and dwvd-, ‘with a iad

voice.’

woAd : stem and neuter singular, kin to full, voll, viel (German)
c= ‘very.’

kaa: neuter plural used as adverb = ‘ well.’

duws: for duw7, old instrumental case of stem duo- for gdpo-,

56 A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK.

kin to same. Hence = ‘all the same,’ ‘however, ‘but; with
different accent, duds, it means ‘at the same time.’ In Modern
Greek, however, duod (genitive) is usually employed in this
sense,

ovya: adverb, for oftya, probably softened from ofixa, kin to
German Schweigen.

nxora : neuter plural (cf. cada), from stem qxtoro- a-, of which
-ot- is superlative suffix, kin to -est in English, and 7jx- probably
stands for onx- cax-, kin to sachte, German, ‘slight,’ ‘light,’
‘soft.’ Axurra = ‘slightest,’ ‘lightest,’ ‘least.’

. eboeBdorus (cioeBaorwr): adverb of eiaéBacro-, from «i,
‘well’ + oeBaord- (observe accent), verbal adjective of oeBag-
for oeBadi-, verbal stem from oéBas, ‘honour,’ ‘ worship,’
‘respect.’ Hence oeBacrd-, ‘ worshipped,’ etaéBacro-, * worship-
ful,’ ‘respectful,’ etocBaorws, ‘respectfully, qxora eireBdotus,
‘anything but respectfully.’

pa: perhaps the Italian ma for mai, from Latin magis, a
relic of the Venetian and Genoese occupations of Greece, but
not without echo of Ancient Greek pay, Doric pay, ‘nay,’ ‘ but.’

ddevrixa: neuter plural vocative of adjective apevrixo-, i.e.
what belongs to a master, like the German Herrschaft for Herr,
or the English “ Your Lordship” for “‘ Lord.” It means simply
‘Sir’

GAjnbea: from & = ‘not’ + dA7O-, lengthened from Aaé- (see
above) + eo = adjectival suffix + va = noun suffix. Hence
GA7nGeva (for ddAneov) = ‘what cannot be hid,’ i.e. the truth,
or, perhaps better, ‘the unmistaken.’ Here the noun is used as
an interjectional adverb, “ troth !”

mov: literally ‘where,’ locative genitive of root zo- (xfo-) ; cf.
Latin gud, qué, and our own where, which is genitive feminine
of same root who-, Modern English who ; cf.German wo. Here
used in sense of ‘since, ‘so that.’ dAnOea, rod dxu KadXirepa,
‘truth, so that nothing better, i. e, true as true can be.

6xt: the classical oxi, compounded of ov« + i, an old de-

A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. 57

monstrative pettiole == = ‘here; cf. otrosi, ‘this here man’
(classical). 6xe = ‘not,’ ‘no,’

xaAXirepa, ‘ better,’ from Kadd-, ‘good’ + ending Tepa, neuter
plural of tepo-. The proper form would be xadwrepa, but the
classical comparative was xadAiwy, «.7.A., Where the ddA is
probably due to the presence of suppressed 2; ef. dAXos for aAtos,
and the Modern Greek xadAXirepos, x.7.X., also written less cor-
rectly xaAyjrepos, may be due to a compromise between xaAdiwy
and xadwrepos.

peo’: for péoa, neuter plural for adverb, from péoo-, ‘ midst,’
‘in the midst of.’ Méoo- for pério-, kin to pera.

*s: for eis or és, ‘in;’ peo’ s = ‘in the midst of,’ literally
‘midway in.’

Adorn(v) (cf. 7} for rHv): stem Adozwa-, ‘mud.’

Bpoxy: stem Bpoxa-, ‘rain,’ verbal substantive from root
Bpex- Bpax-. Hence Bpéxea, ‘it rains,’ eBpege, ‘it rained,’ 0a
Bpééy, ‘it will rain.’

tpéxa, ‘run,’ imperative imperfect 2nd singular, as if from
tpéxnut. The imperfect in regular and classical use is tpéyw,
érpexov, imperative tpéxe, but in the vernacular we get tpéxa,
‘run,’ and the middle present participle tpexdpevos, ‘running ;
kin to Gothic thragja, ‘I run.’

v dyopdtys: for va dyopdgys from dyopa, ‘market.’ Hence
Gyopdlw = ‘I buy.’ dyopa in turn means ‘an assembly,’ ‘a
gathering,’ being verbal substantive of root dyep-, ‘ gather,
whence dyeipw, ‘I gather ; cf. ravyyupis above,

yavria, ‘gloves,’ the French gants, The Greek word is
xeipoxtia OF xeipides.

mdvys: a bye-form of midfys, Doric and New Testament for
muefys, Of which the classical meaning is ‘squeeze,’ the later
‘catch,’ and the modern simply ‘get’ or ‘ take.’

7A: the interjection ‘ Ah!’

dev: shortened from oddt, ie. oS &, ‘not even one,’
‘nothing.’ Hence simply ‘not; cf. non, from ne unum, in Latin.

58 A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK.

kappa: for Kay (i.e, Kat dv) pia(v), ‘even if one,’ ‘so much
as one,’ ‘any,’ ‘some; Kapyud gopd, ‘some time or other,’ ‘one
of these days.’

dopa: verbal substantive from dep-, kin to bear, literally ‘a
bearing,’ ‘ taking, ‘turn ; cf. wna vece, Italian, wna vez, Spanish,
from Latin unam vicem, from root vec-, veh-, ‘to bear,’ ‘ carry.’

Ipiomatic TRANSLATION.
“ John !”

Yes, air]

“Go and fetch a cab, to be here in half an hour.”

“Tell him to call at Madame Lisié’s, to get me a pair of
gloves, number 73, white!” cried Mrs. Euphrosyne from her
bedroom.

* All right! ... and so now you have just remembered
about getting gloves—bless you!”

*T forgot it! What would you have me do now?”

‘TJ hope that’s the worst !” whispered her consort, and passed
the message to the servant, who replied aloud,—

“Very good, sir; directly!” but muttered to himself in any-
thing but a respectful tone, “ Ay! master! and no mistake, to
send me running through the mud and rain to buy gloves and

fetch a cab. I wonder whether I shall ever be a master my-
self,”

Exercise VIII.

“O Kupwos éfdvynre zpds tov Srepéernv' Uyyawe va midons &v
Guage cat eva Levydpe yavri.

“’Apéous Kipre,” darqvrncey 6 baypérns pediav pev yAukepov
pediaya ceBacpod Kal Srorayis, GANA WibupiLov ory Kal AKiora
eioeBdorws! Kahéa kai tropa evOvpnOys va pe oreiAyns va &yopacw
yovria Kal va midow dpdéi! Tpéxa od peo’s Ti Adon Kai’s TH
Bpoxiy’ Kal ds yeivw eyo abevrns Képpid popd.

“John !” cried the lady ; “tell the carriage to call in half an

A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. 59

hour (say that the carriage call). Did you remember to get
gloves ?”

**T forgot it! What amI to do now?” the servant answered
aloud; but whispered to himself, anything but respectfully,
** Master, true enough!” and passing on the order (d:afiBagwv)
to another servant, said, “‘ Run in the mud and rain, bless you,
to fetch a carriage, and buy gloves. You will be master, too,
one of these fine days.”

ENNATON MA@OHMA.—Ninta Lesson.

evvaro-: for évvéaro- = évvéa + To = ‘nine’ + ‘th’ = ‘ninth.’
The é is a kind of taking breath before pronouncing the word,
« and o being common prefixes in Greek, of which we have
numberless instances. Thus évvéa stands for évéfa, and that for
véfafv]; Sanscrit navan, Latin novem, Gothic niun for nivun,
English nine.

‘O Kupros Tlapdanrds eicépyerar eis Tov §=KoiT@va ~— TOU,
The Mr. Pardalds enters into the sleeping-room of-him,

kal wpootalet va évdv07. "Ada TodTO elvar advvaTor,
and tries to get-dressed. But this is impossible,
kabors 4 eVowpmos avfuyos Tov yer wAHpes TO SwuaTtiov
in that the well-bodied consort of-himhas full the room
écOntwv, wecogopiov, pavdvriwv, ornbodécuwr, kal raons
of-clothes, petticoats, handkerchiefs, stays, and all
THS ToAULOphov avaoKEevnsS TOU YyuvatKelou iwaTioMoDd.
the multiform apparel of-the womanly attire.
Luvayes owrov ta évddpata tov, AapPaves ev pwoKpov
He-gathers therefore the clothes of-him, takes a _ little
Katpomtpov Kal éy Knpiov, Kal amépyetas eis TO ypadetov
looking-glass and a candle, and departs intothe office

60 A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK.
tov émws avvtedécn ev ad’T@ THY évdupaciay Tov.
of-him that he-may-jfinish in tt the dressing of-him.
"AAG per drLyov evOvpeirar Gru elve aEvpiotos, Kal OTE
But after a-little he remembers that he-is unshaved, and that
mpéeres va EvpicOn rpiv v’adrAgaEn. MeraBaiver cal rarw
it-behoves that he-shave, ere he-change. He-moves yet again
eis TOV KOLT@Va, avovyoxNeler THv Ovpar, SiamapTupoperns
into the sleeping-room,opens-and-shutsthe door, protesting
THs Kupias Tlapdadod, 671 Oa tiv Kpyvocn Kai émiatpéeper
the Mrs. Pardalos, that he will her give-cold,and returns
Kpatay To Eupddiov Tov, Kai Ta NoTa aATaLTOUpEVA.
holding the razor of him, and the other requirements.
"EvOupeitas tote, OTe Oéder Oepuov tdwp, adrAa
He-remembers then that he-wants warm water, but
TapaTnp@v OTs 1) wpa Elva TpoKeywpnuevn, Kat Sev
observing that the hour is advanced, and not
UrronelTreTar Katpos iva TO Bdwp OepuavO7, apxeirar es
is-left time that the water warm, he-contents-him with
7) ~Wuypov, Kai Apyetar Tepiareidwv pe odtava THY
the cold, and begins smearing-over with soap the
cuayova Kal Tas Tapes Tov, éeywr Kal’ éavTov—
chin and the cheeks of-him, saying to himself—
Oi pod On Tardw Kappa xataiBacid eis Ta
There-will me come again some going-down into my
Sdvtva Tod va we TpEAdXAaYN’ GANA TL va yelvn! Kat
teeth such as me will-madden; but what may-be-done! And
nrouatero va hépn 76 Evpadiov éri thy maperav
he-was-preparing to bring the razur against the cheek

_A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. 61

avtod, bre yet Kal madkw 6 K@dav Tis dvoryouérns
of-him, when sounds yet again the bell of-the opening

Oupas.
door.

cio épxerat = ‘comes in,’ from ¢is, ‘in’ + épxerai, ‘comes.’
EpXomat, Epyerat, EpxeTar” épxouela, Epyerbe, epxovrat.

korava[v]: stem xourv-, from xoira-, ‘bed’ + suffix -dv-,
which has the force of ‘a place for’ or ‘ of ;’ cf. Sevdpeay, ‘ place for
trees,’ ‘ orchard,’ yuvatxeov, ‘women’s apartment,’ and many others,

kotra- is formed by a modification of stem Kei = ‘lie.’ Ketan,
Keloal, Ketrac’ KeipeOat, Keto, xeivrac + noun ending -ra-. Cf.
épxouat above. From stem xe- are also derived: xot-yd-w, ‘ put
to sleep ;’ x@mos, ‘a banquet,’ literally ‘a lying down; xdépy, ‘a
village,’ ‘hamlet ; the proper name Kvyy. Cognate are Latin
qui-e-s, qui-esco, ci-vi-s (‘a dweller’), our home, -ham, German
heim, &c.

apoomabet: for mpoomrabéa, from mpds, ‘toward’ + rades-,
‘feeling,’ ‘passion.’ Hence mpooraféw, ‘I direct my feelings
(efforts) towards anything,’ ‘I endeavour,’ ‘attempt,’ ‘try.’
mpoowaGa -<is -€l* -odpev -cire -otar (-odv -otve).

evovby = &v + du + Of, of which ev = ‘on’ or ‘in; dv =
‘clothe ; -6 is tense and personal ending, as frequently above
= ‘he may be.’ Hence évdvp, ‘he may be dressed’ or ‘dress
himself.’ évdv0 -67js -6j° -Odpev -Onre -OGcr (Oodv -Oorve).

advvarov: & = ‘un-,’ ‘in-; dvwa = ‘can; rov = adjective
ending neuter nominative. From stem dvva- we get dvvayar
-cat -trau’ -weOa -oe -vrat, ‘I can,’ &e.

kaOort = xara + ort, ‘forasmuch’ + ‘as.’

evowpos = ev, ‘ well’ + owpo-, the essential part of camar-,
‘body’ + s, ‘sign of nominative case. Compounds of this
kind (cf. evpopdo-, ‘ beautiful,’ from ed- and popda-, ‘ form’) are
the same for masculine and feminine. 6 kat 4 evowpos, 7d
evowpov’ Tov Kal THY Kal TO evoWpOY’ TOU Kal THS ELTwpOV, TO

62 A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. ,

Kal TH ebowpw’ of Kal ai etowpor, Ta eVowpa’ Tors Kal Tas Ed-.
THOUS, TA VTWPLA, TOV eiow@pwv" ToOLs Kal Tals ELodpoLS. TH-MaAT-
for odo-par-, ‘that which is saved ; in Homer always a corpse
saved in battle, the only thing saved when the hero is killed,
a euphemism for a dead body, like Acipavov (Acir-ca-vov),
‘that which is left,’ ‘remains.’ The root odo-, odo- appears in
aww, ‘I save,’ and is kin to sa- in sanus, sou in sound, su in
German gesund, &c.

aAfpes: stem and neuter accusative, from root we, ‘fill’ (see
above) + adjectival suffix -pes = ‘ full.’

éoOyrwv: stem éo6jr + wv, genitive plural ending. éo6jr-
from és = ¢is, ‘on,’ ‘on to’ + 67 = do, to which it is akin.
Hence ésOy = ‘do on,’ ‘don’ + 7, suffix forming substantive
stem éo6jr- = ‘garment.’ éodis for éo Ors, éoOjralv], éoOnros,
éobfru écbires -Hras -ytwv -jow (for row).

pecopopiwy: from peco-, ‘middle’ or ‘inside,’ and dep- (dop-),
‘wear; kin to English bear, Latin fero, &c. + diminutive
ending wo-, in genitive plural iwv. Hence pecodopiwv = ‘of
little things worn inside,’ ‘inside-wearing-lets,’ i. e. petticoats.

pavdvAiwv: diminutive of pdvdus, a Persian word, our mantle
= ‘of handkerchiefs.’

otnbodéopwv: from ornfo-, stem (in composition) of or76os,
‘breast’ + décpwv (genitive plural of déoua, otherwise décpnara),
‘bindings,’ ‘ tyings,’ being substantive of de-, as in déw, dévw, ‘I
tie;? kin to English tie. Hence oryfodéspwv = ‘ breast-bind- *
ings,’ ‘ stays.’

maons: for ravrons = stem ravt + o-n, feminine suffix + +,
genitive ending. In zavr- the zw is a labialized x, the ground
form being «favr-, kin to Latin guanto-. The whole declension
is as follows:—zés (for wavts), maca, wav’ wavtalv], racay,
wav’ mavros (observe accent, and cf. évds above), rdaons, tavtds*
Tavrl, Taon, Tavti’ mdvTes, Tacal, TavTa’ TdvTAS, TdCas, TATA"
mavrwv, tacov (shortened from racvdwv), raor(v), raéoas, ract(v).
With reference to the straight and curved brackets here em-

A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. 63

ployed, be it remarked that rdvrav is a form etymologically

postulated, but only found in vulgar Greek, whereas wacw is a
| recognized form always used before a vowel, as tacw évOpdrois,
‘to all men.’

moAvpoppov: genitive singular feminine (cf. etcwpos above),
compounded of woAd- and popda-, ‘form,’ ‘shape.’ Hence zoAv-
popdov = ‘multiform,’ ‘ multifarious.’

ovoxevns: compounded of ovy and ocxevi, ‘equipment,’ from
root oxv-, whence «vros, with its bye-form oxtros ; kin to Latin
scu-tum, ob-scu-ru-s, cu-ti-s, our hide. For the occasional dis-
appearance of a, cf. wedidv above.

yevakeiov: from stem yuvaik- + adjectival suffix eto-. yuvatk-
is lengthened by suffix -«:- from stem yiva, standing for yuvdxua-.
yiva- is kin to our queen, quean, &c., and to the word kin in
English, root yev- and gen- in Greek and Latin, and means ‘ the
bearer,’ ‘mother.’ ‘yvvatxeto- means ‘womanly,’ ‘feminine,’
‘female.’

cvvaye. = ovv-dye., ‘brings together,’ dye. being kin to Latin
agit.

évovpara: neuter plural accusative of &dupar- = &dv-, ex-
plained above + par-, substantival suffix; cf. paOnpar-, x.7.A.
Hence évdvpara = ‘clothes.’

Katportpov: from xara, preposition = ‘at’ + root dz- for
éxF- (see above) + substantival suffix tpo-. Hence xarorrpov
= ‘a thing to look at,’ ‘a looking-glass,’ A masculine adjective
form, 6 xardémrptos (i.e. vados), is probably responsible for the
popular word 6 xaOpéprys through the stages xardmrpuos, xator-
Tpls, Katportis, Katpoprys, KaOpéprys, the aspiration of the r+
into 6 being probably due to the proximity of the f, that of the
7 into @ to a regular law of vernacular pronunciation, rr (and
_ also $@) becoming uniformly ¢@r in the mouth of the common
people, while the changed vowel is probably a case of Umlaut,
the o becoming ¢ as a compromise or approximation to the final
palatal vowel 7 or

64 A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK.

knptov = xnp-, kin to Latin cera, ‘wax’ + io-v, diminutive
ending. Hence xypiov = literally ‘a wazling,’ ‘a taper,’ ‘a
candle.’ The vernacular form is xepi[v]. Declension as follows,
in writing and familiar speech respectively :—x«npiov, xypiov,
Kypiw* Kypia, Kypiwv, Kypiows. Kepi, Keptod" Kepid, Keprav. Observe
the shifting of the accent in genitive through rapid pronuncia-
tion.

drépxerat, ‘goes away ;’ cf. etcépxerat, ‘goes in’ (above).

érws: for ézwr, old instrumental form, relative stem 6-o- for
6-«Fo-, where the 6 seems to be the article in a petrified and
indeclinable form; cf. le-quel, el cuale, &c., in French and
Spanish. 67ws means ‘in order that,’ ‘in-a-way that’ such and
such a result may follow.

ovvrehéon: ending -cy, as above. ovwvtede-: from ovv +
teXe-, ‘to finish up,’ ‘complete,’ reAe- being for réAes- (nomina-
tive, réAos), and probably kin to root red-, rAe, ‘to bear,’
‘carry.’ tAjvat, infinitive aorist, Latin tuli (perfect), Scotch
thole, German dul-den, Ge-dul-d, &c. As we say the bearing,
in sense of tendency, ultimate issue. Hence érws ovwvrehéoy =
“that he may accomplish.’

évdvpaciav: further formation from stem é&dvyar-, as ex-
plained above, by addition of substantival suffix -/a-, standing
therefore for évévparia, with sigmated + = o, as often in Greek ;
évdupacia = ‘clothing.’

pet dXdéyov, ‘after a little,’ according to regular sense of pera
with accusative.

dévpuoros: from d- = ‘un-,’ and fvpiords, ‘shaved,’ with
regular change of accent. £piords from évpif-, from £vpo-,
‘razor,’ and that from root €v-, f-, ‘to shave.’ The Sanscrit
kshuras, ‘razor,’ seems to be cognate.

ampere, ‘it behoves,’ ‘is right.’ This seems akin to Latin
prope, ‘near,’ proprius, ‘proper,’ &c., but the link in meaning
is open to some doubt.

Evpio 69: cf. évdub;.

A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. 65

mpiv: conjunction = ‘ before,’ for mpdiov, mpdiv (also rp),
comparative degree of po, as Latin prius for proios.

Gd\Adé&y = adAdy-cy: from adAdAo- (dA20) + verbal suffix ay-,
perhaps = root dy- in dyw, ago, ‘to bring.” Hence éddAdy- =
‘bring-otherwise,’ ‘change.’ daddAdéw for ddAdAdyiw, 7AAaga, GA-
Adéw, «.7.d.

peraBaiver: pera- = ‘across,’ Baiver, ‘he goes ;’ kin to Latin
ven-it, Albanian vien; root Ba- for yFa-, our co-me. The Dutch
kwam, ‘came,’ retains the labial w = F. :

médkw: adverb = ‘again.’

dvovyoxAeie, ‘opens and shuts :’ made up of dvovy-, ‘open,’ and
kXe-, ‘shut,’ a curious sort of compound, commoner in colloquial
Modern Greek than in classical. «dew is kin to Latin clau-do,
German schlie-ssen, the original root being sklu-.

Ovpay, ‘ door,’ kin to same, also to Latin for-es, German Thiire,
Albanian dere, Sanscrit dvdr, &c.

dtapaptupoueryns, ‘protesting’ = da, ‘through,’ ‘ thoroughly,’
‘ persistently ’ + paprupopuevys, ‘ witnessing,’ from pdprup-, ‘ wit-
ness’ + opevy-s, middle participial imperfect ending, feminine
genitive. This genitive is called absolute because its government
is not obvious, that is, it depends, not on any particular word
in the sentence, but on the sentence taken as a whole. In
Latin, the ablative is used in this way ; in English, the nomina-

‘tive. pdp-rvp, of which -rvp is ending, meaning ‘agent’
(genitive, pdprupos), comes from root pap-, mar-, ‘to call to
mind,’ ‘remind,’ ‘remember,’ reduplicate in memor, memoria,
‘memory,’ found in pép-t-pva, ‘care,’ &e. of Siapaprupdpevor is
the ecclesiastical term corresponding to our Protestants.

Kpvooyn = verbal stem xpvo + oy ; kpvo- is found in adjective
xpvo-, ‘cold,’ noun xpves-, ‘cold[ness],’ derivative xpv-orad dor,
Kpov-oradXor, ‘ice ; kin to Latin erw in eru-or, cru-dus, cru-delis,
cru-s-ta, old Norse hri in hri-m, our rime, old High German
hrdo, our raw.

émi-otpepe,, ‘ turns about,’ ‘re-turns.’

66 A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK,

évpdduov : from éupé- (see above) + diminutive ending -ddiov,
elsewhere also vd¢uov, a3 xwpdduov, ‘a little field Cwidiov, ‘a
little animal,’ ‘an insect.’

drattovpeva = ‘things asked,’ ‘requirements :’ participle im-
perfect passive, from dma:re-, ‘to ask (of)’ = dd + aire-, ‘ask.’
drra:tovpeva Stands for dzacre-dueva.

Geppov: from root Oep-, as in Oépos, ‘summer,’ kin to Latin
fur- for- in furnus, formidus (cf. Opa, fores), Sanscrit gharmas,
‘glow,’ Gothic varmjau, our warm, Lithuanian Zer-é’-ti, ‘to
‘glow,’ Albanian Zzarm, ‘fire.’ There can be little doubt of the
kinship of these words, but the form assumed in the various
languages by the first consonant is irregular, and hitherto un-
explained. In @ for gh we have simple dentalization, but in
the Sanscrit a w after gh, and in Gothic a g before v, seems to
have been lost, while none of the other tongues seem to
retain a trace of the v.

tdwp: for Vdopr-, genitive vdaros for idap-r-os, kin to water.
The vernacular for Geppov vdwp is Leord vepd: Ceord- being verbal
adjective from €e-, ‘ boil ;’ vepd-, akin to vypo-, ‘ liquid,’ adjective
from root ve-, ‘flow,’ or else popularly imagined in the aorist
évép(p)ever, ‘it flowed in,’ as &npo-, ‘dry,’ in the aorist éf€p(p)evoe,
‘it flowed out,’ from év-péF- and ék-péf- respectively ; for, as the
suffix -ev- has elsewhere the force of ‘to be’ or ‘become,’
eééppevoe and évéppevore (applied to water-courses) might seem to
imply the presents fepevw = Eepds eis, and vepedw = vepds cit
respectively, the e of é€ and év being mistaken for the augment,
and the true augment in the second syllable for part of the
radical word.

mapatnpav (raparypéwy), ‘observing :’ from apa, ‘by,’ and
type, ‘keep’ or ‘watch.’ Taparnpov -ovca -ovv: -ovVTA -odcaV
-odv* -ovvTos -ovoNS -odv* -odvTL -ovoy -odVTL -odyTES -odcaL -odvTA*
-odvtas -ovgas -otvTa -ovvTwy -ovgv -olvTwy: -otat(v) -ovcats
~ovor(v).

mpoxexwpnuevn: perfect participle passive, feminine nominative,

A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. 67

from mpoxywpe- = apo + xwpe-, go.” Hence mpoywpe- = ‘go
forward,’ ‘advance.’ xwpe- is itself a derivative from ywpa-, ‘a
place,’ and means originally ‘to take a place,’ ‘to take up,’
‘hold,’ e.g. 7d dyyelov xwpet dv0 perpa, ‘the vessel holds two
measures.’ ywpa, whence diminutive ywpiov, ‘a farm,’ is pro-
bably, as regards its first syllable xw-, kin to German Gaw, as in
Ammergau, &c., the English gay in Fotheringay, Gamlingay,
Bungay, and other names of places.

broXeirerat = to, ‘under,’ here ‘ behind,’ as though ‘at the
bottom’ + Aetrerat, from dezr- (root Auz-), kin to leave + -erae
= ‘[it] is.’ Hence dzodctrerar = ‘is left,’ ‘remains.’

GeppavOn = Oeppo + av (verbal suffix) + 67, ending as often
above. Hence depyavO7 = ‘may be warmed.’ The verbal stem
Reppin is in the imperfect, Oeppaiv- for Oepudv-. Hence Oep-
paivo, Oepuaivounar ebéppawvor, eeppatvounv: igri: CeppavOnv,
GeppavOd, x.7.Xr.

épxetras (dpxé-erat) : from root aAx- dpk-, literally ‘to ward off ;’
Latin arc- in arceo. Hence, ‘to secure oneself.’ dpxoduar,
‘IT am secure,’ ‘content,’ ‘I content myself.’ Hence dpxerdv,
‘enough.’

Wuxpo-v, literally ‘that which is blown upon’ or ‘spat upon :’
from stem yvy-, ‘to cool by blowing or spitting,’ root dv- for
omv-, kin to spi- in spit. Hence wy7, ‘the breath,’ ‘the soul.’
Cf. dveuo-s, ‘wind,’ and animu-s, anima, ‘mind’ and ‘soul’ in
Latin.

dpxerat: middle form of dpyxe, ‘he is the first,’ ‘he rules,’
this form meaning ‘he begins.’

wepiadeipuv: from zepl, ‘about’ + dAech-wv, ‘smearing,’

cdruvaly] = the Latin saponem.

o.ayovaly]: nominative ouy-dv (for -dvs) -dva -dvos -dvue
-dves -dvas -dvewv -dor(v).

mapeidés: from mdpos (rapes), ‘before’ + noun suffix -.4 =
mapeowd, the ‘frontage’ of the head = ‘the sides of the face,’
‘the cheeks,’

F 2

68 A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK.

éavrov = é for é, old accusative pronoun + airiv = ‘self.’
Hence éavrév = ‘ himself.’

kara.Bacw = xara, karal, ‘down’ + Bac (root Ba + oud),
verbal substantive ending. Hence xara:Baovs = ‘a going down,’
ie. a twinge of pain descending into the tooth ; a thoroughly
vernacular and most expressive word.

Sévria: for 6-Sévria, diminutive from 6-ddvr-, ‘tooth,’ Latin
dent-, &c.

rod va we tpeAAdvy, ‘such as to drive me mad,’ literally ‘such
that it may,’ &c. rpedAAav- from tpeAdd-, ‘mad’ (cf. Oeppav-
from Oepps-), supposed by some to be a corruption of the Ancient
Greek rpavAo-, ‘stammering,’ as though for tpevAo-, tpeFAo-.

yeivy: first aorist subjunctive, from root yev-, cognate to kin.
yiyvopat, eyewa, yeivw, x7. Ti va yelvy = ‘what (is) to
happen?’ ‘ what’s to be done?’

jrosatero: from éroumo-, ‘ready,’ érouwafouor, ‘I get (myself)
ready,’ 7roumaero, ‘he was getting (himself) ready.’ €-rowpo-,
verbal adjective from root és), ‘he,’ zs.

dépy: kin to English bear, Latin fero, &c.

nxet (nxéer) : from jxo-, ‘sound.’

IpiomaTic TRANSLATION.

Mr. Pardalds enters his bedroom, and attempts to dress. But
this is impossible, inasmuch as his corpulent spouse has the
apartment full of dresses, petticoats, handkerchiefs, stays, and
all the multifarious apparatus of female attire. He therefore
gathers up his clothes, takes a small looking-glass and a candle,
and withdraws to his office, to complete his toilet therein. But
he soon remembers that he is unshaven, and that he must shave
before he changes. Accordingly, he migrates a second time to
the bedroom, opens and shuts the door, amid the protestations
of Mrs. Pardaldés that he will give her cold, and returns with
his razor and the other requisites in his hands. Then he re-
members that he wants hot water, but observing that the hour

A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. 69

is advanced, he contents him with cold, and begins smearing
over his chin and his cheeks with soap, saying to himself, “I
shall have a fine twinge of toothache! but there’s no help for
it.” And he prepared to bring the razor against his cheek,
when once more the bell of the opening door resounds.

Exercise IX.

Avy elve xaipos mpods Geppov vdwp: 7 wpa elve mpoKexwpynuevyn. Te
6a <i (what means ? que veut dire ?) Oeppdov vowp; Zeord vepd.
Kicépxopa eis tov Koravd pov Kpat&v 7d Knpiov, TO Evpdduov Kal
Ta GAXa drarovpeva mpds évdvpaciav. IZpoorabd va évdv0d adr’
elve Gdvvarov, Kadri eVowpos ciluyds pov exer TARpes TO Swudtiov
TaoNs THS TOAYLOpPov avaKEUAS yvvaiKeiov twariapov. “O ipwarirpos
TOV yuvatKkav elvar Kat dAjnOevav moAvpophos, av Kal dxL evpwopPos.
Mer ddéyov évOupodpat Ste Sev Exw Oepydv vdwp va EvpicOd. Tlapa-
Tnp® Gti TO vepd elve Kpvo Kal Ore ] wpa elve mpo(Ke)xwpyuern,
"AAAG ti va yelvy; “Apkoduar Aourdv cis 7d Yuxpdv, Kabdre dev
elve xaipos iva OeppavOj. lepiareipw pe odrova THY ciaydova
kal tas tapes. Mod épxerar xararBaoid «is ta dddvTia, Kal
WOupilw jxota edoeBdorws “ exw yuvatka Tod va pe tpeAdGvy,”
Kal TpeAAaivopat kat dAnOeav pépwv 76 Evpaduov ext 7d aTHOds prov.

It is impossible for me to enter my bedroom and to dress.
Petticoats, stays, handkerchiefs, are requisites of multifarious
female attire. The spouse of my friend is beautiful ; but when
he opens and shuts the door, she protests that he will give her
cold. The hot water is not ready, but it is being got ready.
No time is left me to complete my toilet. I must shave with
cold water, and a twinge of toothache enough to drive me mad
will attack me (come to me); but there’s no help for it. The
hour is advanced, and Iam unshaved. I wish to shave before
I change. I gather together the requisites for my toilet, and,
holding the razor against my cheeks, migrate once more into my
bedroom. The bell of the opening and shutting wie! rings
enough to drive me mad,

70 A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK.

AEKATON MA®HMA.—Tenrte Lesson.

Xv elcat, @odwp}; dwvel 6 Tlapdadds, mpoBadrov

You are (it), John? calls the Pardalés, putting-forth
OrXlyov tiv aatrwvoduptoy avTod popdiyy Sid Tis Ovpas.
a-little the soap-smeared of-him face through the door.
—Oxt, adévtn! aravtad Kkatobev 1 hwvi Ths brepetplas,
— No, sir! replies from-below the voice of-the maid,
elve vas xvpios... Oéreu Kate va ods eimh.—As
it-is a gentleman.. . he-wants something that you he-tell_—Let
mepdon piay aAdnV wpay, eyo épyaciav,.—Eive avaynn
(him) pass an other hour, I-have business.—It-is need
va cas idf THpa, aTavTad peta Twa SevteporeTTa 1) pwvn
that you he-see now, replies after some seconds the voice
Ths vanpetpias.— Addo xaxov! réyer Kal eavtdy 6 atvy7s
of-the maid. — Another evil! says to himself the unlucky
Anuntpakns, Kal pn Suvauevos va mpakn addAas,
Little-Demetrius, and not being-able that he do else,
aToudacoe évy TaXEL TOV CaTMVa ard THS pophis Tov,
wipes-off in speed the soap from the face of-him,
kat é&épyetar tod ypadelou tov, €v@ 0 vuKTEpLVdS
and comes-out of-the office of-him, while the nightly
emicxéerrTns avaBaives THv KrAiwaxa.—H Kupia Tpayara,

visitor ascends the staircase.—The Mrs. Trachands,
Reyer pecdiav O vewotl é€AOwv, cas aTéANEL TO KrELdI
says smiling the newly come, you sends the key
ToU Oewpelov S: arowe, dv ayatate.—Evyapictodpev
of-the stall forthis-evening, if you-like. — We-thank

A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. 71
TOAV, Taidt pov, EvyaptoToduED, dravra 6 tadalmropos
much, lad of-me, we-thank, answers the wretched
Ilapsadds, rpoorabay va Kodkdon TO Opyidov Tis
Pardalés, endeavouring that he-restrain the wrathful(ness) of-the
popdis tov oid TumiKod Twos peldiauatos ... GAA
face of-him by acarved sort-of smile ... but
elucOu mpoocKexAnuévoe eis ouvavactpodyv.—A, érh !
we-are invited to a-party. — Ah, so!
TpocKvva, Kadyv viKera oas.—IIpooxuvjyata oAdd.
I-worship, good night to-you.—Worshippings — many.
Kai eicépyetat eis TO ypadeidy tov ypvdrivav éx. Tob
And he-enters into the office of-him grunting from the
Ovyov.— AradreEe Kai adr? THY Hyuépav Kal THY Opav va
passion.—She chose too this the day and the hour that
Bas oteikn TO Oewpeidv rns.—Lloios jrov; hwvet amo
us she send the stall [key] of her.— Who was-it? cries from
Tod Koitavos Tns 4 Kupia. Ilapdar0d.—‘H Kupia
the bedroom of-herthe Mrs. Pardalos.— The Mrs.
Tpayava évOvunbn vad pas otetkn TO Oewpetov ts. —
Trachanas remembered that us she-send the stall |key| of-her.—~

"Xmodratn «THs! Stay Bpéxn pédvov Kal yovity pas
To many years of-her! when it rains only and snows us
Oupatar! ... pas Kabvroypéwoe!— Mer ddéiyas
sheremembers ... us deeply-she-obliged !—After Sew
dé oriypds dvaxpater Kal mddiv, Kovrevers,
however minutes exclaims-she too again, Are-you-getting-on,
Anuntpaxn; — Ilod vad Kovrevo, adehdy! axoun Sév
Little-Demetrius ?#— Where that I get-on, sister! yet not

72 A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK:

EvpicOnxa. "Ee:ta,dévBdérrw x? 6Xa, Kal KaTaKOTNKa,
shaved-am-I. Besides, not see-I even-at-all,and cut-to-pieces-am-I,

—OU, xaipéve! Era “SH, Tod Exe mepiccdrepoy Pas.
—Oh, poor-fellow! come here, where it-has more light.

—Aittod; kal rod va otaba; eis tov dépa;—Enda, éda
—There? and where that I stand? in the air ?— Come,come

7 \ el / ij ? \ 3 , ,
Twpa, Kal cod Kauvw TdéTov. ‘“Eyw éredelwoa oyeddv"
now, and you make - I room. I have-finished almost.

Lovov THY Tpayndia pov éyw va Baro.
Only the necklace of-mehave-I that I-put-on.

apoBdrAX\wv = mpd, ‘forth’ + BadrdA-wv, ‘putting:’ BadA- for
Boda-, stem of imperfect, from root Bad- for yfaA-, German
quell- in Quelle, quellen, our well, well forth, &e.

carwvoduprov (cf. etowpos above) = carwvo-, stem in com-
position of odzov- + ¢up-, ‘to knead,’ ‘smear,’ ‘ puddle,’ kin to
bar in barm, ‘yeast,’ German Bdrme + to-v = verbal adjectival
suffix + ending v.

tanperpia-s: feminine of irnpéry-s, explained above.

cart: for ay (xal av) i, literally ‘even if aught,’ ‘something.’

mepaon == mepa + on: mepa, ‘pass,’ kin to our fare, imperfect
stem wepva-, whence zepvdw, repvd, ‘I pass,’ &e.

epyaciay: for épyad + oiav, of which oi-a equals noun suffix,
épyad- = verbal stem forming imperfect stem épyads- (épyadzopat),
épyalopat, x.7.A.; root épy- for Fepy-, kin to work. Hence
épyacta = ‘ business.’

dvayxn: dyv-dyx-n, literally ‘up-string-ing,’. from root ayk-,
‘curved,’ whence dyxvAzy, ‘sling,’ dyxvvos, ‘ barb,’ dyxos, ‘ bend,’
‘bulk,’ &c.

id7 (also ty): from root fid-, Latin vid- in video, kin to
English wot, wit, German wissen, witz.

SevrepéAerta: from Sevrepo-, ‘second’ + Aemrd, ‘minutes,’

A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. 73

neuter plural of Aerro-, ‘ fine,’ ‘minute.’ Observe accent, as it
is typical of all such compounds.

aruxys: stem drvyés-; degrees, druyéorepos, dtvxéoraros.

Anpntpaxys: diminutive of Anpyrpw-, in which common
Greek name that of the old goddess Anujrnp (Anuyr(e)p-) is
preserved, The diminutive suffix -dxys is said by Sophocles to
be of Slavonic origin, but it appears to be a modification of the
same -ax- which we had in yvvatka- for yuvé«ia above. This
does not hinder its being cognate to Slavonic -ak.

py: negative particle, used instead of de and 6ye with sub+
junctives and participles, where, however, dye (odxi or od) is
sometimes found, but in a different sense. 2 dvvayevos means
‘since he was unable ;’ od duvdéuevos would mean ‘though he
was unable.’

apaéy: for mpay-cy or mpdx-on, probably lengthened by x
from root mpa- (epa-), ‘ to further,’ kin to fur- in same, fare, &e. ;
see above on repvd. Hence ‘ to do,’ ‘to accomplish.’ In imperfect
mpakiw becomes mpacow; tenses: érpaga, mpagw, x.7.4. From
this root comes the common word zpdy-yar- (mpadypa), ‘a
thing.’

dro-paooet, ‘wipes off:’ pdooe for paki or payer. Hence
pety-epos, ‘a cook ; xelpd-pax-tpov, ‘a hand-wiper,’ ‘a towel,’
K.T.X.

taxer: for raxes-t, ‘in haste,’ from rdéxes- (rdxos), ‘speed ;’
cognate are raxv-, ‘swift,’ taxa, ‘swiftly,’ ‘easily,’ ‘lightly,’
* perhaps.’

vuxrepivos (vuxr-epwds): in ending, as in root, kin to Latin
noct-urnus; vuxt-, kin to English night, Latin noct-, &c.;
nominative vdé for wx«rs, as Latin nox for nocts, :;

érirxér-r7s, ‘ Visit-or ;’ see above on émurkerryptov, K.T.X.

kXipaxa [kAipaxay]: stem KAiwax- (nominative xdiyaé for
kXivaxs). Like as this word looks to our climé, it has nothing
to do with it, for English ¢ or k implies Greek y. Moreover,
the Greek derivation is plain: xA(uax- is from xAjua[r] (+ «),

74 A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK.

whence climate ; xXiva(r)- is verbal substantive from root KX
in xXivw, kin to Latin clino, inclino, our lean for hlean. The
cAiuag is that which is leant against the wall. Hence ‘ladder,’
‘ staircase.’

vewort: strengthened by suffix ri, from véws (véwr), instrue
mental adverb of véo-, ‘ new.’

€\$av: second aorist, root éAO- used with imperfect tenses of
épx-, ov for é\Odvrs, and declension accordingly.

oréAXer: for orédie, root oreA- orad-3 oréAXw, ‘I send,’
éorewAa for éoreA-oa, ‘I sent,’ éoradny, ‘I was sent,’ also éora\ Ov.

cei (for cAediv, kredfov): diminutive of xA¢id- (nominative
kXeis), from root xAe-, ‘shut,’ as above. «Kdei-d-, xre-di, ‘the
thing to shut with,’ ‘the key ;’ cf. German schliessen, Schliissel.

Gewpeiov (for Oewpeiooto): stem Oewpeio- = Oea- Gaf-, ‘see’
(Oed-opar, ‘I see,’ ‘look,’ ‘ behold’) + -pé- noun suffix, whence
Oewpds [OaF-pos], ‘a seer,’ Oewpé-w, ‘I am a seer,’ Oewpeiov, ‘a
place for a seer,’ ‘a box at an opera or theatre.’ Hence also
Oéa-rpo-v, ‘a place to see in,’ ‘a theatre.’

8° = da: with accusative means ‘for.’

drowe: from dd, ‘from,’ and dye, ‘late,’ ‘at evening.” Hence
doe, ‘this evening,’ ‘ to-night.” Observe how, in Greek and
English, in words of this kind, the preposition sometimes
supplies the place of a demonstrative pronoun. Cf. also 颒éros,
‘this year.’
dyarare: verbal stem dyara-, from noun dydza- (nominative
dyarn), ‘love.’ dyad, iyarynoa, dyarjncw.

evxapirrotpev (edxapioré-omev): verbal stem edyapioré-, from
ev, ‘well’ + xapirrd-, verbal adjective, from yapid- (xapidio,
xapi~w), ‘to do a favour.’ Hence edydpioros = ‘ well-flavoured,’
‘pleasant,’ ‘pleased ;? edyapicréw, ‘I am pleased,’ ‘ gratified,’
‘I thank.’ Hence, too, edyapurrodpar, ‘I am contented;’ ei-
xapiornpévos, ‘delighted,’ ‘contented’ (also yiyaporypévos).

mao. = raidiv, radiov.

. Koddoy = Koddd + oy: xodad- = ‘restrain,’ ‘ prevent.’ Hence

A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK, 75

Koddfw, ‘I restrain,’ dxdAacros (dkdAad-ros), ‘incontinent,’ dxo-
Aacia, ‘incontinence.’

dpyidov: from dpyd- + do-, adjectival suffix; épyd-, kin to
Sanscrit drga@ (‘strength,’ ‘eagerness’), hence wrath; perhaps
cognate also with Latin wrgeo. Hence dpyido-, ‘wrathful,’ 7d
épyiAov, ‘the wrathful(ness).’ This use of the neuter adjective
should be noted, as it is common in Greek.

tvTikod : TuTiKo- from tv7ro-, substantive of root ru7-, ‘ to strike,’
whence tim-rw, ‘I strike;? Sanscrit tup, tump, our thump.
From this root comes tiyz-avo-, ‘a drum’ (76 t¥u7avov), whence
our tympanum. Nothing to do with tin pan, as schoolboys
fondly imagine.

érfi: said to be a corruption of otrwoi = ovrwr, old instru-
mental + ¢, demonstrative particle; not without influence of
Italian anzi on the accentuation,

mpookvve (zpooKuvéw) : from mpds, ‘towards’ + xv-vé-w (ve =
suffix of extension), ‘I kiss.’ Hence rpocxvva, ‘I kiss towards’
(as in Spanish beso las manos), ‘I worship,’ ‘make my respects.’

xadyv vixra ods, ‘good night to you;’ cas, enclitic accusative
used for dative.

mpookuvnpat-a: verbal substantive from wpookuve-.

yevd\AiLov (for ypvAdiwv): formed from yp, ‘a grunt; od8¢
yp%, ‘not a syllable,’ ‘not as much as a grunt’—a word made
from the sound (onomatopeeetic), like ‘cuckoo,’ xéxkvé, &c.

duideée: for duddey-ce; Sid, ‘apart? + Aey-, ‘pick,’ German
lesen for leksen, Latin leg- in lego. Hence ddréyw, ‘I chose,
dieAeEe(v), vernacular (2)dudéAe£e(v), ‘he,’ ‘she,’ or ‘it chose.’

air}: for airyy, agreeing with ryv jyépav.

motos: for «fotos (kFéctos), adjective formed from genitive
kFoto, xFéo10 of x«Fo-, Latin guo- (cf. cujus), our who for hwo,
literally ‘of what kind?’ Hence ‘what manner of man?’
‘who ?’

qrov: imperfect middle 3rd singular of és-, standing for Zeoro,
.€ero with euphonic y added by false analogy of words, like

76 A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK.

SréAcEe(v), «.7.., where y stands for 7, sign of 3rd person singular ;
ef. in classical Greek, Aéyovor(v), «.7-A. Persons: jour, Hoo,
fito’ npeba, Hobe, Hoov. Other forms: 7ynv, semi-classical,
jpovva, vernacular, yrow and joovve, Arave’ yuacte, NoaoTe,
nrave. The 3rd plural is from the active voice, as are all persons
in the older classical Greek: jv, Hs, }, OF Hv: Nuev, Are, Hoav.

*aroAAatn Ths: for eis roAAG Eryn Tys, an elliptical expression
= ‘els wohAd ern va Shon’ rys, ‘may she long live—to her’
(genitive for dative), i.e. long life to her.

Bpéx: for Fpéx- (cf. Bpoyy above), kin to Latin rigo for vrigo,
German regen for wregen, our rain.

xrovily: for xvovidi-y from yu6v-, ‘snow,’ kin to hiem-s, Latin,
which, with yeiua-r- yewwdv-, ‘ winter,’ is kin to Sanscrit hi-me-s,
‘snow,’ Slavonic zima, Albanian dime, ‘winter,’ Zend hima,
also ‘year,’ as probably in Latin bimus, trimus, for bi-himus,
tri-himus, &c. The Himalayas are the ‘snowy mountains.’
In Slavonic and Albanian the original gh has become dentalized,
probably through the influence of the dental vowel 7. In
Sanscrit and Zend it has become h, as often in these languages.

KaOuroxpéwoe: from xara, ‘downright,’ tad, ‘under,’ and
xpéo(s), ‘ debt.” Hence xafvroxpe-dvw, ‘I put altogether under
a debt ; xafuroxpéwoe, ‘she has greatly obliged us,’ as we say
ironically, ‘we are really very much obliged.’

Ovparou: vernacular for évOvpetrar. Colloquially, verbs in e
are conjugated as if in a-; this is probably archaic, a- e- o- being
originally mere variants of the same undefined vowel sound,
and only specialized by custom in course of time.

orvypa-s: for ortvypa-v-s, from root oTLy- (orile (oriyww), ‘I
prick’), our ‘stick,’ literally ‘a puncture’ or ‘point.’ Hence
‘a point of time,’ ‘moment.’

dvaxpofe.: literally ‘cries up;’ we say ‘cries out.’ xpdler =
Kpayler, root kpay-.

xovrevets: from xovrd-, ‘near,’ probably nasalized from xoré-
or xard-, adjectival stem answering to preposition xara, ‘at’ or

A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. 77

‘by;? suffix -ev- means ‘get’ or ‘be.’ Hence xovrd-, ‘near,’
kovtev-, ‘approach,’ ‘get on.’

évpicOn-Ka: for éévpioOnv; the endings -xa -Kas -Ke’ -Kopev
-kate -kaow or -xav(e) are used colloquially for the classical -v -; —
-yev -re -cav in this tense, on the analogy of éwxa for ééwy,
2xa for @nv, &e. In the case of %8nxa for %Byv the analogy is
perfect. In classical Greek these endings are (regularly) added
to perfect (reduplicated), not to aorist stems, e. g. Bena, ‘I
have gone,’ root Ba-.

aden): a familiar address to any woman (as ddeAdé to any
man), irrespective of real relationship. Cf. St. Paul: pi otk
éxomev eLovotay adeAhnv yuvaika mepidyew ; or, as it stands in the
Modern Greek version : M7 dev éxomev eSovoiav va. ovprrepupépwpev
adeApjv yuvaixa; “Have we not power to lead about a sister as
wife?” ddeAdods, 7, ‘ brother,’ ‘sister,’ kin to Sanscrit sa-gharbh-
jas, i.e. of one womb; cf, deAd-iv, ‘the belly-fish,’ i. e. dolphin.

éreita = emi, ‘ besides’ + etra (Latin ita), ‘then,’ the whole
meaning ‘ moreover.’

Koda = cat + oda (neuter plural of dXAo- for adAFo-, kin to
sol- in Latin sol-ido-), literally ‘even all (together),’ ‘already,’
dev BAe€zw x? dda, ‘ Already I can’t see,’ i. e. I see no longer.

kataxdmnka: for xatexdryny, see above on ending -xa. Ko7-
(also xoB-) probably kin to our hew.

kavpeve: apparently = classical xexavyéve, vernacular xavpeve,
koupeve, ‘burnt,’ from root xav-, imperfect xaiw, xavyw for xafiw,
but only in this sense when written with dizresis ; kin to ho-t,
German hei-ss,

é\a: aorist imperfect giving “we stem which is found in
classical Greek only in éAd-w, jAaca, x.7.r., of which the im-
perfect is éAav-vw for éAdF-vw, ‘I march.’ The same root also
appears in classical future éAevoouar for éAdFoowat, ‘I shall
come.’ éa thus stands for éAaf or éAav.

8: short for éda, popularly supposed to be a transposition. of
ae, but much more likely a form of idod, id0d (Fidod), ‘see !’

78 ‘A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK.

‘lo!’ ‘behold!’ iov is actually found in the sense of ‘here,’
or just passing into that sense, in Acts ii. 7: Ovx idod ravres
ovroi eiow of AaAodvres T'adtAator; ‘ Are not here all these who
speak Galilzans ?”

has: for dar, duris, dwrti* dota, Purdy, duci.

ora-06: literally ‘be stood.’ Hence ‘stand.’

dépa: stem dep-, probably ‘the breather,’ kin to dys, ‘I
breathe.’

Kdpvw = kay, + v + w, ‘I do;’ in classical Greek, ‘I labour,’
‘I am weary,’ at most, ‘I make.’ Yet as make is the oldest
meaning (Homeric), the modern is probably also of high an-
tiquity, though not coming to the surface in literature.

rorov: masculine (nominative ré7os).

éreXciwoa = € + reAee + w + oa: TéAeo- from réXes-, ‘end.’
Hence for réXeo10- = ‘ that which has an end,’ ‘ perfect,’ whence
reXev0(v)w, ‘I finish.” Observe use of aorist éreAciwoa in sense
of lost perfect rereXciwxa. The Greeks can also say exw TeAcdoes
(for reAevGoar), infinitive aorist, if they desire to be explicit, or
exw (re) TeAcwwpyevov, but the latter only with nouns, transitively.
exw TeAevwpevov 7d Epyov.

oxe-ddv: adverb = root oxe- oéx- (found in écyor, aorist of
éxw for céyw, &oxy-xa, perfect, «.7.A.) + adverbial ending -ddv ;
cf. Babun-dov, ‘ by degrees,’ &c. ‘Having’ or ‘ holding close to’
anything is the notion which appears in cyeddv, ‘in a close
manner,’ ‘nearly,’ ‘ almost.’

Tpaxyndud = tpdxnro + ta: feminine suffix, ‘a something for
the neck ;’ tpdxyAo-, kin to tpéxw, ‘I run,’ rpdyxo-s, ‘a course,
tpoxo-s, ‘a wheel,’ kin to German dreh-en, drechseln,

Ipromatio TRANSLATION,
“Js that you, John?” cries Pardalds, putting his lathered
face a little way out of the door.
‘No, sir,” answers the voice of the maid from below. “It
is a gentleman; he wishes to speak to you.”

A QUIDE TO MODERN GREEK, 79

“ More bother!” says our luckless Demetrius to himself, and
having no alternative, hastily wipes the lather from his face,
and issues from his office, while the nocturnal visitor ascends
the staircase.

“Mrs. Trachand4s,” says the new-comer, smiling, “sends you
the key of her box at the opera for to-night, if you like to go.”

‘Many thanks, my friend, many thanks; but we’re invited
out,” replies the wretched Pardalds, trying to keep down the
wrathful expression of his countenance under a forced smile,

“Oh, indeed! then I will take my leave. Good night to
you
‘The same to you.” And he enters his office, grunting with
rage.

“Who was it?” cries Mrs. Pardalds from her bedroom.

“Mrs, Trachands thought to send us the key of her box.”

“Long life to her! It’s only when it rains and snows she
thinks of us! She is exceedingly obliging.” But after a few
moments she exclaims again,—

“ Are you getting on, Demetrius dear?”

“ Getting on! heart alive! I am not yet shaved. Besides,
I can’t see any longer, and have cut myself all to bits.”’

“Qh, dear! I’m so sorry! Come here, where there’s more
light.”

“ And where am I to stand—in the air?”

‘Come, come, now, and [ll make room for you. I’ve
nearly finished. Ihave only got my necklace to put on.”

?
.

Exercise X,

Tlotos jrov; od eloat Anuntpaxn pov; Médduora: éyd eta? cat
mwov va ora0G; “Eda va orabys! Xa kal cod Kdyvw tdorov’ edo
exer mepioadrepov pds. “O druxijs Anuntpdxyns mpoBddrx_ ddAtyov
> cal , ‘\ / > n ‘ , > a
€x TOD ypadeiov THY carwvodupToY avTod popdyv ypvdAiLov é« Tod
Ovpod. "AAXo xaxov/ dev BAerw KP dda Kal KataxdmyKa, 7) Kat
Karekorny &S ypdhovot aipepov of veodarictor THs yAdooys pas

80 A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK.

a a A /
kabapirral. Tlotos évOvunby va pas oreihy 75 Kdevdi Tod Oewpetou
na \
80 drdve; “H Kupia Tpayava, dire Bpéxer cat xroviler, kai pi)
Suvapevn va. trayy «is TO Geatpov évOupetrar jpas.

*"SrodAdtn Tys' pas Kaburoxpéwoe ciucba Kabvroxpewmévor
edyapirrodpey ToAd Kal THs oTEAAOMEV TpOTKUVT}MaATA TOAAG.

Tladi pov py mpoomabys va KoAdons TO dpyidov THs wopdys cov

‘ “a / , 4 % ». ‘ ec / ‘
Sia rurixod pedidparos. Arari duadege Kal airy THY uépay Kat
Tiv Gpav va pas To oreiAn; as wepdoy pilav adAnv dpay* éxopev
> ‘4 , , 7 / “A > ‘\ ” / >
épyaciav twpa Kal xt pdovov Todro GANA ciwefa tpooKeKAnpévor cis
avvavacrpodyv. lod elve 7d KAewdt Tov ypadeiov pov; Live
> / \ bear 2 , ‘\ ‘ /, > , } deck aA ‘
dvdykn va TO éxw Twpa, VA TO AGBw duécws. Ti dravrgs; Aw
Gravt® timore. Sudte ev exw Timote V arravTHow.

7A él. ! mpooxvd, KaAnv viKta as. .

"ESépxouar Tod KowTvos carwvodrptos Kal ypvddiLov éx Tod
Ovpod, Kai Erousos va oTad eis Tov dépa Sidte Sev BA€rw adrXov
rorov, GX\AQ H anperpia avaxpdler Kdtwhev per dALyas oTLypas:
Kovtevere xipie; évas Kiptos elvat ea kal Pere, A€yet, KaTL VA ods
eimp. Iles tov va mwepdoy GdAqv pay, Kai va pay avaBy rh
kNipaka TwHpa Tod EvpiLopaur GAAws G4 Ave dvdyKn va e&AOw
Hpuedpiotos Tod KovT@vos Kat 04 pod EOy maAWw Kappud KaTtaBacrd
eis TH Odvtia, Sidtt Oa kpvwbd.

It is necessary that (we must) call (pass) another time.
The gentleman is engaged now, and is invited out. The noc-
turnal guest descends the ladder, endeavouring to conceal the
angry expression of his face by means of a forced smile of
respect and subjection. The wretched Pardalds, half-shaved,
and grunting with rage, unable any longer to see, has cut
himself to pieces ; and protruding his lathered visage through the
opening door of the office, exclaims, “I must have more light.
How am Ito get on? Where am I to stand—in the air? I
haye no looking-glass and no candle, and the room is full of
garments, petticoats, handkerchiefs, stays, and necklaces ?”’

“Oh!” says his corpulent wife. “Come, poor fellow! I

A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. 81

have nearly finished.” I see that the hour is advanced. Don’t
try to bring the razor to bear upon your lathered cheek. It is
not necessary. Let me wipe off quickly the soap from your
face. Better to be half shaved than to (that you) cut yourself
to pieces.

Long life to you! Mere is (idov) the key of our box. We
are invited to the theatre to-night, if we like. We have no
business, so we will go. The new comer smiles a forced
smile of patronage and superiority, but it is impossible for him
(rod «ive, x.7..) to keep down the wrathful expression of his
visage.

It rains and snows, and I shall have a twinge of toothache.
Why should we choose this day and hour to go to the theatre?
You have deeply obliged us, but we are only half shaved, and
cannot come at present.

ENAEKATON MA@HMA.—E events Lesson.

Notr.—As the learner is now presumably acquainted with the more
constantly recurring peculiarities of Modern Greek idiom, the interlinear
translation will be somewhat freer henceforth, and the free idiomatic
translation will be as far as possible dispensed with.

“O Tlapdards reiOerat, cvyxwovpevos bd THs ovluyixhs
Pardalés obeys, moved by the conjugal
pepiuvns ths Kupias Ppoows, AauBaver Tad Td Pas,
solicitude of Mrs. Euphrosyne, takes again the candle,
TO KaToTTpov Kal To Evpadguor, Kal, Hur~vpioTos, weTaBaives
the looking-glass and the razor, and, half-shaved, migrates
els TOV KoLT@va, OTrov evpioxer THY Eippoovyny ToTobeTnLEvHY
into the bedroom, where he-finds Euphrosyne located
™po Tov KaTowtpov, petaED Tecodpwv xKnyplwv, Kai
before the looking-glass, between four candles, .and
G

82 A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK.
KaTaywomwerny peta ToAdoD KoTrov va Son sdmiadev
exerting herself with much Jabour to tie from behind
Tov Tpaxndov THs piKpav éx pédavos Bedovdou Tawiar,
her neck a small black velvet ribbon,
ad is Kptuatar émi tod wvrepaxwalovtos ot7lous
from which hangs upon her more than mature breast
Ts ypucods AoBicxos.—Kai mod Oéreurs va otab& twpa;
a golden locket. — And where do you wish me to stand now ?
brokauBaver 6 taraitwpos IlapSards, 7 BrA€twV TOTFOV
interposes -the wretched Pardalds, not seeing a space
Kevoy ™pd TOU KaToTTpov.—”EXa, pn pouppoupifns,
vacant before the looking-glass—Come, dowt grumble,
atavTa peiruxyiws ééyyovca Kupla, mTepiToppupos
answers gently reproaching the ludy, all-red
éx Tov pataiov KoTov by KataBaddovaw of yovdpol
From the fruitless labour which expend her stout
avtis Bpaxioves avaxayTrropuevor Orie bev THs Keharhs TNS.
arms bent back behind her head.
Aéce pov pla otiypr éd@ adto To Bedovoaxt, Kal
Tie me a moment here this little (piece of) velvet, and
cod adivw drov Tov ToTrov éhevOepov.— O Tlapdards yiverat
I (will) leave you all the space clear. — Pardaldés becomes

KaT avayKnv Tpos oTuypHnv Kal Oadamntroros THs cvlvryou Tou,
perforce fora moment lady’s-maid too of his wife,

ATs TWepatot Tédos THY évdupaciay av’Ths, kal katatintes
who completes at length her toilette, and falls back -
KaOidpos Kat acOuaivovea éml Tod avaxdivtpov, dvcica
sweating and = panting on the sofa, blowing

A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. 83

@s atwounyavy, Kal aepifouévn did Tov pavduriov Tn,
like a steam-engine, and fanning herself with her handkerchief,
ev 6 avtuyds ths Evpierat.— A, Anuntpakn .. . déyet,
while her husband shaves. — Ah, Demetrius, dear! says she,
pods KaToplodca va aplpaan tas ré€es, sé BeBaidvw
scarce succeeding inarticulating the words, I assure you
peyddo To TO yaThHpi cov atrowe ... va vTrodépw brov
great was your longing this evening . . . that I should suffer
avtov Tov KoTrov bia va Tayo vo Tid TO Thai TOD
all this trouble to go to drink the tea of
LYovcauaxn cov. — "Evvoia aou! Dpdcw jou,
your pet Susamdkis.—Your fear ! (i.e, never fear) my Phrosy,
amavta 6 Ilapdadds, rovnpas jedia@v, Evvota cov! Kai
answers Pardalés, roguishly smiling, never fear! and
dev Oa mujs povov 7d Thai cou aoe eis ToD Lovcaudxn.
you won't drink only your tea to-night at Susamékis’.
‘O ’Opéarns Ecdper cai Kduver TA Tpdypwata, KaOws Tpérret.
Orestes knows how to do things (lit. knows and does) properly.
@a was éyn KalcavtBitS = Kai Kpacdx Kal ppodta,—
He will have for us also sandwich and wine and fruit. —
Ilod 1O Eevpers ; VrodkapPaver Hrimtepov 7) Kupia Ppdowi,
How do youknowit? interposes moregently Mrs. Phrosy,
Aris, Naipapyos pucet Kal trorvpayos, npyile va cvyywph eis
who, greedy by nature and gluttonous, began to forgive to
Tov Love apakny thy cuvavacTpopyy Tov yapw ToD Seimvou Tov,
Susamakis his party Sor the sake of his supper.
—Td Fevpw, Suots tov elda onuepov TO mpwt eis THY
—I know it, because I sawhim . to-day inthe morning at the
Ga 2

84 ‘A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK.

ayopay, kal eyraouite. — Al, tote Kaas
market, and he was making purchases.—Eh, then there's some

imodpéperat, ST wa THY aGANnGeav...— Kpotos apaéns,
enduring it, for in truth .. . — Thesound of acarriage,

otabeions mpo ths Oupas ths oiklas, Svéxover alpvns
coming to a stand before the door of the house, interrupted suddenly

thy dpacw tis Kupias Hapdar0d.—Na! dvedovnoer o
the sentence of ~©Mrs. Pardalés.—There! exclaimed the

porus THY aoTiyunv éxeivnv TerELOVOY TO EUpiTUd ToU
scarcely that moment jinishing his shaving

Anuntpaxns. To awake 7AOe, « éyw elas dxoun avuTtos.
Demetrius. Thecarriageiscome,andI am yet unwashed.

Kal oroyyiobels ev tayer, ApEato atodvopevos.
And sponging himself quickly, he began undressing.

wei0-erat = ‘is persuaded,’ hence ‘obeys; root m6- for ¢u6-,
kin to jid- in Latin /fid-o, fid-us, fed-us, &e., whence our con-
Jide, fidelity, &c.

ovykiotpevos = ovykive-duevos: from ovv + xwe-, verbal stem
from root «x, kin to English hie, ‘to move.’ Hence ovyxwov-
pevos = Latin commotus, ‘moved,’ ‘ touched.’

pepipyys: stem pépiyzva-, of which -ipva is substantival suffix,
cognate to participial ending -pevo- -weva-; cf. Sde~apevy, ‘a
reservoir, ‘a receiver,’ and participle aorist middle Sefapyévy
from root dex-. ep- is explained above.

qéiproros = hyu-, ‘half’ (whence adjective juso-v-s, Hyio-e-a,
jpwo-v) + vpiord-s, ‘shaved.’ Observe accent.

romobernuevyv : from romo-, ‘ place’ + Oerd-, verbal adjective
of Ge-, ‘set,’ whence rozofere-, ‘ locate,’ ‘fix in place ;’ rorobern-
pevnv (perfect participle), ‘located.’

peragv: double preposition for pera + édbv, old form of oty,
“see above. Hence peragd = ‘ betwixt,’ ‘amongst.’

A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. 85

kata-ywoperny, literally ‘getting down,’ ‘getting deep’ into any-
thing. Hence = ‘immersed,’ ‘buried,’ ‘absorbed’ (in a task),

xomov: genitive of xéo- (after werd in sense of ‘ with’), from
root Ko7-, ‘to cut,’ ‘ wear,’ ‘ tire.’ Hence koro = ‘toil,’ ‘ trouble,’
‘labour.’

dé-o7n: Se-, kin to English tie.

émicGev: from root éz-, probably for corf-, cerF- for cexF-,
Latin segu- in sequor, &c. Hence éz--6-, ‘following,’ ‘ visita-
tion,’ ‘awe; dmubev = dmid-ev, ‘from behind; also xar-drw,
‘afterwards,’

péAav-os, ‘black: kin to Latin mal-us, ‘bad,’ &c. pédras
[méAavs], weAauva [wédAavia], wéAav> pédaval[y], péAawvav [weAaviav],
péAav: wéAavos, meAaivys, wéeAavos: peAan, pedaivy, weAave péAaves,
péAawvat, pédava’ péAavas, pedaivas, pédavar pédacw [-vow ],
peraivas, wéeAaow. peddv-Tepo-s, ‘blacker,’ weAdv-raros, ‘blackest ;’
but in the vernacular, pweAavdrepos, peAavdraros, as also péAavos,
pedavy, peAavo(v), in positive degree. Hence, also, 7 peddvy,
‘the ink.’

Bedovdov: a foreign word, the Italian velutto, nominative
Bedovdo(r).

rawiav: seemingly for rev-fa, certainly from root tev- ray-,
strengthened from te-, ‘stretch,’ refvw (réevw), ‘I stretch,’ érav-
Onv or érd-Onv, ‘I was stretched,’ ‘I stretched myself: kin to
our thin. Hence rawia, ‘a thin strip,’ ‘a thong,’ ‘a ribbon,’

ag’ js: for dd Fs.

Kpév-arat, ‘hangs:’ root xpey-, kin to Gothic hram-jan, ‘to
crucify,’ German Rahmen (Old High German Rama for Hrama),
‘a frame,’ ‘support.’ Our frame may probably be explained like
fret, from Gothic fra-itan, ‘to for-eat,’ ‘to eat away,’ as corrup-
tion of for-rame. Hence our noun frame would be derived
from the verb ‘to for-rame, ‘to frame.’ From this root too,
perhaps, are derived Latin crem-or, Italian crema (whence
Greek xpéua), German Rahm, ‘cream,’ i.e. what hangs or floats
on the surface of the milk,

86 A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK.

tbrepaxudlovros: from trép-, for ovrép, Latin super, ‘over’
+ dxpdl-ovr-os, from verbal stem dxpag-, ‘be ripe,’ ‘be at its
prime,’ from dxpd-, root dx-, kin to our edge for egg + ma-,
substantival suffix, whence dxuy = ‘tip,’ ‘point,’ ‘summit.’
As adverb, dxpiy, ‘at the point, ‘just now,’ ‘as yet ;’ in Modern
Greek, dxouyv, dxoun, axdua, in form probably influenced by the
like-vowelled Italian ancora, i.e. hanc-horam, ‘this hour.’ Thus
irepaxpalw = ‘I am past the prime.’

- orhOos: from root ora-, English sta in stay, stand + 6-es-,
substantival suffix. Hence or7jfos = ‘chest,’ as the most
sturdy, steady, or stalwart part of the body.

xpvoods: for xpucé-os, adjective of ypvad-, ‘ gold,’ with which
it is doubtless kin. ypvod- standing for xpurid- by a frequent
sibilation of 7, 7 in English for 7 as often, while g is the regular
representative in Teutonic of xy. Metathesis has taken place in
the English and German words, gold standing for glod, Sanscrit
hir-anam for ghir-anam, Zend zar-ana, Slavonic zla-to. Cognate
also are yAovvés, a Greek form mentioned by Hesychius, and
the Phrygian yAoup-ds, ‘ gold,’ yAoupéa, ‘ golden.’

AoBicxo-s = roBd, ‘a lobe’ + diminutive ending -icxo-s.
Hence ‘a little lobe,’ ‘a locket.’ AoB-d-s is probably softened
from Aoz-d-s, Which is also found, and is kin to Aemis (Aer-id-s),
‘a scale.’

tro-AapBave, ‘takes up’ the word. Hence ‘continues,’ or
‘breaks in.’

taXai-rwp-o-s: of this word, the first part means ‘ miserable,’
and is kin to réAav- (nominative raAas for rdAav-s), ‘ wretched ;
while the second is kin to our fare. Hence raAatrwpos = ‘a
wretched-farer,’ ‘ faring-wretchedly,’ ‘poor,’ ‘miserable. tadat-
is cognate with the Old Greek root rad-, Latin tul- in tuli,
German dul- in dul-den, Scotch thole, &c.

romo-: perhaps for ordzo-, and further formation of root
ora-; cf. Sanscrit sthdp-dj-dmi, ‘I set,’ ‘ place.’

povppovpiéys; a word formed from the sound; cf. murmurare

“A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. 87

in Latin. Notice the tense with pi: wy pouppovpifys, ‘don’t
murmur,’ i.e. stop murmuring; py povppovpigys would meen
“do not murmur hereafter,’ ‘ever,’ ‘at any future time.’ This
use of the two subjunctive-imperative tenses with pa is very
peculiar ; it is quite invariable, and is common, like almost all
tense usages, to classical and Modern Greek, only that in classical
Greek the pure imperative form pm povpyovpiée is used in the
imperfect, and the subjunctive pi povpyovplions (Doric povup-
poupiéys) only in the aorist ; yet it seems to be ignored by every
Western grammarian. The Rev. T. K. Arnold in his “ Practical
Introduction to. Greek Composition,” which, he informs us in
the preface to the fourth edition (1841), was then used at
nearly all our public schools, and has ever since maintained a
considerable, and in many respects well-deserved reputation,
gives on page 20 the following examples :-—

“ uty KAerre, ‘do not steal’ (forbids stealing generally).

“uty kréfys, ‘do not steal’ (forbids stealing in a particular

instance).”
Which is as precisely wrong as it could well be.

pa kAérre means ‘do not steal’ (as you are now doing).

pH «xAeyns means ‘steal not henceforth,’ ‘never steal at

all.’

It is quite true that xAérre means ‘steal’ generally, ‘be a
thief by profession,’ whereas kAdvov means ‘steal a particular
thing ; but in the case of prohibitions the point of view is
changed, so that pH xAérre (Modern a) xAérrys) means ‘ leave
off stealing, 7 KAépys, ‘never steal.’ So in the Lord’s Prayer,
py ciceveynys (aorist) yuds es metpacpov (Modern pa dépys, not
deprys Huds cis wetpacpov) = ‘lead us not (at any time) into
temptation ; but in Mark x. 14, “"Adgere (2nd aorist) ra radia
Epxec Oar mpds pe, Kat pu) KwdAvere (imperfect) aird ;’ in Modern
Greek, “’Adyjoare (1st aorist) ra maidia va. epywvrar pds eve Kat
py éurrodilnre (imperfect) atra,” ‘Suffer the little children to
come unto me, and forbid them not (as you now are doing),’

88 A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK.

Observe how instinctively and accurately the Modern Greek
yersion adheres to the tenses of the ancient.

perrixiws (werdtxiwr) : adverb of petA-éy-t0-, extension of peiA-
tx-0, mild, with which it is cognate.

éhéyxovea [éA€éyx-ovt-ca]: two etymologies of this word have
been proposed, one connecting it as a nasalized form with éAa y-v-,
‘slight,’ hence éeAé€yx-w = ‘I slight; another with Zend eregh-
ant, ‘bad,’ the German arg, drgern, &c.

mepiroppupos = repli, ‘all over’ + zdpdupo- for zip-dopo-,
fire-bearing, with which it iskin. Hence zepurépdupos (7 xat 6),
‘fiery-all-over,’ ‘ all of a blaze.’

para-i-ov: from root pdra-, as seen in adverb pary-v, Dorie
para-v, ‘vainly’ + adjectival suffix to. Hence para- = ‘vain,’
‘idle,’ ‘ ineffectual.’

xata-Baddovor(v) [for xara-Baddovri], literally ‘put down,’
‘lay down,’ ‘invest,’ ‘spend.’

xovdpo-t, ‘coarse:’ apparently a euphonic metathesis for
xpovdd-, kin to Latin granum, grandi-s, and granden- (‘hail’).
N.B.— x¢vdpo- or xovdpd- means, as a substantive, ‘grain,’
‘ groats,’ in classical Greek ; and ‘granular’ or ‘groat-like’ is
the only meaning given to the adjective in Liddell and Scott ;
but the analogy of the Latin grandi-s seems to imply that the
eommon Modern Greek meaning belonged to the root before the
separation of the Greeco-Italic stock. Our own groat and great
point back to a still earlier connexion. The connexion of
meaning is probably to be sought in the contrast between coarse
unground grain and fine (small) flour.

Bpaxiov-es, ‘arms: the Latin brac-i-a. 6 Bpaxiwy means
apparently ‘the shorter,’ i. e. upper arm, comparative of Bpaxv-,
‘short,’ kin to Latin brev-i-s for bregv-i-s.

éva-kapmrdpevonr, ‘up-bending’ or ‘ back-bending ? xdépa-r-w, ‘I
bend,’ xdyar-r-opar, ‘I bend myself, ‘am bent,’ root xauz-, whence
also xdyzrn, ‘a caterpillar,’ from the ease with which it bends its
body, especially in the case of the “ Loopers” (Geometrina).

A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. 89

xedadr-s: from neh + suffix -ad7-, the same word which,
with another suffix, appears in Latin caput, Gothic Haubith,
German Haupt, Dutch hoofd, Anglo-Saxon heofd, Old English
heved, and Modern English head.

déce:.in Old Greek Sdécov, though Homer has ¢eidée for
pedfov (for pevy-ce -cov, root pvy-).

Bedovddxe: diminutive of Bedotdo-, explained above.

eAevOepov: éAevO-epo- from stem éAevG-, lengthened imperfect
of eAv6-, which we have in 7AvOov, 7AOov, ‘I came; so that
€XevHepo- means ‘ free to go,’ -epo- being adjectival suffix.

ddpivw: the modern form of ddinut = dard + typ, ‘I send
forth.’ The elements are df’ for dwo + i = ‘send’4+v=
sign of imperfect + wo = ‘I.’ Tenses: ddivw, ddwa or -ov,
Gdjxa or apyoa; infinitive adivew (ddrevar, classical) ; aorist
adjoe (adpjvar).

Oadapnmodos: compound with changed vowel, from Od\apo-
= ‘chamber,’ and -ddos, bye-form of -xéAos, ‘ care-taker,’ kin
to Latin col- in agri-cola, &. Hence dadaynrdAos = ‘ chamber-
lain ;’ generally feminine = ‘ ladies’ maid.’

meparot (vernacular zepardver): from wepard-, verbal adjective
of wepa- = ‘accomplish,’ ‘go through,’ kin to fare + personal
ending -e- = ‘ he,’ ‘she,’ ‘it.’ Hence reparde, reparoi, ‘ finishes,’
‘ completes.’

tédos: accusative case used as adverb = ‘[at the] end,’ ‘at
last.’

xata-rirret, ‘falls down: wimre, imperfect stem by doubling
from root wer-, kin to feath- in feather; cf. arepdv above.
Tenses: wimtw, érurrov, éreca -ov, va Téow, K.T.X.

KaOidpos = kat’ + idpo-s: adjectival form (only found in
compounds) of i8par-, nominative iSpas for ofidpa(r)s, of which
the root-syllable ofid- is our sweat.

acOpaivovea (for doOudvi-ovr-ca): participle of verb formed
from do6-uar- for dor-par-, from verbal adjective doro-, from
root a- for Fa-, whence é-w, d-n-pe for Fa-w, Fa-n-ys, ‘I breathe,’

90 © A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK,

Sanscrit vd-mi, ‘I breathe,’ Zend v4, ‘to blow,’ Latin ve-nt-us,
‘a blowing,’ the English wind, German wehe, ‘blow, Wind,
‘wind.’ The Greek doOya is adopted by us as the name of a
well-known infirmity, asthma. Hence doOpaivovea, ‘ panting.’

advaxXivtpov: substantive by suffix -rpo- of dvaxdw-, ‘lean
back,’ xAw- and lean being cognate; see above. Hence dva-
xXwtpov (observe accent) = ‘a place to lean back in,’ ‘an easy
chair,’ ‘ sofa.’

¢vodca: shortened from ¢vad-ovea (bvod-ovr-ca), from dv-cay
‘a blowing,’ ‘a bladder.’ gv- stands for omv-, the o having first
aspirated the z-, and then been lost; cf. Sanscrit phu-t, ‘ blow-
ing,’ Latin spu-ma, ‘the froth blown off,’ English spue, spew,
also Latin spi-r-are for spot-s-are.

drpo-ynxavy, ‘a steam-engine:’ d-r-pd-s, ‘vapour,’ ‘ breath,’
from root a-, explained above + extension -r- + verbal sub-
stantival suffix -yo-. Cf. Sanscrit d-t-man, ‘breath,’ ‘soul,’
‘self, like Hebrew nephesh, Arabic nafs, which have the same
meaning. pyx-avy, of which -av7 = substantival suffix -ava- in
nominative case, from root pnx-, kin to Gothic and German mag,
English may. Hence our machine, through Latinized form
machina.

depiLopevy (dep-tl-opev-n) : from dép-, nominative ajp = a-eps,
from root a-, ‘breathe’ + ep-, our er in lead-er, read-er, &c.,
so that dp is literally ‘the breather ; hence ‘wind’ or ‘air,’
distinguished from ai6-yp, ‘the blazer,’ i.e. the starlit sky, as
the lower part of the atmosphere, the region of winds, from the
upper or region of lights. Hence depifopevy = ‘fanning’ or
‘airing herself.’

évo = & @, ‘in that’ = ‘while.’

xat-opfovca: from ép6d-, ‘straight,’ comes dp00-w, ‘I make
straight,’ xaropOdw (-dvw), ‘I make straight down,’ ‘I send right
home,’ ‘I succeed.’

por-ts, ‘scarcely,’ ‘hardly: kin to pada and pddic-ra, ‘ very,’
* verily.’

A QUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. 91

va. dpOpdcy, ‘to articulate:’ from dpOpo-, dp-Opo-, ‘ a link,’ ‘ limb,’
‘article.’ Hence, also in grammar, 76 dpOpor, ‘ the article ; like-
wise, &pOpov épnepioos, ‘ a newspaper article.’ Etymology above.

deers [A€y-c-w-s], ‘sayings,’ ‘ words,’

BeBat-d-vw, ‘make sure:’ from BéBato-, ‘sure,’ ‘what you can
go by,’ root Ba- in Ba-i-vw, é-By-xa, &By-v, x7’. Hence cé
BeBatdve, ‘I assure you.’

peyddo: the regular neuter, also stem of the word for great,
Gothic mikil-s, English mickle. The classical forms are: péyas
[meyad-s], peydd-n, wéyalA]* péeya!l peydAn! péya! péyav [weyadv],
freydA-nv, peyat peydd-ov, peydd-ns, peyd-Aov' peydd-w -y -o"
peydd-o1 -at -a" -ous -as -a" -wy -wy -wy, -ols -ats -ors: Whereas the
vernacular are regular throughout: peydAos, peyédn, peyddo(v)’
peydre! peyddyn! peyddro! peyddo(v), peyahy, meydAo(v), «.7.A,

xarhpu(v): for xa-r7-pt-ov, substantive from yxare-, ‘yawn,’
‘long,’ from verbal adjective ya-rd-, from root xa-, kin to our
ga-pe and yaw-n, German ga-fen, gah-nen. Steps as follows:
xa-, ‘yawn,’ xa-ro-, ‘having yawned,’ ‘yawning,’ xa7é-w, ‘I am
yawning,’ ‘open-mouthed with eagerness,’ yat-1-pr-ov, ‘ eager
open-mouthedness,’ ‘ desire.’

trodépw: for cvro-déepw, the Latin suf-fero, ‘ suffer.’

mu: arising by rapid speech from zi-w, root m-, Latin bi in
bibo ; reduplicated form of po, as in potare. ivw, érwa (-ov);
éxia, OF nla, K.7.A,

évvoia cou: properly evo gov, literally ‘your care!’ ie.
what foolish anxiety! never fear! from év + vota, ie. yvoia,
‘knowing ; see above. N.B.—voia is found in composition
only ; the simple word is vois for yvé-os.

Ppdow: shortened for Eidpocvvy, a common Greek name, the
goddess or muse of gaiety, from ev, ‘ well,’ and dpov-, ‘thought,’
‘mind’ (as substantive ¢pev-) + substantival suffix oiv-a
(nominative -7). Hence eidpooivn = ‘glad-hearted-ness,’
Forms like @pécw are declined: 4 Ppdcw, tiv Ppdcw(v), ris
Ppdcovs or Ppdcws; dative not found, ‘

92 A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK.

movnpas: adverb of zov-ypo-, ‘cunning,’ ‘ wicked,’ ‘sharp ;
originally ‘laborious,’ from zévo-, ‘labour,’ root zev-, whence
wévopat (Classical), ‘I labour,’ wév-y-(7)s, ‘a poor man,’ zev-t-xpds,
‘ poor,’ zrevia, ‘ poverty,’ zeiva for weév-2a, ‘hunger.’ An initial ¢
has been lost, which we find in ozave-s, ‘need,’ also in our
English words spin, span, Cf. use of German participle ge-
spannt.

€evper (for Aéevper): from aorist e&edpov or n&evpov, ‘I found
out,’ whence the popular instinct argued back to a supposed
éfevpw or H&evpw, ‘I know.’ The real present imperfect of
éfedpov is éSevp-ioxw, the force of -urx- being frequentative, as
-esc- in Latin.

ka0us = xara ws, ‘ like as,’

6a pas éyn, ‘he will have for us:’ accusative for dative, as in
English ‘he will give us.’

oavdBirl: indeclinable, the English word sandwich. 7 is
the nearest approximation to ch, and in some dialects is actually
so pronounced. Sandwiches are so called from a Lord Sand-
wich, who originally introduced them at receptions. This fact
should make us regard the word with something of awe and
veneration, even in its Greek disguise.

Kpacaxt: diminutive of xpaof(ov), ‘wine,’ from root xepa-
(kep-vd-w, Kepd-v-vupe), ‘to mix.’

gpovra: the Italian frutta, Low Latin fructa, Latin fructus.
The proper Greek for this is dzwprxa, literally ‘“ autumnals,”
from dérwpa, ‘the after-season,’ ‘the autumn,’ or, perhaps, ‘ the
ripening season,’ i.e. either from déz-, ‘after,’ as in xaromw, or
éx- as in &fw [érow], ‘roast,’ ‘ripen; ér- a bye-form of zez-;
see below.

mov To Sevpes, ‘ Where do you know it?’ i.e. How or whence
do you know it?

qmustepov, more mildly, from #o-, mild.

Aaipapyos: for Aaiwaryos, from Aaipo-, ‘throat,’ and ddAyos,
‘pain.’ Hence Aaipapyos = ‘ having an itching throat,’ ‘ greedy.’

A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. 93

¢voa, ‘by nature: dative of ¢v-cv, ‘ be-ing,’ ‘ growing,’
‘nature.’

roAupayos: tohkd = ‘much,’ -pdyos, ‘eating.’ gay- seems to
be cognate to Sanscrit bhag, ‘to distribute,’ ‘to receive one’s
share,’ ‘to share,’ ‘enjoy,’ whence bhaksh, Sanscrit and Old
Persian, ‘enjoy,’ ‘consume.’ Hence, too, apparently the Arabic
and Turkish bakshish, borrowed, it would seem, from the
Persian.

npxite (é-dpxife), ‘began :’ imperfect past of dpyi.- from dpyxa-
(apx7), ‘ beginning.’

ovyxwpn (cvyxwpéy): from otv, ‘with,’ and xdépa-, ‘place’? =
‘find room for,’ ‘allow,’ ‘ forgive.’

Seizvov, ‘supper :’ detxvov = dér-wov, from root dem- Sa-r-.
Cf. Sanscrit dd-p-dj-dmi, causative of dd, ‘to distribute,’ Latin
dap-s, ‘a meal; hence, too, Anglo-Saxon -tiber, -tifer, ‘an
offering,’ ‘ victim,’ and German Un-ge-ziefer, ‘ vermin,’ literally
‘ what cannot be offered.’

mpwt: from zpo-, ‘the fore-part of the day,’ ‘ the morning.’

é-ya-v-if-e: Yort- for d~wv-, from dyo- (for rdw, to avoid
double z, from zez- for xfexf-, kin to Latin cogu-o, quoguo) =
‘cookery,’ ‘food’ + dve- (dvéopar), ‘ buy,’ from dvo-s, ‘price ;’
for Fécvo-s, Sanscrit vasnas, ‘ price,’ Latin vénum for ves-num.

“Hence dpwvita, ‘ywvifw, ‘to buy eatables,’ ‘to get in provisions.’

karrws: for kav tws, 1.¢@. Kal av mws, ‘even if somehow,’ i. e.
more or less, if not much; kdrws iwodéepera, ‘there is some
enduring it,’ literally, ‘it is in a manner endured.’

pa: this particle in Ancient Greek was generally used in
negations, as ov, wa Aia! ‘No, by Jove!’ its place being
supplied in affirmations by vy (perhaps a bye-form of val, ‘ yes’),
as vy tov AwddAwva, ‘Yea! by Apollo.’ In Modern Greek v7 is
obsolete, and pa is used in either case. It is probably a form of
pe (‘with’), from which pe-ra is lengthened, just as xa-ra is from
the particle xa, Ke, or Kev.

kpdros, ‘a noise,’ especially of striking or rattling; probably

94 A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK.

kin to xpovw for xpovc-w, Old High German hruor-jan’ for
hruosjan, Modern High German riihren, properly riiren.

otaGeions for orabévt-ons: ora-G-evt- = root ora + 8, sign of
passive aorist + -evr- participial suffix. The whole declines:
otabels (otabevts] orabeica orale’ orabévta -cicay -év" -évTos
relons ~evTos” -evTt elon -évTu" -évTes -eloat -évTa" -évTwy -EWdy
-evTwv" -€low -eioals -Elow.

Sucxopey = di-E-Ko7-cev = 614, ‘ through’ + é, sign of past +
kor, ‘cut’ + o, sign of Ist aorist + e(v) for er, sign of 3rd
person singular. Hence dcéxowev or édidxower, ‘ (he) cut through,’
‘interrupted.’

aidvys: for azivys, also with preposition éf, éamivys, egaidyys
(vernacular é£adva), ‘suddenly ; from same root comes aidvidzos,
‘sudden.’ But probably in its turn daivys is for arvy-s; cf.
kazwos for xamvos, ‘smoke,’ as also dg@vw for adrvw, arvew, and
the original meaning will have been breathless, breathlessly, from
a+ mve.

dpa-ol-v, ‘a saying,’ ‘sentence,’ from root ¢pad-, stands for
dpdd-orv. Hence dpaLopar for dpddioua, ‘I say,’ but in Homer
always ‘I show.’ Probably kin to ¢apd-v-s (for dpadv-s), our
broad, German brett, the original meaning being ‘to spread
abroad,’ German aushreiten. gapdds is not found in Ancient
Greek, but is certainly a genuine Greek word, as shown by the
fact of the noun 7d ddpdos, ‘ breadth,’ as well as by the termina-
tion of the adjective -v-.

va/ an interjection, ‘there!’ probably the same with the
second syllable of ¢-va, which in Ancient Greek (with indicative)
means where.

G-yir-ro-s, ‘un-wash-ed :’ from root wB- for vry-, Sanscrit nig’,
‘to wash,’ whence vilw for viBiw or viva, in the vernacular viByw,
‘I wash.’ This is another case of labialism, or the procession of
a consonant from the throat to the teeth, which we meet within
Ba- for ya-, English come, twos for ixFos, x.7.d.

onoyyioGels: for oroyyd-Geis, ending as in ora-Oels. oroyyid-

A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. 95

from o7dyyo-, sponge, Latin fungu-s for sfung-o-s, German
Schwamm, English swam-p (cf. Aoyd- from Adyo-, above, &c.),
oroyyiloua: = ‘I sponge myself’ or ‘am sponged,’ oxoyyifa,
‘I sponge.’ Probably opdyyo-s was an older form.

npéaro: elegantly for jpxice, the old aorist middie of dpyoua,
‘I begin ;> see above.

dzodvdpevos: also dzro-du-v-dmevos, ‘undressing,’ from d76,
‘from’ + dv-, ‘dress,’ Hence dzodv-oyar = ‘I doff,’ ‘ undress.’

Exercise XI.

“O Ilapdadds reOopevos ird THs ovlvyi«ys pépyuvys THS Kupias
Ppdcovs AapBave warw 76 dds. “H peépysva ts ovlvyov tov
ovyKiwel Tov Tapdaddy, Kai ovTos ovykweirat Oc attras. “H Eidpo-
ovvy ToTobercirat Tpd Tod KaTOTTpoV, Kal ebpiokeTat peTadd TecTdpwv
Kypiwv. Karayiverat peta moAXod Korov va Seon THY TaLviav TNS
. 4 ase , , a ane G ,
ext tod trepaxudlovros atyGovs tTys. Td otHOds Tys irepaxpaler
dudtt Exel Sexamévte ern HAikias mepiradrepa TOD svlvyou tys. “H
rawia tys eve x péAavos BeAovdov, ad ob Kpeuatar AoBicxos
6 Sqotos elve éx xpvood. Atv Brérw Tod va orad, ey 6
Tlapdadds. lod elve témos xevds; “Eda Kal ood Képvw torov

\ , ~ , e 4 e 3\ 7 A
py povppovpilys. Tatra €yovoa 7H Kupia periyiws éhéyxer Tov
»” < \ Ee 4 > / 2 a
dvdpa ys. “H xovdpot adris Bpaxioves elve repumdpdpvpou éx rod
pataiov Komov dv KataBddAe. Tédos 7d BeAovdd«. dey, Kat 6
tomos adiverar Karws eAevOepos. “H Oarapyrddros areparot ryv
évSupaciay THs Kupias THs, ev@ 6 avluyds THs KaTaTirre: KAOdpos
= 40,9 s aE 1S s e > AY co \ ,
kat doOpalvwv ért dvakXivtpov. “H dtpopnxaviy pvod kal Kapver

, A n , c ¢ > / A / /
Kporov apo THs Oipas. “O Kidpwos depilerau Kal podis KkaropGover
va dpOpwon tas A€Fes Tov. lpoorabe? va ypawy epOpov did rH
edypepioa GANG 6 Kdros Tov elve paTatos.

Meyddo rod Anuntpaxy pas fro TO xaTHpt va ayn va Tin TO
tTéiov ToD braddyjdov Tov. “O ’Opéarys fro «cis THY dyopav* Tov «ida
W549 rs , . 8s , Lal € , x a
Kat ebavite kpacdkt Kal érwpika. vykwelrar 7 Ppdow da tov
Ae~ewv Tovtwy Kal yiverat Kdrws Hrwwtrépa. ILoAAol avOpwror cive
Aaipapyo. pice Kat morvdayo, Sid Setrvoy pa ryv ddjGeav

96 A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK,

tropépovv mo\v. Kporos arpounyavys Kat moAAGv dpuagtav
~ > a“ , "A »” A la na
orabecav mpd Ths Oipas SueKowey aidvys tiv ppaow THs povp-
, Me A / : 3 < lal > , c
HoupiLovons yuvaixds. Na! éredeiwoe 7d Tpaypa, avepuvycer 6
KUplos’ Gvurros Kal nuripioTos mpérer va OTOYyLTO® ev TaXEL.

A golden locket hangs from a velvet ribbon on the over-ripe
bosom of the lady. Her arms, bent back behind her neck,
endeavour in vain to tie the ribbon. The sound of a carriage
pulling up before the door affects her with conjugal solicitude.
* Are you getting on?” she exclaims to her husband.

“How should I be getting on?” he answers anything but
mildly. ‘Iam yet unwashed.”

“Come, don’t murmur,” says his spouse, gently reproving
him, and fanning herself with her handkerchief like a steam-
engine. ‘“ Never mind, you will get wine and fruit where we
are going, so there is some enduring it. You must forgive your
clerk his company for the sake of his supper, like other
naturally gluttonous and greedy men.”

Just at that moment Demetrius finishes his shaving, and is
sponging himself in haste, when the bell rings.

AQAEKATON MA@OHMA.—Twetrra Lesson.

"Eyowev akoun wpav, tapetypnoev 4 Kupia, Brérovea
We have still time, observed the lady, looking

TO @poroytov. Eive oxtw twapa tétaptov. —
at the clock. It is eight short of a quarter (aquarter to eight).—

“O Tapéards gopet ev tayer Tov Kabapov Tov yiTava, Kal

Pardalés putsonin haste his clean shirt, and
déven Sn «TOV Aatpmodérnv Tov, bte EFwOev Tis
is tying already his necktie, when from outside of the

@vpas axoverar 1) wry THs dmrnpetpias.— Adevtn !—
door isheard the voice of the maid. — Sirf —

“

A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. 97
Kano, Karo, as otal AvyaK, dwvdte. ad’ évds
Well, well, let him wait a bit, cries from one (side)

Ld , ? a e t # ‘ 2. 6? ee 6
0 Anuntpakns, eva 9 ovvyos Tov dwvafe. af érépou,
Demetrius, while his wife eries from (the)other,

"Edepe Ta yavtia pov;—Adv Eedpw, xkupia, Oérev
Has he brought my gloves? — I don’t know, ma'am, he wants

va ein Kate. Tov adevtos—O awakas Oérev
to say something to master.—The cabman wants
va pov éimn KaTL; Avro 0a clve wadw aro
to say something to me? That will be again of the

4 ’
Taypada. — *"Oxt, apévTn, ceive 0 Kupsos
unoritten (i.e. some new surprise)! — No, sir, itis Mr.

Opéctns.—O Kuptos "Opéotns! dvadwvet 4 Ppoce.
Orestes. — Mr. Orestes! —_ exclaims Phrosy.

Tlepiepyov ‘—Aeyas v’ apynoauev; épwra 6 Ilapdanos.
Curious ! — Should you say we werelate? asks Pardalés.

To @poroy: was 0a wyyaives tTpomepa “Tricw! "As dpion
Our clock must be going frightfully slow! Let him

"> «™ adra, Kai tapa é&f0aca! rpocbéren,
take a seat in the parlour, and I'll be with himatonce! he adds,

> \ ig / 3 / \ a / al
els THY UTNpEeTpLaY aTroTeouEvos. Kal tadTa Néywr, opel
2 1

addressing himself to the servant. And thus saying, he puts
év Bia tov émevdvtny tov, Kal eicépyetar eis tHv
on in haste his coat, and enters into the
aiovoay, Sov dvapéves adrov Sevdos, Tepiduiros, Kal
drawing-room, where awaits him timid, sad, and
KataBeBrnpuévov Eywv TO 700s 0 Kupios Yovcapaxns. Mas
with downcast mien Mr. Susamdkis. You
H

98 A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK.
ovyyepels Tod Hpyjcauev, Pirtate Kipie Lovoapdxn,
excuseus for beinglate, dearest Mr. Susamdkis,

réyer 6 Kupsos Ilapdanos, eicepyopevos, kab Teivov
says Mr. Pardalos, entering, and stretching out

MPoocTAaTEVTLKaS THY YElpa TMpOs TOV UTaAAAOV TOV, GAA
patronizingly his hand to his clerk, but

TO auaks dév pads nrAOev axon, Kat... — Kadnorépa
the carriage has not come for us yet, and . . . — Good evening

, U
cas, Kvpie Yoveapuadxn trorapBaver, Svaxdrtovea, 7) Kupia
to you, Mr. Susamakis breaks in, interrupting, Mrs.

Evdpocvvn eicepyouévn kai adtn OpiapBevtixads eis THV
Euphrosyne entering herself too triumphantly into the

y \ e LA / a a
aifovoavy, Kal ictapévn TAnotoy TOU hapTThpos,
drawing-room, and standing near the chandelier,

dros amTwOnpifwor KddXLov of adauartés THs. Ilds
2 1

in order that her diamonds might sparkle better. How

cia0e ; “H Kupia cive carta; HiweOa érorpot, Brérere.—
are you? Is Mrs. well? Weare ready, you see.—

EvyapioTa, Kupia pov, aTravTa meta peyddrns oTevoywpias
Thank you, ma’an, answers with great embarrassment
6 mrwyxos "Opéorns, mpoomotovpevos STL Sev HKovce TO
poor Orestes, pretending that he didn’t hear the
TeheuTatov pépos THs dpdcews. "Eyw eiuar Kada, GAA
last part of the sentence. rd am well, but

9 Tlaoupan...—Ilas! ri tpéyes; Kxaxodidbetos, tows ;
Pasiphae . . .—Why! whats up? indisposed, perhaps ?
—Aév elve timore! pé tov yopov mepva, maparnpet
—Its nothing! with the dance it will pass away, observes

A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. 99

peTA TOAAHS STwuUALaS } Kupia Tapdadod. “Evvowa cas !
with much volubility Mrs. Pardalés, Never fear!

«eye THY Kav Kal yopever TOAD !
Lil make her dance well !

maperypnoev: from mapa, ‘by’ + type-, ‘watch,’ ‘keep.’
Hence zaparnpe-, ‘watch by,’ ‘observe,’ aaperypyoev = ‘ob-
served.’

wpoddyiov: from dpa-, Latin hora, ‘hour,’ and root Aey-, ‘ to
tell’ Hence epodrdyov = ‘time-teller,’ ‘ clock,’ ‘ watch.’

6xT® Tapa tTéraprov = ‘eight all but a quarter,’ i.e. a quarter
to eight. Observe idiom, and use of zapa with accusative. As
from rerop + tov we get réraprov, ‘a fourth,’ ‘quarter,’ so from
tpt + tov we get tpirov, ‘a third,’ from eya- (wevre = repre)
we get weumroy, ‘a fifth,’ &.

oper (hopé-er), ‘puts on:’ secondary formation from ¢ep-,
‘bear,’ ‘wear;’ also, as intransitive = ‘wears.’ Kaapo-v, the
German heiter, Latin hilari-s for hidaris; ef. Old Latin dingua,
dacruma, for lingua, lacruma. The original meaning is that of
the Greek, ‘pure,’ ‘clean.’

x'rav-a. (nominative yurav for xurevs).

dév-er: modern form with inserted v of dé-e, tie-s. Cf. Sve,
Svvw, both classical.

Aatpo-dé-rn-v = ‘ neck-tier.’

ewbev = ew, Sout’ + dev, ‘from’ = ‘from without; cf.
éxet-Oev, ‘there-from,’ thence oipavd-Oev, ‘from heaven.’ 67-Oev,
‘from now,’ ‘henceforth’ (the probable primary sense) = ‘ for-
sooth,’ ‘to be sure, as pretended,’ i.e. as no one would have
suspected hitherto,

Aeyéxu: diminutive of ’Acyo(v), ddAcyov, ‘little,’ i. e. a little bit.

puvaler (puvayier) = dhwva. + dye, ‘he leads a voice,’ ‘ pro-
longs a cry; cf. Latin vocem, carmen, ducere, &c. N.B.—é
stands sometimes for y, sometimes for &:—the aorist shows
which. Thus the aorist of yrwpifw is ywpicw, éyvdpiva, KT.d.

H 2

100 A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK.

for yvupid-cw, éyvdpid-ca, whereas the aorist of ¢dwvdfw is
duvdéw, éddvata. That this ay- is really the same as in dye,
‘I bring,’ seems likely when we consider that ovvéyw, ‘I gather,’
is in the vernacular Modern Greek ovvdu, i. e. cvveyiw.

ad’ évos: for dad évos (understand pépovs, side’); ad’ érépov
for dad érépov. érepo- perhaps akin to other, in which case
the ‘ is accidental.

épepe: observe the aorist sense, the imperfects in the ver-
nacular being dépvet, epepve. In classical Greek éhepe would be
regarded as imperfect, and the aorist is from another root éveyx-,
jveyxov, x.7.A. In the phrase dep’ ciré, however, the aorist
sense of ep- appears.

ddevros: as if from stem ddévr-, of which nominative would
be des, instead of actual nominative apévr-y-s. With exception
of accent, ddevrds is identical in form with genitive of participle
adevtos (adeis, adeioa, dev), obsolete in vernacular Modern Greek.

dpaé-G-s: a common modern formation ; cf. in classical Greek
gay-a-s, ‘a glutton.’ The elegant form is dwafnAd-ry-s, from
apata + eda- (‘drive’) + tys = er; cf. Xa above.

Karu: for kai + av + ri = ‘even if something.’

&ypaa, literally ‘ unwritten things,’ ‘secrets,’ ‘surprises,’

adévrn: vocative of adévrys by simply dropping s.

mepiepyo-v: from zepi, ‘about,’ and épyo-, ‘work.’ Hence, as
adjective, wepiepyo- = ‘what there is work about,’ ‘what is
worthy of attention,’ ‘curious,’ ‘remarkable ; also in transitive
sense, ‘busy about anything,’ ‘curious,’ ‘ inquisitive.’

déyers V Gpyjoapev : Observe this use of va with the indicative ;
it is equivalent, or at least analogous to the classical use of the
optative in indirect (oblique) assertions. Its force is to imply
that the statement (dpyjcapev) is not that of the speaker, but
that of the person addressed or referred to.

épyjoopev (classical, with augment, jpyjoapev, see below)
from dpye-, and that from adjective dpyd- for d-Fepy-d-, i. e. not-
working, un-working, idle. Hence ‘slow,’ ‘ late.’

A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. 101

épwra (for épwrd-er): apparently kin to épwr-, ‘love,’ ‘ desire,’
‘appetite,’ formed from verbal stem épa- (épd-opar), ‘love,’ as
yéAwr-, ‘laughter,’ from yeAa-, ‘laugh,’ by addition of substan-
tival suffix -or-. From épwr- is then formed, by addition of -a-,
the further verbal stem épwra-, ‘to be in search for,’ ‘ask,’
‘seek.’

6& wnyaive: observe use of 6a with indicative. 64 ryyaivy
would mean, ‘will be going at some future time; 04 myyatver
means ‘must now be going.’ ‘ Will’ is used in this sense in
English, especially by Scotchmen and Northerners.

tpouepa: neuter plural of rpoyepd-, used as adverb. rpopepo-
= root tpop- tpeu- (rpeu-w, ‘I tremble’), kin to Latin ¢rem- in
érem-o + adjectival suffix -epo-.

aiow: short for éric-w, ‘behind,’ old instrumental for éricwr,
from same root émd- which we had in émo6ev for dmd-Gev,
ériow standing for drictw.

&s Spion: for des = ard + €+ s, old imperative of apis,
Modern ddéi-v-w, ‘I send forth,’ ‘I permit,’ ‘allow,’ *‘ let,’ and
épion for bpid-o-n, from dpo-, * boundary,’ ‘limit,’ ‘term,’ ‘ order,’
‘condition’ + verbal suffix -.8; cf. Aoyeg-, «.7.A. Hence dpifo,
‘I define,’ ‘order,’ ‘command.’ as dpicn eis ti adda, literally
‘let him command into the drawing-room’ or ‘ parlour ; épicare,
short dépicre, plait-il? wie beliebt ? ‘What is your pleasure?’
‘command,’ i.e. What did you say; also ‘Come!’ ‘This way,
please,’ &e.

oddo(v): the Italian word, French salle.

twpa &pOaca, literally ‘I am now arrived,’ i.e. I will be
with him directly : a graphic use of the aorist for the future.
é-pOo-ca (imperfect p6d-v-w), root ¢6a-. It would seem that
¢$0a- is a corruption of Wa- (roa-), and that a metathesis for
ova-, the same with spee- in speed, German spu-ten, Albanian -
speit, ‘quickly.’ In classical Greek, ¢@dvw means ‘overtake,’
‘arrive first,’ rather than simply ‘arrive ; this sense is preserved
in Modern Greek in the compound zpodOdvw. Oave, in Modern

102 A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK.

Greek, means also, ‘it is enough,’ ‘it reaches ;’ aposOere: (mpos-
6ér-er), the modern form of zpos-ri-Oy-o. for mposrifyrt, ‘he
puts to,’ ‘he adds.’

dro-rew-dyevo-s: for ézo-revt-duevo-s, imperfect participle
passive masculine nominative, from root tev- tay-, ‘stretch,’
‘direct’ + preposition dwd- = ‘away.’ Hence dmroreivonat =
‘T direct myself,’ ‘address myself.’

Bia (Bia-t): dative of Bia-, ‘force,’ ‘haste,’ kin to vi- in Latin
vis, vivo, vita, &c.; cf. the expression vis vivida vite. Hence
also the masculine form fi-o-s, ‘life.’

érevdvrny: for émi-év-dv-ry-v, literally ‘the over-dresser,’ ‘the
coat.’

aifovcay: the elegant classical for o¢dAav = aif-ovr-ca-v, from
root aid-, ‘burn ; cf. aifyp above. Literally ‘the burning-room,’
‘the place where the fire burnt,’ the central hall of the old
Greek dwellings. aif- kin to Latin aed- in aed-é-s, ‘house,’
‘dwelling-places,’ plural; aestus for aed-tus, ‘burning,’ ‘ heat,’
aestas [aestats|, ‘the burning season,’ ‘summer,’ Anglo-Saxon
dd for aid, ‘a log, Middle High German eiten, Modern High
German jeizen, so mispronounced for eizen, from supposed
kinship to heiss, ‘hot,’ which, however, as we have seen, has
quite a different etymology, being akin to Greek xatw, x.7.X.

dva-péve. = ‘a-waits,’ ‘waits for; pev- kin to man- in Latin
maneo, &c.

deiAds: for de-rAd-s, from root de-, ‘fear,’ whence also 8€-os
[dees-], ‘ fright,’ ‘ fear’ (substantive), and devds, de-evd-s, ‘ terrible,’
‘fearful.’ Observe active and passive meanings of the two
suffixes -Ad- and -vd- respectively.

mepidumos, ‘full of grief, ‘with grief all about one: from
wept and Avra-, perhaps for piza-, kin to rup- in Latin ruptura,
ru(m)po, the root idea being that of breaking.

kataBeBAnpuevov (Kata-Be-Bdy-pevov) : from Kata-Bda- kavaBad-,
‘cast down.’ Hence ‘downcast,’ ‘ sorrowful.’

HOos: whence our ethics, ‘manner,’ ‘mien,’ of which a bye-

A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. 103

form éO0s has the sense of ‘habit.’ é6- stands for ofe6-, and is
apparently from the two elements, ofe-, Latin se (cf. € for ofé
in é-avroy, ‘ himself’) + Oe- = ‘do,’ ‘ put,’ ‘set.? Hence é6[¢] =
‘putting of one’s self,’ ‘ setting one’s self.’ Hence ‘ habituating 7
ef, Latin swus and suesco ; kin is German Sitte.

KataBeBAnuevov éxwv 1d 700s = literally ‘having the mien
downcast ; in idiomatic English, ‘with downcast mien.’ This is
a very common use of éywv, and should be noted.

mov, literally ‘ where,’ here, ‘ that.’

Tov npyjoapey, literally ‘that we are late,’ or ‘seeing we are
late, i.e. for being late. The Greeks lack anything analogous
to our convenient verbal substantive in -ing. The nearest
approach is the old infinitive in -ew -as -eoat -jvor (according
to tense and mood), which, however, is not nearly so pliable,
and is, moreover, confined to bookish style.

xeipal[v]: for yxép2a, nominative: xelp for xetp-s, ‘hand.’ Pro-
bably kin te gr- in grasp, grip, grab, where we see one root
with various suffixes.

OpiapBevrixds (-Kar): adverb of adjective OpiapPBev-r-iKd-,
formed by suffix -i«o- from verbal adjective OpuapBev-rd- of
OpiayBev-, verb of noun OpiapBo-, the Latin triumpo- triumpho-,
a word of dark derivation, but most likely aspirated from
tpiapBos, tpi-iayBos, ‘a triple throw (in wrestling).’ tayBos is
explained by Curtius as substantive from nasalized root tauf-
for ia8-, which we have in iarrw, ‘to cast,’ ‘throw,’ iaB-
being softened for iaw-, and that labialized for idx- (cf. trzos,
«7.A.), kin to Latin jac- in jacio, jaculum, &c. itapBos: the
Jambic verse meant originally the coarse jest flung at the
passer-by.

icrauevn: present participle middle from root ora-, ‘stand.’
Hence iorapar, ‘I stand,’ ioracat, ‘ thou standest ; other persons,
iorarat, trrapela, totacbe, icravrat.

mdyoiov: from root med- mAe- wAa-, lengthened also to tAay-
adyy- in rAnyh, ‘a blow, tAjoow for tAyyw, ‘I strike, éxAdynv,

104 A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK.

‘I was struck.’ Hence zAyoiov, literally ‘abutting on,’ ‘ striking
against ;’ cf. German anstossend. Hence aapamdjovws, ‘re-
sembling,’ ‘closely touching.’

Aapz-rip-os, literally ‘the shiner,’ i. e. the lustre, chandelier ;
kin to Latin limpidus.

omwOnpiLwor: subjunctive after dws, from omwOnp-l-, verb
of oxwOnp- for oxw-Oip ; cf. Latin scin-t-illa, kin to our shine
orwOyp = ‘sparkle,’ ‘ray,’ orwOnpigw, ‘I shed rays,’ ‘I sparkle,
‘ glitter.’
@8dp-avres: noun with semi-participial characteristics, from
& + dau- = wntamable, untamed, because the hardest mineral ;
used of various rocks as granite, adamant, but properly of the
diamond, which, with its various kindred in Modern European
languages, is a mere corruption of the Greek word.

orevo-xwp-ia-s, literally ‘narrowness of room :’ orevo-, ‘ narrow,’
whence orévw, orevatw, ‘I groan; kin to German stéhnen.

mrw-x0-s: probably for Ywxds (Wa-o-xds) (cf. on POdvw above),
from root Wa-, ‘to scrape ; Ywxds, ‘a man who has to scrape his
platter,’ ‘a scraper,’ ‘a poor man.’ It should, however, be
borne in mind that zrwxds, the actual, is the older form, yéw
standing for rraw.

mposTro.ovpevos, mpos-rove-duevos: from mpods, ‘to’ + more-,
‘make.’ Hence zposrowdpa, ‘I make to myself,’ ‘I claim’ or
‘pretend.’ Various etymologies have been suggested for the
verbal stem zove-, but the simplest and most obvious is that it
is from the pronominal root zovo-, as in sotos, dzouos, &e., and
means to ‘make of a certain kind,’ the derivative suffix -e-
having often in itself the force of ‘ make,’ ‘do.’

teXevtaiov: for reAevra-t-ov, from substantival stem reAevra-,
‘end’ + adjectival suffix -vo-. Hence reAevratov = ‘ last,’ ‘ final.’
teXevtd-, from verbal adjective reAevro- (-a- feminine), from
verbal stem teAcf- or reAev-, also reAe-, TeAeo-, ‘to end’ or ‘ finish,’
substantive réAes-, ‘an end.’

pépos (stem peépes-), ‘a part:’? from root pep-, ‘to divide,’

A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. 105

‘assign,’ kin to Latin mereo, mereor, meritum. Hence, too,
potpa (nopia), ‘share,’ ‘fate,’ ‘appointed lot,’ pdpos, ‘doom,’
‘ destiny.’

ti tpéxet, literally ‘ what runs?’ cf. German was ist los? 1. e.
what’s loose? what’s up? what’s the matter? for which also the
Greeks say, ti mp@ypa; ‘what thing?’

Kaxodtdberos, literally ‘ ill-disposed,’ i. e. indisposed, from root
Siabe- (Sida + Oe-) (SuariOnpr, diaBerw) ; see above.

tows [iowr], literally ‘equally,’ i.e. by an even chance ; as
likely as not, perhaps, from ioo- for Fiofo-, Sanscrit vishu ; root
probably fi- (vi-), ‘ to separate,’ ‘divide,’ as in di-vid-ere, vi-du-a,
wi-dow. Hence 76 toov, ‘the fair share,’ tros, ‘ fair,’ ‘ equal.’

ti-rore, ‘anything-whatever,’ ‘anything at all:’ wore, relative
and interrogative of dre, ‘ when.’

otwpvaAias : from orwpvAo-, literally ‘mouthy,’ from ordpa(t-),
‘mouth’ (properly oréyuar-), Sanscrit gtaman, perhaps kin to
Gothic stib-na, German Stimme, ‘voice.’ Hence orwpvd-i-a,
‘ mouthiness,’ ‘ volubility.’

THv Kdpvw Kat xopever, literally ‘I make her and she dances,’
i.e. I will make her to dance. Equally correct would be rv
képvw va. xopevon (vernacular xopéyy). Observe familiar use of
present for future.

Exercise XII,

Tlaparnp dru dev eive dpyd, GAG Gru exouev axoun dpay.
Tlaperijpyoa ori dev Aro axoun apya adda Ore elyouev akoun dpay.
Brérw 76 wpoddyt pov kal raparnpd Ore wyyaiver tpopepa dricw,
dote 04 apyjowper, av ph wepatdowpev ev Taxeu TH évdvpaciav
pas. Bopd &v Bia tov éerevdiryv pov, Kal dew ev téxe Tov
Aaipodernv dvakdprtwv Tos xovdpovs pou Bpaxiovas dmirbev Tod
tpaxynArov. “Hxovoby airiy tiv otvypyy 7) pwvi) tis Saypetpias
Aeyovons, Oédw va cixw Kate Tod apevrds. Ti OédAets va elarys; dre
os éhepa Ta yavTia, 7 padAAov Kabds A€youv of veopaticToL TIS
yAdoons pas kabapirrai, Ta xeipdxTid cas. ive tpeis (dpar) cat

106 A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK.

f. * > , ‘ s ” 63
Tetaptov; Ox e€ive Tecoapes mapa Tetuptrov. As oraloow
Auyaxe of vuKtepwoi éxurxertauy exw épyaciav. “As zepdcouv

“ A ‘
GAAnv wpav. Tlepiepyov! dvadwvet 6 ayakas. ‘“Opicarte eis THv

*, Ve a cal 4 is , ,
aifovoay, Kipior, as Tapaxadd. Aé€yere v apyjoapev; Avari
éxere wepidurov kal kataeBAnpEévov 76 HO0s ; Ta NON TOV avOpdrrwv
> ‘ ae, ete a a \ x
ceive Kadas Ta On Twv. Mas ovyxwpeire rod éxopev Sedov Kat

/ ,
kataBeBrAnpévov 7d Gos dit. Hpynoapev tpopepa. “O Kipios
eioépxerat OpiapBevtixds cis riv aifovoay Kal dmoteiverar tpoo-
TATEVTLKaS Eis TOV i@aAAHAOY TOV. Kadnowépa cas, A€yer, B€TETE
Ort eipeOa Eroysor’ GAAG 7d dpaks Sev pas ePOacerv axon. “Iorapat

U lal lol \ c ‘ / ‘ /
mAynaiov tov Aaprnpos, Kal 6 Aaprrip Kdépver va omwOypilwot

, e sQs Ne cal / Aa
KdAXov of dddpavtes Kal 6 xpvaots AoBioKos pov. Tpoomrorotpat
g a A A
Ore Sev jKovea TO TpHTov pepos THS dpacews. Hicbe xara; dxe

lal > \ 4, / Ld a \ > os
Svaorvyds efpar odd Kaxodidberos vopilw dps Ore dev elve timoTe

‘ 4 X bs \ a / , 4 \ > 4

kal Ort pe TOV xopov Tepva. Ti tpéexer Aorrdv; Aw HEevpa,
4 4 ° , 4 e XN ‘ “ x ‘

vopilw oti éxptwoa. “Evvoww cas’ pe 70 Seirvov Kal tiv ovvava-

oTpopiy TEpva.

Why do you sponge yourself in haste? Because we are late.
Why does the servant call from below? She wants to tell
master something. She has not brought his gloves, but the
carriage has come. Very well, let it wait a bit. We have still
time. What is the matter? Some secret again? Curious!
my watch must be going frightfully fast (é€uzpds). It is quarter
to five. Show the gentlemen into the drawing-room, and I
will be with them directly. Who is waiting forme? A timid
clerk with downcast mien. Stand near the light, that your
diamonds may sparkle better. There is no need for you to
pretend that you did not hear the last part of the sentence.
Your volubility is great, but you will not persuade me (zeionrte)
of that (epi rovrov); never fear! I excuse you for being late,
but why did you not put on (épopéoare) your coat? I had no
time ; for while I was awaiting, with great embarrassment, my
nocturnal visitor in the parlour, the bell of the opening door

A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. 107

sounded, the maid shouted from one side, and my wife from
the other, “‘ Are you getting on, Demetrakes?” and I had (ro
dvaykn) to sponge myself hastily, and begin dressing. It is
very curious that my clock goes slow; and that the maid has
not brought my gloves. Do you think she can have forgotten
them? Perhaps ; for I observed that she had a timid, sorrowful,
and downcast mien, so that I fancied (ébavrdc6yv) what was
the matter (imperfect). -

AEKATON TPITON MAQ@HMA.—Taurrruente Lesson.
Ov! évvoettat 6 yopos elve Sia Tas
Oh! of course (lit. “it is understood”) dancing is for

Kupias TavdKeva, — tmposOérer ev téres 6 Kuptos

ladies a sovereign cure —- adds at the end Mr.

IIapdanros, wer’ adtapécxov pediauatos, mpodépav Bpadéws

Pardalés, with a self-satisfied smile, pronouncing slowly

THY TérevTaiay AEE, olovel évaBpuvdpevos Sv’ adThy, Kal

the last word, asif luxuriating in it, and

erravahauBdver evOds, ére Bpaddtepov — ma-vd-Kel-a.—
repeating atonce, still more slowly —a_ so-ve-reign cure.—

Nai, val... avavrd Seis 6 Loveapakns, Kal mpootabet
Yes, yes... answers timidly Susamdkis, and _ tries

va mediaon errions. Idi... duvetvyas ... Kal orapara,
to smile _ also. But ... unfortunately ...and he stops,
@s dy Katédeurev avtov 4 Svvamis va TerELwoN.
as if therehad deserted him the power to finish.
Térrote orrovdaidrepov ;—'0,! éripwvet 6 mpoiatdpevos avTod.
Anything (more) serious ?—Oh! exclaims his principal.
Kai mas ;—Acv n&evpw, TH adnbeia. “Exptwoe haiverat,
How then?—I do not know, in truth. Shehas caught cold,itseems,

108 A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK.
kat éyer Twpa amo TO peonuépr Eva HoBeodv superdv.
and has now since mid-day a_ terrible fever.
Elve eis To xpeBBats Tpo TpLi@aV WPOV, BrTE—Kal TTayaTa
She’s in bed these three hours, sothat—and he stops
Taw, érrivwv va TOV pavTEevowoL TOV dvoTvy7.
again, hoping that they will guess him, poor fellow (i.e. his
Ovdels, Sums, Oéder va Tov pavtevon.
meaning). Noone, however, will guess his meaning.
‘O Kupios Ilapdar0s cai 4 Kupia IlapSar0d ioravras
Mr. FPardalés and Mrs. Pardalés stand
amévavti tov adbwvor, @s épwrnuatixa onpeia, éxeivos Se
opposite him dumb, like interrogatory signs, while
aicOaveta: 6Tt ) YA@ood Tov ExorAXHON Ev TS Napvyyi Tov.
he feels that his tongue has cloven in his throat. .
TIAjv, Gras Sore, Siadoyiferar, TO Tpayua Tpérres
But, somehow or other, he thinks, the matter must

va Teretwon. Tiverar ourov TorAunpdtepos, Kal KAElov
end. He grows therefore bolder, and shutting

Tovs OpGarpovs, ws of Sevrdol aaGeveis of pwédrovTEs va
his eyes, like cowardly patients who are about to

KataTimot mikpov iatpixov, émavadauBaver “OQorte eive
swallow bitter medicine, he resumes: So that itis

advvarov amdwe ... va AdBwo Thy Tym... . Adv
impossible this evening... for meto have the honour... . You
n&evpete TAS AvTODMAaL, Kupre AtevOuvtd, cas BeBaiovw
don’t know how grieved Iam, Mr. Manager, I assure you

wee fh epyetas va oxdow!—A, timote! cimote!
-++L amlike to burst!—Ah, nothing! nothing!

A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. 109

atavTa Wwuypas 6 Kupsos Tlapdados* edyomas va’ hvac

answers coldly Mr. fPardalés; I trust it may be
TEpacTiKa. ‘H Kupia Tlapdaro0d ovdev
(only a) passing (ailment). Mrs. Pardalés says

Aéyet’ ducd povov Kal depiferar me TO pavdvrALdY TNS,
nothing; she only pants and fans herself with her handkerchief,
aicbaverat 5é axatawayntov dpe—w va éekopdén Tovs
but she feels an invincible desire to gouge out the
op0arpovs tod Kupiou Sovoapuakn, Sotis, TédXos, ad’ ov
eyes of Mr. Susamdkis, who, at last, after
hatTny tpocerd@nce va mposbécn pepixas réFeus,
vainly attempting to add a few words,
ovdey GAXO eUpe va ely, % povov—Karnv vuxta
found nothing else to say, save only— Good night
aas.... Mas ocvuyywpeire, Kupie Acevdvvta...
to you. . . You CXCUSE US, Mr. Manager...
dév elve ron; Oi S00 avgvyou evevoay éx cupdadvov, ws
don’t you ? The couple nodded in concert, like
avtéuata, Thy Keparny, Kal 0 Loveapakns aveywopnoe. Mera
automata, their head(s),and Susamdkis departed. In
puxpov nKovaOnoay TA WnrapavTa ottws eireiv Bnuata Tov,
a while there wereheard his groping steps, so to say,
énl ths oKoTewhs KALwakos, ovdels Sé eavAdoyicOn va
on the dark staircase, but no one thought to
dotion Tov dOdMov, draws wy KaTAKYAHON TOV KaTHpopor.
light the wretch, lest he should roll down the precipice.

év-voetrar: for év-voé-era., ‘it is understood,’ “of course.’ voe-
for yvoe-; see above. évvoia = ‘meaning; ovvevvoovpeba, ‘we

110 =. A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK.

understand one another; ovvevvootpat, ‘I make myself under-
stood’ (in conversation).

mTavdkea, = ‘panacea,’ ‘sovereign cure:’ from zay(r)- and
dxe-, ‘cure,’ ‘soothe’ (dkéouat, dxodua), kin to dxéwv, ‘still,’
‘silent,’ ‘calm.’ vos for jxvos, ‘mild,’ ‘ gentle.’

mposére: it may be useful here to add the principal tenses:
mposOerw (rpostiOnur), mposéOynxa or mposébeca, mposbécw.

avtapéckov (aitdpecko-): from aivro-, ‘self,’ dpeox-, ‘ please,’
frequentative of dp-, ‘fit,’ ‘suit,’ explained above.

Bpadéws: adverb of Bpadd-, ‘late.’ Cases: Bpad-ds -ela -v"
-Uv -ela -U" -€os -eias -€os* -€t -eia -et* -eis -€fau -€a" els -eias -éa'
~éwv -eLv -€wv" -éot-elars -€or; kin to Sanscrit mrdus for mardus,
and standing for ppadvs. Hence 76 Bpadv, ‘the evening.’ Observe
accent, and cf. Italian sera, French soir, from Latin sera, serum.

otover = otov = ‘such,’ ‘so as’ + ei = ‘if.’ Hence oioved =
‘as if,’

év-aBpvu-v-dpevos: from aBpo- [dBpv-], ‘ delicate,’ explained
above.

éravahapPBavev (é7-ava-a(m) B-av-wv (Aa f-), ‘taking up again,’
‘resuming.’

edOus (for edOdr): adverb of ei6v-, ‘straight’ = ‘straightway.’
Perhaps from ed, ‘ well’ + 6«f- 6v-, ‘run,’ i. e. with a good run.

erioys, 1. e. ex tons ypappns = ‘on a straight line,’ ‘ equally,’
‘evenly,’ ‘also ;’ cf. our ‘even so.’

orapare (ora-par-d-e.): from ora-par-, ‘a stand-ing,’ ‘a stop.’
Hence crapat-d-w, ‘I come to a standstill.’

Svvope-s: noun of -dvva-wat, ‘I can,’ ‘I am able’ = ‘ power,’
‘ ability.’

eripuvet (€i-pwve-er), ‘ cries-in-regard-to ’ what has been said.
The exact force of this word is hard to render in English.

TH GAnGeia: dative used here instead of the more colloquial
pa THY adnOevav.

peonpépv): for pernuépiov = peco + tep + wo- (substan-
tival suffix) = ‘the midday space,’ ‘noon.’

A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. 111

oB-e-po-: adjective by suffix -e-pd- of root pof-, ‘fear,’ verb
doBéw, ‘I frighten,’ PoBeopa, poBotua, ‘I am afraid.’ Hence
poBepov, ‘fearful ; cf. rpoyepd above.

muperov: apparently verbal adjective from avupe- (not found),
verbal stem of zip-, fire, with which it is kin.

kpeBBar. (kpeBBdriv): diminutive of xpaBBarov, ‘bed ;
seemingly a foreign word, found in Latin as grabbatum.

mpo TpLav dpar, literally ‘before three hours,’ i. e. since three
hours, three hours ago (and still), or these three hours.

eAmilwv (€Amidiwv): from éAris- (nom. édzis), ‘hope,’ kin to
Latin volup- in voluptas, and standing for FeAmié-, root FéA-7-,
lengthened from FeA-, kin to volo and will.

pavrev-: verbal stem of pdvre-, ‘a prophet,’ kin to pa(v)6dve,
men(t)s, mind, &e. Hence pavredw, ‘I prophesy,’ ‘I divine,’
*I guess,’

dvorvyn (cf. dvorvyds above): from dus-, ‘ill,’ and riya-,
‘fortune ;’ stands for dvorvxq[v], and that for dvorvyéay, and that
for dvaTvyécav. The stem is dvorvyés-. Cases: dvotuy-is -es”
jh -es' -ovs (-€os)* -ef (-Ee)* -els (-€es) -" -Ov (-éwr): -éou (-é0-or).
The forms in brackets are obsolete for the most part.

d-évavTt = awd + év + ay-ri, ‘from-in-front-of : compare
such compounds as French devant = de ab ante, Spanish
adelante = ab de illo ante, Italian innanzi = in ante, &ec.

d&dwvor: from é- = un-, and dwvd-. Hence ddwvo-, ‘ voiceless,’
‘ unvoiced,’ * dumb.’

épwrypatixa: from stem épwra-, explained above, whence
comes épwrynya(r), ‘a question,’ épwrnuar-ixo-, ‘belonging to a
question,’ ‘interrogatory.’

onpeia: plural of oypeto-, explained under onpewréov above.

aic6-dv-erat: by suffix -o6-, from stem as, root dF, ‘hear,’
‘learn,’ Sanscrit av- dv-d-mi, ‘attend,’ Latin au- in au-di-o.
Hence verbal stem aic@- lengthened to imperfect stem aic@ar-.
N.B.—aic6dvw is not found, only the intransitive aicOavomat,
joOouyv, and the aorist subjunctive is formed from imperfect

112 A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK.

stem in Modern Greek aicfav6 (contrary to rule). Also in
common parlance, past, noOdvOnv for yobdpnv.

éxo\AjOy: from xéddAa-, ‘glue,’ whence KxodAd-ova, ‘I am
glued,’ ékoAAHOnv, ‘I was glued.’

Adpvyy-, ‘throat: nominative Adpuyég-, whence our larynx.

mwAnv: a form of zdéov, ‘more’ = ‘but,’ like Italian mai,
Spanish mas, from Latin magis, ‘more.’

Grws dy-7ore, literally ‘ how now ever,’ i. e. however, somehow
or other.

Sia-Aoyil-erac: the force of 6a is here distributive =
‘backwards and forwards.’ Hence ddéAoyos, ‘a conversation,’
Siadoyifopat, ‘I say to myself,’ ‘hold an inward dialogue.’

roApypo-: from roAuy (+ po-), ‘daring,’ noun of root toA- reA-
or tAa-, explained above, by suffix -yx- (-pa-).

doGeveis: plural nominative of doOevés- (cf. dvorvxés-), from
é, ‘without,’ and oeves-, ‘strength.’ Hence do6evis = ‘strength-
less,’ ‘ weak,’ ‘ill,’ doOevets = ‘sick persons,’ ‘ patients.’ ofévos
probably for orévos, from ore- ora-, hence = ‘standing power,’
‘ steadfastness.’ :

péAXovres (for péovres), ‘thinking to do,’ ‘about to do?
root peA- or pep-, kin to Latin mora.

xata-7ri-wot, ‘drink down,’ i.e. swallow.

muxpov: root mx-, ‘to sting,’ ‘ prick.” Hence zx-po- =
‘ stinging,’ ‘ bitter.’

Tyyv: accusative singular of tia-, ‘honour,’ literally
‘price,’ ‘payment,’ substantive of ti- ri-v-, ‘pay,’ ‘recompense,’
‘ fine.’

Avrotpat (AvTé-opar): verb from dvza-, ‘ grief; see above.

oxdow: present oxafw, ‘I burst.’ In classical Greek, oxalw
means ‘I limp,’ but this is from a different root, exay-, corrupted
to oxad-; whereas oxalw, ‘I burst,’ seems to come from an
original root oxaé- (scad-), and to be kin to English shatter,
German scheitern. No doubt if we knew all the Greek that
was spoken in classical times we should find this word ; as it

A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. 113

is, we have a bye-form of the same word in oxeda- (oKxedd-vy-vu,
éoxedace), kin to scatter, which itself is a bye-form of shatter.

mepaor-tk-a: adjective from verbal adjective mepaord- of
stem epa-, present wepvdw, wepvd, ‘pass.’ Hence repactixd- =
‘ transient.’

dxatapaxytov, é-Kara-ndaxyTrov: from stem paye- of root pay-,
‘to fight,’ whence éeuayeoapyyv, euaxnoa, ‘I fought,’ paxnro-,
‘that may be fought,’ xarapayyrd-, ‘that may be fought down,’
‘conquered,’ dxataydyyro-, ‘un-down-fight-able,’ ‘invincible,’
kin to Latin mac-illum, ‘ butcher’s market,’ mac-tare, ‘to
slaughter,’ Gothic meki, ‘a knife.’

dpe: for dpey-cr-v, substantive of dpey- (dpéy-opan), ‘ desire,’
kin to épy7, above.

eé-optx-on: dpvx- = ‘dig’ (present épvcow). Hence éfopvéy,
‘dig out.’

pep-ik-ds: pep-uxd-, adjective of pépes-, ‘a part.’ Hence =
‘ partial,’ ‘some,’ ‘few.’ First used by the philosophic school of
the Cyrenaics to distinguish particular pleasures (jepixal 7dovai )
from pleasure in the abstract.

évevoav: from vev-, root vu-, as in Latin nwo, our no-d =
‘nodded.’

ovppovov: ou + dwvd-, whence ovudwvo-, ‘with common
voice,’ ‘in agreement,’ é« cvpddvov, ‘ by agreement,’ ‘in concert.’

aird-yara: avro-, ‘self’ + pa-, ‘desire’ (Homer, penacis,
perfect participle, ‘ desiring’). Hence atréparo-, ‘self-prompted,’
‘spontaneous,’ airdpara, ‘automata,’ ‘marionettes,’

YnArapavra: from ynrd, ‘ fine,’ adjective of wa-, literally
‘rubbed’ + dda-, ‘a touch,’ root dm- (dm-roua). Hence
Ymrapdw, ‘to touch lightly,’ ‘gingerly,’ ‘to grope.’

ovrws imei, ‘so to say: eizetv, the old aorist infinitive, modern .
eizret, used in the old infinitive sense, for which, in the vernacular,
va with subjunctive is substituted. Colloquially, otrws eizeiv
would be éroy va rapev or rotpe.

Byjpara (Dorie Bé-par-a), ‘goings,’ ‘steps,’ root Ba-.

114 A QUIDE TO MODERN GREEK.

oxorewns: adjective from oxéres-, ‘darkness.’ Hence for
oKoreo-wihs, oxoteivns, kin to shadow, shade.

durion: pwrif- from dwr- (nominative das, ‘ light’).

GOduo-: from GOdAo-, ‘a contest,’ ‘a struggle.’ Hence literally
‘a struggler, ‘a wretch.’ GOAo- deBAo- for a-Fef-ho, of which
& is euphonic and -Ao- suffix ; root Fef-, kin to Latin vad-s, ‘a
pledge,’ ‘surety,’ German wet-te, English wed.

kata-kvAy-oy: from kvAa-, ‘roll,’ root xvA- or kup-, Whence by
reduplication kv«Xos for kvxvdAos, ‘a circle,’ Latin cir-c-us, German
and English ring for hring. On the nasalization, see above.

katnpopov: for kxarddopov, a lengthened to » by force of
accent, from xara-fep-, ‘bear down.’ Hence xarydopo-s, ‘a
bearing down,’ ‘a descent,’ ‘a precipice,’ ‘a headlong rush’ or
‘fall’ va xataxvAnon Tov Katnpopov, ‘to roll down headlong.’

Exercise XIII.

Tlavaxera Sua Tovs doGevets cive 6 yopds. “O Kiptos mpodpeper

, . a te e n> , seer eed 4) oN
Bpadéws tHhv TeAevtaiay AEE otovel évaBpvvdpevos bv airyy, Kal THY
eravaAapPaver ere Bpadv’tepov. Aitdperkov pediapa daravTa
é ps padvrepor. p pediapa dmravrd.
Ti rpéxer; tirote orovdardrepov ; Nai padiota’ hoBepos zuperds.
’Eotapdrnce aiverat TO w@porddye pov. Aé€yes vaxpiwoe; Ae
néevpw* Kpvodoyoty Aourov Kat Ta wpordyia; “Otay Kpvodoyjon
Kavels pataiws mpootade va pedidoy. Avati orapards; Ardri
pe xatedeuper 7 Svvapis va TeAcWwow. “Edrifw dpws va pe
, »" 6¢ \ \ x , ‘ »” ~~
pavrevonte. Aev Géede kavels va pe pavteion Tov GOduov; Tas
. X , X ™” ¢ oe A ll
va cé pavrevowpev; Aev eiefa pdvres. Ta eopwrnuatixa onpeta
eve ddwva. “H yAGooa pov KodAGror ev tH Adpvyyi pov. Te
Siadroyilerbe; AvadroyiLoyar ris O04 Tedewdon Td Tpaypa. Oa
rehewon Orws Syrote. LIpérer Suws va teAewon. Oi Secor
doGeveis pédAovTes va KaTamriwot muKpov iarpiKdoy KAElouv ToAAdKLS
(often) rods dpOarpovs, kat Sev HEevpere ms Avrotyta, Tovs
pxerar os BeBaidvw va oxdcovv. “As oxdcouvv dourov, edxopat
va eve mepactixd. Acari prods kal depiLerar pe 75 pavdvALdv cov ;
Avr aicPavopor adxatapayyrov dpegw va eLopvéw tors dpOarpors

A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. 115

dAov Tod Kdocpov. Ak Toto mpostabdv paryv va mpocbécw
pepixas Aes, vevw os adtdparov riv Kepadjy kal dvaywpd.
Mera puxpov 0a dxodonre 7a. Ynr\adhovra ovtws ciety Byard pou
ert THS TKOTEWS KALwaKos’ Odbdels bE 4 cVAAOYIGOA Va BE Hurtion
tov dvetuxy Kal xwpis GAN G4 KarakvAnow Tov KaTHpopov.

The couple nod in concert, and reply with a self-satisfied
smile, Dancing is doubtless a sovereign cure. It is a bitter
medicine, however, for timid patients, replied my friend. I
always catch cold when I dance.. I have been in bed these
three days with (dm) a fearful fever. My watch has stopped.
It seems to have caught cold likewise. I hope it may pass off;
but I feel that my tongue has cloven to the roof of my mouth.
Well, it must end somehow! Perhaps I shall feel better if I
close my eyes, like invalids when they are about to take
medicine. It is impossible that I should have the honour of
seeing you at my house this evening. You can’t think how
sorry Iam. Im like to burst. No one can guess my chagrin.
I feel as if I had an invincible desire to scratch your eyes out.
In vain I try to add a few words. I can only say “ Good night !”
and “Long life to you.” If you hear my feet groping on the
dark staircase, and do not think to light me, do not murmur
if I fall headlong, nor stand (yd ocrafijs) like a sign of
interrogation, as if you did not know what had happened.
Why do you repeat the last word with a self-satisfied smile, as
if you luxuriated in it? Because in truth it is so. Why.do
not you attempt to smile likewise ?

AEKATON TETAPTON MA®@HMA.
Fourrrents Lusson.
‘O Anpntpaxns kai 7 Ppoow Euewav povor. Swwraor
Demetrakes and Phrosy were left alone. They are
dé audorepor, xaitoe Siadopa aicOnpata Kvpaivovor Tas

both silent, although various sentiments agitate their

t2

116 A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK.

Kapdias Tav, Kata THY dpdow TY TpayiKaV ToLNTOY.
hearts, to use the language of the tragic poets.
Ta cldés ta! Reyer eri tédovs, pH Svvauévn Tréov va
You see! says at last, unable longer to
kpatnOn, pnte EeOvpawovoa apkovytws dia pmovov
restrain herself, nor finding vent sufficiently im mere
Tov gvonuatos, % Kupia Ilapdadov. Ta eidés ta!

panting, Mrs. Pardalds. You see!
‘Opicte tapa; “Orav cod édeya ey va pny Tape... .

What d’ye say now? When I told you not to go!..
—Ai, patdka pov! i Oédreas va Kaun 6 dvOpwrros,
—Eh, my life! (lit. eyes) what would you have the man do,
ad’ ov appwotnce 9 Yyuvaixa tov;—Avta elve Sia
when his wife has fallen il? — That's for
va Ta TuoTevnte oeis of avdpes! Epéva, spas,
you men to believe! As for me, however,

Sé&v we yera 4 Kupa Sovoauaxeva,

Mrs. Susamdakis does not cheat me (lit. laugh at me),
KEvVOLa TNS. Pavrafouar éya ti Oa éErpete
and she needn’t think tt. I’ve a pretty shrewd fancy what's up
petagu twv. Oa toaxwOnkav tad, Kxabews ocvpBaive
between them. They will have quarrelled again, as happens
TAKTIKG play gopav thy EBdSouada TovrdyioTov, Kal
regularly once a week at least, and
To TodKwpd Tous Eéotrace’s TO Kepdrtpas adtTnv THY hopar.
their quarrel has burst onour head(s) this time.
— Znuewréov evtadifa xyapw Tis Tepiepyeias
—It is to be noted here for the sake of-the curiosity

A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. 117
Tov herepov avayvootar, bre 4 Kupia MapSarod éudvrevev
of our readers, that Mrs. Puardalés quessed
opbotata Sia THs yuvacxeias éxeivns o€uvolas, ad es
most correctly with that womanly acumen, Sromwhich
pathy ayevifovtat va KpuBa@or mTodrrddKis of avdpes.
in vain men strive to hide themselves often.
‘H Kupla Sovoaudann ediwke ths oikias ta KomicOévta
Mrs. Susamdkis had driven from the house the (brought
éx Tov CayapotAacTteiov apboves yAvKiouata, SpoctoTiKa,
fromthe confectioner’s plentifully) sweetmeats, refreshments,
K.7T.X. ‘QO Lovcapaxns Euabe Todt Kata thy adikiv Tov, Kal
Sc. Susamdkis learned this on _ his arrival, and
opyia Geis kai dpvakas, é8povtncexataris Lacipans Tov, boov
enraged and restive, thundered at his Pasiphae, as far
€méTpeTOV TODTO al TPLAKOVTA THs TpoLKdS Tov yiALdoes. "ARN
as permitted (this)his thirty thousands of dowry. But
7 Kupia Sovcapakn érale Ta vedpd TS,
Mrs. Susamikis had anervousattack (lit. suffered inhernerves),
éxtumnoe Tous Tolyous Sia THY yEeipav THs, TO TaT@UA Sia
struck the walls with her hands, the floor with
TOU Todds adTHs, Kai Tov "Opéotny Sa THs TavTovdras TNS,
her foot, and Orestes with her slipper,
cal, €EaTrdwleioa eis tHy Krivnv THS, TpoceTroinOn THY
and, extended in her bed, pretended tohave
AeuroOupov, eh donv Gpav evouicev ikavnv Srws
JSainted, till = such = time as shethought sufficient for

TecOn 06 ovbuyds THs, OTL Taca EoTEpt) cvvavacTpody
persuading herhusband, that any evening party

118 A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK.

Rv advvatos. Ths xatavyidies tavtns eldouev po mixpod

was impossible. Of this tempest we saw lately
TO amotéXecpa Tapa TH Kupiw Ilapdad@. Mors

the result at the house of Mr. FPardalds. Scarcely .
elye TeAemon THY dpdow aiTHs H Kupia Ppoow, xai
had finished her sentence Mrs. Phrosy, when
véos Kpotos auakns éravoe mpo THs Odpas Tis
t fresh noise of a carriage stopped before the door of the
oixias Ilapdadov. “Hto 7 duaka ty peta ToAXOd KOTOV
dwelling of Pardalos. It was the carriage which with much trouble
xatop0woe va etpn 0 Taraitwpos @odwpis. Aev
poor John had succeeded in finding. We
mepiypadopev Tv ameAToTKAY Kal otrapakixadpdioy
du not describe the desperate and _—_heartrending
Tpi@diay petakd auatnAdtou Entodytos adpav atrolnuimow
triody between (the) cabman seeking abundant indemnity
émi TO pataiw KoT@, Llapdarod aksoibytos va TANPwWoH
for his vain trouble, Pardalés claiming to pay
play povnv Spayunv, Kai Tod Sdvatvyods Oodwp7
one single drachm, and the unfortunate John
evptaKopevon Eis dvaxeph Kal SucéxBorov Oéowv
jinding himselfin a dificult position fromachich it washard to escape
petakd Tov Mpyiopévov Kupiov Tov Kal Tod duaknddTov,
between his enraged master and the cabman,
dy avTos §=ewicbwoev. “H oxnrt) SueddPn eri rédous,
whom he himself had hired. The scene broke up at last,

arotnuimbévtos tov duakndatov. Acv xatwpbwcapev
with the indemnification ofthe cabmun. We have not succeeded

A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. 119

duos va eEaxpiB@owper ti émdrpwoev 6 Kipios TapSdandos.
however in accurately determining what Mr. Pardalés paid.

‘H Kupia Iapdarod dpxic6n va pny trayn wréov Tore
Mrs. fPardalés swore that she would ‘never again

> \ if 4
eis cuvavactpodpny olay ditroTe.
go to any party whatsoever.

é-pew-av: jew-, aorist stem lengthened from pev-, ‘remain.’

povo-t: from the same root. This vowel change in forming
adjectives is very common: e. g. root rev- tav-, ‘stretch,’ rdvo-s,
‘accent,’ rov-7, ‘tension ; root reyu- tap-, ‘cut,’ rop-n, ‘a
cutting ;’ root yev-, ‘ beget,’ dmd-yovos, ‘ offspring,’ x.7.A.

cwrdot = owrd-ovcr: from owwrd-, ‘silence’ (nominative
ow), which also forms verbal stem.

Sidghopa: adjective neuter plural of verb Suadep-, ‘ differ.’

aio6-y-par-a: from root aic6-, ‘feel,’ explained above +
connecting vowel 7, «.7.A.

Kupatvover (kypavi-over): from xd-par-, ‘a wave,’ from root xv-,
‘to swell, the same as ho- in holiow, hole, variously modified in
xot-Ao- for xoFi-Ao-, ‘hollow,’ Latin cae-lwm for ca-vi-lum, ‘the
vault of heaven,’ cav-us, ‘hollow,’ &c.

kapo-i-a-s: for xapd-i-av-s, formed by suffix fa- from root xapé-,
Latin cord-, English heart.

tpayikov : from tpayo-, ‘a goat; the primitive ballads whence
the tragic poems sprang being, according to some, sung at the
sacrifice of a goat, according to others, by persons dressed in
goat-skins. Hence tpaywoia, ‘a goat-song,’ ‘tragedy ; Modern
Greek diminutive tpayodd:, any song, tpayovdéw, tparyovdd, ‘I
sing.’ Goats as well as sheep are sacrificed at Easter to this
day in Greece.

moutav, literally ‘makers,’ ‘creators:’ from zoc-, ‘make,’
explained above.

ra ldés ta; ‘Did you see them ?’ with popular and pleonastic

120 A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK.

repetition of pronoun. Observe the accent, and absence of
accent on the proelitic and enclitie respectively.

kpat-n-07, ‘hold herself :’ passive with middle sense.

EcOvpaivovoa: from ~eFvpouw- for éxvpaw-, the ¢ being really
an encrusted augment é¢ from the past tenses éfeOvuawov, e&eOv-
pava. exOvpow- = ex + Ovpaww-, verbal stem from 6vp6-, ‘ wrath,’
‘anger,’ ‘impetuosity,’ explained above. Hence éxOvpatvw =
‘T anger out,’ i.e. find vent, outlet, for anger.

dpxotvrws: for dpxe-dvr-ws, adverb of participial adjective
dpxovvr-, ‘sufficient,’ explained above under dpxetrat.

gdvonpatos: substantive genitive singular of ¢uca-.

pardaxia pov, literally ‘my little eyes!’ i.e. my life, my
darling ; cf. the expression ‘guard as the apple of mine eye.’
Diminutive of pare(v), ‘eye,’ itself a diminutive = éupar-c-ov of
ér-par-, from root é7-, kin to eye, German Auge, explained above.

ud’ ob = azo ov, ‘from which,’ i. e. since.

dppwornae: aorist 3rd singular of dppwore-, verb of dppwaro-
from 4 = ‘un-’ + fword-, verbal adjective of fo-, ‘be strong,’
popn, ‘strength, fpopa-ré-o-, ‘strong,’ x.7r.A. Hence the greet-
ing éppwoo, i.e. &-pwoo, ‘be strong,’ middle imperative aorist
(classical Eppwour) of verb éppo-. The doubling of p is due to
lost o, whence we are led to connect opo-, as a bye-form, with
root gpv- pu-, whence pew, pevw, ‘I flow, fpriuy, ‘impetus,’
pv-0-p0-s, ‘the flow of a verse,’ kin to stream for sream, &c.

oeis: for ofé-es, modern plural ofe- for rFe- (cé-), stem of od
(ri), thou, Latin tu, &c. Introduced to avoid ambiguity of
tpeis, ‘you,’ and jpeis, ‘we,’ when these words could no longer
be distinguished in sound.

Gvdpes: for avpes (cf. stream for sream), plural of stem dyvep-
(nominative dvnp for dvéps) ; the 4- is euphonic, the root vep-
kin to Sanscrit nara-s, ‘man, Latin Ner-o, &c. Hence probably
avOpwros for avdp-wros, i.e. man-like ; cf. German Mensch, i.e.
midnnisch (‘maunish’) from Mann. In meaning dévijp = vir,
avOpuros = homo.

A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. 121

xupa: shortened from xvpia through xvpid.

Soveapdxawa: feminine of Yovoapaxy-; cf. Xéawa, feminine
of A€ovr-, Adxawva, feminine of Adxor-.

ghavralopar: verb of davtd-, verbal adjective of dayv-, ‘appear,’
present daivw, aorist passive édavyny, davd. Hence davrafopar
= ‘I have appearances,’ davrd, ‘I fancy ; davracwa = ‘ ghost,’
‘apparition, from root ¢a-, ‘say,’ dnl, ‘I say,’ Latin fa- in
fa-bu-la, fa-ma, &e.

toakwOnkay: for é-roaxi-On-Kav, literally ‘they have been
caught.’ ‘they have caught together,’ ‘become entangled (in a
quarrel).’ toaxov- perhaps for oaxxov-, ‘bag,’ ‘catch,’ from
odkko-, ‘a bag.’

taxtika: plural neuter = adverb of rtaxrixd-, adjective of
verbal adjective raxrd-, from root tay- or rax-, whence taccow =
taxiw, ‘I command,’ ‘order. Hence raxrixa, ‘orderly,’ ‘regu-
larly.” Our tactics is the same word.

TovAdxurrov: contracted from 7d éAdxicrov, i.e. the least,
superlative degree of éAaxv-, Sanscrit laghu-, Latin levis for
lé(g)-vis (cf. Bpaxv- and bré(g)vis), English ligh-t.

ééorace: for é&orace = €€ + éorace, Ist aorist of oza-,
‘break,’ originally ‘ stretch (to bursting).’ Hence spasm, ordopa,
oracpos, kin to spa-n.

kepaAdr: diminutive of xepady, ‘ head.’

dvayvworav: genitive plural of dvayvéora- (nominative -ys),
from dvayvo- (present dvaywooxw = dva-y-yvid-ox-w), ‘1 read ;
ef. Latin re-co-gno-sc-o in same sense, literally ‘recognize, i.e.
the meaning of the letters and words.

dév-voias, ‘sharp-wit ;’ nominative éfvvoia for d€v-yvou.; d&d-
for 6x-o-v, from root dx- 6x-, kin to Latin ac- in acu-s, ‘ needle,’
acer, ‘sharp,’ our edge, Old High German egg-ju, ‘I sharpen ;
ef. also English egg on.

aywviovra: from dyéav-, ‘struggle,’ from root dy-, ‘lead [to
war |.’

xomiobevra: neuter plural of participle xopicbévt- of Kopig-,

122 A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK.

verbal stem from xomiSd-, ‘a bringing,’ from xoy-, probably kin
to our home; see above. Hence xopifw = ‘I convey home.

LayaporAacreiov : from féxapa- (nominative fayapys), a foreign
word, and wXaot-cio- from zAacrd-, verbal adjective of 7Ac-,
‘make’ + locative suffix -efo-. Hence wAacreiov = ‘a place
where things are made,’ £ayaporAacreiov, ‘a sugar manufactory,’
‘a confectioner’s shop.’

yAvxiopara: from stem yAvk-t-d- from yAvk-v-, ‘sweet,’ pro-
bably kin to Latin dudci-s for gulci-s, to avoid two gutturals.

Spoctarixa: adjective of dpoaiwrd- from dpoorg- (Spocrd-) from
dpdco-, probably for Fodco-, kin to épon for Fépon, ‘ dew,’ Sanscrit
varsh-a-s, ‘rain,’ perhaps Latin ro-s, ‘dew,’ Slavonian rosa,
Lithuanian rasd. Hence dpocile = ‘I bedew,’ ‘I cool,’ ‘I
refresh,’ 8poavorixa, ‘ refreshments,’ dpocepd-, ‘ cool.’

apOovws: adverb of a-hOovo- = ‘ without grudging’ or ‘envy.’
Hence ‘ plenteously.’ @dvo-s probably for P6avos, kin to dbava,
‘reach’ or ‘overtake,’ literally ‘the overtaker,’ personified by
the ancient Greeks as ‘that which was sure to catch a man,’
‘the jealousy,’ dOdvos, ‘ of destiny.’

dduéw: for dd-ix-crv, from amd + ix-, ‘to reach,’ present
(classical) ddixvéomat, ‘I arrive,’ ‘I reach,’ for Fix-, Sanscrit
vic-d-mi, ‘I reach,’ ‘ touch.’

dpyibeis = dpyio-Bévr-s: from épyifoya:, from dpya-.

dpvagas: aorist participle nominative masculine singular of
ppvary- (ppvalopar), ‘to be restive,’ ‘neigh’ (of a horse). The
root is dpv-, kin to bray, the ay- is suffix.

éBpovrnce: from Bpovta-, verbal stem from Bpovra-, ‘ thunder,’
this again a verbal for Bpopu-rd- from root Bpeu-, kin (in spite of
irregularity as regards initial consonant) to Latin frem-o, German
brummen, Sanscrit bhram; perhaps, too, connected, so far as
Bpe- is concerned, with the foregoing dpv-.

érérperov = én for éxt + érperov: émt-tpéx-w = literally ‘TI
turn over [to any one],’ ‘I allow,’ ‘permit.’ tpez- [zpax-] kin
to German dreh-en, ‘turn.’

A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. 123

érabe (present mécyw for rd6-cxw; cf. yryvd-oKxw, x.7.X.),
‘suffered,’ kin to Latin pat-i-or, pat-i-enti-a, whence our patience,
&e.

vedpa: kin to Latin nervo-, where the r and v are transposed.

éexrvmnoe : from xtuma-, from xrimo-, the Homeric ydotro- in
épiySovro-, ‘land-resounding,’ ‘the sound of a blow.’ Hence
krurau, ‘I strike,’ éxrur76y povos tov, ‘he was struck or stabbed
by himself,’ ‘committed suicide, or attempted it.’

rotxo-: distinguished from refyos, with which it is kin, as
the partition from the outer wall of a house, paries, not murus,
in Latin, still less moenia, ‘the walls of a town; Wand as
opposed to Mauer in German,

warwpalt |, literally ‘that which is trodden: from zaro-,
‘path,’ whence zaré-1-w (not found), ‘I make a path of,’ zaréw,
‘I tread” Hence rdrwpa = ‘ floor,’ ‘storey,’ 7d dvw rérwpa, ‘the
upper storey,’ 76 kétw watwpa, ‘the lower storey.’

mavrovpAa: from the French pantoujle, ‘a slipper.’

eEarlwheioa: from égarAdve, literally ‘to simplify one’s self
out,’ ‘to stretch one’s self out,’ ‘to lie down,’ from d-7ddé-o-,
‘ one-folded,’ sim-ple-c-s, simplex; who- is kin to Latin pli- in
plica-, and our fol- in fold. Hence, too, diAd-0-s (Surdois),
‘double,’ rpurAods, ‘ threefold,’ rerpamAois, ‘fourfold,’ «7.4. d- =
oa-, also éu- dp- = gou- cap-, kin to Latin sim- in sim-plea,
sim-ilis, our same, &e.

AewrdOvpov: from Aevr-, imperfect stem of Auz-, ‘leave,’ and
Ovpo-s, ‘soul,’ ‘ spirit.” Hence AemdOvpos, ‘with failing spirit,’
‘faint’ (6 Kat 7).

meioOn: for weib-oc-67, from me- m6-, ‘to persuade,’ kin to
fid- in fides, ‘ fidelity,’ &c.

ixavyv: from root Fix-, ‘reach.’ Hence txavo- d- = ‘what
reaches,’ ‘ is sufficient.’

jv: the classical form (active) for the Modern middle jro(v)
in more general use.

katavyidos: stem xatavyis-, compound of xara and aiy-id-, ‘a

124 A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK.

storm’ = ‘a downright storm,’ ‘a tempest.’ aiy- kin to edy- in
ér-efy-w, ‘I urge on,’ Sanscrit ég’-d-mi for aig-d-mi, ‘I shake,
‘tremble ;’ perhaps cognate with Latin aeg-er, ‘sick,’ ‘ trembling,’
‘infirm,’ also with atyetpos for aiy-ept-o-s, ‘the aspen,’ ‘the
quivering tree.’

amrotéhkeopa: from dmoré\eo-, ‘finish off’ = ‘the finishing
off,’ ‘the result,’ ‘the issue.’

éravoe: active used intransitively of zav-, ‘to stay,’ kin to
pau- in pau-s-a (Latin), ‘ pause,’ also in pau-l-us, pau-c-us, and
the English few. Cf. Eccles. xii. 3: ‘‘ The grinders cease because
they are few.”

orapaéixdps-t-0-v : from o7apax- (orapdkiw, orapacow, éo-
mdpaga), ‘rend,’ from root owap- + suffix -ax-, found also in
sraipw [ordpiw]), doraipw, ‘to quiver ;’ kin to our spring, German
springen intransitive, and sprengen transitive + xapd-, heart +
adjectival suffix -uo- + v.

tpw0-i-av: from tpr-, three, and dd- for dodd-, ‘song,’ from
root daeid-, ‘sing,’ for aFed-, kin to 8-w, td-éw, ‘I sing,’ dndav
[aFndov], ‘the nightingale,’ Sanscrit vdd-d-mt, ‘I speak,’ ‘I say.’

dreAmuotixnv: from dareAmd- (dreAri~w), ‘despair,’ from dao
+ édrid-, ‘hope.’

Lnrotvtos (Lyt-€-ovr-os): from fyre-, from root fy + suffix re
for 1n- = 14-, Sanscrit ja-, ‘to go,’ so that fyréw meant originally,
‘I go about.’ Compare the more modern yupevw from yipo-, ‘a
circle,’ literally ‘I go about in a circle.’ Hence ‘I seek ;’ cf. also
chercher, cercare, i.e. Latin circare, Albanian k’erk’umun, ‘seek.’

ddpav: feminine accusative of ddpo-, kin (-po- = suffix) to
adnv, also adyv for oad-y-v. The root is oa-, found in Latin
sa-tur, sa-tis, &c., in German satt, ‘ satisfied,’ our sad.

a£votvros = aéi-ovt-os: from déio- (dé-w, agidvw), ‘count
worthy,’ from adjective déw-, ie. ay-o1-o-, literally ‘takeable,’
‘acceptable.’ Hence dguitvros = literally ‘counting worthy,
and so claiming.’ Hence, too, dgiwua, ‘ dignity,’ ‘ office,’ agia,
‘ worth.’

A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. 125.

mAnpwon: from mdnpo-, verbal stem from dzpes-, ‘full,’
explained above. Hence zAnpeve, literally ‘I fulfil,’ ie. de-
mands, and thus = ‘pay.’

dvoxepn : stem dvoyxepés-, literally ‘ill to handle,’ ‘ill for the
hand,’ from dve-, ‘ill,’ and xep- (nominative xeip, genitive yepds
and xetpds), ‘hand.’

duoékBokov = ‘Shard to get out of,’ ‘hard of exit’ (éBod7),
from é« and Bad- (é«BaddAw), ‘ put out,’ and intransitively ‘ get
out.’

dueAvOy: aorist passive of diadv-, from dud, dua, ‘apart,’ and
dv-, kin to our loo- in loose. Hence dadvw, ‘loose apart,’ ‘ dis-
solve,’ ‘ disperse.’

eEaxpiBwowpev : eSaxpyBo- from éég, ‘ out,’ axprBd-, bye-form of
axpuBec-, ‘exact,’ probably for dxpyBeo-, from a + xpvf-, ‘hide ;’
cf. dAnbés. kpvB-seems to be a shorter form of kadAvB- (xadvrrw,
‘ Apocalypse’), kin to cel-are, whence conceal, -vr-r- being ex-
tension ; xad-.a, ‘hut,’ Old High German hel-an, Modern High
German hehi, verhehlen. Hence dxpiBys = ‘ unconcealed,’
‘clearly discovered,’ ‘accurate,’ in both active and passive sense.
Usage has decided that the form dxp:Péo- shall be retained in
the original sense, while dxp.8é- means ‘dear’ in both senses,
€. g. TO Wut elve axpiBdv, ‘bread is dear,’ and d«piBy pov prep,
‘my dear mother.’

apxic6n: from épxé-, from dpxo-, ‘ oath.’

Exercise XIV.

Tives Guewav povor; Oi dv0 ovfvyo. Ti exapav; “Auddrepor
éowrwr, Kaito. Suddopa aicOjpara éxipawov tas Kapdias Twv, },
dy Oédere, ai xapdiat Twv Exvpaivovto tnd Siaddpwy aicOnpdrov.
*Emt rédovs 7 Llacipayn Sev jdvvaro wAéov va Kparnby. Av
exOupdvOny (EeOupdvOnka), Aéyet, dpxovvtws dxouy. “Opiore rdpa
ti Néyers; Ti N€yw; aarivrqce perixivs 6 avluyds ys éyh éyw
va pyv Tape; Kal TOs va Tape Gd ov Gppworyae Tod avOpdrov 1
yuvaikd tov (yun Tov); els of dvdpes mucrevere TOAAG. "Eyd

126 ‘A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK.

Spws havralowar apxovvtws Kaha ti Oa erpece peradd tov. Sup-
, \ , \ Sd Aur , \ a
Batve taxrixa piav hopay Tovlaxiotov THs EBdop.ddos va TraKwHodv,
A > A's ‘ X , a ¢ , , : \ /
Kal adriy THv popav paiverat TOs 9 Kataryis E€orrace cis TO Kepart

IN 1 ONS € A iDeD > , een
pas’ Ta cides ta. “H yuvaixeia dfdvoi. elve BeBaiws yvwor? <is
A > , if »,* > Va > my } 4
tous dvayvworas pas. IloAAaKis Kal avrol Gv nve avopes TpoceTa-
Onoay paraiws va kpuvBdou dro THs Teplepycias Tav yuvatkov. Ti
Kpiva va div 7» Kupia Sovoapdny orAa ta yAvkiopata Kal

8 \ \ ih > 66 32 EN \ a s
pooisTiKa Ta TOToV apOdvws ard 7d CayaporAacTetov Kopicbevra.
Aev éxperev pws va ppvagy xai Bpovtnory 6 Kvipios ovlvyds Ts
> 4? e 6 a a be Si. J, 4 e / a
agp’ ov éuabe tovro. Tovro dev érérperov ovte ai tpidKovTa Tis
>
Mpoukos Tov xtAudoes oUTE TA KaAA 7Oy. “Emions 7 Sovoapaxawa
7 ” \ S , be ” \ , \ > {¢ \
Kaitou éracye Ta vedpa Ts Sev ExpeTe VA KTUTHGH TOV OpéocTyy did
n Cal A
THs TavTovpAas THS, OUTE Va TpoaTOLnOA THY NeLTOOYMOV av dev ATO
TH dAnbeig. NerdGujos, TO Orotov Sev épaivero mBavov (probable)
\ ‘\ 8 , & e > 4 X\ » } > 8 ‘\ XN
Kata THv Ovvapiww pe Hs extUrnoe Tov avopa tys. “Idod 7d
arotéheopa Tapa TO Kupiw Tapdade. *Q radaizrwpe Oodwp7 /
eipioxeca eis Ovoxep7 Kal SvoéxBodrov Oeow. Th areAmiotiKy Kal
omapagikapdios oxyvy. “O Tlapdadds agit va aAnpwon pilav
> g lal
povov Spaxpnv. “O duagndrdrys Ouos Cyret adpav arolnuiwow ext
cal td / ‘oO , fe > / iAAG aN , €
TO pataiy KOT. KUpLos TO Gpyiopevos, GAAG TéEAOS TavTwY 7
‘ , \' <€ > U4 c ‘4 \ ty A3 , /, \
oxnvi SueAvOn, Kat 7 Eippooivy apxicby va piv brdéyyn wAéov Tore
els Eorepioa. olay Snore.

Why did Euphrosyne swear she would never go again to any
evening party whatsoever? We will not describe the scene: it
is too (wapa wodv) heartrending and desperate to describe.
How terrible was the result of the tempest! The wall was
beaten with hands, the floor with feet, and Orestes with a
slipper. Moreover, Pasiphae had a nervous attack, and pre-
tended to faint away. But these things were but the beginning
of evils. The cabman had to be (émpeze va) indemnified for his
vain trouble. Mr. Pardalds got angry, and Mrs. Pardaldés swore
a frightful oath. All this happened because Pasiphae had
driven away the refreshments so abundantly brought from the

A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. 127

confectioner’s. What wonder (ri Oatua) if Susamakis stormed
and raged? The curiosity of our readers will have guessed
most correctly that the pair (ot ovfvyor) had quarrelled. This
generally happened regularly once or twice a week, at least.
Oh, my life! The man’s wife is ill What can he do? She
does not cheat me, however, said the lady, so she needn’t think
it. We are both silent because we have nothing to say, though
various sentiments agitate our breasts. No man can find
sufficient vent for his anger by merely panting. He must say
something, but he need not swear. If he must, it is better that
he should remain alone. In vain does Mrs. Susamakis strive
to escape the keen-wittedness of Mrs. Pardalds. She fancies
accurately enough what must have happened betwixt her and
her husband.

128 A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK.

PART i.

INTRODUCTION.

Tue student will by this time have attained so complete an
insight into the general structure of the Greek language, that
he will have no difficulty in seeing his way through the follow-
ing conversational sentences.

How To USE THE DIALOGUES.

(a) First learn a page by heart, committing each column to
memory, so far as to be able, when the right-hand column is
covered with a sheet of paper, to recall the words by looking at
the left.

(6) Now write out in an exercise-book the left-hand column
from sight ; put the ‘‘ Guide” out of view, and translate on the
opposite page from memory.

(c) Open the “Guide,” and correct carefully any mistakes,
down to every accent and breathing.

(d) Re-write till there remains no jot or tittle to correct.

(e) Practise yourself in the composition of original dialogues
(1) by ringing the changes on the column already written out,
e. g.i—

IIpoerondobn 7 dvaxwpnots. TpoeropdocOnoay 7a marta.
Eive cropa 7a wavta; My Anopovyre thy avaxdpnow tis
dpagtootoxias. “H dpakoororxia dvaxwpel. “H dpagoororxia
pOdver apyd, «.7.d.

(f) Afterwards these original exercises may be enlarged to

any extent by consulting the classified vocabulary at the end
of the book, Part III.

A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK.

129

CONVERSATIONS.—AIAAOTLOI.

Ata = ‘between two’ + Adyo- = ‘ word,’ ‘ discourse.’

A Journry To Grence.—Ta€id.ov eis ryv “EXAdSa.

rafidiov, diminutive of rdéi-s = rdy-cr-s, literally

‘arrangement,’ ‘ mission.’
‘journey.’

TIpoeroipdaOnre kara mavra Oud TH
avaxeapnow ;

Ta mpaypard oas ceive mavra €rowma;

Ta mdyvra ceive €rowa.

Mz) Anopov7te Ste Td ypapeiov ray
eiournpiwv kdelerat mévre era
mpo THs avaxwpnoews Ths dpako-
orotyxias.

"Oxe eis thy “AyyNiav !

*Exros S€ rovrov €AaBov 76 eict-
THpidv jLov mponyoupevas.

Tlodd Kaa’ GAda Ta KiBe@rid cas;

*Avéyvwca Késrov eidorvinow, Ort
mwaca arockevy POavovea word
dpya kpateirat dricw péxpe ths
axodovGov dpakoorotyias Kal
troBddXerae eis €€0da pera-
Kopioews.

Eis rv’ AyyAlay evavrios Sev pera-
couiterat SidAov GANA Kpareirat
cis TO ypapeioy ray xapevov
Tpayparav,

Todro duws mpoepvrdyOnv kal éuic-
6oca Baordfov va kovBadnon Ta
mpaypara pov eis Tov oradpuor.

‘an order,’

Hence rafidiov = ‘little mission,’ ‘ trip,’

Are you all ready to go? (lit. Did
you prepare yourself in every-
thing for the departure P).

Are your things all ready ?

Everything is ready.

Don’t forget that the ticket office
closes five minutes before the
departure of the train.

Not in England!

And besides, I have taken my
ticket beforehand.

Very well. But your boxes?

I have read somewhere a notice
that all luggage arriving too
late is kept back till the next
train, and is subject to charge
for carriage.

In England, on the contrary, it is
not forwarded at all, but is
kept at the lost luggage office.

I have provided, however, against
this, and have hired a porter to
carry my things to the station.

K

130

"EdaBa béow eis rd mavrodopeiov
tov adnpodpéuov adore dev Oa

xperav6@ Guagay.
"180d epOdcaper eis rov orabydv.

, , »* a

Ti mpaypara éxere, Kvpte ;

* “é U id ,
Exo Sto xiPoria, va odKKov
£ A s , ,
6Sourropikdy, Kal piav mdAoOnKny

da thy Guakay THs arockeuys.

Tatra Oého va eyypayo.

Ta Aowrd pov mpdypara Oa rapw
patd pov.

Anrady modorvArypa, Baxrnpiay,

al , oa
Tpeis Teaoapas paxedXovs, drAov,
kuvdpiov, S00 TevpkiKas Kamvo-
cipryyas Kai éva xehonov Cwv-
Tavov.
>

“Qs mpos ra GAda ds Fret GAG

81a 76 Kuvdpt (7d oxvAdKt) mpéret
s ~ / /

va AnPO7q istairepov ypaypdrrov,

kal avo mpemes va trdyn a THY

dirooKeviy.

Td Xedan 6 Spuos mpéere v apjonre
éricw’ (widia Sév perakopi-
Copev.

Zwipia! Rowdy td xedou 7d
xaraptOpeis eis ra Catia ;

, > Lé ? A

Madtora, epévrn, etve Evropov.

"Evropov! Bpe ddedpé! rod éc-
tovdacas ;

Re maparéura@ eis tov ZwodoyiKoy
Kyrov kal exet 64 pdOns, av
exns pvaré’s rd Kepddt, re rd
XeAOu cive Terpdmodov épmerov

5 oe A a -
kal Ott Ta €vToua ceive Gra
ec ,
€£amroda,

*Id0d ev cedinov Tin ths eloddov
eis Tov ZwodoytKdy Kirov, exrds
tis Aevrépas drav ¢ive pdvov
c A
é£drevoy,

A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK.

I have taken a place in the railway
omnibus, so I shall not want a
cab.

Here we are (arrived) at the
station.

What luggage have you, sir?

I have two trunks, a travelling-
bag, and a hat-box, for the
luggage van.

These I wish to register.

My other luggage I will take
with me,

That is to say—a foot-wrapper, a
stick, three or four parcels, a
gun, a lap-dog, two Turkish
pipes, and a live tortoise,

As for the rest, let them pass;
but for the dog a separate
ticket must be taken, and he
must go in the van.

As for the tortoise, you must
leave that behind: we don’t
convey vermin !

Vermin! So you reckon a tortoise
among the vermin ?

Certainly, sir; it’s an insect.
Aninsect! My good fellow, where
did you go to school (study) P
I refer you to the Zoological

Garden(s), and there you will
learn, if you have any brains
in your head, that the tortoise
is a four-footed reptile, and that

insects are all six-footed.

There’s a shilling for you, the price
of admission to the Zoological
Gardens, except’ on Mondays,
when it is only sixpence,

A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK.

Av evxaipps tas Aevrépas, maye
dio gopas Sia va haricdjs
kaAXirepa.

*O aird elve GXo Cyrnpa, Kipre !
Kai rapa evOvpodpar ort 6 Eevo-
Sdyos exel mépa exer BiBdiov pe
rérola Oepid peoa. “As fe
Aourdv. MédAov rodro ai ékes
terparroduv kat €Edmodov eyouv
@Anv onpaciay eis thy idixyv
pov Sovdetav.

Téo@ Td kadXirepov! Kvrra€e Nowrov
ry idtxny cov Sovdciay, cal apere
eis eueva Ta Terpamoda Epreta.

Tiva Oéow édraBete ;

Tpirns rakews.

Acari rakiSevere tpirny ;

Acére Sev tmdpyer retaprn.

Els rnv IpAavdiav duws indpxet.

Madtora* modda aAAdcora mpay-
para imdpxowy €xei’ Téooapes
Tages, Kal rakis ovdepia’ rov-
Aaxtoror peyddn ara€ia.

Mnmos kai éev “EdAade etpioxerat
peyadntépa evragia ;

Oa tdnre.

Take your places, please.

Come, let us get in quick.

Don’t go so near the engine.

Let us try to get a seat near the
door.

I like to have my back towards
the engine, so as to escape the
wind and dust.

I hear the third bell.
going to start.

[Sod 7d ciptypa !

What a length the train is!

We are

131

If you have time on Mondays, go
twice, that you may be more
thoroughly enlightened.

Oh, that alters the question, sir!
And, now I come to think of it,
the landlord over the way has a
book with those kind of creatures
in it. I daresay you’re right
(lit. Let be then). All the same,
four-foot and six-foot have an-
other meaning in my business.

All the better! Mind your own
business then, and leave the
four-footed reptiles to me.

What place have you taken?

Third class.

Why do you travel third P

Because there’s no fourth.

There is in Ireland, however.

Yes, indeed; there are many
strange things in Ireland.
Four classes (orders), and no
order—at least, great disorder.

Is there better order to be found
in Greece P

You will see.

AaBere tas béces cas, mapaxanré.

"EdGre, ds eioéhO@pev ypryyopa.

Mn mnyairnte técov mAnciov THs
pnxavijs.

*As mporabnoapuscy va kata\dBopev
Oéow rapa thy Oipar.

"Ayan va éyw Ta vata érrpapu-
péva mpos TO pépos vis paxaviis,
dore va dropevyo TOV aon
Kal Tov Nits hick

"Axovw Toy Tpirov Kadava, péd-

Aopev v’ dvaxwpnowper.
That’s the whistle ?
Ti pijos Omov Exe 7 dpafoorotyia!

K 2

132

Do you know whether it stops at
Redhill ?

The time-table says it passes
without stopping.

Wait! It does not pass at all.

What a pace!

We have already come thirty
miles,

Have you had your luggage
booked P

Yes; here is the ticket they gave
me.

Keep it carefully. You must give
it up when you arrive, in order
to get your luggage.

Takdevopuer dyAnyopa.

DoBodpat py €EeAOwper rhs rpoxias.

Knovigera: pptxra 7 Guaka.

c S. ip. > a > ? A

H aitia etve ort améeyopev paxpav
Tis pnxavijs.

> , » , ,

Idovd Epyerat pia duakoororyia.

Eive ris emtatpodpis.

4 a A 7 ~ € Ld

Paiverar Gre eive emi THs MmeTepas
6500.

My tapatrnobe. Ai emeorpepoved
dpafooroxiat mopevovrar mav-
Tore mi THs G\Ans ypaupis.

%. ‘4 > , , 4 -

Idod epOdcopev cis tov mpatov
orabpdv.

Ilécov 64 peivaper €d0 ;

pa ‘rib ‘ B

Oxt méov Tay TpLdv AerTav.

Sword Pbaver va xavowper Ta xeiAn
pas Katarivovtes Ceordv caper.

*1dod madi eLexunoaper.

EiueOa eis TO oxéros.

Eive imdyetov dpvypa.

Where are we now ?

e , ¢ ” > \ .

Opordfer Ort cineOa cis tov aépa
amnwpnpevot.

A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK.

*"HEevpere dv orapata eis Koxxivd-
Bovvor ;

Td SeAriov Neyer Ore StaBaiver xwpis
va ora.

Sracov'! dev diaBaiver diddov.

“Omoiov taxos !

Acedpapopev (Scerpéfoper) fn rpta-
kovta pita.

*Eveypaware Ta mpaypara cas ;

Maddtora kai idod 7 dmddekis Wy
pov ed@xar.

@uAdEaré To mpowentTiKs" mMpeTreEt va
To rapadoonre Grav POacnre, iva
mapadaBnre Ta Tpaypara cas.

We are travelling quickly.

I am afraid we shall run off the
rails.

The carriage shakes frightfully.

The reason is that we are a long
way from the engine.

Here is a train coming.

It is the up (return) train.

It looks as if it were on our line
(way).

Do not bealarmed. The up trains
always travel on the other line.

Here we are at the first station. .

How long shall we stop here?

Not more than three minutes.

Just time enough to scald our
lips with swallowing hot coffee.

We are off again.

We are in the dark.

It’s a tunnel.

Tlod cipeOa trewpa ;

It is as though we were hung in
mid-air.

A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK.

We are passing over a viaduct P
*Evrés dAtyou 6a jjyea eis rb Tépya.

Tédos idod emeBiBacOnpev eis 1d
moiov.

Bpopa xarpave tpopepa.

“‘Yyrewn 7 Oop.

“Io@s* aAda aicOdvopa Kepadadr-
yiav kal xaréxouat Gos amd
piyous.

Bpé adeAhé! rodro Sev cive karpant.
eive varia (GaXaoco{aAn).

a > -~ pa” a“ ,

As avaB@pev éexi tov Kxaractpe-
paros’ 6 Spocepos anp Oa ce
> ,
apednon.

Av (adrifecOe eda perafd rod
AoBpiov cat rot Kadawiou, ti
6a kapnre petak&d rhs MagoaXias
Kai Tov Iletpacas ;

UA ° “c > > ~ c ~ A

Madiora’ “ei €v tO bypd EvA@

a a > “~ n~ ,
radta mowovaw, ev t@ Enp@ ri
yernra 5”

, bos > &

Meradppacoy todro eis tiv Kabo-
pcdouperyy.

“Av «is 1d Sypdv EvAov mparrace
ravta, ti Oéher yeivee eis 7d
Enpdv 5

, La

“Ero was Aeyopev oNmEpoy.

"ANAG «ai eis TO mMperdéruTOY mas
Tis TO KaTadapBavet.

The wind is in our favour.

Whoisthat man on the paddle-box?

It is the captain. He goes up
there to give orders.

The tide is strong.

I have heard there is no tide (no
ebb and flow) in the Medi-
terranean.

183

AvaBaivoper eri dSaywyelov i ye-
uperijs 6500.

We shall soon be at the end
(terminus).

Here we are at last, on board ship.

It smells horribly of tar.

The smell is a wholesome one.

Perhaps; but I feel a headache,
and am all of a chill.

Bless you! that is not tar. It’s
sea-sickness.

Let’s go on deck. The fresh air
will do you good,

If you are sea-sick: here, between
Dover and Calais, what will
you do between Marseilles and
the Pirzeus ?

Yes, indeed: “If they do these
things in the green (wet) tree,
what shall be done in the dry?”

Translate that into Modern Greek
(the spoken language).

That’s about what we should say
nowadays.

But even in the original, every
one understands it.

‘O dvepos etve odpros.

Tis elve ovros 6 emt Tov euBdXov 5

Eive 6 mAoiapxos’ dvaBaiver exei
bia va Shon Siarayds.

‘H droOakacoud eive peyadn.

wn a” . »+ + ‘

Hkovoa ras Sev €yer Gumwrw Kai

soe , ‘ ,

maXippotay eis tv Meodyecov
Oahaccav.

134

It is true.

How is it, then, that the Greeks
have three words for it?

Their learned men have manu-
factured them, or at least have
adapted them.

And besides this, you know, the
Greeks are and always were
splendid sailors, and are found
in all parts of the world.

More than this, they are tre-
mendous linguists, and manu-
facture words by the yard.

Snkdvovy mravia.

Oa exopuev dyAnyopov Sidrdovr.

What a lovely voyage.
IIlécovs xépBovs Kkdyvopev Tip
Gpayv ;

*As epwoTnowper Tov mndiariovxov.
Tlaipvopev Séxa xéuBovs thy Spay.

Biéro tiv axrny.

64 Pbdcwper eis ddiyor.

*Id0d epOdcaper.

Ildre devyes 9 dpuaoororxia dia
rovs Iapiciovs ;

Eis ras évvéa xal Hutorv (evvidutoo).

Tlére 0a pOdowper ext ;

Ay néeipa axpiBas.

Nepi ras dv0, vopifeo.

Avedpapoper 75n rpia xudperpa,

StrapaTapev.

*Eoraparnoaper.

Idonv Spay pevovy €d0 ;

“OddkAnpov réraprov Ths Spas.

Téc@ 1d xadXitepor’ diétt apyife
va Trewe kal va Sia.

*Asmpoyevpariowpey oimdr’ Exopev
Katpor.

A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK.

Eive ddnOe.a.

Tlés Aourdv Exovv of "EMAnves Tpeis
AeEers Oe adrnv.

Tas kxareoxevacav of oy@ratoi
Tov, 7) TovAdxtoTov Tus epnp-
pogay,

Kal éxrds rovrov, n&evpere Ore of
"EdAnves eive kat mavrore 7joav
Tpopepol vadrar kal evpioKovTar
HavTov TOU Kot pov.

IIpds rovrots eive kui tpopepot
Prdroyor kat Snutovpyovar ras
Ae$ets kare mx.

They are hoisting sail.

We shall have a short passage.

Ti xpvo6 ra€iéc.

How many knots are we making
an hour?

Let’s ask the steersman.

We are making ten knots an
hour.

I see the shore.

We shall soon be there.

Here we are.

When does the train start for
Paris ?

At half-past nine.

When shall we get there P

I don’t know exactly.

I think about two.

We have already come three kilo-
metres.

We are stopping.

We have stopped.

How long do they stop here ?

A full quarter of an hour.

All the better, for Iam beginning
to get hungry and thirsty.

Let us breakfast, then. We have
time.

A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK.

Plenty,

*Idod ~redos mdvrav épOdcapev
vyteis kal odor, ddéa TS Oc, els
tovs Ilapicious.

Tapa dua tv MaccanXiap.

"ANAG «mod vd mepdoopey Ti
voxTa ;

Els £evodoyeiov, imobéra.

Eiprapeire va pol ovotnonre Kady
kat evOnvev ;

Md\tora, adda prorixd! didr,
adod évdexduevoy va rut@bodv
Ta Adyta pov, 6 Kéopos Oa ereye
Sre SwpodonhOny 8a Tv ov-
oraow.

*Ed® rotAaytoroy elve Eevodoyxeiov
éyov dpxera xkadjyv dw kal
mAnaiov Tov arabuod Tov odnpo-
Spdpov.

"AMAA Ti. onpaiver Todro, ad’ od
evyouev aifptov amd adddov
oraOpod eis TO peonuBpidv
pépos Tis wodews 5

"Oxi Topa mréov" eipmopodpmev va
eEaxodovjowper TO Tagiduby pas
xopis v adAdEopev arabe.

Aouréy as xovdovvicwper da.

Have you a double-bedded room
(to let) P

I don’t know, sir; but I will ask
the landlord.

Gentlemen, I have one bedroom
with two beds.

On what floor P

On the second.

Bring us soap, water, and towels:
we want to wash.

But what a tiny basin!

It’s the custom in France, sir.

135

*ApOovov.
Here we are at last, safe and
sound, thank God, in Paris.

Now for Marseilles,

But where are we to pass the
night P

At a hotel, I suppose.

Can you recommend me a good,
cheap one P

Yes, but in confidence; for, since
it is possible my words may be
printed, the world would say I
had taken a bribe for my re-
commendation.

Here, at all events, is an inn which
looks well enough, and is near
the railway station.

What does that matter? We
shall have to start to-morrow
from another station in the
south part of the town.

This is no longer the case. We
can continue our journey with-
out change of station.

Let us ring here, then.

“Exere Swpdriov pe dvo0 xpeBBaria
(Svo kdivas) dv evoitov.

Aev n&etpm kvpie, GANG Oa eparnce
Tov Eevoddxov.

Kipio, xo ev Swpdriov pe dvo
kXivas.

Els motov mar@pa ;

Eis rd devrepor.

Deperé pas vepdv pé carodm Kat
mpoodyia’ Oehopevva mrvVOGpev.

"AAG Ti puxpdy Aexavidioy |

Ovras cuverOigerat eis Tv Taddiav
kvpte.

136

And as for the soap, haven’t you
brought your own?

No; I forgot that this is also the
custom in France.

Tell us how often do people wash
a day in France P

According to taste, and to necessity.

To tell you a tale, however :—

Eiyd more Pitovladdovr rakdevorra
eis tHv ’AyyAlay’ Kal émiye eis
£evodoxeiov ev Aovdivg. "Edaye,
émAdyiace Kal rd eravpiov eonko-
6n Kai xurrd€as eis TO KaTOmTpov
epavake, “bed! yw rv ‘ patpor
Oavatoy,’ mayo mua! = Tedevdvo!
mdpe you Tov iarpéy !”

Aey frov duos timore mapa 6 Karrvos
tov Aovdivov.

"Qore Bremere Kiptor Ste evdexd-
pevoy va mAvynTra 6 TddXos els
thy idtkny rov marpida piav
opay eis pixpooKomixdy exavi-
diov, xopis caroim, Kai vi pve
kaOapo@repos amd tov “Ayyhov
6 dmoios overat kal mAvverat
tpls 7) Terpakts THY Huepay.

"Ev rovrois 4 tmnperpia Oa as
hépn evOds camoim, vepdy kal
mpooowia.

Will you order supper, gentle-
men P

At what o’clock is your ordinary P
(lit. Do they eat together ?).

At eight precisely.

Now while that joker is gone,
it’s an excellent opportunity to
examine the beds.

ed! yivowat kar’ dvaykny évropos
Adyos !

A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK,

Kal as mpds carodu, dev épepere
70 idixdy oas 5

"Oxt €Anopdvnca Ste Kal Tovro
ouveriferat eis thy TadXiar.

Ilére pas moodkis mAvvovta of
aOpwrot eis thy TadXiar.

Kara ri apéoetay, kal Thy dvayKyy.

Na oGs eir@ rapapvOtov pos —

I had a French friend once on a
journey in England,and he went
to a hotel in London. He ate
(had supper), went to bed, got
up next morning, and, looking
in the glass, cried out, “Oh!
I've got the black death! It’s
all over with me! I’m dying!
Fetch me the doctor !”

It was nothing but London smoke,
however.

So you see, gentlemen, it may be
that the Frenchman washes
once (in his own country), with
a minute basin, and no soap,
and yet is cleaner than the
Englishman who bathes and
washes three or four times a
day.

Meanwhile, the chambermaid will
bring you soap, water, and
towels directly.

Oedere va mapayyeiAnre 70 Seimvev
was KUptot 3

Tloiay Spay ovvrpwyovr ;

Eis ras éxt® axpiBas.

Tapa rod edvye exeivos 6 packapas,
efaiperos 4 evKaipia va ekerd-
capey Tas KKivas,

Oh! I’m turning entomologist,
perforce,

A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK.

Ti midves* emddrrepa;
Aovdas 5

Timore récov edydpiorov! adavi-

=< ’ e ,

mrepa kal jpinrepa’ YvAdous Kal
Koptovs.

Aev metpdter’ 0a Ta evpnre Taita

‘ * A , >

ra (wvgia wodd KadXirepa aver
Tuypéva eis Thy “EdAdda.

Mn pou ra avadépere.

Aourév as kataBdpev eis 7d Seirvoy
kat ds Seumvno@per Kara, didte
6a xaoopev aia ade.

TeTa~

- > , A ?

Il@s émepacate Thy vuKTa ;

’"Apxera kaha dvadéyes THs our-
tpopias.

Ti cvvtpodpia ;

> ‘ i, ’ -

160d mapadeiyparos yap, mas
ods aivoyvra tadra ;

“OQ Océ pou! Oa ta epépere pati
gas, .

TIoAd mOavdv" rotAdyiotov oas
adnoaper ixava mpos avapynow.

*Q rovro eive mepirrov, kUptot, (Kar?
idiav) adAdKxotoe GvOpwrot oi
“Ayyhot, GAAa Tpdve (tpwyovre)
kad kal mAnpdvour Kaha.

Ti eimate ;

Eira éte yropifoper mavrore rods
“Ayyhous dia ths edhvias rev
kal ths eatperov yadXuxijs mpo-
opas Tav.

But my friend is a Greek.

We admire the Greeks, too. They
were the Frenchmen of an-

tiquity.

But the Greeks of to-day ?

They are the friends of the
English.

> ,
Akov@ To Kovdodvt,

187

What are you catching? Lepi-
doptera? Butterflies?

Nothing so pleasant! Aphani-
ptera and hemiptera: fleas and
bugs.

Never mind. You will find these
insects much better develop
in Greece,

Don’t mention it.

Well, let us go down to supper,
and get a good one, for we shall
lose blood to-night.

How did you pass the night ?

Pretty well, considering the com-
pany.

What company P

Look there, for example, what do
you think of these?

Good heavens! You must have
brought them with you.

Very likely. At all events, we
have left you enough behind to
remember us by.

Oh, that is superfluous. (Aside)
Strange fellows, these English ;
but they eat well, and they pay
well.

What did you say P

Isaid, Wealways know the English
by their ready wit and their
excellent French pronunciation.

"ANAG 6 Hidos pov eive "ENA.
Oavpd{opev Kal rods “EXAnvas*
joay of Taddot tis dpxaidéryros.

"ANNE of rwpwwoi ;
Avrtol eive hidot trav "Ayyhov.

I hear the bell.

138

*As mepuratnowpey TaxvTepov.

EipzeOa Gdo mAnoiov.

*Idod mddw eFexwjoaper,

’ExounOnv paiverar®’ mod eipeba
Topa ;

Els rd AovySouvor.

IIdcov xarpov Exopev eda ;

"“Ocov Oédoper, Sidrt Exouev Td
Sixaiwpa va Sdiaxdopev €dd
THY Topeidy pas.

Adrn 7 auakoorotyia Guas pevyec
maAw pera €ikoot mevre hema.
*As ddyopev Aourdv kat as &&-

axoAovbjo@pev Thy Tropetay.

Bapvvopa tas avaBodas.

I want to get on.

So do I.

"180d 6 mporedevraios orabyds.

"Exyouev dxéun piay yepupay va
TEPAT@LEV.

’Evros dAiyou Oa jjpeba «is rd
Téppa Ths ddouropias pas.

Not so fast! We have four or
five days’ sail yet.

Oh, that’s only rest after the
railway.

I trust you may find it so.

It depends on the weather.

But it’s always fine in the Medi-
terranean.

Yes; except when it thunders,
lightens, rains, blows, snows,
or hails, it is very pleasant
weather there (lit. the weather
there is very pleasant).

Ti Spav dvaywpet Td arpdndoov
avpuov ;

At seven in the morning.

A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK,

Let’s walk quicker.

We are quite near.

Here we are, off again.

I have been asleep, it seems,
Where are we now?

At Lyons.

How much time have we here P

As much as we like; for we
have the right of breaking our
journey here.

This train, however, starts again
in twenty-five minutes.

Let’s dine, then, and continue our
journey.

I'm tired of delays.

Ceo va tpoxwpnoe.

Kal éey@ émions.

Here is the last
one.

We've one more bridge to pass.

station but

We shall soon be at our journey’s
end.
’Aydhua, dyd\ua ! xopuev reaoapov
TEVTE NUEPaY TAODY akdun.
a a 4 = A > ,
Q rovro Sev eive mapa dvamavots
peta Tov otdnpddpopor.
*As dmon 6 Ocds va Td edpyTe
oUT@s.
> - “A ~
E€aprarat tod xatpod.
"ANAG elve mavrore evdia eis THY
Meodyetov Oadacoay.
MdXtora, éxrds Grav Bpovra, a-
otparre:, Bpéxet, uoa, xroviter
a , ‘ >*
H xadafdver eive mov evapertos
6 katpos exei.

At what o’clock does the steamer
start to-morrow P
Eis ras émra Td mpi.

A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK.

TIécov xatpov Oa jueba xa? dddv 5

Téocapas f) wévre jpépas.

SupsmepitapBdverar 4 tpody eis
THY TANPOpAY §

MdXtora Kuipue, Sore, Pdérere,
éxowev mavta Adyov va omev-
Taper,

’"EBapivOny récov va mepinate and
THY Tp@pav eis thy mpvprny,
deEsOev mpdbs Tapiorepa’ Vv dxovw
Tov Kpdérovy TOY Tpoxay Kal Tis
pnxavns, Kat Tas Kpavyds Tov
vavkAnpov Kal Tay vauT@v, Kal
va wt) Brérr@ ovdev mapa otpavdy
kat @dkaccay kal tov pédava
karvoy Tov €€enovpevoy tad THs
Karrvoddyns.

"ldére mpdow! Ti Bréwere exci
mépav.

I see, as it were, a whitish cloud.

That is the coast of Italy ; and in
two hours we shall reach the
harbour of Naples.

Is that a volcano?

Yes; it is Vesuvius.

Shall we be able to visit the
remains of Herculaneum and
Pompeii?

No; because we are in quarantine.

Why is that?

Because our ship has been at Con-
stantinople, where the plague
prevails.

What a pity!

Pity, indeed! but there’s no help
for it (lit. what are we to
do P).

Oa iwpev kate Gro ‘Haicresoy
dpos kara Tov mAody 5

139

How long shall we be on the
passage P

Four or five days.

Is food included in the fare P

Yes, sir; so you see we have
every reason for despatch.

I am so tired of walking from
stem to stern, from starboard
to larboard (right to left), of
hearing the noise of the wheels
and the engines, and the cries
of the pilot and the sailors, and
of seeing nothing but sky and
sea, and the black smoke vomited
by the funnel.

Look ahead! What do you see
yonder (over there) ?

Bier as trddevkdy re vedos.

Eive 7) dxri tis IraXias Kai eis Svo
Spas 0a POdcwper eis Tov Atpeva
ths Nearddeas.

Elve ‘Hopaicrevoy dpos éxeivo ;

Madduora eive 6 BecovBuos.

Oa dummbdpev va emioxepOapev Ta
dropewapia tov ‘Hpak\eiov Kal
tav Lopreiwy 5

"Ox Sdwore €xopey Kapavrivay.

Atari TodTo ;

Atére rd moiov pas Rro els tiv Kov-
TavTiwovmodww, dou émixpate: 6
Aowuds.

Ti kpipa!

Kpiva redyre! adda ti vd Kdpo-
pers

Shall we see any other volcano
on our voyage P

140

Od eer cal rv Atrvay paxpddev
StarAcvoavres Ta oTevad THS
Meconyys.

The glass is falling; we shall
have a storm.

The wind has suddenly risen.

The sky has become covered with
clouds.

It has clouded over.

The sea is rough.

It is growing rough.

I feel sea-sick.

I'm very bad (lit. I suffer dread-
fully). :

Drink a drop of gin.

I would rather lie down in my
hammock; perhaps that will
relieve me.

My head turns round.

Kadnpépa cas’ was cipicxeabe
onpepov 5

Kdprocoy xadXirepa.

Ti dxpornptov Bréwopev éxei wépa.

Eive 6 Manéas.

Aouréy tepumhéomev tiv axtny THs
HeXorovynjcou.

Ildre 64 HOac wer eis Tov Metpaia;

Aupwy 7d poi, ed Exouev mpvpov
Tov avepoy,

“O dvemos eive otpios.

Ti 0a cinh 4) onpaia 7H Groia ai-
veTat va Twaoonra emt Tov
épnpovu exeivou Bpaxov ;

Kpareirat év yxetpt épnirov (ava-
xwpyrou), dotis tpederat ek TOY
ehennoouvay TaV TepinynTav.

*Id0d rot €Badov Kxadabi eis thy
O6ddaccay Td Grotov Ta Kipara
6a pépour eis rov aiytadér.

A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK.

We shall see Etna from a distance,
when we have passed the Straits
of Messina.

Td Bapdperpoy xaraBatera’ 64
AaqBopev rpxvpiay.

Aipyns nyépOn 6 vemos.

“O ovpavis exartvupbn (eaxewacOn)
td vepar.

*Eourvequace.

“H Oddaoca eive rerapaypevn.

Tapdocera.

Navria, (adiCoua.

“Ynopépw tpoyepa.

[lie ddiyny (ivéBpav.

Iiporiz@ va mrayidow eis tiv
dvepoxovvay pov" tows Todo pé
avaxoupion.

“H xepadn pov meptatpederat.

Good morning. How do you find
yourself to-day ?

Somewhat better.

What headland do we see out
there P

It is Malea.

Then we are sailing round the
coast of the Morea.

When shall we reach the Pirzeus ?

To-morrow morning, if we have
the wind at our backs.

The wind is favourable.

What is the meaning of that flag
which seems to be brandished
about on that desolate rock ?

It is held in the hand of a hermit,
who is supported by the alms
of voyagers.

Look, they have flung a basket
into the sea, which the waves
will carry to the shore.

A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK.

Kaki dpefty, xaddynpé pov.

Now he is waving his flag, as a
sign of gratitude.

He gives us his blessing.

Topa 64 mrayiaoo.

4 xowundd kal eye.

Wake up! We are getting close
to the harbour.

Will they search our trunks at
the custom-house P

Of course.

Will they ask to see our pass-
ports P

Not of Englishmen.

How do they distinguish English-
men P

By their ignorance of foreign
languages, and by the airs they
give themselves,

Fine advantages !

They will tumble all our things
about.

Here come the custom-house
officers.

Please to hand me your pass-
ports.

There they are.

Where do youcome from? Where
are you going to?

You ought. to have got your
passport signed at the Greek
embassy.

I went there, but they put me
off till the next day, and so I
was compelled to leave without
the signature.

There are so many formalities to
go through, that a man of busi-
ness has not always time to
conform to them.

141

A good appetite to you, Mr. Monk.

Tapa tidoce: Thy onpaiay tov
mpos evderEiv evyvpoovrns.

Mas didet riy edyny Tov.

Now I shall go to bed.

I will go to sleep, too.

Eumvare! xovrevopev eis tov AL-
péva. :

Od eerdcouy ra KtBoria pas eis
TO TEA@VELOY §

Dvoike TO Ady.

4 (yrncovr va oor ra StaBarnpia
pas ;

"Oye trav ”AyyAor.

Tlds Staxpivovy rods "Ayydous ;

Ata THs dyvoias tay Eévev yAoo-
cay, kat did Tv Kapapwpdrey
Tor.

Kaka mporepnyara !

,
©a dvarpéyour dda Ta mpdypara
pas.

*Idod Epxovrac of vmadAnAot Tov
TeA@veiov.
> = \ Xs > ,

EvapeoreOnre va pol éyxetpionre
ra diaBarnpid cas.

> ‘ > ,

Idod avdrd.

Tlddev €pxeobe ; mod imayere ;

"“Emperme va émidewpnbn 1d dia-
Barnptdy cas br Tis ‘EAAnuxijs
mpeoBelas.

‘Ymjya éxet GAG pe dvéBadroy eis
Thy émavpiov Sore jvaykaaOny -
va avaxopnow dvev tis émt-
Ocwpnoews.

Eive récot timoe mpos exmAnpoor
ote 6 Epymopos Sev evxaipet
mavrore va cuupoppaby pe ai-
Tous.

142

Besides this, your passport is not
in regular order; its date has
expired a fortnight.

I will give you a provisional pass,
and your proper passports will
be returned to you at the
police-office.

What red-tapeism !

"Exeré te va Suadnd@onre 5

"Eyo 8vo rpia mpdypara brokeipeva
eis reA@uov' Oa Ta EUpyTe enav@
eis TO KLB@rTLoY.

"Ymayere eis rd ypahetoy, mAnpa-
ware eis Tov mpaktopa kal AaBere
andéecévv.

“Ypeis S€ eyere timore va diadnro-
onre, KUpLe ;

"Exo ovyapa.

Tatra dev ceive abpeurdpiov da,
Oudre elvar evOnvorepa eis TH
‘EdAdba 7} rapa dpiv.

"Ido Guws tpixanta tov Bpv&ed-
Aor.

AoduetvecOe Ta
kKpatous.

Td xaOjKov pov pe avayxater va
KaTavy@ TovTo TO KiB@r.ov.

‘O vopos eive pyntos Kal mpemer va
emtBhém@pev eis thy exrédeciv
TOU.

Atvacbe va avadhepOnre eis tov
StevOuvriy tov reAwveiov, dy
béAnre.

Kai rovro ri 6a xootion ;

Ilepimov rhv akiav tod tptydmrov.

Aowrévy) mpotina@ va tAnpoaca
dpéows.

lod eive 6 orabuds rod oidnpo-
Opépov 5

>; , ~
cigodnpara Tod

A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK.

Tj S€ rovrov 76 SiaBarnpisy oas
dev eive ev xady taker’ mapndOev
7) mpobeopia Tov mpd SexarevOn-
pepias.

8a cas Saco
Barnpiov, cat ra Taktikad oas
dcaBarnpta 6a cas emictpapacw
ێv TH aoTuvopia.

Ti ypadetoxparia !

Have you anything to declare P

I have two or three things liable
to duty. You will find them
at the top of my trunk.

Go to the office, pay the receiver,
and get a receipt.

mpoowpivdv dta-

Have you anything to declare,
sir P

I have cigars.

These are not contraband here;
for they are cheaper in Greece
than with you.

But here is some Brussels lace.

You are defrauding the revenue
of the State.

My duty compels me to seize this
box.

The law is positive, and we must
see to its execution.

You may appeal to the director
of customs, if you please.

And what will this cost?
About the value of the lace.
Then I had sooner pay at once.

Where is the railway-station P

A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK.

Close at hand.

When does a train leave for
Athens?

In a quarter of an hour.

What is the fare, third class, to
Athens?

Forty-five lepta (fourpence).

And first class P

One drachm (eightpence-half-
penny).

I hear the bell.

Take your seat, please. We start
directly.

Na 7) cvpixrpa.

’E€exuvnoapev,

Ti mAnOos kapivar !

"Exet, paiverat, 6 Ilecpareds modda
épyoordota.

What is-its chief manufacture P

Silk, cloth, and cotton, I believe.

What trees are those P

Olives.

They are very like willows.

and what are those low plants
we see growing among them ?

Don’t you know them? They
are vines.

Will there be many grapes this
year ?

About as usual.

An average crop.

*1dod epOacaper.

*Eotddnpev (eorayatyoaper).

Kalrd apoddys pov érions.

"lows Sev 7d exovpdicare.

Aev dovdevet.
Ilnyaiver kaha 7d idixdv cas ;

143

°ES® mAnaiov.

Ildre dvaywpet apakooroxia dia
THY TOLD 5

Eis €v réeraprov ths Spas.

Ti eive mAnpo@pry Sia thy tpirny
raéw eis "AOnvas.

Sapdvra wévre hemrd (rerpdrevor).

Kal dca thy mparny ;

Mia Spaypn.

*Axovw Tov kadeava (rd Kovdotr).

*AvdBnre, cas Tapaxade’ evyomev
Gpecas.

There’s the whistle,

We are off.

What a number of chimneys!

The Pirzeus has a lot of factories,
it seems.

Ti cive 1) Kuptwrépa Tov KaTackevn.

Merd&, épiovyov, Kal BapBde,
TLOTEVO.

Ti d€vdpa (rota dév8pa) ive adra ;

’Edaiat,

“Oporagouv odd ras iréas,

Kal ri eive éxeiva ra yapnra pura
Ta droia Bdéropev avédvorra
dvapetakd Tov ;

Aév ra yvwpitere ; eive Guredor.

04 yeivovy toda crapirca eperos ;

Kara rd cvyndes mepimrov,

Meotavdv Oépos.

Here we are.

We have stopped.

So has my watch.

Perhaps you haven’t wound it
up.

It does not go (serve).

Does yours go right P

144

Inyaivet éumpés.

Elve yadacpevor.

Beck c ca ‘a >. 2

Ka@ éxaorny jpepay péver oricw
€v réraptov Ths Spas.

“Oporadler pé 7d @podrsyt Tod MAordp-
xov Soumia.
~ ? a a ‘ ¢

Tod idiot pov duos Td peya
€Aarnpiov €Opavcbn Gore dev
SovAcver Siddov.

Nopilo dre 7) GAvors éxér7.

04 dSoceper Kai ta dv0 (a4udrepa)
va Swopbwbdcw dua evpoper
Eevodoxeiov.

Kdpnré por thy xdpw va pod
eimnte TO KaAXiTEpov Eevodoxetov.
’ \ © s > , >

Avvaobe va imdynre ev macy ao-
dareia cis rd Eevodoxeiov tis
Aiyvrrov.

Kana 0a ciode éxei.

> ~ eQ\ <

Eis motav 66dr eive.

Eive cis tiv mAareiay rod Tay-
emtoTnpiov.

“As map@pev Td mavrodopeioy.

, \ 25. ,

Kpd&e rov ddnydv.

Sragov ddnyé !

‘H dyaka cive yepdrn.

‘ »” ,

Aev €xet Toroy.

"Evas témos jedvoy eive Gdetos.

Tipémet va reptpevoper.

*Idov GAXo travtopopeiov.

"ANAG dmdyes mpds GAAnv Siev-
dvvow.

€ s a ,

Odnye ov drayere ;

«, , 4 ‘4 ,

Yrayopev mpos Thy tTpamefav.
‘Ymdyere mpos Td Tlavertornptov ;
“Odo mAnoiov.

*As avaBapev.

Aév eiprrop@ va cabo.

AdBere mapaxan@, kipte, THY Kado-
ovrny va tpaBixOnre mapéeKes.

A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK.

It is fast.

It is out of order (spoilt).

It loses a quarter of an hour
every day.

It is like Captain Cuttle’s watch.

But of mine the mainspring is
broken, so that it does not go
at all.

I think the chain is snapped.

We will get both of them put to
rights as soon as we have found
an inn. ;

Do me the favour to tell me the
best hotel.

You may go with perfect safety
to the Egyptian Hotel.

You will be comfortable there.
In what street is it?
It is in University Square.

Let us take the omnibus.

Call to the conductor.

Stop, conductor!

The carriage (omnibus) is full.

There is no room.

There is only one place free.

We must wait.

There’s another omnibus.

But it is going another way (in
another direction).

Where are you going, conductor?

We are going to the bank.

Are you going to the University ?

Quite close.

Let us get up.

I can’t sit down.

Have the goodness, sir, please, to
move a little further on.

A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK,

‘ > , 4 /
KaOjoare eis ravtny tiv yoviay.
’OxovpeOa todd apyd.

“H 680s eive wAnpns duakav.
"Orav Bidfopa more dev dyodpas
ys Xoo
3
emt mavropopeiov.
Ilod ciyeOa rapa ;
Eipeda eis ri dddv rod ‘Eppod.
"Odnye Ghes pe va €Byw (va éxBd)
eis TavTny THY yeviav,
“Ades pe va €£€hOw patos.
p
/
IIpoo¢£are.
Bapda (guarda) éeumpds! (Driver’s
cry.)
Srabjre mapakara.
Adre poe Thy xeipd cas.
M7) Biateo Ge.
Karadvopev €d0.
“As €uBOpev. Ti ydvomev mapa va
pBop xdvopev map
kKakoTrepdg@pev play vixra.
Eivrope ris 660 va Seemvnon ;
Madduora, kvpre.
i 1 BY U
xere keva Sparta ;
Eipropodpev va xoipnOdpev edo ;
poop pnddp j
Mas déyerbe va KotunOdpev eda
THY VUKTA TAUTNY ;
AvvdpeOa va xatadicopev €do
avriy THY viKra ;
AdBere thy kadocuvny va eicédOnte
" vm
eis TO Kapeveioy piay oTvypny.
yp yeh
¢
Téca avOpera épOacay onpepov
p npep
7 > , ,
dare dev n&evpa dv éxwpev dio
Swpdria did evoixcor,
"Ymaye va ins, dAXa ypnyopa.
" yptryep
,
Kupto, €yo pdvoyv ev Swpdriov pe
Xo parov
LA ~ ,
dvo kAivas va ods rporpépa.
Aev pot péder dud 7d Swpdriov®
pe ys
> al 7
dpkei pdvov 1 KXivn va Qve Kad;
1) KACHH VG 7) "»
ra owddvia oreyva kal Kabapa
kal va Kolatat Tis dvevdxAnTos.

We will decide on this.

145

Sit in this corner.

We are driving very slowly.

The road is full of vehicles.

When I am ina hurry, I never
ride in an omnibus.

Where are we now ?

We are in Hermes Street.

Conductor, set me down (let me
get out) at this corner.

Let me get out first.

Take care.

Look out in front !

Stop, please.

Give me your hand,

Don’t be in a hurry.

We put up here.

Let us go in, We only risk
passing a bad night.

Can we have supper here ?

Certainly, sir.

Have you any spare rooms?

Can we sleep here P

Will you take us in here (to sleep)
for the night P

Can we put up here for the night?

Have the goodness to step into
the coffee-room a moment.

Somany people havearrived to-day,
that I do not know whether we
have two rooms to let.

Go and see; but be quick.

Gentlemen, I have only one room
with two beds to offer you.

I don’t care about the room,
provided the bed is good, the
sheets well-aired and clean, and
that one can sleep undisturbed.

04 76 dropacisaper.

L

146

The counterpane is dirty.

We want bolsters.

I cannot sleep when my head is
low.

Take off this feather bed, or put
it under the mattress.

Tell them to make us a good fire,

It is quite ready. It only wants
lighting.

What a smoke! Iam smothered.

Let’s go duwn to supper.

Bring the bill of fare.

Here it is. What soup will you
take, gentlemen ?

Lentil soup.

Pea soup.

Haricot soup.

Let us have three dozen oysters,
and some red wine.

The tablecloth is not clean. Put
on another.

Have you anything else to give
us P

AtaBdoate Tov Karadoyor, KUptot.

Mnpiov mpoBarov, mitray pe
manmuaus, Sapaddk pe Adxava,
TovAepika Kpva, mepiorépia ’s
Thy covBAay kal yAvkiopara.

"Exes dydpia odd mpoodara ;

*Aotakdy, codopdy, prapprovua,
yroooas,’xtanddia (6xrandédia),
kal goumiais (onrias).

Ti; tpa@ve (rpw@youve) Kai gov-
mais Kal Oxramddia €O@ ;

Madura, kipie’ Ta Gyamvdve trod-
Aoi.

Atari ra tpwyere ;

A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK.

To épdmAwpa eivat depdv.

C€dopev trorpookepada.

Aév cipmop® va xowsnO@ drav 4
Kesbadn pov Keira yaundd.

Bydde (Bade) tovro To mrvdd-
orpopa i} Bade to bxd 7 ind-
oTpepa.

Eimé va pas €rotpdcovy Kady
porta.

"Odo éroipn eve’ Oéher pdvoy va
THY avaryour.

Ti xanvds ! mviyouat.

*As xaraBapev va Seemrvnoopev.

epere rov katadoyor tov paynrar.

"Idov. Ti popyyara Oédere Kvptor;

Zodra axtais,

Sovma medAua.

Zovma Kovkid.

Ads pas tpeis Sadexddas darpéwv

A 4 , , > ,

kal Ayo KéKKivo Kpagi (dAiyov
> ‘ >.
epudpor oivor).

TO tpameCoudvdvdrov Sev eive xa-
Oapdv' Bade aro.

"Exere timores Go va pas Soonre.

Read the bill of fare, gentlemen.

Leg of mutton, duck pie, beef and
cabbage, cold fowl, roast pigeon,
and sweets.

Have you any fish quite fresh?
Lobster, salmon, barbels, soles,
octopus, and cuttlefish.

What! do they eat cuttlefish and
octopus here P
Yes, sir; many like them.

Why do you eat them P

A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK.

Avati rpayovow of “AyyAot Td
Buprékiov, kat of Tdddor Barpa-
xous, kal of Xuvéfor hadeds ;

Because they like them, I suppose.

That’s the reason we eat cuttle-
fish.

But why do you like them P

There’s no accounting for tastes.

But are they wholesome P

Yes; they are very nourishing.

And besides, they are allowed in
Lent.

*Ey® dev xatadauBdve mas va
duvn6 Kaveis va dyn more
Téroa mpdypara.

Ta eSoxiudoere toré ;

Tloré pov.

Aouréy ti a&i¢es 7 yuoun was 5

Nothing! You are right.

“As ra doxtudooper.

Which ?

Both together.

Kaha, duecws. Nata!

Tlotov ceive rd dxtamddiov Kat troiov
1) Court ;

Td mpds tdptorepa eive TO *yramrdd:
kal ro mpos ta Seka ecive 7
gourtd.

Ilés cas apécovyr ;

Nooripevouv Oadaccar.

TloAd miOavév’ éxet Kai evpioxovrar.

Do you like spinach ?
What vegetables will you have?
Potatoes and cauliflower.

Bring us some salmon.
Give us a little wine.
What sort of wine ?

147

Why do Englishmen eat beef-
steak, and Frenchmen frogs, and
Chinese birds’-nests?

Atéri robs apécovr, tmobero.

Idod 6 Adyos &: évrwa tpwyopev
Tats gourtais (ras onrias).

*ANAG dati cas dpécour ;

Tlept dpé£ews oddeis Adbyos.

"AAG eive dpa ye tyrewai 5

Maduora, ceive Opertixorarat.

Kal mpos rovrois eive cvyyopnuevar
THY capaxooThy (reroapakooTny).

I don’t understand how any one
can ever eat such things.

Have you ever tried them P

Never in my life.

Then what is your opinion worth ?

Timore’ €xere dixaov.

Let’s try them.

To mrotop ;

’"Auorepa pate.

Very well; directly. There they
are.

Which is the octopus, and which
the cuttlefish ?

The one to the right is the octo-
pus, and the one to the left is
the cuttlefish.

How do you like them ?

They taste of the sea. |

Very likely ; that’s where they are
found.

Sas dpécouy ra oravakia ;

Ti Aaxanxa ayarare ;

Tlararats (ye@pnda) kai daxavo-
kpauBny.

Pepe pas codopdr.

Ads pas dXiyov kpaci (otvor).

Ti eidos (ti oyis) olwov ;

L 2

148

Malmsey [still common in Greece].
Thera (Santorini).

Red [black].

White.

Il@s rov mpotipare Tov codopdy ;

Tnyavnrov pe Evds kai Adds (3£0s
kal €\atov).

’AyanGre kapvxevpa (addroay) ;

Oedere va Eroupdonre THyv cadaray
povot cas ;

Madtora’ dds pot rd das, 7d
Turépl,ro owari(THy povaTapoar),
TO €Xatoy Kai Td d£os.

Ads pot ddiyov véov aproy (opi)
ovros (rodro) eive woAD madaids
(-dv).

Ildpe attra ra muvdkia kat dds pas
peony Bods pe pavrdpia,

Have you any gameP

Not yet, sir. The shooting season
has not begun.

What dessert will you have ?

We will have some cheese first,
and afterwards some pears.

The bill, please.

Tladiov! dv0 Kxapedes kai dvo
ToTnpia KoVidK.

pe pas kat ovydpa trovpa.?

Oé€Xere Kpéua (avOdyana).

"Oxe’ Oa rapw dards xahev.

Waiter, give me the Times.

It is being read, sir.

Well, then, the Daily News, or
the Illustrated London News.

A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK.

Tis MoveySacias.

THs Onpas (Savropivns).

Koxxwvo, pavpo.

"Aompo [probably for adom\o =
domo = spotless], Aevdy.

How do you prefer the salmon P

Fried with vinegar and oil.

Do you like sauce.

Would you like to make the salad
yourselves ?

Certainly. Give me the salt, the
pepper, the mustard, the oil, and
the vinegar.

Give me some new bread: this is
very stale.

Take away these plates, and bring
us loin of beef with mushrooms.

"EXeTe Kuviyytov ;

’Akdun KUpLE’ 1) KUYTPyETEKT) ETOX?)
dev Fpxevev axdun.

Ti émedépmiov Oédere ;

Tupiov O€dopev mpa@rov Kal érevra
arridia.

Tnv onpeiwow (Tov Aoyaptacpor),
dy dyarare.

Waiter, two cups of coffee, and
two glasses of brandy.

Bring us some cigars, too.

Will you have cream ?

No; I will take coffee alone.

‘Ynnpéra dé pot tovs Katpovs.

*Avaytv@oKeTat, KUpte. mers

Kaka Aourdv’ ra ‘Hyepnova Néa,
i) Ta Eixovodépa Néa rod Aov-
Sivov.

1 ovydpo, ovyapdn, is “a cigarette;” avydpo moipo, i.e. puro (Italian),
“a pure cigar,” viz. tobacco without paper.

A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK,

They say an insurrection has
broken out in Crete.

A false report, perhaps.

So the rumour runs.

I read something of the kind in
the Standard, but the Greek
papers make no mention of it.

Let us goto the club; there we
shall find all the papers.

Ti ceive ra aktokoyarepa aktobeara
Tav AOnvar ;

Ta dpxaia dndabq ;

Mddtota’ kal Ta vewrepa.

Ai Kupidrepar dpxadryntes eive 6
TlapGevav kai rd Onceiov (€k Tis
€moxijs TOU Tepixdéous), Td Srd-
Stov, To pudxioy "Tucads, ai or7-
Aa Tod "OAvpriov Atds, 7 TlvAn
tod "Adpiavod, Ta pynpeia TOU
Avoxpdrous kal rod Biordrrov,
Ta Gedrpa rod Atovicov Kal Tod
“Hpodouv *Arrixod, Td *AoKkAn-
meiov, 6 vads Ths “Amrépou Nikns,
ra IpomvAaa, 7 ItvaxoOnkn, rd
’EpexOciov kai ai Kapvarides, 6
*Apevos mayos, 9) Ilvdé, ra dei-
Wava ths BovAjjs, kai rs Tor-
KiAns rods, 6 Nads tov Aiddov
i) rév ’Avépor, kat 7 IlvAn ths
*Ayopas.

Ta. émionudrepa vedrepa oixodopn-
para ceive ra e&ijs.

Ta “Avdxropa, 7 Myrtpérohis, Td
"EOvixoy Tlaverotnpuov, dvo
éppavorpodpeia, Td Nocoxopeioy,
To Ilr@yxoKopetov, 7) EOvixy BiB-
AtoOnKn, Td Bpedoxopeiov, 7d

149

Aéyera: rt érravaoracis é&eppayn
eis thy Kpnrny.

Vevdys diun ivos.

"Erot Adyos rpexet.

*Avéyvaca térowv te eis THY Sy-
paiay adda ai ‘EXAnvixal eype-
pides timore Sev avahepouv epi
avrov.

“As mape ’s tiv Aéoynv’ éxet Oa
evpopev OAas Tas enpepidas.

‘What are the principal sights of

Athens P

Do you mean the ancient ones ?

Yes ; and the modern ones too.

The chief antiquities are the
Parthenon and Theseum (of
the age of Pericles), the Race-
course, the brook Ilissus, the
Pillars of Jove, the Gate of
Hadrian, the tombs of Lysi-
crates and Philopappus, the
theatres of Dionysus and Hero-
des Atticus, the Temple of
AXsculapius, the Temple of the
Wingless Victory, the Pro-
pylea (or Gateway), the Picture
Gallery, the Erechtheum with
the Caryatides, Mars’ Hill, the
Pnyx, the remains of the
Council Chamber and of the
Chequered Porch, the Temple
of Holus or of the Winds, and
the Gate of the Market.

The most noteworthy modern
public buildings are as follows:

The Palace, the Cathedral, the
National University, two Or-
phanages, the Infirmary, the
Almshouse, the National Li-
brary, the Infants’ Asylum,

150

IIpérurov Nyrraywyciov tis
@irexrradevrixns “Eraipias, 1d
’Apodketov 4 TlapGevaywyeiov
Ths avtns, TO “OpOadpoiarpetov,
TO Avkewov, TO Aorepockoreior,
TO vouicpatikoy Kal apyaodoyt-
4 ~ © > , A
Kov Movoeia, 7 *Axadnpia, TO
Tlo\vtexveiov, kat 7d Méyapoy
a“ > /

tay Odvptriov.

A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK.

the Model Infant School of the
Educational Society, the Arsa-
ceum or High School for Girls
of the same, the Eye Hospital,
the Lyceum, the Observatory,
the Numismatic and Archzo-
logical Museums, the Academy,
the Polytechnic, and the Ex-
hibition Hall.

A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. 151

PART TIL

INTRODUCTION.

Tue Classified Vocabulary is intended both for easy reference
on any topic, and also to be applied to the construction of
original exercises founded thereon. Now that the student has
worked through "Parts I. and II., and has rung the changes
on the dialogues so as to be thoroughly familiar with the
ordinary usages of grammar, and with many phrases and idioms,
he will find the greatest advantage in constructing sentences for
himself under each heading of the classified vocabulary. The
following is a sample :—

Ta mpodoreta kal Ta wepixwpa elve pépyn THs wOAEws. “O Spdpos
la ‘ , a re e \ @ 3 ‘
SiaBaiver 7d Kévtpov tis modews. Ot weCol ioravrau eis rHiv da-

otavpwow trav ddav. “H diodes déper cis rHV wAaretav.

If the student is at a loss for a word, it is better to think of
another expression than to cast about for the missing word. By
the time he has worked through the vocabulary, and used his
accumulated knowledge to illustrate each succeeding section, he
will find himself in a position to express with certainty and ease
almost anything he may desire to say.

152

A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK.

CLASSIFIED VOCABULARY.

N.B.—vl. signifies “ vernacular.”

TldéAus.
BEpn THs wWédews’ KoLveTNsS

7 TOs
7) ovvoikia’ 7d Tha
TO KeVvTpov THs TeAEwS
TO mpodoretov
Ta mepixopa
TO TELxos
7 686s, 6 Spépuos
6 dpopickos
TO Téppa(ro Gkpov, Td Tedos) THs 6000
) yeovia
7) Stacravpacis Tay 6dav (rd orav-
podpdpusov)
ka? 6ddv
680s SiaBarixn, 6dds modvavOperos
TO yaidoTpwror, 7 oTpweTn 6dds
TO ALOdaTpwrov
TO mreCodpdusoy
ot meCoi BadiCovor emi rod mefo-
Spopiov
9 ayyeXia, 7) Koworoinots, 7) yvo-
aroroinots, 7 eidomoinats
TOLXOKOAAG ayyeXlav
7 Siodos
} mAareta
7) ayopa
7 yépupa °
Kpepaory yepupa
diaBuivo rhv yepupav
6 poriopds

Town.
Parts of the town ; community,
or municipality.
The town, the city.
The district; the ward.
The centre of the town.
The suburb.
The environs. *
The wall.
The way, the road.
The lane.
The end of the road.
The corner.
The crossing of the roads (cross-
roads).
On the way.
A passable, frequented road.
The pavement, paved way.
The paving-stones.
The footway.
Foot-passengers walk on the
footway.
The message, communication, de-
claration, advertisement.
I post a notice.
The passage.
The square.
The market-place.
The bridge.
A suspension bridge.
I cross the bridge.
The lighting.

A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK.

to pataepiovy (rd depidhas)

6 havds, rd havapioy

TO olkoddunua, 7) oikodopy

Snpooia oixodoun, Snudcrov oiko-
dounpa

ra avaxropa, Vl. TO madare

TO éyapov

7 Snuapyxia, rd Snpapyxeiov

7) KowdrTns

6 dnuapxos

ai dpxai, 7 é€ovcia

7 Snpocia diaraéis

1) €Ovopudakn

TO Eevodoyeiov.

TO mravdoxetov

6 Eevoddxos" 7 Eevoddxos

6 imnperns
. 2 a Gee’, \ >
oikia de’ évoiktoy or mpods €vot-
kiaow
> , , > 2. #
evoiktafovrat Swparia pet emi-
Tov
karat eis Eevodoxeiov
Otapéva, KatorK@ eis Eevodoxeiov
idtwrixn olkia
TO Kaeveioy
76 CaxaporAacretoy
TO Kamrn\Etov
c ,
6 kamndos
TO olvoTr@Aciov
To Eevodoxeiov
, , Col
yeupariCw eis Eevodoyeiov
Td XpnpariornpLov
TO VouLoparoKoTetoy
TO voroKopetov
TO Oepareurnpiov
TO pevoxopetoy
TO 6ppavorpodeiov
« > ,
1 €kkAngia

153

The gas.

The lamp, light.

The building, edifice.
A public building, public edifice.

The palace, royal residence.

The hall.

The mansion-house, mayor’s resi-
dence.

The community.

The mayor.

The authorities.

Public order.

Constabulary.

The inn, hotel (eating-house).

The hotel (on a large scale).

The host, landlord; hostess, land-
lady.

The waiter.

Houses to let, lodgings to let.

Rooms are let furnished.

I put up at an inn.
I stay or live at an hotel.
Private house.
The coffee-house.
The confectioner’s.
The shop (stall).
Small ware dealer, pedlar.
The wine-shop.
The inn.
I dine at a restaurant.
The exchange.
The mint.
The hospital.
The convalescent home.
The asylum.
The orphanage.
The church.

154 A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK.

TO Kad@vooTaciov The belfry.

6 k@dor, vl. 7 Kaymdva The bell.

6 kwd@voxpovatns The bell-ringer.

6 Addos The dome.

7) pntpdrodus The cathedral.

7 BiBALoOjKy The library.

6 oTparav The barracks.

7 Taxudpopetov The post, post-office.

The letter-box.

TO ypapparoK.Bwrtvoy

TO ypapparéonpoy The stamp.
TO tTyreypaheiov The telegraph-office,
Tndeypadikoy cvpya Telegraph-wire,
H oTNAn Column, pillar.
6 avdpias The statue.
6 wepimaros The walk.
TO avaBpuTnpiov The fountain.
7d ppéap, 7d mnyad.ov The well.
TO vdpaywyetov The aqueduct.
oi cadjves The pipes.
7 vdpartria The pump.
6 vuxropida€ The night watchman.
6 mepimonos, ok repimodot The patrol.
i,

Oixia. House.

pepn tis olkias kal Karotkias. Parts of the house and home.

Caen DAB Bae ieee Ped
1) OLKLA’ O OLKLOKOS

The house, the cottage.

bérw Tov Oewerrov iBov
> nv ~ , ee 7

olkodope, Kri¢@ oikiay

katappint@ oikiay

ld

KATOLK® Ev Tive oiKia

ry
,

KATOLK® Oikiay Tiva
OU KQTOLKELTE ;

7 KadvBy

oikia AOdxrioros, mAwOdKTioTos,

pappapéxrioros
Evdivn olkia
Ta €peimia
Teiyos maXaiov

I lay the foundation stone.
I build, erect a house.
I pull down a house.
I live in a house.
I inhabit a house.
Where do you live P
The hut.
A stone house, a brick house, a
house of marble.
A wooden house.
The ruins.
An old wall.

A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK.

ee ° > - ¥
1] OLKLA QUTN ameiXet KaTaTT@OUW

4 , ¢ > ¥
TO olkoddunua, 7 oikodoun
9 oreyy
TO edagos
© , A ,
6 Képapos, TO Kepapyidtoy
aréyn ek Kepduov, oTeyn ex Wev-
Sapyvpou »
TO dvepuduerpoy
‘ > ,
TO GeEcképavvoy
c > ,
1) poy
Ag
9 Evdixn, 9 Evdeia
c , X ul
ai Soxoi, ta Soxapia
6 ToLxos
6 oTvAos
7) Ovpa* 7 rvdn, VI. 7 e&aropra
TO mapaéupov :
TO pérwrov
TO dér@pa
6 kodwv
c ,
6 bvpepés
> A >. 2
e£oxtky oikia
cm
n €mavdts
9 KAipa&, vl.) oxdda
ai Babpides, vl. ra cKadia
TO TaT@Opa
TO lodyevov
mparov, Sevrepov, tpirov matT@pa
9 aroOnxn, 7 dyroOnkn, vl. Td KeAdpe
6 Oddos
} avAn
6 egoorns, vl. rd pradkdu
7) Karo.kia
) «Katotkia avtn ovyKerrat ék
Tmo\A@y Swpatiov
évorxrato
TO évoikiov
c ’
1) mpolecpia
6 €votxvagrns
TO €voiktactnpioy

155

This house threatens to fall
down.
The building, the edifice.
The roof.
The floor,
The tiling, the tile,
A roof of tiles, a roof of zinc.

The weathercock,

The lightning conductor.

The ceiling.

The woodwork, the laths.

The beams, the planks.

The wall.

The post, pillar.

The door; the gate (outer door).

The window.

The front.

The wing.

The bell.

The door-keeper, porter.

A country house.

The villa.

The staircase, stairs.

Steps, stairs.

The storey.

The ground floor.
First,second, third storey (floor).

The cellar, storehouse.

The dome.

The courtyard; yard, court.

The balcony.

Lodgings; residence.
These lodgings consist of many

apartments.

I hire.

(Hired) lodgings.

The term; notice.

Hirer ; lodger.

The lodging-house.

156

1) mpoxataBodn
7) mpomAnpepn
6 oixodeomérns’ 7) oikodeamrotva

6 mpoOadapnos

76 Swpariov, 6 Odadapos, vl. 7 Ka-
papn

mapakeipevoy, yerrovevoy daparioy

6 yeirov’ 7 yerréuiooa

7) yetrovia
dwpariov Tod Umrvov
ro éoriatnpioy, V1. 7 TpameCapia
7 aldovea
TO paryerpetov
7 ovdds, Td Kar@pAtov
ovdémote Oa matnow mov Td
kaT@pAudév Tov
70 damedov
oTeyn, TO cavidwpa
canddéve
ot Totxot
7 Ovpa
7 Ovpa rpifer
ra puadra ris Oupas, ai dixdides
7 Ovpa Sev kheier
6 orpohevs, 4 oTpogryE
KNeioare Thy Ovpay
npikreotos Ovpa
7) KAevdovia, Vl. 7 KAecdapiad
6 poxdds
5 ovprns, 6 pavdados
TO KAeLdiov
dvoiy thy Ovpay
BadX@ Tov pavdadroy, pavdadéve
6 rarns
To mapabupov
ro mapabvpov Bréret mpds THY
avAny, mpds Tov Spdépov
mpoBaive eis rd mapabupov

A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK.

The deposit.

Payment in advance.

The landlord, landlady; master,
mistress, of the house.

The anteroom, vestibule.

The chamber, room, apartment.

Adjacent, adjoining room.
The neighbour (male); ditto (fe-
male).
The neighbourhood.
A bedroom.
The dining-room.
The parlour; drawing-room.
The kitchen.
The threshold.
I will never cross his threshold
again.
The floor.
The roof; the wainscot.
I board up, wainscot.
The walls.
The door.
The door creaks.
The folding doors.
The door doesn’t shut.
The door-handle.
Shut the door.
A door ajar.
The lock.
The bar.
The bolt.
The key.
I open the door.
I bolt.
The carpet.
The window.
The window looks into the yard,
into the street.
I go up to the window.

A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK,

7 Uados tov mapabdpov, vl. Td
TCdpe
SirAody mapabupov
7d mapabupépudroy, vl. rd Kavare
c , A U
ai krykdides, vl. Ta KayKea
TO maparéeracpa
7) Oeppaotpa

157
The window-pane.

A double window.

The window-sill.

The banisters, balustrade.
The curtain.

The fireplace, stove.

1) Oéppavors Heating.
7) kdpuvos The chimney,
7 karrvoddyn, V1. 7 Kapwdada The chimney-pot.
1) mupaypa, vl. 7 pacwd The tongs.
ra Eva The fuel.
6 AvOdvOpakes, of yatavOpaxes The coal,
of dvOpakes, vl. ra kapBovva Charcoal,
To adpwbpov, 7 mapacvpa, vl. 7 The broom.
okovTra
II.
"Eumha. FURNITURE.
oiktaka oKevn’ ipatiopds” Household implements ; clothing;
poriopes. lighting.
TO €mimdov’ Ta €mumAa, 7 olkooxeun Furniture; articles of furniture.
6 émumAoT@Ans The upholsterer.

TO oupTaptoy, TO Eppapiov
TO ypaetov
7) BiBdcoOnkn
6 Koppetnp
TO XpnyatokiBarov
To Tpamée Cov
To kadOiopa, 7 Kabexda
6 kAwrTnp, vl. 7 modvOpdva
to tronddiov, 6 okipmovs, Td
oKapviov
To Opaviov
TO dvdkAwrpor, vl. 6 kavarés
ro mpookéearoy, vl. rd pagiAdpr
rd kadromtpor, Vl. 6 kabpéenrns
katomrpiCopat.
7 KAivn, vl. 7d KpeBare
otpave TO KpeBdre

The drawer.

The offiee, study.

The library.

The chest of drawers.
The safe.

The table.

The seat, the chair.
The armchair.

The footstool, hassock.

The ottoman.
The sofa.
The cushion.
The looking-glass.
I look in the glass.
The bed, the couch.
I make the bed.

158

TO OTp@pa
OTpGpa ehaoriKey
TO owvddmov
70 éparde@na, vl. 7d matAOpa
TO mpookedpadatoy, Td mpooKepadov
Ta owddma
6 uuntnp
c ioe ¢ ,
1) Aexavn, 6 AovTnp
Ddwp wuypdv, xrAuapdv, Oepudy,
Bpaoréy
A , 4
TO xepouaxtpor, Td mpoodyioy
TO cara@uviov, Vl. TO Warrovve
7) OdovTdKovis
6 wWukrnp rtav dddvrav, vl. 7
Bpotroa
. : ’
TO KTéviov’ KTeviCopat
tparé{iov Ths vuKrdés
ra évavopara, vl. Ta oripta
¢ , ¢ , ¢ “A
6 Aaprrnp, 7 Avxvia, 6 Avxvos,
vl. 1) Adprra
7 OpvadAls, 7d EAAYMOY, VI. Td
burvre
TO merpéAacoy
TO €Aatov
c , 4A a
6 Avyvoorarns, Td Knpomyor, Vl.
rd KavTiAtepe OY 6 KavTiALepns
6 knpés, Vl. TO Kept’ TO omepparoe-
Tov
To pas
ro KavdnAtoy
> , cal
avanta pas
“AZ
oBvve

A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK.

The mattress.

Spring-mattress.

The sheet.

The coverlet, coverlid.

The pillow.

The sheets.

The washing-stand.

The basin.

Cold, lukewarm, warm, boiling

water.

The towel.

The soap.

The tooth-powder.

The tooth-brush.

The comb; I comb my hair.
Night-stool.

Matches, lights.

The lamp.

The wick.

Petroleum.
Oil.
The candlestick.

The candle; the spermaceti can-
dle.

The light.

The taper.
I make a light.
I put out, quench, extinguish.

kf

¢ ‘ a > -
Tpaticpos Tod avdpds.
> , : , «
évdvpata’ kdduppa ris Kepa-
Ans’ tbrddects’ dvrixeipeva
mpos xpjaotv tod avdpbs.
6 ipariopds, } évdupacia
evdvpara, popépara.

Man’s Cioran.
Clothes ; covering for the head,
Sor the feet; articles for the
use of men.
Dressing, attire.
Clothes, garments.

A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK.

evdvo, exdvo
- £ ~ > ,
ceive @paia évdedupéevn
6 dpakos vl., 7 BeAdda vl.
TO erravwddpiov, Td tradtév
mapayyeAr@ Ev éravapédptov
Td Koddpor V1., rd poxador vl.
To atnOos
c ‘ A ,
ai xeipides, vl. Ta pavixia
A © 4 c , e
TO wtméppaupa, vl. 7 pddpa, 7
Bara
7d OvAdktor, vl. 4 ToéT
6 pavdvas
TO madTov
ec a
6 govArodkop vl.
9 Sipepa, vl. 7 yotva
\ LA c ,
TO meptoTnOtov, 4 meprornOis, vl.
TO yeéxov
‘4 ,
ro Cirdve vi.
‘ f ¢ ,
TO KopBiov" 7 kouBérpura
' §vo cetpat xopBior, vl. dvd ce-
pais kopBia
kopBdve* EexouBdve vl.
ai mepixvnpides, vl. rd mavraddu
TO €o@Bpaxoy
6 Kotwvitns, V1. 1) poumarexduepa
1» wmddeots
A ec 4
TO undédonua
4... , A ~
7d unddnpa, vl. rd marotrat
7 €uBas, vl. 7 mavrépra
mapynyyeidka év Cedyos trodn-
parev
| ee , c a
6 irodnparorroids, vl. 6 mamovrans
/ ‘A < ,
Badd 7d brddnua
ex8dd\o@ Ta brodjpara
> ‘ \ c , ‘ ,
avva ta trodnuata pe wAnyd-
vouv
ro dSéppa
To medthov, vl. 7 odda
7d tronrépuov, 7 wrépva, vl. Td
Taxouve

159

I dress, undress.

She is nicely dressed.
The dress-coat.
The overcoat, paletot.

I order an overcoat.
The collar.
The chest, breast.
Gloves, mittens.
The skirt.

The pocket.

The cloak, mantle.
The paletot.

The surtout.

Fur; leather garment.
The waistcoat.

Under-petticoat.
The button; the button-hole.
Two rows of buttons.

I button ; I unbutton.
Trousers.
Drawers.
The dressing-room.
Boots and shoes.
The boot.
The shoe.
The slipper.
I ordered a pair of boots.

The shoemaker.
I put on the boot. ©
I take off my boots.
These boots pinch me.

The leather.
The sole.
The heel.

160

yuari{ or ovotpdpe ra ma-
moutota Vl,
7) peAavrnpia, Td Aoyyardy, vi. 7
ptroyid

17 Botproa vl.
ai mdoBarides, vl. Ta kaddota
c Ul
7 Kepadn
TO kadvppa THs Kepadis
6 wiAos, vl. TO KamréXov
TO Kackérop Vl,

Kato TO KarréAov ! vi.
pavdvALov rod Aatpod

A ,
TO odduov Vi.
TO xXELpOKTLOV
ee ,

TO @poddyLov
6 kvAwSpos, 7 &yxupa
Xpvaovy, apyupody poddytov

TO @poddytoy pov eardbn or

éorapatnoe

myyaiver piav pav épumpds,
OTTLO@

xopoiCw (vl. xovpdi{w) rd apo-
Adytov

TO KAELdiov TOU @podoyiov

To €AaTnpiov Eomace

6 Seixrns’ 6 w@podeixrns’ 6 Aemro-

Seixtns

7) GAvots ToD @poAoyiov

ra Siomrpa, vl. Ta paroyvddia

7d xapropuAdktoy

TO ONpEL@paTapLoy
onpetdv@ Tt

To Badaytooy, vl. 7d rovyyi

To paBdior, vl. rd pracrotm

n kanvooipty€, vl. 7 mima
karvilo

6 Kamvos

TO ovyapov

6 rapBakos

7) rapBaxoOnkn, V1. 7} tayBaxépa

A GUIDE TO MODERN

GREEK.
I black or polish the shoes.
The blacking.

The brush.
The galoshes.
The head.
The covering of the head.
The hat.
The cap.
Off with your hat.
Neckerchief. .
The shawl,
The glove.
The clock, watch.
The cylinder; the escapement.
A gold, silver watch.
My watch has stopped.

It is an hour fast, slow.
I wind up my watch.

The watch-key.
The spring is broken.
The hand; the hour-hand; the
minute-hand.
The watch-chain.
The spectacles ; glasses.
The card-case.
The note-book.
I make a note of, note.
The purse.
The cane, walking-stick.
The tobacco-pipe; pipe.
I smoke.
Tobacco (dit. smoke).
The cigar (cigarette).
The snuff.
The snuff-box.

A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK,

‘Tuariopos THs yuvaikds.

kadi\wmiopss’ xpvcadikd’ a-
ompdépovxa (vl.)° épyéxerpa
yuvatketa.

To Pépena, vl. rd hoveran

1) oupa

7d eoapdpor, vl. pecopdpepa

TO atnueAnrov

To aTnOddecpoyr, vl. 6 kopoés

To od)tov :

7d pavdvAcov

1) (avn

ra tpixanta, Vl. 7 SavréhAas

TO mepi{wpa, Vl. 7 modi

7) oKxovdua

6 mémos

7) Kopn, TH paddud

ai mre ides

1) X@piotpa

TO Kreviov’ Krevifopat

Ta dpapara, vl. 7 pvp@dcais

6 pupeos

Ta xpvoagduxa, Ta orodidia

TO WipvOror, vl. ro puxtacide

70 Bédos

ra everia, Vl. ra oK@dapixia

To pavdvALoy Tov Aaipovd

TO Wedduov, TO Bpaxtdrtov

TO avepwornptor, Vl. 7 Bevrddsa

7d ddeEnhuor, vl. To mapacort

TO GreEBpdxuor, vl. 7 dumpéeAXa
dvoiyo Td ddeEnAvay
Keim 7d GdeEBpdxtov or adeki-

Bpoxov

Ta dompépouxa vl,

Trive

1) movrpia, } mAvoTpA

TO broxiTa@voy, TO UmoKaptoov

161

Woman’s Dress.

Ornaments ; trinkets ; linen ;
Semale work.

The dress,
The train.
Under garment,
The negligé, morning dress.
Stays, corset,
The shawl.
The cloak.
The sash, girdle.
Lace,
The apron.
The cap.
The gown,
The hair.
The plaits.
The parting.
The comb; I comb my hair.
The perfumes ; scents.
The perfumer.
Trinkets, ornaments,
Rouge.
The hairpin.
The earrings, eardrops,
The neckerchief,
The bracelet.
The fan.
The parasol.
The umbrella.
I put up my umbrella.
I put down, shut my umbrella.

The linen; washing,
I wash.

The washerwoman.

The chemise, shirt.

162

Awodv broxdpucov

BapBakivov or BayBaxepdv tro-
Kapucov

Ta KouBia

7) mepixyynuis, V1. 7 KaATOa

Ta toovpamea vl.

6 kadrooderns VI.

TO plvdpaxtpoy, TO pavdvAov, Td
pEopavdudov.

ai yuvacketat epyacia

Ta Epyoxetpa

parre’ 7 pantpia

To Upacpa, TO Tavioy

7 papy

TO viypa, 7 Behoud

TO payipov

TparréCiov Tov paviparos

Deford ferucie, | feeromrears

7 daxrvAnbpa

TO Wadidtov

1 Beddun’ 7 KappoBedovy

TO vnpa, 7) KAWOTH

TO mAexTov

_ 70 Bedonov (rot mreFiparos)

7 BedovoOnkn

dvapparre, cuppanta, vl. praddve

TO KevTnpa, TO KEvTNTOV

A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK.

A linen shirt.
A cotton, calico shirt.

The buttons.

The stockings.

The socks.

The garter,

The pocket-handkerchief.

Female employments,

“ Work,” handiwork.

I sew; the sempstress.
The stuff, the cloth.

The seam,

The stitch.

Sewing.

Work-table,

The sewing-machine.
The thimble.

The scissors.

The needle; the bodkin.
The thread.

Plaiting, knitting.
Knitting-needle.

The needle-case,

I mend, patch.
Embroidery, embroidered work,

KevT@ I embroider.
TO detypa The pattern,
kiobo I spin.

Vi

’AvOparwov copa,
pépn Tod ow@partos ididrnres*
Oécets.
1” Kepadn
7 Kopn’ 1) Opig
péAava Kéun, V1. padpa padded
Kon Kagravoxpous, vl. Kacrava

pad\ia

Human Bopy.
Parts of the body; qualities ;
attitudes.
The head.
The hair ; locks.
Black hair, black tresses.
Auburn hair,

A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK.

EavOds* modids, woddOpE

xéun Aevkn, V1. dompa parhid
Koupevopat
1) Koupa
1 pevakn, vl. n mepotKa
Time he mchokas
TO Kpaviov
6 eyxéegados, 6 pvedds
aOparos xwpis pada vl,
TO mpdcwrov’ 7 dys
Exo Oyu

TO péT@rov
pérarrov bynddv
éxer puridas emt Tov pera@mou
6 6pOadrnpds, vl. rd pare
TO Supa, TO BAéupa
mpoondéve To Bre€upa pov emi
TLWVOS -
drootpépw tovs dpbarpovs
Breupa 6&0
pedprus avdrémrns
6 BodrBos, 6 dpOarpds
7 Képn Tod 6pOadpovd
ay 2 ,
ai odpves
Ta BXépapa
ai Bredhapides
5 bs
dparet or Aarel Sia THs puvds
a» ‘ , \ n ¢ ,
ayet kal eper dia ris puvds
1) Taped, vi, rd payoudov
‘ > \ \ 2 ¢
TO ovs, Ta Ota, VI. ra atria
6 AoBds, Td eEwreptkdy ovs
TO TUpmavoy
TO oTdpa
TO xeiAos
xovdpa, Aerra xeiAn
1} yAoooa
, a i
TO Gkpoy Tis yooons

163

Yellow-haired, blond;
haired.
White hair.
I have my hair cut.
Hair-cutting,
The wig.
The top of the head.
The skull.
The brain,
A brainless idiot.
The face; the countenance.
I have the appearance, look as
if.
The forehead.
A high forehead,
He has wrinkles in his forehead.
The eye.
The glance, the look.
I fix my gaze on something.

grey=

I turn away my eyes.
A sharp, quick eye,
An eye-witness.
The apple of the eye.
The pupil of the eye,
The eyebrows.
The eyelids,
The eyelashes,
The nose.
He speaks through the nose.
He leads by the nose,
The cheek; the jowl.
The ear, the ears,
The lobe, outer ear,
The drum of the ear,
The mouth.
The lip.
Coarse, thin lips,
The tongue.
The tip of the tongue.

M 2

164 A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK.

Tpexet eis THY YA@ooay pov

Saxveo (vl. Saykave) riv yhoooav

prov
© > ,
6 ovpavioos
7) Ktovis, 6 yapyapewv
© ,
6 papvy&
7) TLayov
pace, paca
e€ >? “Yarn, ee Kt LNs
6 ddovs’ of dddvTes, Ta OOdvTLA
?
TO ovAoY, TA OVAA
dev dvoiyes TO oTopa Tov
6 Teyov
TO yéevetov" 7 yeveras
yeverdrns’ ayévevos
6 pvora€, vl. rd povorakt
Evpifopat
ec ,
6 Aatpos
c sy © > ,
6 Tpaxnros, 6 avxnv
6 opovdvdos
6 Aapvy&
kayyato

6 pos, vl. 6 vOpos

7 paoxahn
6 Bpaxiwv’ 7 aykadn
evaykarifouar, TepumTugcopat
domaopat, Piro
mpoopepe tov Bpaxiova pov
6 mxus’ 6 ayKkov
7 xelp (SeEua, dpiorepa)
€pxopat eis xeipas

opiyye thy x<ipa
ro SdktvAov, 6 SdkrvdAos
5. we fol ,
To dkpov Tod SaxrvAov
SaxrvAo0derkT@ tTiva

> , tc ,
avrixetp, 6 Saxrudos
c ¢ c ,
6 Atxaves, 6 Seixtns
6 péoos
6 mapaperos

€
0

It’s on my tongue (of a word).
I bite my tongue.

The roof of the mouth.
The uvula.
The gullet.
The jaw.
I chew, he chews.
The tooth ; the teeth.
The gum, the gums.
He does not open his mouth.
The chin.
The beard ; whiskers.
Bearded ; beardless.
The moustache.
I shave (myself).
The throat.
The neck.
The backbone, vertebra.
The windpipe.
I hiccup.
The shoulder.
The armpit.
The arm; the embrace.
I embrace, put my arms round.
I greet, I kiss.
I offer my arm.
The forearm ; the elbow.
The hand (right, left).
I come within arms’ length,
engage, come to blows,
I squeeze, press the hand.
The finger.
The tip of the finger.
I point at some one with the
finger.
The thumb.
The fore-finger,
The middle finger,
The fourth finger.

A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK.

6 pixpos
cw & 3.8
6 vu€, ro dvixtoy
1) Tapevuyis
c , © 5v6i
1) wvypn, 6 ypovbes
1) ypovOca
c ia
9 omany
Ta vara
, a ~ ’
otpepe Ta vara mpos Twa
9 opovdvrcKy orjAn, To paxoKcix-
kaXov
9 dadis
c La
9 wAevpa
A Ld
TO m\eupov
To otnOos
6 paorés, vl. ré Buti
6 Ké\mos
c a c ’
2) yaoTnp, 7) Kowia
70 tmoydorpioy
1) KYNuN’ TO oKEAOS
TO yovu, vi. rd yovarov
yovuxkuns
yovarila
4 > 4 ‘ Ld
mintw eis Tous médas Tivos
< , c A
H yaorpoxmpia, f Kvnpy
‘ ca e > /
70 oupor, 6 aorpayados
c ¢ ‘ a
6 rrovs, vl. rd wodape
TO wéeApa, TO TEedtAOv
ot Saxrudot, Ta SaxtvAa
Badife dxporodyti
1) wTépva
TO péAos’ TO Séppa
1) dppoyn’ Td dpOpov, 6 xévdudos
TO dgTOdY, TO KOKKaXOY" GoTEivOS
6 pvedds
Td Kpeas
7d vedpov" veuptkds* veupodyns
cw ”
1) ts, ai ives
6 pis, of pudves
1) loxus TOY pudvey
70 aiwa’ aivarnpos, aipoerayns
.
.

165

The little finger.
The nail.
The whitlow.
The fist.
The blow with the fist.
The span.
The back.
I turn my back to any one.
The vertebral column.

The loin.
The rib.
The side.
The chest.
The breast.
The bosom, lap.
The belly.
The abdomen.
The shank; the leg.
The knee.
On bended knees.
I fall on my knees, kneel.
I fall at any one’s feet.
The thigh.
The ankle.
The foot.
The sole.
The toes.
I go on tip-toe.
The heel.
The limb; the skin.
The joint.
The bone; bone, of bone.
The marrow.
The flesh.
The nerve; nervous.
The sinew, sinews.
The muscle, the muscles.
Strength of muscle.
The blood; bloody, bleeding.

166

aipoBédpos, aivoyapns
} prey 7} dprnpia
6 ovypos
7) kapdia’ éyxapdtos
9 kapdia mde
of madpol THs Kapdias
6 mvevpov' of mvevpoves
9 avarvon, To do ba
acbpaivey
avanvew
7 xdopn, To xaopnpa
XaTpapar
6 orépaxos
Xovevo’ 7 Teypis, 7 yovevots
Ta &vrepa, Ta evrdc bia
TO hap’ 1 ondny
7) XoAn
TO ciador’ 7d préypa
TO amoxpeppa, TO TTVT pA” TrVw
6 idpas’ idpdéve
7 e€atpnois’ 9 Samvon, 7 pects
ai mépot’ mopwdns
6 mrappos* mrapvitopat
70 Sdxpvov’ Saxpvov
KAaiw* xvvw daxpva
pera Saxpvoyr eis trois 6pbadpovs
7) xpotd, TO xp@pa
7 ois
éxer Oy Kadny
Exer ypu NOomot0d
7) @xpoTns’ oxpds
7 evowparia, 7 TokvcapKia
7 loxverns’ toxvds
edpnkns, loyvos
evpeyeOns
7) @patorns, TO KdAXos* apaios,
everdys, evpoppos* xabwpaito
7) Kourporns’ Kopyyos* Aewrés
9 adoxnpia® ducedns, doynyos

A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK.

Bloodthirsty, sanguinary.
The vein; the artery.
The pulse.
The heart ; hearty.
The heart beats.
The throbbings of the heart.
The lung ; the lungs.
Inspiration, breathing.
Panting.
I breathe.
The gape, yawn.
I gape, I yawn.
The stomach.
I digest; digestion.
The bowels, the entrails.
The liver; the spleen.
The gall, bile.
The spittle ; phlegm.
Expectoration ; I spit.
Sweat; I sweat.
Transpiration, sweating.
The pores; porous.
Sneezing ; I sneeze.
The tear; weeping.
I cry ; I shed tears.
With tears in his eyes.
The colour, complexion.
The appearance, look.
He looks well.
He has the look of an actor (a
theatrical air),
Pallor ; pale.
Stoutness, fatness..
Leanness; lean.
Lank, thin.
Large of stature.

Beauty, loveliness ; fair, beautiful,
lovely ; I beautify.
Prettiness; pretty ; delicate.
Ugliness ; misshapen, ugly.

.

A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK.

7 Sucpophia’ Svcpophos
1} emeTnSerorns’ emirndetos
7 Se&corns’ SeEcs
1) evKevnoia’® evKivyTos
€ , _ ’
7 Bapurns* Bapus
¢ > ’ c er e e Xx 4
1 laxvs, f) Pdyn* popadéos
> + > Ul e > ~
n advvapia, addvatos’ ekacbeva
6 Koos, 6 kduaros
kaTdamovos, kaTdkomos, Kovpace+
pevos
Katarrov@, kovpato
cr Lahr ,
6 Umvos’ Umvadéos
yuotata
Kolu@par" arroKoipapar
« , eee ,
poyxarif@’ 6 poyyadiopos
aypuTvae’ 1 aypunvia
e€uTrve, H eyepots
adburvite, eEvrvila, éEurva
1) PuscKN, 2) TavTopipla
6 TavTépipos, 6 pipos
6 poppacpos
’
poppatopat
1) oTaots
76 Badiopa
tmayo, Tyyalve" TpéExo
76 Bhpa’ Badifo, BnpatiCe
1) Geos
» a “as
torapat, oTEKw dpOtos
KdOnuar’ xabiwevos
xabivo
AdBere bow, kaOnoare
«eipat, Vl. Koiromat* Keipevos
xaTakAlvopae

167

Deformity ; deformed.
Cleverness; clever.
Dexterity; dexterous.
Nimbleness; nimble.
Heaviness; heavy, clumsy.
Strength, vigour; vigorous.
Feebleness ; feeble; I grow feeble.
Trouble ; toil.

Fatigued, toilworn, weary.

I wear out, weary.
Sleep; sleepy.
I am sleepy.
I sleep; fall asleep.
I snore; snoring.
I watch, lie awake; wakefulness.
LT awake; awaking, rising.
I waken, wake up.
Mimicry, pantomime,
The mimic, pantomimist.
The (making a) face,
I make a face.
The posture.
Walking, gait.
I go; Irnn.
The step; I walk, step.
The position.
I stand; upright.
I sit; sitting,
I sit down.
Take a seat, sit down.
[ lie; lying.
I recline.

VEG
_ “Vyleaa or byeta. HEALTH.
daoOevecar dappaka’ copa- Diseases ; medicines ; bodily
Tika eXaTTo@pmaTa, defects,

eccer a a
tylea, byeia’ byrHs
iyewvis’ BraBepos

Health; healthy.
Wholesome ; injurious.

168

TOs exere; mas exer 4 byiea
cas; mas etpioxerbe;

evxaptoTa@, Todd Kaa
e 22 ‘ f > ¢ ,
An 7 oikoyéverd pov eive tyins
«> “¢ c ,
7 adtabecia, 7 Kaxodiaberia
Da > , ,
eiuat adiaberos, kaxodidberos
s > , ’
dev efwar TOo@ Kada
rig) , 2 ‘ »
7 doOévera’ aobevns, appwatos
6 dabevns
, > ,
piracbevos’ Kaxextixds
aobeva
7" Kepadadryia, 6 tmovoxédhados, 6
xepaorovos
7 O8ovradyia, 6 ddovTdrovos,
mrovddovros
7 Svorewia, i amrevyia
dvomerros

On

racxe Svorevpiav
€X@ oTOUAYOrrovoy
TO Kpvodoynpa
expvordynaa, ekpvoca
6 Bn& Bix
7 ovvayxn’ 6 Bpdyxos
6 pevpatiopds
7d mpnopa, TO mpnEyzov
mpnokopat *
6 katdppovs* ai aiwoppoides
6 €yeros, 6 eperos
efena, vl. Eepvd
ol omacpol” onacp@dikos
7 emidnwpia
7) anomAngia
ind dromAnkias mpooBaddopat
) Tapadvors, ) tmapanAngia> mapa-
Avros
6 muperds’ muper@dns
mpoaBodn muperou
4 €pvOpiris, vl. 9 thepy

A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK.

How are you? How is your
health ? How do you find
yourself ?

Thank you, very well.

All my family are well.

Indisposition.
I am out of sorts, poorly.
I am not so very well.

Illness ; ill, unwell.

The patient.

Weakly, ailing, delicate.

IT am ill.

Headache, pain in the head.

Toothache.

Indigestion, bad digestion.
Indigestible, subject to indi-
gestion.
I suffer from indigestion.
I have a stomach-ache.
The cold.
I have caught cold, taken cold.
The cough; I cough.
The cold ; hoarseness.
Rheumatism.
A swelling, swelling.
I swell.
The cold in the head; piles.
Sickness, vomiting.
I am sick, vomit.
Spasms; spasmodic.
Epilepsy, falling sickness,
Apoplexy.
I am stricken with apoplexy.
Paralysis, palsy; paralytic.

Fever; feverish.
An attack of fever.
Scarlet fever, scarlatina.

A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK.

Td €uBdriov® euBortalo

6 euBorvac pds

7 tobdypa’ 7; apOpiris

1 Pbicts’ POcorkds

To Go Opua

17) prAsyaots

1} mepimTvevpovia

7 Svoevrepia

TO piacpa’ dobévera KohANTLKA
7» emOnpia’ éemdnpexds

6 Aotpds

1) XoAEpa* yxoXepixds

7 ¢adn’ Cadrifopat

7 tmvoBacia’ 6 bmvoBdarns

7 dvaaOnota, | vapkn’ davaicOnros
6 muvyariov, 6 epuddtns

7) AnOapyia

7} aiworrvaia’ 7 aipoppayia

7) KukKAoopia Tod aipatos

7} aiudppova tis pivds

TO épucimedas, Td dveporipopa
TO xeiperAor, 1) Xtoviorpa

n Knows, TO EVoipov

7 eEapOpwors

7} Town, TO KOY tO

Kérropuat
7} yayypava
i mryyy 7 ovAn
) WTHols* TinTe
6 xetpodpyos
6 larpés
éxet meAarelav mrodvdapOpov
6 ddovtoiarpés’ dpOadpsarpds
7 6pOarpia
6 pappakorroids
TO appakeioy

169

Lymph; I inoculate.

Vaccination, inoculation.

Gout; inflammation of the joints.

Consumption; consumptive.

Asthma.

Inflammation.

Inflammation of the lungs.

Dysentery.

Miasma ; contagious disease.

The epidemic ; epidemic.

The plague, pestilence.

Cholera; liable or leading to
cholera.

Dizziness ; giddiness ; I am dizzy,
giddy.

Somnambulism ; the somnambu-
list.

Insensibility, torpor; insensible.

Oppression, nightmare.

Lethargy.

Blood-spitting ; bleeding.

The circulation of the blood.

Bleeding at the nose.

Erysipelas.

Chilblains.

Itching, the itch.

Dislocation.

Cutting, smarting, sharp pain in
the bowels.

I smart, have a pain in the bowels.

Gangrene.

The wound ; the scar, scab.

The fall; I fall.

The surgeon.

The doctor.

He has a large practice.

The dentist ; eye-doctor.

Bad eyes, ophthalmia.

The druggist.

The druggist’s shop.

170

¢ ,

) ovvrayn

To pappaxov’ n ddars

A A ,

TO TpopuAakrTiKoy pecov

TO evduvaporikdy

TO KaTarortov’ 7 Kdvis

7 PreBotopia’ PreBoropa

9 Siatra’ 7 peraxeipiors
mepirroovpar aobevn
voonrev@, voroKoL@
emiokénropa aabevn
aicOavopa rov opvypdv
»* a
€xere dpeEwy 5
6a rnpnonre Siaray

6 mévos* adyeuvds

1) dvdppects’ avadapBavw
17) Ocpareia’ Oeparevw

6 Bios, 7 Can (@* Car

{anpds’ 1) Conpdorns

6 Odvaros’ aroOvnoKw’ vexpds

7) ayevia, 7 Wuxopaxia

Ovnrés’ 1 Ovnrdrns

aOavaros’ 1 adavacia

6 paxapirns maTnp Tov

7) pakapiris Bacihiooa

Ta TopariKad €AaTT@para,

tuprds’ 7 rupddrns, vl. rdpra

tupr0os eK yeveTns

povdpbarpos* mapaBdrwy, vl. ad-
AnOwpos

6 otpaBiopds’ orpaBico

pio 7 pveria

Koos’ 4 kapdrns

@dados, apeovos, vl. povyyds

kopadados

Weards’ Perrivo

cbadaxpos’ 7 paddxpa

XwAds" ywAaiva’ 7 xoddTns

A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK.

The prescription.
The medicine ; the dose.
The measure of precaution.
The tonic.
The pill; the powder.
Bleeding ; I bleed (transitive).
The diet; the treatment.
I treat a patient.
I nurse, tend the sick.
I visit a patient.
I feel the pulse.
Have you any appetite P
You will take care what you
eat (observe diet).
The pain; paintul.
Recovery ; I recover.
Cure, curing ; I cure, heal.
The life, ditto (vital principle); I
live; living.
Lively ; _ liveliness,
vivacity.
Death; I die; dead.
Death struggle, last struggle.
Mortal; mortality.
Immortal; immortality.
His late father (lit. blessed).
The late queen.
Bodily defects.
Blind; blindness.
Blind from birth.
One-eyed ; wall-eyed, with a cast
in the eye.
Squinting; I squint.
Short-sighted ; short-sightedness,
Deaf; deafness.
Dumb.
Deaf and dumb.
Stammering ; I stammer.
Bald; baldness.
Lame; I am lame; lameness,

animation,

A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK.

dvdrnpos* kudos, kuptos, vl. Kap-
movupns

dpiorepos

6 vavvos’ 6 yiyas

Td Tépas’ Tepar@dns

171
Maimed ; bent, hump-backed,
Left-handed.

The dwarf; the giant.
The monster; monstrous,

VIIL

/
Duy.
aigO@noes’ évépyetat THiS
Wvuxns’ yAéooa.
c ,
7 Vext
c , . ,
ai meévte aig Onces
7) Gpacts’ Brera
mapatnpe, vl. kurtato
éparés* ddpatos
.J ,
eiuat pvow.
pray, auBdds Thy dyw
yropil@ adirov €& dens
7) akon’ akov@" daviKovaTos
axpoafopat
dxovoare pe
co» Digs , ,
9) Sodpnots’ dodpaivopa, pupi-
Comat
dappavOnre or pupicbnte ait
TO avOos
+ > ,
éxet aropopav
evoadiager’ Bowpet
ee , a > ,
7 apn’ Gnropa, aicOavopat
7) yedous* yevouat, Soxtuato
yAukvs* 7 yAukirns
dfvs, vl. Eewds 4 d€drys, vl. 7
Eewvdda
mixpos* 1) muKpdtns, 7) miKpia
TO Tvedpa’ 1) evpvia
evpuns, my@patadns, vl. €Eumvos
i kapdia® éyxapdios
Td Aoyixdv’ Aoyixds
7 cbveois’ ouverds, Hpdvipos

panvapa, prvapa

Sout.
Senses ; activities of the mind ;
language.
The soul.
The five senses.
Sight; I see.
I observe, look at.
Visible ; invisible.
I am short-sighted.
Short-sighted, dim-sighted.

I know him by sight.
Hearing ; I hear; unheard of.
I listen.

Hear me.

Smell; I smell, I scent.

Smell this flower.

It has an odour.

It smells nice; it stinks,
Touch ; I touch, feel.
Taste ; I taste, try.

Sweet; sweetness.
Sour, sharp; acidity.

Bitter; bitterness.
Wit; wittiness.
Witty, spirited, clever.
The heart; cordial.
The reason ; reasoning.

The understanding ; sensible.
I talk rubbish, nonsense.

172

Exo Sixatov, adixoy
7 4 : ee
€x@ Adyov, airiav
drratt® ixavorroinow
coppoovrn:
ceive dvonoia
6 vous’ vouveyns
KataAnnrés* dxardAnrros
oas mapevonoa
) mapavdnots
évvoeira !
- 3 cal Xr B ,
vod, €vvod, karahapBave
TO avTiAnariKdy
TOUTO €ive dkaravénrov
7) ixavérns’ ixavés* dvixavos
7) Kadoxapdia
7) peyadopuia’ peyadoduns
z ’ a > ,
etve Ovavovs* dytiAapBaverar
dvoxdAas
7 ida
oxérropat, ovAdoyiCouat’ avadoyi-
Copa
dvetpevouar” Td dverpor (pl. -ara)
dev nEevpw ti va trobéow
et aria | ’
7 idéa" iSavixds
7 iavixétns’ rd Bavixdv
> , O77 * . ’
ovdepiay ideav Eyer Tept TovToU
avarticow tas idéas pou
c fe c ,
) youn, 7 SoEacia
eipat THs yvopns ort —
y gvpBovrn’ ocvpBovrevo
oupBovdevopai tia
Td cupBovAtov
4) avardédnots, 6 avadoyiopos’ ava-
TOA, avadoyifouat
6 avddoyiopds*’ svAdOyifoua
) Kpiows’ kpive
6 dtxaorns’ dixnalo
H mpornyis’ 7 Secordarpovia
€.- , e c ,
4 Umd0eots’ troberw

A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK.

I am right, wrong.

I have reason, cause.

I demand satisfaction.
Prudence, moderation.

It is folly, nonsense.
The mind; intelligent.
Intelligible; unintelligible.

I misunderstood you.
The misunderstanding.

Of course (It is understood) !
I understand, I see, I comprehend.
Power of apprehension.
This is incomprehensible.
The ability ; able; incompetent.
Humour, vivacity. ,
Genius ; possessed of genius.

He is slow of apprehension ;

understands with difficulty.

The idea.
I consider, reflect ; reason.

I dream ; the dream.
I don’t know what to suppose.
Idea; ideal.
Ideality ; the ideal.
He hasn’t a notion of this.
I develop (or unfold) my ideas.
The opinion, view.
I am of the opinion that —
The advice; I advise.
I consult some one.
The council.
The reconsideration, the reflection;
I reconsider, reflect.
The reflection; I reflect.
The judgment; I judge.
The juryman ; I try.
The prejudice; the superstition.
The supposition (also business); I
suppose.

A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK,

eixaw" 7 eikagia
TO oupmépacpa, TO Tépiopa
ovprepaive

€k ToUTou €merat Gre —
) maparnpnots’ Jewpa
6 maparnpntns
mapaTnp®
agtoonpel@ros
9 Suaxpiots
» e€atperixdrns
dtaxpive’ Sdiaxpivopac
y weOw’ Treidw
qevoTikds’ KatarelOw
BeBardrns* 7 aodddera
i) BeBaiwors* BeBarsvo
9 memoiOnors
BéBaos* memeropevos
4 apdhiBoria’ audiBarA@
auPpiBoros’ aBeBaos
pavretio” TO pdvrevpa
4 pavracia’ havrdgopat
davraciwdns
i) pen, TO prynpovirdy

aévopynpdvevros

e& apynpovevt@v xpdvev
1) dvdprynots
4 AnOn’ Anopova’ éemAjnopev
1) yvaots* 7 yvoptipia
Babcia yrooes

eis yva@pids ou
yroortds’ ayvworos
copéds’ Adytos, memardevpevos
dpabns
) d€vvoia" 7) ayxivoa
ayxivous ;
4 Sekudrns' SeEids" ddéEvos
popia, 7) Bdakia, vl. 7) KovTapapa
popes, Brag, vl. kourds
} copia’ gopds

173

I conjecture ; the conjecture.
The inference ; the conclusion.
I infer.

From this it follows that —
The remark; I regard.
The observer,
I observe, remark.
Worth noting, noteworthy.
The distinction.
The exceptionality.
I distinguish, am distinguished.
Persuasion ; I persuade.
Persuasive; I dissuade.
The certainty; the safety,
The assurance; I assure.
The conviction.
Sure ; persuaded.
The doubt; I doubt.
Doubtful; uncertain.
I guess; the guess,
The fancy ; I fancy.
Fanciful, fantastic.
The memory; the reminder,

power of memory,

Memorable.
From immemorial times,
The remembrance.
Forgetfulness; I forget; forgetful.
Knowledge; acquaintance.
Profound knowledge[s].

An acquaintance of mine,
Known; unknown.
Wise; learned, cultured.
Illiterate, unlearned.
Quickness of wit; presence of mind.
Ready (of resource).
Dexterity ; dexterous, awkward.
Folly, stupidity.
A fool, a dullard, a blockhead.
Wisdom ; wise, clever.

174
TO aioOnua’ 1 atoOnots

aicOdvopa’ aigOnrés, éracOnrds
evaiaOnros* dvaicOnros

9 evacOnoia’ 7 avaccOnoia
c ,
7 Siabeors
kaAjjs, kaxns Siabécews
1) evTim@ois
a) i eer ,
7 emOupia’ 6 760s
> ee oe
€mOupa’ éemOupnrds
H Odnots’ Oéro
pe ES eae | » a t
€xovatos’ axovoros’ €Oedovtns
dopeves’ peta xapas
6 oxords, 7 mpdbecrs
mpoxemat, mporidepuat,
oKorrov
,
exes Kakovs OKoTOUS

exo

} ardpacis’ aropacifea

) €mippon

To 700s, 7) Spun

eurabns’ amabns

7 advahopia’ aduadopos

6 €pas, 7 ayann’ ayaTo
ayanG Tov trepimatov

épaotns

TO picos* pice

ptontos’ poyxOnpds

tpupepdtns’ tpudpepds

} ovyKivnots’ cvyKiwytikds

OvyKwWa" cvyKEKwnpevos

9 ahociocts’ apworwpevos
c 4 - tes 4 lA

7) KAiows, 7) porn
evdidberos, mpddvupos

9 avrimdbeca, 7 dmootpopy
avrimaOnrikds
4 andia’ andns

A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK.

The feeling (thing felt); the
(power of) feeling.
I feel ; sensible, appreciable.
Sensitive; insensible, senseless,
insensate,
Sensitiveness; insensibility.
The disposition.
Of a good, an evil disposition.
The impression,
The desire ; the longing.
I wish; desirable.
The will; I will.
Willing; unwilling; a volunteer,
Gladly ; with pleasure,
The object, the purpose.
I am going to, I propose, in-
tend.
He has evil intentions, means
ill.
The decision; I decide.
The influence.
The passion, impulse.
Passionate ; passionless,
Indifference ; indifferent.
Love, affection ; I love, like,
He likes walking.
Lover.
Hatred; I hate.
Hateful ; villainous.
Delicacy, luxuriousness; delicate,
The emotion; touching, emotional.
I move, touch; moved, touched,
affected.
Devotion ; devoted.
Inclination, bent, propensity,
In good spirits, well-disposed,
eager, ready,
Dislike, disgust.
Full of dislikes,
Unpleasantness ; unpleasant,

orkxaivoua, andiatw re
Bdeduxrds* drorpératos

H ppixn’ i) ayavaxrnots
droorpéepopat

evdpectos’ Sucdpecros

7 «dvoid evvu®

6 evvoovpevos’ 1) evvoovpern
7H piria’ Prrixds, Pirtos

6 piros’ 7 Pidn

7) eforxelwors’ €£otkerodpat

7 €xOpa’ ex Opixds

6 €xOpds* roheptos
diadrayn, 7 SidddAaEis

StadAdocopat

9 drddnyis’ troknwropat

G£.os brodknews’ avextiunros

9 karappovnots’ Katappove

rd o¢Bas* oéBopat

oeBdoptos, o¢Bactds

4 mepippdrgats” mepippova’

6 Oavpacpés* Gavpato

Oavpactos, Gavpacrds
€xmAnks’ KaTramAnktixés
KaramAntT@
exmAntropa’ Cavpato
€xOapBos
7 Spyn’ dpyidos
dpyifopa’ d€vOvpos
9 eEayis, 7) mapapopa
e€drropa, abapratopar
9 Avoca’ H pavia
Avocawdns, paviwdns
6 Kdpos, 6 xopracpés

7 Scahopa, 7 dtévekcs, 7) edovetkia
i) Epis’ ) Aoyopayia
rroverko’ €pifw mpds twa
prioverkos .
i) Aum

A QUIDE TO MODERN GREEK.

175

I am disgusted, I loathe a thing.

Loathsome, abominable.

Terror ; indignation.

I abhor.

Pleasing ; unpleasant.

Favour; I favour.

The favoured one (m. and f.),

Friendship ; friendly, kindly,

The friend ; dear one.

Familiarization; I familiarize
myself.

Enmity ; hostile, inimical.

The enemy ; foe,

The reconcilement, reconciliation.

I am reconciled.

Reputation ; I am reputed.

Worthy of repute ; invaluable,

Contempt ; I despise.

Respect ; I respect, reverence,

Venerable, august.

The neglect ; I neglect.

Wonder, admiration; I wonder,
admire.

Wonderful, marvellous.

Astonishment; astonishing,

I astound.

I am surprised ; I marvel,

Dumbfoundered.

Wrath; wrathful.

I am angry; quick-tempered,

The fit of passion, fury.

I fire up, I am carried away.

Frenzy ; madness,

Raving, mad.

Satiety, surfeit.

The difference, feud, quarrel,

Strife; war of words,

I quarrel; I dispute with a man.

Quarrelsome.

Grief.

176

_ mpokev@ omnv
TOUTO pe EAUTNTE TOAD
Avrovpat
ceive d&wAvmNTOS
ceive AuTnpov tt —
H Orinpis* reOAtppevos
7) SvaOupia, » AVN’ wepiArvrTos

7) pedayxoXia’ pedayxodKds

» Uroxovdpia’ broxovdpiakds

» padpdrns’ padpds

7 evOupia’ evOvpos

evbuna, Siacxeddlw

padpive

7 xapa’ evxapis, meptxapns

To Oédyntpov, ra Oehyntpa

évOous, evOove tac pevos

7 ndovn’ at ndovai

7 Starkedaats

ai d:ackedaces

Oedxrixds, OehEtxapdios

katabedyo

6 yéhos’ yero

pevdio" TO pecdiapa

yedotos’ 1) yedordrns
Katayéhacroy ToL Tia
6 dvOpwros obros KaTHYTnGE Tai-

yviov TOU KOT POV

éprailo riva

TKOTT®, KaTAyEAO
7 dotedtns, 6 aoteiopds, vi. 6
xoparas

€ t ‘ ,

7 aoBaporns’ coBapds

arovdaiws

} oTepéis, 7 evxapiotnots
evxaptoTnpevos’ otépyw

9 Svoapécketa’ Sucapecta
c a4 See ,
7) amdAavots’ atrokave

A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK, ‘

I cause grief.
This (has) grieved me much.
I am grieved, sorry.
He is deserving of pity.
It is sad that —
Affliction ; afflicted.
Heaviness of heart, grief; sor-
rowful.
The melancholy ; melancholy.
Hypochondriasis ; hypochondriac.
Joyfulness ; joyful.
Gladness; glad.
Iam gay, I amuse myself,
I gladden.
Joy; merry, jocund,
The charm, the charms.
Inspired, carried away.
Pleasure ; pleasures,
Amusement, diversion.
Amusements.
Charming, captivating.
I charm, captivate,
Laughter ; I laugh.
I smile; the smile.
Laughable; absurdity.
I make a man ridiculous.
This man has become a laugh-
ing-stock to the world.
I make fun of a man, mock
him.
I scoff, laugh at.
The fun, the joke, the jest,

Gravity ; grave.
Seriously.
Contentment, pleasure.
Pleased, contented ; I am con-
tent.
Displeasure ; I displease,
Enjoyment; I enjoy.

A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK.

4 mpoooy’

TepirrowntiKds” Teptmrotovpat
voooKopL@

Ppovtife” pepiuvd

Twodvpportts’ appovtis* duéepiuvos

7 mpocdokia’ mpoadoKa, Treptpmeva
7 adnpovia
7 Bacavos’ Bacavita
9 dynovxia’ dvnovxos
novxato’ Kkabnovyato
dvnovx@
7 novxia’ Fouxos
n eEais’ eEnupévos
7) avarravots’ eravarav@
6 PoBos* poBodpat
poBodtpai twa
dethds* repipoBos’ poBepds
6 Tpoxos" Tpopepds
expoBa, expoBiCo
7 ppixn’ ppixwdns, ppixadéos
7 ExmrAnks, Td ampooddxntov

) ameAmoria, dmeAmioia’ ameAri-
Comat
> > ,
elve avreAmicia
»
aredris
7 Aris’ edriga
eveATs
1) TMapnyopia’ tmapryyopos
drrapapvOnros, amapnydpntos
7 yAoooa
7 Suddextos
H A€Ets
© /
6 Adyos
AaAG, dpshO pds Tiva
c m4
n €xppacis
> en /
ev €vi hoyo
7) Tvvouiria® gvvopre
7 ovvdsddegts* cuvdiadéyopat

177

Attention,
Attentive; I attend to.
I tend, nurse.

I provide; I care for.
Full of care; thoughtless, free

from care.
Expectation ; I expect, await.
Bewilderment.
Torture ; I torment.
Uneasiness ; restless, uneasy.
Iam quiet; I quiet.
I am disturbed, restless.
Tranquillity; tranquil.
Excitement ; excited.
Rest; I soothe, lull to rest,
Fear; I fear.

I am afraid of any one.
Fearful; timid; dreadful.
Terror ; tremendous.

I frighten, alarm.

Fright; frightful, dreadful.

Astonishment, the unexpected-
(ness).

Despair, desperation; I despair.

It is a desperate case.
Despairing.

Hope; I hope.

Of good hope, hopeful.
Comfort; comforter.

Inconsolable, disconsolate.
Language.

The dialect.

The word.

The speech.

I talk, speak to any one.
The expression.

In a word, in one word.
The conversation ; I converse.
The conference ; I confer.

N

178
grvapa’ 7 prvapia’ prvapos

hovato’ Karo
? eae ’ a
ovopatw" dvopatopat, kadovpat
TO Tpowvdp.oy’ Td Svopa™ TO érr@-
vupov
1, a oe a
TO 6pyavov’ 7 pavn
Optheire Suvatwrepa
ovya bpireire
) Clon, 7) oryn” olamnpds, o1o-
anos
TLOT@
1) €parnots
€poT@ wepi Tivos
Tapakar® Tepi Tivos
mpocaydpevois —
évopalw" avayopeva
> Len ,
expave Adyor
evnxos, Bpayxahéea horn
1) €p@Tnots* 4 mapakAnots
€ of eas ’
ixerevw eEopkiCo
> , ia ,
9pvU@, OpKiCopat
2) *
7 avadopd
1) awdKptots, 7» amdvTnots
drrokpivopat, aTavT@
émavedaBe
Starpaypatevopnar 7 Stampaypa-
Tevots
¢c Ul € > ’
4 Supynots, 9 abjynots
dunyotpa, adnyodpat
y evppddea, 7) evyhwrria’ edpa-
Ons, evyA@rros

A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK.

I talk nonsense; nonsense; a
babbler.
I call; I summon.
I name; I am named, called.
The Christian name; the name;
the surname.
The organ; the voice.
Speak louder.
Speak softly.
Silence; silent, taciturn.

I hold my peace, am silent.
The question.
I ask about something.
I make a request.
The address.
I name; I proclaim.
I deliver a speech.
A sonorous, a hoarse voice.
The question ; the request.
I beseech ; conjure.
I swear, take an oath.
The reference, mention, appeal.
The answer, reply.
I answer, reply.
He repeated.
I negotiate; the negotiation.

The narrative, the recital.
I recount, narrate.
The eloquence ; eloquent.

IX.

> ‘ ‘ ,
Aperat kat Kaxiat
mpotepypata kal €hutto@-
para.

¢ As Re Oe 4

1) Gpeth’ evdperos

c f s ,

i) kaxia, TO eAdTT@pa

VIRTUES AND VICES.
Advantages and defects,

Virtue; virtuous.
The vice, the defect.

A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK,

rd mporepnua, TO mpoody

TO eA\aTT@pa

} €AAewis, TO ohdApa

¢ 3 ? ¢-% , 2 7

7 NOckn, 1) NOckdtns* nOkds

TO avnOtkov, 7 avnOixdrns’ avnOtkos

Ta 7On
\ bed A ,
TO Ka@nKov, TO xpeos
> ~ A , ,
EKTEA® TA KaOnkovTa pov
ExTNpS® TO xpos pov
TapapEer@ Ta xpén prov
TO Umdderypa, 6 broypaupds
9 ayabdrns, KaA@ovrn
‘ > Cig ,
TO adyaddv’ Kadds
> /
ayadés
, ° > , e > - ,
pirridppar edtperns’ evvoixds
1) emeixera’ emrveckys
7) Kaxia, 7) poxOnpia’ Kaxds
,
poyOnpds, KaxevTpexns
TO Kakov
eUraxtos* Graxtos
> , > ,
ovdapivds, odridavds
e e154 ss ,
7) Oudvota’ 1 tx dvota
iy evepyecia® 6 evepyerns
i) evrrotia’ ehenp@v, evepyeriKds

6 Kakovpyos* TO Kakovpynua

6 oikros’ oixrippav, ovpmaéns,
eVorAayxvos

TO €Xeos* ayidens’ oikTpds, edeewvds

} evaeBeva’ edoeBns, OpnoKos

i acéBeva’ aoeBns

4 okAnporns* okdnpds, oxAnpd-
xapdos

1) yevvarowvyia’ yevvardyuxos

) peyadowvyla’ peyaddwuxos

) prrokevia® pirdEevos

9 aprogevia’ aprdgevos

179

The advantage, the attribute,
qualification.
The defect, drawback,
The want, the fault.
Moral (virtue), morality ; moral.
The immoral, immorality; im-
moral.
Morals.
The duty, the obligation.
I perform my duties.
I fulfil my obligation.
I neglect my obligations.
The pattern, model.
Goodness, kindness,
The good ; good.
Good.
Kind; kindly ; favourable.
Equity ; fair, equitable.
Wickedness, depravity ; bad.
Depraved, villainous.
The evil.
Orderly ; disorderly.
Worthless, good-for-nothing.
Agreement ; disagreement.
The benefit; the benefactor.
Beneficence ; compassionate, bene- .
ficent.
The evil-doer ; the crime.
Pity; pitiful, compassionate, mer-
ciful.
Mercy; merciless ;
wretched.
Piety ; pious, religious.
Impiety ; impious.
Severity, harshness ; harsh, hard-
hearted,
Generosity ; generous.
Magnanimity ; magnanimous.
Hospitality ; hospitable.
Want of hospitality ; inhospitable.

. piteous,

Nn 2

180

) Evyvapoovrn’ 1) xapis
dyvopev, adxaptotos
ads evyv@pove
7) axapiotia’ 7) ayvepootvn
7) eiAckpivera’ eiAcKpuvns
1) mpoorroinats* mpoomoinros
T poo rrotovpat
1) Umdxpicts, 7) UroKpioia’ UroKpuTyns
To Wevdos* Wevorns
1) aAnOera* adnOns
Opiretre GdnOds ;
7 SoAtdtns* SdAcos
6 Aa@os* AavOdvopat, AavOdva

4) ovkoarria, 7 SiaBorn

diaBadrXw, cvxoparta’ cuKopaytns

7) Katnyopia, 7 KaxoAoyia’ Kako-
oy@

) exepvdia’ é€x€uvbos

7 adtaxpioia’ adudkpttos

7) Teptepyia, 7 meptepyeta’ tepi-
epyos

TovTo eive mepiepyov

7 GBpodppoavrn’ a8poppav

1) €umioToovwn eumorrevopat

6 €umemioTevpevos’ eumiorevTixds

7 Svomotia’ Svomoros

1) eUmioTtia’ evmioTos

}) amotia’ a@muoros

} TiotTis’ morTés

c iz o: if ec ,

7 trovpia, 7 Umdvota

kaxUTonTOs’ UmonTos
tromrevopai Tiva

7 (ndotruria’ (nAdtumos

6 avtimados

6 Pbdvos’ POovepds* Pbovd
dev Pbove thy evrvxiay Tov

€ Pine ,

7 Sevodatporia’ decordaipwv

7) oepvorns, 7) KoopLoTNS

A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK.

Gratitude; the favour.
Ungrateful ; thankless.

I am grateful to you.
Thanklessness ; ingratitude.
Sincerity ; sincere.

Pretence; pretended.
I pretend.

Hypocrisy ; hypovrite.
Falsehood, lie ; liar.
Truth; true.

Are you speaking the truth P
Craftiness ; crafty.

The mistake; I am mistaken,
wrong.

Slander, calumny.

I accuse, slander; a slanderer.

Accusation, evil-speaking ; I de-
fame.

Taciturnity ; taciturn.

Indiscretion ; indiscreet.

Curiosity ; curious.

This is curious.
Delicacy ; delicate, tender.
Confidence; I confide.
The confidant; confidential.
Distrust; distrustful.
Trustfulness, credulity; credulous.
Faithlessness, infidelity; incre-

dulous, infidel, faithless.

Faith, troth ; faithful.
Suspicion, misgiving.
Distrusted, suspected.

I suspect some one.
Jealousy; jealous.
The rival, antagonist.
Envy; envious; I envy.

I do not grudge him his luck.
Superstition ; superstitious.
Gravity, propriety.

A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. 181

oenvds, KoupLos

) doxnpoovrn, ) ampemera
doenvos, doxnpwev

G AS ,
1) Tarewvoppoavyyn’ Tarewvdppev
1) Tareivoots

7) pkpotpemeta’ 7 Xauepmreva
puixpompenns’ Xauepmrns

9 agvompérea’ a&vompenns
TO dvakiomperés’ dvaktompemns
) ayavdaxrnots

c > , c > ,

7 dvacyxuvria, 7 avaidera
dva.dns, advaiaxuvTos

}) ovoroAn, 7) Sethia’ Secdds
H TOABN

ToAunpés, pupokivduvos

7 apoBia

dtpépnrtos, apoBos

¢ , . ,

7 Opacitns’ Opacis

70 Oappos’ Bappadéos

> , ee ee ,
evOappvva’. 1 evOappuvors
droOappive’ 1 amobappuvats
O8 Ba. ae

7 avavdpia’ avavSpos

7 avdpeia, 1 yevvacorns
avépeios, yevvaios

i) oTEpedtns’ oTepeds

e 2 feng 307

7 advvapia’ adivaros
eLacbeva, eEacbeviCo

7 laxvs’ ioxupds

encxvo, evdvvandsve

1) emveixera’ emveckns

) avotnpdtns’ avornpds

) dvexrixdrns’ avextixds

4 © , G ,
dvéxopat, tropeva, dropEepa
dvexrés’ adpédpntos, avurdopos

» prravOperia® piiavOpemos
7 aravOperia’ dravOpwros

7 BapBapérns* BapBapos
7 okAnpdrns’ okAnpds

Grave, proper, decent.

Impropriety, indecency.

Improper, indecent.

Humility ; humble.

Humiliation.

Meanness; grovelling.

Mean ; grovelling.

Seemliness ; seemly.

Unseemliness ; unseemly.

Indignation.

Shamelessness, audacity.

Audacious, shameless.

Embarrassment, timidity ; timid.

Daring.

Bold, rash, daring.

Fearlessness.

Intrepid, fearless.

Rashness ; rash.

Courage ; courageous.

I encourage; encouragement.

I discourage ; discouragement.

Cowardice ; cowardly.

Bravery, valour.

Brave, valorous.

Firmness ; firm.

Powerlessness ; powerless, weak.

I weaken.

Strength; strong.

I strengthen, fortify.

Fairness ; fair.

Austerity; austere.

Tolerance; tolerant.

I endure, bear, suffer.

Bearable ; unendurable, insuffer-
able.

Philanthropy; benevolent, hu-
mane.

Inhumanity ; inhuman.

Barbarity ;. barbarous.

Severity ; severe.

182

o.

7) aypidrns* ayptos
7 apodpdrns’ apodpds
i tapaBiacts* mapaBtactns
mapaBiate
7) @pdtns’ ods
) mpadtns” mpaos (mpaeia, fem.)
karanpaive
c , e < ,
9 Aemrérns’ Aerrds
evyevera’ evryevns
7 ayevea
3 , > ,
dmoXitevtos, ayers
1) dypotkia’ Gypo.xos
€ , i ,
7 Bavavodrns’ Bavavoos
EArewis dywyns, amadevola
> , ‘ an
arraidevros* avaywyos, Kkakoava-

Opeppevos
c > , c > td
i) dywyn, ) dvarpopn
1) etrpoonyopia’ evmpoonyopos
70 d&tépaatoy, Td a&vayamnrov
€pdopos, a&tépacros, a&vayarnros
€ ree r
7) Koakeia’ Kodak
koAakeuTikés
7H Tydtns’ Tipsos
xpnardrms’ xpnoros
} amatn’ amatn\os
6,1) amareav’ anata
€ It A Fis > ,
9 Tuveldnots, TO TuvELdds* EvovreEl-

Ontos

> ;
evovveLdoTas
c , a ,
9 TUYts TOU cuverddros
7) ovveidnots pe TUrTEL

7) peTapedera, 1) peTavoia’ petavod
TL

td Siapépov' rd evdiapépov’ dia-
pépar, evdiapépav

17 tStoreAera® idioreAns

evdiaépopat trepi Tivos

4 piravria’ pidavros

A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK.

Savagery ; savage.
Vehemence ; vehement.
Violation ; violator.
I violate.
Cruelty; cruel,
Gentleness ; gentle.
I soothe, appease.
Subtlety ; fine, subtle.
Nobility ; noble.
Baseness ; low birth.
Impolite, ungentle.
Boorishness ; boorish.
Vulgarity ; vulgar.
Want of breeding; want of edu-
cation.

Uneducated ; ill-bred.

Breeding; bringing-up.

Affability ; affable.

Amiability, lovableness,

Lovable, amiable.

Flattery ; a flatterer.

Flattering (adj.).

Honesty ; honest,

Goodness ; good.

Deception ; deceptive.

The deceiver; I deceive.

Conscience, consciousness ;
scientious,

Conscientiously.
The pricking of the conscience.
My conscience pricks or smites

me.

Repentance, penitence; I repent
of anything.

The difference ; the interest; dif-
fering ; interesting.

Self-interest ; interested.

I am interested in anything.

Selfishness ; selfish.

con-

A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK.

6 eywiopds’ eywiorys

6 <nros

7 mAcovesia® mEovextys

7 proxépdera’ piroxepdys
7) prrapyupia’ diddpyupos

1) yevvaodwpia’ yevvarddwpos
} doetia’ arwros
Sarrava, xatavadioxa, éEodevo
bu , ,»*

9 Saran, ra €£08a

7) Oikovoyia’ oikovdpuos

olkovopne
Onoavpifve
7 axpiBeva’ dxpiBns* axpiBds

7 dba@drns* adbdos

c n é ,

7) kaOapétns’ Kabapds

c > r ’ ,
7 €Otporagia, €Oinompenns
i) eUmpérera’ edmperns

1) atoria’ aromos

7) meTpLoTNs” peTpios

) peTpiacts* perpiat@

7 adnhpayia, 7 yaotpysapyia’ 7 dat-
papyia’ 7 Atxveia

Aaipapyos, adnpayos’ Aixvos

6 payas* 6 Xixvos

TO Aixveupa

7) tpupy’ tpudndds

7 #€On* peOvoos

9 pébvots’ péeduaos, oivoBapns

9 Takis’ 9 drakia
Taktixds avOpwros
arakTos, adkaTaoraros

7) KaBapidrns* Kabapos
2” eee MM]

9) axaOapcia’ axddapros
1) putapérns” pumapéds

© 3

9) duedera’ auedns

183

Conceit; conceited.

Zeal.

Avarice; avaricious.

Greed; greedy of gain.

The love of money;
loving.

Generosity ; generous, liberal.

Loose-living ; loose-lived, “ fast.”

I spend, I expend, I lay out.

Expenditure, outlay, expenses.

Domestic management, saving ; a
manager, saver.

I save.

I hoard.

Accuracy; accurate; dear (i.e.
“beloved” and expensive).

Innocence ; innocent.

Cleanliness; clean.

Steadiness; steady, moral.

Seemliness ; seemly.

Absurdity ; absurd.

Moderation; moderate.

Moderation (as a process); I
moderate.

Greediness, gluttony;
mandizing ; daintiness.

Greedy, gluttonous ; dainty.

The glutton; the gourmand. -

The tit-bit, gourmet.

Luxury; luxurious.

Drunkenness ; drunken.

Getting drunk ; drunkard, tipsy
man.

Order; disorder.

An orderly, regular man.

A disorderly, unsteady man.

Cleanliness ; cleanly.

Uncleanness ; unclean.

Dirtiness ; dirty.

Negligence; negligent. -

money-

gour-

184,

1 emipedea® erripeArs

7 prorovia’ diddrovos

7 Oxvnpia’ dxynpds

7 Spaornptorns

Spacornptos, evepynrikds

i) dpyia’ depyos* dpyds

1) ampagia’ 4 dpyia

6 (ydos

7 Canpdrns’ Conpés

9 dypunvia’ iyputvos

1) Tpomoyn mporeKtiKds
kabtor® Tia mpoceKTiKdy

c > , . > ,
} ampocegia’ ampdoextos
TPooeX@ Ets TL
ae Ley, ae: ,
1 amdvoia’ adnpnuevos
9 Staoxedacrs* Siaoxedato twa
- 3 , oe ,
1) dovvecia, 7) amepioxeyyia
.
> , > ,
aovveros, amepioxenros
« > , . RY ,
4 ampoSovAia, ) ampovoncia

dmpoBovAevtos* mpovonrixés
AapBave mpovontiKa péca

i ppdnors

ppovipos

« , AZ > ,

9 orabepérns, 7 evorabera

atabepos, evotabns

) dotagia’ aoratos

i) Kaptepia*® Kaprepikds

7) Uroporn’ Umoporntikds

2) dvuTopomnaia’ avuTépovos

c > , > ,

7 evreiOera* evrrecOns

. Pee / s > ,

7 ameiOeva® amevOns

7 Svotporia’ Sverpotos

7 ioxupoyvepoovrn’ icxupoyvopov

3] Tevopovn’ meumpatadns

1) Gxodovdia, 9 cuven eva

A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK.

Diligence ; diligent.
Industry ; industrious.
Laziness; lazy.
Activity.
Active, energetic. _
Idleness ; idle; slow.
Inactivity ; idleness.
Zeal, ardour.
Liveliness ; lively.
Watchfulness ; watchful, wakeful.
Attention; attentive.
I call a man’s attention (make
him attentive).
Inattention ; inattentive.
I attend to a thing.
Absent-mindedness ; absent-
(minded), abstracted.
Diversion; I divert, amuse any
one.
Want of intelligence, want of cau-
tion.
Senseless, uncircumspect, hasty.
Want of forethought, improvi-
dence.
Improvident; provident.
I take precautionary measures.
Prudence.
Prudent.
Steadfastness, stability.
Steadfast, stable.
Inconstancy ; inconstant.
Perseverance; persistent.
Patience; patient.
Impatience ; impatient.
Obedience ; obedient.
Disobedience ; disobedient,
Bad behaviour; unmannerly.
Obstinacy ; obstinate.
Spite; spiteful.
Consequence, result,

A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK.

Tpos Teio pa TWOS KdpY@ TL

es la
akdXovbos, wuverns

> , > ,
avakodovbos, acuvenns

. eee} , | ee! ig

7 avaxo\ovOia, 7 dauvereva

2 ,
Agypnpeva.
¥ a
Evvotat yevikai’ x@pos*
Xp@pata k.T. AX.
La4 ave ,
n Umrapkis* imdpxe
Mi Mg. & » REY es > U
TO dv" 7 ovcia’ ovawdns
ovoiwdas
TO Tpaypa
« , ¢ 4
7 Karaotacts’ » Oécts
ejuat eis Katdoracw or béow
va mpa&@ Te
1) Tpaypariksrns* mpaypyarikds
erradnbevoo.
7) dys, 7 eupdvera’ dvadaivopat

kata Ta catydpeva
ae , c ,
7) euspaviots, 7) Tapovoia
xb€s Sev earn
rovro TO BiBArlov e&edd6n ev
’AOnvats
paiverat
PBS > , > ,
éav eykpivnte ard
€ ‘ 4 ,
9 mOaverns* mOavds
mapadexros
1) Gpordrns’ Spotos
dporate

To Suvardv’ Suvards

A ? , 4 > ,
To advvatov' advvatos

>. a7

eive advvaroy
c , ’
7 Svvapis* Svvapas
duvarés, isxupds
dvTiKeipevov

185

I do a thing to spite any one,
or in spite of him.
Consequent, consistent.
Inconsequent, inconsistent.
Inconsequence, inconsistency.

X.

APSTRACTIONS.
General notions ; space ;
colours, &e.

Existence; I exist.
Being ; essence; essential.
Essentially.
The thing.
The condition ; the situation.
Iam in a position to do any-
thing.
Actuality ; actual.
I verify.
The look, the appearance ;
appear, arise.
According to appearances.
The appearance, the presence.
He was not seen yesterday.
This book was published (ap-
peared) in Athens.
It seems.
If you approve it.

Probability ; probable.
Acceptable.

Similarity, likeness ; like.
I resemble (seem like, seem
likely).

The possible ; possible (strong).

The impossible ; impossible (weak).
It is impossible.

Power; I can.

Powerful, strong.

Object.

I

186 A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK.

1) wepimracis’ 1 wTaots
1) Tepiotacs’ 1 edvKatpia

To oupBdav, ro avpBeBnKds, Td

ovpBaya
oupBaiver
» ;
ti ouveBn 5
ro dvotixnpa
1) TOXN, |] TvvTUXia
StaxvBevto re
c 4 A ,
6 kivduvos, rd Kevdvvevpa
diarpéx@ Kivdvvov
1) TUXN’ TUxalos
Kara Toxny
c fA
4] TUX
ae og aes ,
7) edTUxia* evTUXNs
7 dvotuxia’ Suoruxns
) émiruxia
er 35: [eed Bae KE!
7 evdapovia’ edvdaipov
c "A
4 ovpopd
A page) ,
6 kivduvos’ émikivduvos
) dvaykn’ avarykaios
7 xpeta’ xpecaCopai te
7 Eres” DAewis twos
exopev Ehrenpuy xpnyatav
7 apOovia’ apOovos
éxoa apOoviay
7) evrropia’ evropos
7) Tevia, ) TT@xla’ TevNs, TTX OS
cx as ,
7 €vdera’ evdens
€ a Z ,
6 mAodTOs’ mAVVTLOS
mroutiC(@’ mrovTa
7 aOdudtns* GOdwos
KaTnvrnoev edeewos
} Bonbea
te.
6 Spos
7) TrowdTns, TO TroLdy
7) Toodrns, TO Tom éy
70 avvoXor, TO Odor
Td péepos’ 1) pepis.
TO kdupa, 7 pepis

Case; case (in grammar).
The circumstance ; the occasion.
The event, the occurrence.

It happens, occurs.

What has happened ?
The misfortune.
The fortune, the coincidence.

I hazard, chance a thing.
The danger, the risk.

I run a risk.
Fortune, chance ; chance (adj.).
By chance.

~ Buck.

Good luck; happy.
Misfortune; unlucky.
Success.
Happiness; happy.
Calamity.
Danger; dangerous.
Necessity ; necessary.
Need; I need something.
Lack; lack of something.

We are short of money.
Plenty; plentiful.
I have plenty.
Easy circumstances; well off.
Penury, poverty; needy, poor.
Want; in want.
Wealth; wealthy.
I enrich; I am rich.
Misery; miserable.

He has become miserable.
Succour.
The term, limit, condition.
Quality.
Quantity.
The whole, the sum total.
The part; the portion, share.
The party, side.

A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK, . 187

TO pepidtoy

TO Teuaytov

TO Teplexdpevov" Treplexo
TO oX}pa’ cynpuaTico

7 poppy’ poppdve

n émepavera’ érimddatos
4 dase teaptis
Gpxopat, apyito
dpxapios

TO Tedos" Teherdva, TEepaTdva
TO dkpov* dxpos

1 7 as me od
TO pécov" ev TH péo@
if
perptos
i
eive perpiov dvactnuaros
Kata pécov Gpov
,
TO KEVTpoV" KEvTpLKOS
n mepupepeca
«< , a,-3 ’
7 cuvexeva, 7) e€axodovOnors

éEaxoovbd
eEnxodovdnoe
) dxodovbia’ dxohovdd
1) emavadnts’ éravahapBave
ta 70n* Td €O.por
7 ovnGeva’ ovvnOns
) xpHots’ petayetpiCopar
} KaTaypnots’ Karaxpopat
7 Svarayn
di8@ Siarayny
y Ta&is’ TaxtiKds
EKTAKTOS
Td adAdKorov
d\Aéxoros, mapagevos
Eévos* addodards
) ddXayn, ) petaBody
d\d\dooe, petaBadho
1) meradAayn
evueTaBAnros* dperaBAnTos
7 Svapopa’ Suaopos

The particle.
The bit, piece.
The content(s); I contain.
The form ; I form.
The shape; I shape.
The surface ; superficial.
The beginning, commencement.
I begin; comnience.
A beginner.
The end; I end, finish.
The extreme, tip, point, corner;
extreme.
The middle; in the midst.
Moderate.
He is of middle stature.
. On an average, taking the mean.
The centre; central.
The circumference.
The continuity, connexion, the
continuation.
I continue.
He continued.
The consequence; I follow.
The repetition; I repeat.
Morals; morality.
Habit, custom ; usual.
The use; I use, employ.
The abuse; I abuse.
The order.
I give order(s).
Order ; regular.
Irregular, disorderly.
Originality.
Original, strange, peculiar.
Strange; foreign.
Change, alteration.
I change, alter.
The transformation.
Changeable; unchangeable.
Difference ; different.

188

dcahepo
tovto diapéper
© ,
ovppovia
ouppavas mpds —
6 xopiopos’ ywpifa
7) Ev@ots’ Evdva, cuvevdvo
A > cal tae ,
70 aporBaiov, 7 ayoiBadtns
dporBaios
7) KavoviKdrns’ KavoviKds
6 kavev" KavoviC@
€ 9 1 Aer oe J
7) dv@paria’ avepados
c > / . > > ,
9 e€aipeois’ Kat é£aipeoiv
TO mapadetyua’ mapaderyparikds
mapadelyparos yap — Tm. x.
ao > ¢ a ,
iva avahéepe év mapaderypa
70 Oetypya, To trdderypa
7) dropipnows’ ptpodpat
dpipnros
ee ee oe) ,
70 avtiypapov’ avrrypape
c , if e > ,
7 epevpeots’ eevpickw
7) TeAeLoTNs* TEAELOS

atédeva* ateAns
TEAELOTFAL@
7) peTptorns* péerpios
6 Babuds
eis Tov wioroy or dréprarov
Babpuov
oe é , ,
7) ovUyKpLots’ ovyKpivw, TapaBadro
mapaBAnros’ amapaBAnros
7) ox€ols” TKXETIKOS
c > ,
7 avapopa
6 Tpdros
rim TpoT@ ;
oi Tpdrrot
zs i. 18 ,
1) dpxi’ apxixés
To mpwrdturov’ mpwTdtuTos
6 oxomds’ ro oxedrov
éeritndes, oKOTipws
7) airia, TO atriov

A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK.

I differ.
This differs.
The agreement.
Agreeably to.
Separation ; I separate (trans.).
Union ; I unite, I join together.
Reciprocity.
Reciprocal.
Normality; normal.
The standard; I regulate.
Anomaly; abnormal.
The exception; as an exception.
The example; exemplary.
For example, for instance.
To quote an instance.
The sample, the pattern.
The imitation; I imitate.
Inimitable.
The copy; I copy.
The invention; I invent.
The perfection; perfect, com-

plete.
Imperfection; imperfect.
I perfect.
Moderation ; moderate.
The degree.

In the highest degree.

The comparison ; I compare, liken.
Comparable; incomparable.
Relation ; relative.
The reference.
The manner.

In what manner P
The manners.
The beginning; initial.
The original ; original.
The aim; the plan.
On purpose, intentionally.
The cause, the reason.

A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. 189

mpokev@ Tt
c / ¢ ts
6 Adyos, 7 airia
TO amotéhegpa

Td oxedidyv pov evavaynoe
1) mpdracts

c
1) TEpioracts, 1) evKaLpia
7 Soxin
1 meipa
, a
memretpapevos avOpwmos
,

e€pumerpos* troAvmetpos
ae | , é > Ul
7 dmddeEis* atroderkvi@
TO peor’ 6 oKoTres

katopOdve tov oKoTdv jLoU
«> i. Ss = ov
% doxoXia’ Evacxodovpat Eis Te

evnoxoAnpevos

7 €pyacia’ epyagomat

1 mpoomdabea’ tpoomaba

7 apéresa, TO Speedos’ wPEAtpos
dvadedis’ apehd

§ BNdBn" BAdnra

7) Cnpia® (nusove

1 dmo¢npiwo.s amotnuad

dev aperei oddev
erapedns’ emi(nusos
emBdaBns
TO éurdd.oy® eprrodifa, Kova
1) evdxAnats* evoxr@
pnmes ods evoxr@ ;
pyres oas avnovyifa ;
pI) evoxAciobe, pn rapatreabe

7 Staxomn’ Suaxérre

ai Staxorrai

< oS e ,

7 Tapaxn’ 6 OdpvBos

6 €ratvos* éemawe" a&écématvos

4 dnpn’ Pypifopas
mepipnpos’ pnpife

I cause anything.
The ground, reason, cause.
The result.

My plan is shipwrecked.
The proposal.
The circumstance ; opportunity.
The trial.
The attempt, experience.

A tried, experienced man.
Experienced ; of great experience,
The proof; I prove.

The means; the end.

I succeed in my object.

Employment ; I am busy in any-
thing.

Engaged, busy.

Business ; I work.

The attempt, endeavour ; I try.

The benefit, the gain ; beneficial.

Useless ; I benefit.

The injury; I injure.

The damage; I damage.

Indemnity; I indemnify: com-
pensation ; I compensate.

It’s no good, avails naught.
Advantageous ; injurious.
Harmful.

The hindrance ; I hinder, prevent.
The annoyance; I annoy.

I hope I don’t annoy you.

I trust I don’t disturb you.

Don’t disturb yourself, don’t be

alarmed.
The interruption ; I interrupt.

The holidays.

The disturbance ; the noise.

The praise; I praise; praise-
worthy,

Fame; I am talked about.

Famous ; I blaze abroad.

190

Tepi@vupos’ dvoyacrds
mepiBdnros’ SiaBdnros
c 4 e , e ,
7 Aaprpérns’ Adwrw’ Napympés
7) Meyadorperera’ peyadompenns
1) Tounn’ moumwdns
> , > ,
e£aiperos, eEaictos
1) Mpotipnois’ mporiwa
TOUTO €ive TpoTidTEpoy
omavidtns’ omdvios
ee Pe a Ee
6 dpiopos’ épica
7) arépaots’ aropacitw
) avakoivwots" Koworo®
© o. ,
n mporpopa’ mpoapéepw
9 mapadoxn’ mapadéxopuat
1) arroroingts’ amorovodpat
Ta ovyxapyTnpia’ cvyyaipo
7) brodoxn’ brod€xopuat
nundcxerts’ tmoxvodpat, taba xo-
pat, emayyeAAopat
(Sap..d aes ,
7) Gdeva" emirper@
1) Gmraydpevots’ arrayopevo
1) WpoTacts* mpoteive
H leat’ TueC@
}) Katarieois’ KatamieCo
cs , es ,
1) amedevbepwots’ arehevbepdva
9 e\evOepia’ eXevOepos
7 Sovdcia’ SovAevw
omnpeT@
Car tay an 3 vais a
9 iadtns’ toos’ e&tod
LAS x , c 3 ,
7 Umnpecia, n exdovAevars
Cy ns ee r
TO Kepdos* Kepdaiva
mopiCopat Tov apTov pov
c , e a
7) Cnpia® (nprovpat
6 Aoyaptacpds
didw Adyov" tmevOuvos* evOvry

6 xpos" ed’piywpos

i) ExTaois’ exrevys, exTeTapEevos
TO pnKos’ pakpds

erynkive

A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK.

Illustrious; noteworthy.
Celebrated ; notorious.
Splendour; I shine; brilliant.
Magnificence; magnificent.
The display ; showy, pompous,
Exceptional, extraordinary.
The preference ; I prefer.

This is preferable.
Rarity ; rare.
The definition ; I define.
The resolution ; I resolve.
The announcement; I announce.
The offer; I offer.
The acceptance; I accept.
The refusal; I refuse.
Congratulations ; I congratulate.
The undertaking ; I undertake.
The promise; I promise, profess,

The leave; I allow.
The prohibition ; I forbid.
The proposal; I propose.
The pressure ; I press.
The oppression ; I oppress.
The deliverance ; I free.
Freedom ; free.
Slavery; I am a slave.
I serve.
Equality; equal; I equalize.
The service; the obligation.
The gain ; I win, gain,
I earn my bread.
The loss; I suffer loss,
The bill, reckoning, account.
I give account; responsible
responsibility,
Space ; spacious,
Extension ; extensive, extended.
Length ; long.
I prolong, lengthen.

A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. 191

> eee an , wv bed c \
avr? 7 yépupa exer pijkos €xardv

ToO@v

¢ , = , ,
7 Bpaxtrns’ Bpaxvus, xovrds
1, ouvTopia’ ovvTomos
emtBpaxvva, TUVTOMEVM

ev ovvTdue, ev ddiyots

\ , 7 > , 7,

TO wAdTos’ evpvy@, TAATUYO

mAarTvs, evpvs

To Babos' Babis* éuBabive
TO vYyos* iWnrdés

tydve" 7 UWeots

TO maxos* Taxvs* TuKVds
\ ¥ e ? ,

Td péeyeOos* peyas, weyddos
iy rj = c a+

avédve’ 7 av&nors

\ eso OS
TO peyadetov” 7 peyadedrns
7) OpLKpoTns* pukpds
koAogataios
oTevotns’. otevds
> , Dye Mae ©
eravéave’ 7 avénows

eXatréve" 7 éAdtTwoLs
«2? Pox ,

6 aptOuds* modvaptOpos
amretpos, amretpaptOuos

apiOue" 7 apiOunars

6 aptOuds* apiOporoya
n Baptitns’ Bapus

To Bapos’ €yw Bapos

7 ekapporns’ ehadpds
eLadpive, avaxoupico
7 Svoxoria’ SvaKodos
ete Cer »”
7 €vKoAia’ evKoos

> ,
evkoAuy@
1) Kivnols’ KLV@
Kuntos, evKiNnTOS
akivnros

This bridge is a hundred feet
long.
Shortness; short.
Brevity ; short, brief.
I shorten, abridge.
In short, in a few words.
Breadth, width; I _ broaden,
widen.
Broad, wide.
Depth ; deep; I deepen.
Height; high.
LI raise, heighten; the heightening,
exaltation, elevation.
The thickness ; thick; close.
The size; great, large.

I increase (trans. and intrans. ,
grow; increase, growth.
Majesty, prowess ; the greatness.

Littleness ; small, little.

Colossal.

Narrowness ; narrow.

I increase, enhance; increase, ad-
vancement.

I lessen ; decrease.

Number ; numerous.

Boundless, innumerable, cou
less.

I count; counting, calculation.

The number; I calculate.

Gravity ; heavy.

Weight; I have weight, I
weigh.

Lightness ; light.

I lighten, relieve.

Difficulty ; difficult.

Easiness ; easy.

I facilitate.

Movement; I move.

Movable, nimble.

Immovable, motionless.

192

c ,
) TaxUTNS
,
Taxus
1 Bpadurns’ Bpadus
« , ce , ’
1) OveVOuvars’ amevOuva, xarevouva,
dtevddve
< ,
9 Oéous
1) wos KetTat
re; << ie -
6 Toros’ 7 mwAarTeta
1) dwéatacts’ dmopakpive
méaov améxet — ;
TO xp@pa’ xpwpaticeo
Baha
(xp@pa) dvotkrév’ Badd
@ypds" KaTw@yYpos
TO Xp@pa TovTo KXiver mpos Td
Kvavovy
TO Aevkdy" evkds* evkaivo

. , ae ey

7 Aevkdrns* trdAevKos

TO péAav, TO pavpov® pedas, wavpos

Uropedas’ pavpifo

a , % ,

9 pedavorns’ pedavwres
A / 4 a

TO moddv, TO Papdy

Wapés

TO Kvavody" Kuavous, Kvavdxpous

xuaverrds, UndyhavKos

ioetdns

ToAos,

TO Tpaovov" mpdowos
mpacwila xdoepds

TO Kitpwov" Kitptvos
KiTpwif@’ KiTpiwerds
TO €pvOpdv, TO KdKKwov
epuOpés, Kéxxwwos’ muppds, Kata-
KOKKivos
e. 3 , e ) 2 ,
7 €pvOpirns* 7 €pvOpiacis
epvOpwrés’ tropdupsypous
podéxpous
\ , ,
TO adv, weAdyxpovr
atés, pedayxpous, pedayxpowwds

A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK.

Speed.
Swift.
Slowness, sloth ; slow.
The direction; I direct, level,
point (also manage),
The position.
The town lies, is situated,
The place; the square.
The distance; I withdraw.
How far is — off ?
The colour; I colour.
I dye.
A light, dark (colour),
Pale; pallid.
This colour has a bluish tint.

White (subst.); white (adj.); I
whiten.

Whiteness ; whitish.

Black (subst.) ; black (adj.),

Blackish ; I blacken.

Blackness ; dark.

Grey; grey.

Blue; blue, bluish.

Bluish, greyish.

Violet.

Green; green.

I make green,
greenish.

Yellow; yellow.

I turn yellow; yellowish.

Red, crimson.

Red, crimson ; reddish, reddened,

grow green ;

Redness ; reddening.
Red-hued ; crimson-coloured.
Rose-coloured, rosy.

Brown, brownish colour.
Brown, blackish, swarthy.

A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK.

,

Svprav.
datvépeva’ katpds" wpac
TOU €rous.

TO oUpmav’ mayKdo Los
6 Kéopos’ Koopikds
4 piars* prods
6 ovpavés’ ovpavios
6 dotnp’ Td dotpov, 6 doreptrpds
) Kivnots TOY darépav
oF om ‘ > ,
6 amharvns aornp
© \ > ,
6 molikds aornp
6 dwatrav dornp
6 dorepdets odpavés
ev vrraibpo
7
6 mAavnrns’ do mAavytiKiy ov-
oTnua
¢ , 2 ee
6 Kounrns* 1) ovpa
6 yada€ias

ca

2) €ws’ TO Bdpevov vedas

6 Atos" rd HAcakdy Eros
ai axrives Tov HAiov
7) ExAeuis TOU HAiov
6 HAvos dvaredher
c > \ a ¢€ ,
7 avaroA? Tov HAiov
6 FAuos Sver, Bacrdever vl.)
¢ * at ,
7 Svows Tod HAiov
c ,
nAcoxans
TO pds’ hatevds
7 aiyAn, 7) oTiABn’ ariABo
7 Adpyis’ Aaprpds
TO oxéros’ oToTetvds
TO AuKdpas
7) okid’ oKtepds
€ ’ - A ‘ »”
% aeAnvn’ TO weAnviakdy Eros
ai réooapes paces THs oeAnvns
7) voupnvia’ 1 mavoéAnvus
TO mp@Toy, TO TeAEUTAloy TéTapToY

193

XI.

UNIVERSE.

Phenomena ; time; seasons of
the year.
The universe; universal.
The world ; secular, worldly.
Nature ; natural.
Heaven; heavenly.
The star; the constellation.
The motion of the stars,
The fixed star.
The polar star.
The shooting star.
The starry heavens,
In the open air.

The planet; the planetary system.

The comet; the tail.
The milky way.
The dawn; the aurora borealis,
northern light.
The sun; the solar year.
The rays of the sun.
The eclipse of the sun.
The sun rises,
Sunrise.
The sun sets,
The setting of the sun.
Sunburnt.
The light; luminous,
The sparkle; I sparkle.
The sheen ; bright.
The darkness; dark.
The twilight.
The shade, shadow; shady.
The moon; the lunar year.
The four quarters of the moon.
The new moon; the full moon.
The first, the last quarter.

O

194

TO KNipa

ai dvarodai, 7 avatoAn’ dvatoAt-
Kés

ai dvopai, 7 Svows

durekds, Exmrepios

¢ , c re

6 voros, 7 weonuBpia

peonuBpuvds

e n co” : , >

6 Boppas, 7 apktos’ Bopetos, apktt-
kos

6 Bopevos avepos

6 vétios dvepos

et, , \ cd

6 dvaroXukés, Sutixds Gvepos

TO datvdépevov’ Td peTéwpov

6 dnp" déptos, dépivos

avarvew Spocepoy dépa

TO depdararov

6 depdALOos, TO doTpomrehEKt

7) depavtNia

TO pedpa aépos

) arpoopatpa’ atpoodaipixds

TO wip’ PAdE

7) Kavows

6 omwOnp* omwbnpiCo

6 karvés’ karrviCo

e' > re ena s

6 arpds’ ai dvabupidcers

. , e c > ,

arpd@dns’ 9 eEarpicis

H dT popnxarn

TO atpdmdovov, aTpwdrovY
9 veédn’ Td vedos

9 OvedAa* AvehAwSns

) dotpann dotparres

5 Boorse Apart

6 kepavvds

) tpis, TO ovpamov Tdov

4 xaratyis, 7 Tpixupia

6 orpoBiros, 6 dvepoarpdBidros
7 Bpoxn’ Bpoxepds, 6uBpros
To myatov vdap

+o USwp" 7 oTayov

A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK.

The clime, climate.
The east; eastern.

The west.

Western.

South, midday.

Southern.

The north; northern, arctic.

The north wind.
The south wind.
The east, west wind.
The appearance; the meteor.
The air; aerial, airy.

I breathe cool air.
The balloon.
The aerolith, falling star.
The air-pump.
The draught, current of air.
The atmosphere; atmospheric.
The fire ; the flame.
The heat.
The beam, ray; I radiate.
Smoke (also tobacco) ; I smoke.
Steam ; the exhalations.
Volatile, vaporous, gaseous; eva-

poration.

The steam-engine.
The steam-boat.
The mist; the cloud.
The storm ; stormy.
The lightning ; it lightens.
The thunder ; it thunders.
The thunderbolt.
The rainbow.
The tempest, the storm (at sea).
The whirlwind.
The rain; rainy, showery.
Spring water.
The water; the drop.

A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK.

Bpexet 6 6uBpos, 7 paydaia Bpoyn

7) xadafa" mimre xddala
7 xt@v" xtovicer

6 mayos’ mayetodns

7 wAnupupa’ mAnppypS
TO Woxos" Wuypés

6 advepos

7 Spoord’ Spowepds

7) Oeppdrns’ 6 kavowv

7 Spdcos’ 4 maxyn

1) Vypacia, 7 bypérns’ vypds
7 Enpacia

Enpos* Enpaive

7) Spa tov €rovs

TO €ap, 9 avorkis

Td O€pos, Td KadoKaiptov
To POwdrwpov

195

It rains; the shower, the heavy
rain,

The hail; it hails.

The snow ; it snows.

The frost, ice; frosty, icy.

The flood ; I flood.

The cold ; cold.

The wind.

The cool; cool.

Warmth ; heat.

The dew; the hoar-frost, rime.

The damp, moisture; moist, damp.

Drought.

Dry; I dry.

The time of the year, season.

The spring.

The summer.

The autumn.

6 xepov The winter.
XIT:
T7. Earra.
@dhacoa, et bs, Spos, Sea, river, mountain, &e.
K.T.A.

1 YI yhivos’ 7 yiivos opaipa

1, -¢ ,
TO nutoaiptov
6 Bépetos (or dpxrixds) mdédos
6 vortos (or dvrapktixds) méAos
6 G&av
6 lonpepueds
6 mapdadAnXos KiKdos
Fee °@ ,
6 peonuBpwos’ 6 Babuds
6 Tpomtxds TOU Kapkivov, Tov aiyd-
kKep@
6 Bépetos modtKds KUKos
c , 4 ¢
6 vétios ToAtkds KUKNOS
7 Staxexaupevn (avn
ai evkparot (@vas

in

The earth ; terrestrial; the ter-
restrial globe.

The hemisphere.

The north pole.

The south pole.

The axis.

The equator.

The parallel, line of latitude.

The meridian; the degree.

The tropic of Cancer, of Capri-
corn.

The arctic circle.

The antarctic circle.

The torrid zone.

The temperate zones,

o 2

196

ai kare uypévar (ovat
7) yewypapixn Oars Térouv

TO pnKos* TO TAdTos
i) Teptotpopy ths yns mept tov
a£wva tns (rept rov FAtov)
1) yn oTpepera epi Eavrny
7) Hrretpos
Oddacca’ 6 dkeavds
maXippoa 1 mAnupupis Kal
aureris
7) wAnppupis’ 7 aumrarts

Jo So

TO Koga’ 7 KUpaT@yn

6 oxdredos” 7 vpadds

ec > , 4 , oo ,
7) GkTN, TO TapdALov* 7 mpoKupaia

6 Kédrros* 6 6ppos
ca fe ed ,
6 mopOyds’ 6 icOpuds

6 Aten
TO akpwrTnptov
} xepasvncos’ 9 vngos’ TO vncidioy

6 ynov@Tns

1) Aipyn

6 morayués’ 6 xeipappos

6 pvag, Td pudkiov’ 4 myn, 7
Bpvots

TO maparroTdp.oy

6 mAwrbs TroTapds

TO OTOpLOV

6 Karappaxrns

) TAHppYpa’ TAnwpYPS

7 Sua@pvé

TO pos’ dpewvds’ Bovvodns

9 meduds* 7d dporrédtov
7 Setpds* 7) axpwpera
1) Uma@pea® 1 KALTUS

A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK.

The frigid zones,

The geographical position of a
place.

The length; the breadth.

The revolution of the earth on its
axis (round the sun).

The earth turns round.

The mainland, continent.

The sea; the ocean.

The tide; the ebb and flow.

The flow, high tide; the ebb, low
tide.

The wave; the undulation.

The rock; the shoal.

The shore, the beach; the break-
water.

The gulf; the anchorage, haven.

The strait; the isthmus, neck of
land.

The harbour.

The promontory, headland.

The peninsula; the island; the
islet.

The islander,

The lake.

The river ; the torrent.

The brook, the rivulet; the spring,
the fountain.

The tributary.

The navigable river.

The river’s mouth, estuary.

The waterfall.

The flood ; I flood.

The canal, dyke.

The mountain ;
hilly.

The plain; the table-land.

The chain, neck ; the peak.

The foot; the slope, side.

mountain(ous),

A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK.

7 paxis ;

6 Adhos* 7d AoHidiov" 7d dYpopa

6 Bpaxos* 6 kpnuvds

7) Kowds

rd npaioretov (dpos)* 6 kparnp

7 ekpnéis’ 6 poak

TO Gvrpov’ To omtAaov

1 Epnuos* 7 épnuia

) x@pa’ 6 rémos

Ta Tepixwpa

TO dptov’ peOopia xapa, Ta
ovvopa

v7] dupos" dppodns

6 xomoptés, vl. 4 oxdvn

6 mndés’ 4 ApytAdos

197

The ridge,

The hill; the hillock ; the height.

The rock ; the precipice.

The valley.

The volcano; the crater.

The eruption ; the stream (of lava).

The cave; the cavern. —

The wilderness; the desert.

The country, region; the place.

The neighbourhood, environs.

The boundary; the borderland,
frontier.

The sand; sandy.

The dust.

The mud; the loam, marl.

XIIL

Xpdvos.

Scaipects trod xpdvov' dyvd-
pata TOV pnVav Kal Hpe-
pov’ Spa’ nrckia.

6 xpévos’ exw Kaipdv

1) Xpovodoyia* xpovodoyekds

6 dvaypouopds

apo Xptorod (zm. X.)
pera Xprorov (pw. X.)
TO mapdv, TO eveoTds
TO mapehOdv" Td weANov

< ’ S ,
1% meplodos* meptodtkds
n ewoxn’ 5 aley
1) ExaTovraeTnpis
tr Sets Se) a ve, is ’
TO eros’ érHa.os” 4 emwernpis

tpis Tov érovs —
£. € , © if ,
9 €Eannvia, rd EEdpnvov
4 , , +
70 dSicexroy (Bicexrov) €ros
1) Tpipnvia, Td rpipnvov

TIME.

Division of time ; names of
months and days; hour; age.

The time; I have time.

Chronology ; chronological.

The anachronism; confusion of
dates.

B.C.

A.D.

The present (instant),

The past; the future (coming) :
or ult.; prox.

The period ; periodical.

The era; the age.

The century.

The year; yearly; the anniver-
sary. tee

Thrice in the year.

The half-year, six months.

The leap-year.

The quarter, three months.

198 A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK.

Tpipnvos

6 pny’ pnvaios

7 mpatn, Sevtépa paiov
7 €Bdopuds’ éBSopadcaios
TO €BSopadiatoy PvdAdov
Hi 1jpépa’ tpepnovos

Ta Nuepnoia vea

mpd OKT® nwepav
mpo Sexareévre nuepav
7pépay map’ pe pay
6 emiovaws dptos
Grd Katpov eis Karpov
9 vue Td pewoviKTLoy
7} mpwta, TO mpat
KaAny jpépar, vl. kad\npepa
7) peonpBpia, TO peonpeptov
m™po peonuBpia (7. p.)
pera peonpBpiay (pu. p.)
i} €omépa, TO Eorrepas
arrowe
1 €omepis
onpepoy THY mpaiav (rd mpat)
xXGes* mpox Es

avptov’ pebavptov

}) Mpotepaia
7 é€miovea, 7 LaTepaia, 7 emavpiov
7) Spa’ evepis
pia pa kal npicera
TO Aenrév’ TO Sevtepdderrov
« ,
H oTeyph
, , a >
mrota (ri) &pa etve ;
¢ , \ 4
Sevtépa (v0) kai réraprov
tpitn (Tpeis) Kal nuioea
énta mapa Tréraptov
mapa dێxa (hewra)
axpiBdas Séxa
‘ \ ‘ of
mept thy Sexarny Spav

Three months long.
The month ; monthly.
The first, second of May.
The week ; weekly.
The weekly journal.
The day; daily.
The news of the day, “ Daily
News.”
A week ago.
A fortnight ago.
Day by day.
The daily bread.
From time to time.
The night; midnight.
The morning, the forenoon.
Good day.
Midday, noon.
Before noon (a.m.).
After noon (p.m.).
The evening.
This evening, to-night.
The evening party.
This morning.
Yesterday ; the day before yester-
day.
To-morrow; the day after to-
morrow.
The day before.
The following day; the morrow.
The hour; early.
An hour and a half.
The minute; the second.
The moment.
What o’clock is it P
A quarter past two.
Half past three.
Quarter to seven.
Ten minutes to —.
Just ten, ten precisely.
About the tenth hour.

A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK.

> , ot ,
etve S@dexdrn Spa, peonpeprov
7 nAtkia
/ c , ww
moiay nAuKiav €xeTE §
n >
moce@v €rav eiabe 5
Sg a
eluate eixoow erav
> 4 > , a
eloépxerat eis Td Sexaroy évarov
eros
ouverAnpwca TO TeaoapaKkooroy
éros
/ > 4 A a
mAnodfe eis rd Tptaxoaroy eros

aivera vewtepos 7) Gaov ive
1) vymiérns
1) vedtns* véos
6 veavias’ 7 vearis

1) veodaia

6 mpecBirepos” 6 vewtepos

) MAckia, 7) €vndAcKdTns* évpAcKos

1) avn\ukétns* ayvidtKxos

TO ynpas

yepav, ypata

oi dpxaiot (madatol) ° EXAnves

1) apxatérns* apxaios

) dpxavérns* apyatoAdyos, apxato-
dipns

199

It is twelve o’clock, midday.
The age.

What age are you?

How old are you?

I am twenty (years old).

He is entering on his nineteenth

year.

I have completed my fortieth

year.

He is approaching his thirtieth

year.
He looks younger than he is.
Infancy, childhood.
Youth; young.
The young man;
woman.

The youth (collectively), young
people.

The elder; the younger.

Age; full age, majority; of age. »

Minority ; a minor, under age.

Old age.

An old man, an old woman.

The ancient (old) Greeks.

Antiquity ; ancient.

The antiquity; antiquarian,
archeologist.

the young

XIV.

Oixoyéveia.
évépatartns cvyyeveias’ olko-
voptkn Sedrakts’ drnpetas

1) olkoyéveca
olkoyeverdpyns

6 dpxnyos oixoyeveias
Kadijs oixoyeveias

) ovyyevera’ cuyyerns

6 Babuos ths ovyyeveias

Faminy.
Names of relationship; domestic
economy ; servants.
The family.
The head of a family.
The founder of a family.
Of good family.
Relationship, kindred; kin, rela-
tive.
The degree of relationship,

200 A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK.

of mpoyédvot, of mpomdropes
of amdyovot

7) perayeveotepa yeved

6 mamos’ 7) pdappn

Ta. Sat Rae Oe

6 amp’ 6 cutvyos

€ Zou We

9 yuun’ 7 avgvyos

iA c ,
vuppevo, vravdpevo
vuppevopat, bravdpevouat

6 ydpos, TO ouvotKectoy

of dppaBaves

dppaBevigopa, pynorevopat
6 pynoryp H pynorn

6 yapBpds* 9 youn

of peddAdvupcpor’ of vedvupos

9 mpols mporxico

of ydpoe

TO ‘yapndrov S@pov

6 marnp’ marpiKkds

} eITHP' pyTpiKds

6 marputds, 6 untpuids

6 mevOepos’ 1) mevOepa

6 yauBpds

H pyTpeed:

Td Téxvoy’ TO matdior
9 mardixn dyes

of didupoe

TO matOiov, 6 Trais

6 vids’ 4 Ovyarnp
mavdtkds’ vitkds
madapi@dns

TO Kopdaotov

7 mapOevos* mapbevixds
9 mapbevia

6 yapBpds* 4 vipdn

The ancestors, forefathers.

The descendants.

The later generation, posterity.

The grandfather; the grand-
mother.

The man, the husband.

The woman, wife; the consort,
the spouse.

I marry, wed.

I am wedded, married; also, I wed
(the man—the woman).

The marriage, the alliance.

The pledges, betrothal.

I am plighted, betrothed.

The suitor; the fiancée,

The bridegroom ; the bride.

The bridal pair; the newly mar-
ried couple.

The dowry; I endow.

The wedding.

The wedding presents.

The father ; paternal, fatherly.

The mother ; maternal, motherly.

The paternal uncle, maternal
uncle.

The father-in-law; the mother-
in-law.

The brother-in-law.

The step-mother.

The child; the boy.

The childlike look.

The twins.

The little boy, the boy.

The son; the daughter.

Boyish ; filial.

Childish.

The girl.

The maiden ; maidenly.

Maidenhood, virginity.

The bridegroom; the bride.

A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK.

6 mpdyovos’ 1) mpoydrn
6 €yyovos’ H eyydun
OLAS ¢ , Pie
6 dméyyovos, 6 Siaéyyovos’ f an-
eyyovos, 7 Suréyyovos

6 adeApéds* 7 adeAy

7 adeApdrns

7 ddeAguxdrns® adeAgixes
6 Oeios, » Ocia

6 begs 7 aveyred

6 eEadeAgos* 7 eEadeAhy
) yevunots’ yevv@pat

TO yevos, TO Hddov

6 dppavds* 7 dppary

a“

6 kndenav' 7 Kndepovia
6 xiipos" 7) xnpa

7) xnpela

7) dyapia’ 6 &yapos

6 KAnpovépos" 7) KAnpovdpos

7) KAnpovopia’ 6 KAnpoddtns

7) Baden

7 Siadox7, of Siddoyxor

of oikovoyixn Sidragis, Ta oikovo-
pKa

i) olkovdpos, 7) rapia

7 onnpereia, of dmnpérat

onnpers 1) Umnpecia

6 pia bds

6 trnpéerns’ 4 bmnperis, 7 bmnperpia

7) Garapnroros, 6 Oepdrav
6 dpagénXarns

6 pdyeipos’ 7 payeipiooa

}) madoxopos

7 Oadapnrdros, 7 Oepdrawa

201

The ancestor; the ancestress,
The offspring (male); ditto (fe-
male),

descendant of the second
generation (male) ; ditto (fe-
male).
The brother ; the sister.
The brotherhood, fraternity.
Brotherliness ; brotherly.
The uncle; the aunt.
The nephew ; the niece.
The cousin ; ditto (female).
The birth ; I am born.
The race; the tribe.
The orphan (boy); the orphan

(girl).
The guardian; the guardianship.
The widower; the widow.
Widowhood.
The unmarried state; the single
man,

The heir ; the heiress.

The inheritance; the bequeather.
The will, testament.

The

' The succession ; the successors.

Household management; do-
mestic matters.

The housekeeper ; stewardess.

The service, the servants.

I serve ; service.

The wages.

The servant ; the maid, the maid-
servant.

The chambermaid, the attendant.

The coachman.

The cook (male) ; ditto (female).

The nurse.

The housemaid.

202,

A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK.

XV.

Kowwvia.
eldn kuBepynoewr Titdot Kal
détopara’ Scoixnors, K.t.d.

7) Kowevia,

7d €Ovos’ 7 eOvixdtns, 7 €Ovdrns

€Ovuixds’ 6 iOayevns, 6 avtroxbav

6 Eévos’ E€vos, dAdodards" 1) aAdo-
damn

6 Aads” 6 bxXos

6 mAnOvopds* trodvavOpemos

7 Snporixdtns’ Snporixds

warpis’ 6 marptarns, 6 piddra-
Tpis

7 pitorarpia’ marpiarixés

6 oupmarpi@tns, 6 marpi@tns, 6
dpoyerns

6 Kuptapxns* 7) Kupapyta

6 émixupidpxns’ 1) emixuptapyia

6 tmnkoos’ 6 moXitns

6 dovdos* 7 Sovdeia

TO TroAirevpa

% povapyxia’ 6 povapyns

povapyxtkds

7) amédutos povapxia

7) TuvTaypatiky povapyia

7 €Ouky ovvédevows, 7 €Ovoouve-
Aevots

7) vopwoberiKn Bovdn

7) yepovaia

4 Bovds

6 mpdedpos* 1) mpoedpeia

ovykara’ diario

6 Bovdeurns

exdéya" 7 ekAoyn’ 6 exdoyevs

7) Snwoxparia

6 Snpoxparixds’ Snpoxparikis

) apioroKparia’ 6 aptoroxpatns

4) ovyrnpytiKy pepis

Soctety.

Forms of government ; titles and
offices ; administration, &c.

Society.

The nation ; the nationality.

National; the native, aboriginal.

The foreigner, stranger; the fo-
reign country.

The people ; the populace, mob.

The population ; populous.

Popularity ; popular.

The (native) country, fatherland ;
the countryman, patriot.

Patriotism ; patriotic.

The fellow-countryman, the man
of the same race.

The sovereign; sovereignty.

The feudal lord; feudal lordship.

The subject; the citizen.

The slave; slavery.

The constitution.

The monarchy ; the monarch,

Monarchic.

The absolute monarchy.

The constitutional monarchy,

The national assembly.

The legislative council.

The senate.

The parliament,

The president; presidency.
I summon ; dissolve.

The member of parliament.
I elect; the election; the elector.
The democracy, republic.
The democrat; republican.
Aristocracy ; the aristocrat.
The conservative party.

A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK.

Prerevbepos’ pitoamacrixds

) avroxparopia’ 6 av’roxpdtwp

4 abroxpdretpa’ abroxparopukés ©
70 Bacideov’ 6 Bactdeds

9 Bagittooa’ Baciikés
Bacievo* 7) Bacirela

6 avriBactrevs

6 duddoxos rod Opdvov

7) avaBaots eis Tov Opdvor

6 diddoxos* 7 diadoxy

6 mpokdatoxos

TO oTéupa’ TO OKNTTpoV

1) Meyadetdrns’ peyadeios
Meyadetdrare !

6 éexdextwp’ 6 dov§ 7 Sovkicoa

6 péeyas Sov& 6 dpx.dovE

6 nyepav, 6 mpiykn

Hyepovia’ f nyepovis, 1 mpvyki-
moo

6 tyyepovexds. Oikos

6 Képns* 7) Képnooa’ 7 Kopntia

©

6 Bapévos* n Bapayn, 7) Bapavis

6 immérns* immortixds

2. 55 2, > ,
7 avAn’ avdALKés

, *~ be Weed fol a

kupia Tis avAjs OY THs Timis
6 avAdpyns

c > , ¢ > -
oi evratpiOat, oi evyeveis
evrarpions, evyerns
7 Ourrd@paria’ 6 Sumhwparns
dir@parikds

€ oa eee ,
1 mpeoBela’ 6 mpecBevtns
oi mpeoBeus
6 émirerpappevos, 6 avtimpdowmos

6 ypappareds mpecBelas
c= % a \ 267

6 tithos’ TO a&i@pa

6 trddAndos

203

Liberal ; radical.

The empire; the emperor.

The empress; imperial.

The kingdom ; the king.

The queen; kingly, regal.

I reign; the reign, rule.

The viceroy.

The successor to the throne.

The ascent of the throne.

The successor; the succession.

The regent.

The crown; the sceptre.

Majesty ; majestic.

Your Majesty.

The elector; the
duchess.

The grand-duke ; the arch-duke.

The prince.

The princedom, principality ; the
princess.

The princely house.

The count; the countess; the
county.

The baron; the baroness
barony.

The knight; knightly.

The court; courtly.

Lady in waiting, maid of honour.

The master of the court.

The nobles, the lords.

Noble, well-born.

Diplomacy ; the diplomatist.

Diplomatic.

The embassy ; the ambassador.

The legates, delegates.

The chargé d'affaires, the repre-
sentative.

The secretary to the embassy.

The title ; the office.

The clerk, subordinate.

duke; the

the

204

7 Stoixnots” Sioa
c . ee | ,
ai dvotxntekat dpyai
vO troupyeiov’ 6 tmoupyds
TO cupBovdioy
7) €mapxia’ érapxtaxds
6 émapxi@rns
6 vouds’ 6 Shpos
c 7 ee ,
) mpwtevovca’ n xabedpa

c , e 4 , < ’

) K@pérods’ Td x@pioy, 7 KOuN
6 xwpirns, xopikds

7) dotuvopia’ 6 doruydpos

aes , ee 3 ,

6 uracruvopos’ 6 KAnTNp

6 xopopirak

A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK.

Administration ; I administer.

The administrative powers.

The ministry ; the minister.

The cabinet (council).

The province ; provincial.

The provincial.

The district; the township.

The capital; the seat of govern-
ment.

The town; the village, the hamlet.

The countryman; country (adj.).

The police ; the police inspector.

The policeman ; constable.

The gendarme; country police-
man.

XVI.

Srpards.
6 orpatés
6 oTpati@rns
6 €Oedovtns’ 6 pucOwrds otpa-
TLOTNS
) OTparodoyia’ 6 veoovAXeKTOS

9 Ppovpa’ 6 dpoupds

7) €Ovopudaky
6 dwépayos
TO immikdv’ 6 irmevs

\ | aes 2 ,
TO me{ikov’ 6 meds
6 evCwvos
TO mupoBodikéy’ 6 mupoBoAntns
TO pnxavixoy (capa)
©? \ a a
6 d&twparikds Tod mupoBodtKod
OTpaTiwriKoy Toya
c /
7) pepapxia

I

TO ouvTaypa
TO Taypa
6 Aéxos
TO émiTedetov

Army.
The army.
The soldier.
The volunteer; the mercenary.

The enlistment; the recruit.

The garrison; the man on garri-
son duty.

The militia.

The old soldier, retired soldier.

The cavalry; the horse-soldier,

The infantry ; the foot-soldier.

Rifleman, sharpshooter.

The artillery; the artilleryman,

The engineers,

The artillery officer.

A body (corps), force of soldiers,

The division,

The regiment.

The batallion.

The company.

The regimental staff.

A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK.

‘ b} > ra
TO yevexdr emtTedetov
e ,
6 traomorns
i) oOnpaia

etpariotixot Babot.
ot orpatnyoi.
6 oTpardpyxns, 6 apxioTpaTnyos

6 orparnyos
6 avriotpatnyos
6 poipapxos
6 vropoipapxos
€mitedeis, dvotepot akto-
patiKol.
6 ovvrayparapyns
6 avtisuvraypdapxns
6 Taypardpxns
6 immapxos

kar@tepot a€tmparexol,
6 Noxayds .
ec
6 thapxos
¢ ,
6 vrodoxayds
© > ,
6 avOurohoxayds

« ,
tragt@parctkoi,
«>?

A
6 avOuracmiotns

Ld c

6 drdovs orpart@rns

205

The general staff.
The adjutant.
The standard.

Miuirary GRADES.

The generals.

The commander, commander-in-
chief.

The general.
The lieutenant-general.
The general of division,
The lieutenant-major.

Staff-officers, higher officers.

The colonel.

The lieutenant-colonel.

The major (of infantry).

Ditto (of cavalry), the commander
of cavalry.

Lower rank officers.
The captain.
The captain of the horse.
The lieutenant.
The vice-lieutenant, second lieu-
tenant.

Non-commissioned officers.
The ensign.
The corporal.
The vice-corporal,
The sergeant.
The lance-corporal.
The common soldier, private.

XVII.

@<arpov.
To béarpov’ Gearpixds
i) oKNvy’ TKNVLKOS
avAaia, Td karaBAnpa
oxnvoypapia

THEATRE.
The theatre; theatrical.
The scene ; scenic.
The curtain.
The scenery.

206

* iuarobnkn
7) Opxnotpa
) wAareta
Ta Gewpeia
Oewpeiov tis

oelpas

TO audiOéatpov
rd Umep@ov
TO elouTnptov
4 Spapareky réxvy
) Wapaoraots
evepyeTtxn mapdoracts
7 Soxipy
9 Tpay@dia’ TpayiKds
6 nOorods" 7 NOomrowds

mpotns, Seurépas

TO Spaua’ Spaparixds
TO ped ddpapa
mpaéis’ TO Sedetwpa
) oKnVY

6 Suevdurrns

6 Giacvos

TO mpdcwmov

ai xelpoxpotnoes* yetpoKpoTa,
eM tKpoT@
,

aupifa

TO veuvpoomacrikoy Oéarpov
6 cxowoBarns

6 Oavparorads

6 raxvdaxrvdoupyds

TO immodpoptov

A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK.

The wardrobe, dress.

The orchestra.

The pit.

The boxes.

Box in the first, second row.

The dress-circle (amphitheatre).

The gallery.

The ticket.

The dramatic art.

The representation.

The benefit.

The rehearsal.

The tragedy ; tragic.

The actor; the actress.

The drama; dramatic.

The melodrama.

The act; the interlude.

The scene.

The manager.

The company.

The character (mask); dramatis
persona,

The applause ; I applaud, I clap.

T hiss.

The marionette theatre.
The rope-dancer.

The conjuror.

The prestidigitateur.
The circus.

XVIII.
Ta£eidiov. JOURNEY.
Gpaka’ 686s° raxvSpopetor Carriage; road; post ;
otdnpddpopos railway.

rd takeidiov, 1) mepurpynors
6 wepinyntns
) avax@pynots’ 1) €rdavodos

The journey, voyage.
The traveller.
The departure ; the return.

A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK.

7 Svaporn* 4 apiéis
7) Tjeptodeia’ 1 meComopia
6 meComdpos
6 melds
7d SiaBarnprov
6 ddnyds" Gdny@
6 Eevayds
dvayape dia Tod raxvdpopetov
TO Taxvdpopetov
6 Suevduvtns rod raxvdpopeiov
6 dyyapos, 6 ruepodpdpos
6 ypaypatoKopioTh
7 dpaka
6 duaén\drns jvioxet
6 duaénddrns* 6 Hvioxos
» poprnyos duaka, Td Kappov
dirpoyxov, reTparpoxov Kappov
fe xsinducke
TO Aewhopeiov’ Td EAxnOpov
Ta oKevn’ TO KtBa@rTov
7 606s, 6 Spsuos* 7 Aewhdpos
6 otdnpddpopos
dvaxwp@ dia rod odnpodpépovu
6 cvdnpodpoptxds orabuds
6 immootdnpddpopos
6 orabuds
i) drpopunxarn
9 A€Byns’ 6 Oepparrnp
7) atuapaka
TO elowTnptov
ny anddekis (Trav
mpayparev)
TO eiowTnpLov
décews
7 dpakoorotyia
} duatooroxia dvaxwpel, POdver
) poptnyos duakoorotxia
) xtaxtos anakooto.yia
7) auagootoxia emBaTav
7) Tayela dpakoototyia

a

OKEVOY, TOV

mpatns, Sevrépas

207

The stay; the arrival.
The tour; the walking tour.
The pedestrian.
The walker.
The passport.
The guide; I guide.
The cicerone.
I leave by post.
The post (office).
The postmaster.
The messenger, courier.
The letter-carrier, postman.
The carriage.

The coachman drives.
The driver ; the charioteer.
The waggon, the cart.
A two-wheeled, four-wheeled cart
The velocipede.
The omnibus ; the sledge.
The luggage ; the box.
The way, the road ; the high road
The railroad.

T leave by rail.
The railway station.
The tramway.
The station.
The steam-engine,
The boiler ; the stove.
The locomotive.
The ticket.
The ticket (for luggage, baggage,

&e.).

First, second class ticket.

The train.

The train starts, arrives.
The luggage train.

The special, extra train.
The passenger train.
The fast train.

208°

n Kar’ evOciav duatoorotyia

1) ovyKpovots dv0 dpakoorotxy.ov

TO mpooam«Koy tev wtmadAnhov
ovdnpodpdpov

6 Suevduvtns

1 SuevOuvors

6 orabpapxns

6 dpakvorotxuapxns

6 pnxarixds

6 madAnros adnpodpdpou

6 ddnyds

6 crabpopidak

To Spopoddyiov

7d THeypagixoy cuppa

TO THAeypaetov

6 troBpvx.os THAێypahos

TO ThAeypapnpa

A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK.

The express train.

The collision of two trains.

The personnel of the railway
officials.

The manager.

The management.

The station-master,

The guard.

The engineer, driver.

The railway clerk,

The conductor.

The inspector.

The time-table.

The telegraph wire.

The telegraph office.

The submarine telegraph.

The telegram.

XIX,

,
Tpody.
27 ‘ t,. 32
éSéopata kal mora’ €mitpa-
mé(ia oKEvN payetpiKka
oKevn.
c ld
# tpopn
rpépa’ Opertixos
rd mpdyevpa’ mpoyevpatica
Td yedpa’ yevpatifo
Tpepopar Ex TLVOS
rd Setkuvdv, To mpddeurvov’ mpo-
deurva
7d Seimvor’ Seurva
, > U
Tpaye’ edwdipos
mive’ mooLpos
6 tpakrns’ 6 méTNs
Aaipapyos* 1) Naipapyia’ 6 payas
6 Aixvos’ 7 Aixveia
7d Aixvevpa
ca ca
mee’ qeivad€eos

Foop.

Eatables and drinkables ; table
requisites ; kitchen articles.

Food.

I nourish ; nourishing,

Breakfast ; I breakfast.

Dinner ; I dine.

I live on anything.

The evening meal; I take an
evening meal.

Supper; I sup.

I eat; eatable.

I drink; drinkable.

The eater ; the drinker.

The glutton; gluttony ;
guzzler.

The gourmand ; daintiness.

The dainty, tit-bit.

Iam hungry; hungry.

the

A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK,

cm” mers ,
1) Opeéis’ dpextixds
dupar 79 diva
TO cupmdotov
6 cuptroordpyns
¢ , SO ae
of cvvdatrupdves* of E€vor
id ,
6 Eevoddxos
ai rpopai, ra rpddipa
TO phaynrév’ To ayarnriv haynrov
5 Capds, vl. 7 covra
‘ CORPS ‘ ‘
TO Kpéas’ TO Bpacréy (xpéas)
Bpaoréy Bidedcov
TO Ynrév' Ta mayos
‘ , ee 4 ’
To Bodwdrv" 1d Bidet
c , BS ,
oi vedpoi, ra vepa
TO mpdBeov' Td Wnrdv mpoBewv
TO xoupiydv* Td xorpounpioy
}) karMat? yAoooa
‘ , c ,
TO mevpioy, vl. 7 KoredérTa
ivdtavos (yrnrds)
épvidcov Wnrdv
TO pépos* 7H pepis
70 dprupa, vl. 7 odAToa
TO Tapayemorov
4 ,
Td Yapiov
‘ ,
Ta Adyava
4 , c ,
Ta yeopunra, vl. 7 matarats
‘4 , Ld
Ta yakaxtta, ‘yahaxrepixa
To oovyyaroy
TO @dy, Td avydv
6 dpros, Td Yrapiov" Td Yropaxioy
7 xdpa, v1. 7 pixa
TO yAUKiopa
To (axaperdy
7) pedurodrra, 7) peAdmnra
Td yAukvepbor, vl. 7 Koumréora
ta emiddpria, Ta Tpaynpata
Td Bovrupoy
To Bouvtupapévov Yopiov
TO Ximos
Td Tupioy

209

Appetite ; appetizing,

I am thirsty; thirst.

The banquet,

The chairman of a banquet.
The guests,

The host.

The victuals, the provisions.
The viands; the favourite dish.
The soup, the broth.

The meat; boiled meat.
Boiled veal.

Roast; the fat.

Beef; veal.

Kidneys.

Mutton ; roast mutton.
Pork; ham.

Smoked tongue,

Chop, cutlet,

Roast turkey.

Roast fowl.

The piece ; the help.

The sauce.

The stuffing,

The fish.

The vegetables,

The potatoes,

Puddings.

The omelette.

The egg.

The bread ; the roll,

The crust ; the crumb.
The sweetmeat, confectionery.
The ice (sugar),

The honey cake.

Jam, preserve.

Dessert, fruit,

The butter.

The bread and butter.

The dripping.

The cheese.

210 A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK,

70 Gdas* dX\artiCo
TO TUmr€ptov
\ , c ,
7d owamuoy, Vl. 7 povrrapda
TO d&0s, rd Evdiov
To €Aaov, vl. 76 Adde

7d Kivvapeopor, vl. ) KavvéAha
To KapvdgvaAdor, V1. 7d yapdpadAov

c , , tA

1) Caxxapts, TO Cakxapov
To ddwp, vl. rd vepdv
6 Ci6os, vl. 7 paripa
6 Bavapikds (080s

Met \ ,
6 otvos, vl. rd Kpaci
We A th’

0 olvos TOU Pnvov

c A 7

6 yadXAtkods otvos

6 kapravitns

TO yada’ 1d avOdyada, vi,

kaipdke
To d&vyaka, vl. Td yraodpre
Ta TvevpaTt@dn ToTa
TO oivérvevpa
. Ve , e © ,
TO pakiov, 7 pakh
TO p@ptov
) Aeuovds, 7) Aepovada
7) woKo\aTa
6 kapes
Kapes xapis yada(kros)
TO Téiov, Vl. ro Todt
Ta énitparevia oKEUn
éroiat@” oTpove* onkive
Td Tpamé{iov eive eroipov
/ ef eh ,
xabifw eis TO Tpameé {tov
X . ,
To TpamrefCopavdvAov

TO xetpopaxtpor, Vl. 7) meToéTa

i) mopoehAayn

Td tpuBXlov, TO mato

To KoxAtaptov, TO KovTdALoy
Td paxaipiov

TO mnpovmov

7d diddtoy, vl. rd Prvrgave
TO ToT pLoy

The salt; I salt.
The pepper.
The mustard.
The vinegar.
The oil.

The cinnamon.
The clove.

The sugar.

The water.

The beer.
Bavarian beer.
The wine.
Rhine wine.
French wine.
Champagne.
The milk; the cream.

Buttermilk.
Spirituous liquors.
Spirits of wine.
Brandy.

Rum.

Lemonade.
Chocolate.

Coffee.

Coffee without milk.
Tea.

Table requisites.

I prepare; lay, cover; take away.

The table is laid
I sit down to table.
The table-cloth.
The napkin.
The china. °
The dish.
The spoon,
The knife.
The fork.
The cup.
The glass.

A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK.

§ guidy
Yes
7d Kavariov
TO paryetpetov
6 payetpos’ 7) payeipiooa
7) dWoOnkn, 6 ederpatoOnKn
Td dWopvAdkoy, Td TapeEtov |
Tad payerpika oKEvN
9 xUTpa, TO xadxeiov, vl. 7d ToOv-
Kadu, 6 tévrcepns
6 A€Bys, vl. 7d xatavioy
Td Thydavioy
7) €oxapa, vl. 7) oKapa
6 oBedds
TO oTpayy.oTnptov
TO KYROTpOV, 6 TpimTns
TO lydiov, vl. 7d youdi
6 doidvé, vl. rd youdoyxépe
7) X@vn, TO Xwviov
TO Kéoktvov’ Kookwilo
To Capnpvotpor, 7d eLadpiotnptoy
TO KoxALtaptov, TO KovTaALOY
4 oabis, TO TapaxTpoy
TO Kpearooavidoy
7 BNXavn Tod Kape
6 pvdros Tod Kape
Td kapBouvmoripe vl.
6 xados
4 Kxapdoros, rd ~vdomivakxor, VI. 7
yaBaba
TO KadaGiov
) arroOnkn
6 mifos, rd miOdptoy, vl. rd Kcodme
To Buriov, vl. 7d Bourai, rd Bapedre
4 orpopryé, vl. 7 Kdvovda
TO T@pa, vl. To orovpTepa
6 pedAdos
6 éexrapactip

The bottle.

The pot.

The kitchen.

The cook,

The cupboard.

The store-room ; larder.
The kitchen utensils.

The pitcher, the brazen vessel.

The cauldron, the boiler.
The frying-pan.

The hearth.

The spit.

The strainer.

The grater.

The mortar.

The pestle.

The funnel.

The sieve.

The skimming-ladle.
The spoon.

The whisk.

The chopping-board.
The coffee-pot.

The coffee-mill.

The coal-box.

The tub.

The wooden plate.

The basket.

The cellar.

The cask, the keg.
The barrel.

The tap.

The bung.

The cork.

The corkscrew.

Pp 2

11

212 A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK,

Pan. ly,

The Accidence.

By accidence we mean the changes which words undergo in
order to show their relation to other words in a sentence.
Such changes are called inflections, and affect both nouns and
verbs.
The noun is the name of a thing (nomen) ; the verb is the
word which says of a thing what it does. It is the action-word.
Besides these there are a number of a words called particles,
not subject to inflection, but useful to define, qualify, or restrict
the meaning of other words,
The parts of speech may therefore be divided into—
1. Inflected, (a) Nouns and (8) Verbs ;
2. Uninflected, Particles,

Nouns.

The inflections of nouns are called case-endings.

In the singular they are as follows :—

(1) If we want to say a thing does or is so and so (nominative
case) the ending is either s, v, or nothing: the second in neuters,
the last in some feminines and neuters.

(2) If the thing is the object of an action (objective or
accusative case) the ending is v, a[v] imseeeee feminine, and
neuter) or nothing (neuter).

(3) If we want to express the relation of or from (genitive
or possessive case) the ending is v (shortened from ovo) or os,
masculine (sometimes feminine) and neuter, or s, feminine ; in
.4 few (chiefly modern) masculines nothing.

A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK, 213

(4) If we want to express the relation to, at, on, or by (dative,
locative, or instrumental case) by a mere ending, that ending is
-t, but the relation is more usually expressed in Modern Greek by
@ preposition with an objective or other case. See Prepositions.

(5) If the thing be addressed, the stem itself is used without
inflection, except that o is modified to «. This is called the
vocative case.

In the plural nouns are inflected as follows :-—

Nom. and Voc., masc. andfem. ores.
Objective, masc.and fem. . vs becoming after o, a, and a
consonant vs, s, and as re-

spectively.
Nom., Obj., and Voc., neuter. a.
Genitive in all genders . . o.
Dative in all genders. . woOrot

In this short scheme we have given a summary and rationale
of the whole of Greek declension. There are no exceptions,
and all seeming irregularities arise from the way in which these
case-endings are combined with the stem of the word to which
they are added. .

The simplest division of all nouns is that into nouns with—

1. Consonantal stems, and stems in z and v;
2. Vowel stems in a (7) and o.

NOUNS WITH CONSONANTAL OR QUASI-CONSONANTAL STEMS.

Here the endings s, a[v], for v, os, 4, and es, as, wy, ot (masc.
and fem.), or —, os, 4, and a, wy, ot (neut.) are simply added on
to the stem ; but be it observed—

(1) That as ps cannot end a word, nps and eps become xp, the
« being lengthened for the sake of compensation ; similarly ops
becomes wp, x.7.’. For like reasons yvs and evs become yy, ovs
and wvs become wy, as do also ovrs and wvrs, while evrs becomes
€ls.

214 A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK.

(2) 8, 6, and + fall away before s, a, and at the end of a word ;
v falls away before o, as s after v; e.g. mpaypalr|, tpdypalrlow,
vedvi[d|s, vedvi[S|ow, rouunv for ropévs, roel vou, k.7.A.

(3) y, x, x all combine with s, oto form é, while B, 7, ¢
combine with s, o to form y.

(4) o falls out between two vowels, eo, ei, ea, éwy contract to
ov, «l, 7, and Gv respectively, oo is avoided, and the neuter stem
es is written in substantive nouns as os in the nominative only ;
e.g. TéAos, téAcos shortened to réAovs for réAecos, réAa for
rédeot, téeAn for réAeoa, TeAGv for TeA€owv, TéAcou for TéAECoL,
adnOys for adnbéos (neut. adrnbés). A few do not contract in
the genitive plural, as dvOéwv, épéwv.

(5) v between two vowels (=F) falls out, and if short is
modified before a vowel to €; e.g. Babt, Babéos, Babewy, con-
tracting before ¢, 4, and as, Babel, Babet ; Babées, Babets ; Babéas,
Babeis.

In a few words it is long, and suffers neither modification
nor contraction, e.g. ixOvs, ‘a fish,’ ix@vos, ix6i, but swallows
up a in accusative plural, ixOvas, ixGis.

Stems in 4, or v unaccented, also in ev (ef), lengthen the o of
os, and form their cases as follows: w and ea, ews, ev; es, evs
and eas, ewv, ect, and edvow for eFow.

Tleipaeds, the harbour of that name, for obvious phonetic
reasons, contracts as follows: Ilepaa for éa, ds for ews, ef for
<e. In all these cases various ancient dialects present forms
more strictly regular.

Stems in v and , though they present the general features of
consonantal stems, are in strictness vowel stems, and, save in
the case of ev = ef, form their objective in y, not in a; e.g. Boi-v,
vav-v,7dAcv. Unaccented stems in 6 have an optional objective
in v for 6v; e.g. woAvrovv or -roda, eveArr Or edéArida.

(6) If the word be a monosyllable, the endings ds, ¢ dv, of
are (thus) accented, except mdvrwv, maou, ‘all,’ raidwv, ‘ boys,’
porwr, ‘lights,’ rivos, tin, tivwv, tit, interrogative, dvros, dvTt,

A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. ie:

ovtwy, ova Here, however, the apparent monosyllabic stem
has been contracted from a dissyllabic one, e. g. dwr- for daor-,
ovt- for éovr-, or, in the case of tivos, x.7.X., the accent is a mark
of distinction: twds = ‘some one’s,’ rivos, ‘ whose 2’

(7) Stems in 7p and ov are circumflexed in the oblique cases :
KANTHP, ~Hpos ; a&yov, -Bvos.

Some stems in ep (nominative yp = eps) throw back their
accent in the vocative, and drop the ¢ in the genitive and dative ;
e.g. waTyp, Tarep, wWatpds, warp; dvynp, avdpos (for avpds), K.7.A.
Objective zarépa, not rdrpa; but dvdpa, not dvépa. The reason
being apparently that the originally euphonic and parasitic 6
has so glued together the v and the p, that they cannot again be
parted. Of uyrnp and Ovyaryp, declined generally like zarip,
the vocatives are respectively pjrep and Ovyarep, (observe
aceent). All these words, as well as dorep- (dorjp) ‘a star,’
form the dative plural in pdox or pact, for épor or epou

(8) The following apparent irregularities should be noted :—
“Apns (Mars), stem and vocative "Apes, accusative “Apyy or “Apyn

["Apea, “Apeca], “Apeos or -ws, “Apet
yaAa, stem ydAaxr-.
yovu (stem), ydvaros, yovar. for ydvFaros, yovFarv; also Sdédpv,
ddparos, «.T.X.
yuvy (stem yuvatx-), vocative yivar [yivatk], yuvatka -ds -é.
Zeds for Aceds, Zed, Ata, Ards, Adi.
Opié, stem zprx-, to avoid two aspirates.
xvwv, ‘dog’ (stem xvov-), contracts to kiv-, Kiva, Kuvds, K.7.A.
pdprus for paprup-s, also waprup, whieh is stem.
vvé for vixr-s (Gothic Naht-s), vixra, vuxrés, k.1.d.
ovs for avar, ait, Ot, dtds, ati; Gta, Srwv, dciv, K.7.r.
vowp for vdapr, Vdaros for vdapros, x.7.r.

NOUNS WITH VOWEL STEMS,

These may be divided roughly into a-stems and o-stems (the
v and «-stems being for purposes of declension semi-consonantal).

216 A QUIDE TO MODERN GREEK.

I. A-stems.

1, These are preponderatingly feminine. The feminine end-
ings are —, —, v, s, « (subscript), 1, 1, s, wy, us. Wherever’
the stem ends in éa or pa these endings require to be simply
added on, and the declension is complete.

In other cases the vowel a is modified (by a preference of the
Tonic dialect) to » before s and u, e.g. rpdmela, tparétys, dof,
ddéys, x.7.A.; not however in the popularspeech. The genitive
dwv in all these words necessarily contracts to Gv, though even
this is sometimes ignored in the vernacular.

The genitive and dative singular of these words, if oxytone,
are circumflexed, oxias, oxig.

A large majority of stems whose vowel is preceded by any
consonant except o and the double consonants é and adopt
the vowel y for a throughout the singular. This makes no
difference in the plural; e.g. ryuy, orndy, diddy, Wryy, plural
Tipal, Tyas, TYLdV, TYLals, K.T.A.

2. Masculines in a and 7» have the ending s, —, v, o (= ov
when combined with a), «, and in the plural are identical with
feminines. The vocative is always the stem vowel, viz. a (not
m), @. g. veavias, genitive veaviov, vocative veavia; orpatwrys,
genitive orpatwrov, vocative orparira ; but here be it observed
that all. masculines in ry, likewise all compounds of perpr,,
moy-, épxn-, have the a short, and consequently where admissible
circumflex the foregoing vowel, e. g. orpurira, BiBdto7Gdda,
K.T.As

3. A number of masculines in a, signifying an agent, and a
few others, with most proper names of this form, as well as
many in 7 in the vernacular, simplify this declension by merely
leaving the stem bare in the genitive and vocative, e.g. rod yn Oypa,
rod Poppa, Tod Paya, Tod Owpa, rod MavddAy, & Mavody, x.7.d.

4, If ¢ precedes y (a) in the stem, ea becomes 7, and e is
swallowed up in all other cases, causing circumflexion of last

syllable, e. g. xpveéa, xpvo7, xpvoéy, Xpvaq, k.7.A.

A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK, ote

IT. O-stems.

Chiefly masculine and neuter, with some feminines.

The case-endings are (practically) s, — (with o modified to
€), Vy Vy yy & vs, wy (absorbing o but without accent), us for
the masculine and feminine; v, v, ,, a absorbing 0, wy, ts for
the neuter.

If the o of the stem is preceded by « or o, contraction takes
place, oo and eo becoming ov, while in the other cases e and o
are simply swallowed up. With monosyllables the circumflex
marks this process, but not otherwise except the ¢ or o has the
accent, e.g. rod wAdov, Tod TAOV, TO daréov, Td daTodv, but 6
wepitdous, Tod Tepirdov.

5 xpvoods is really for 6 ypucéos, although 6 xpiceos is the
uncontracted form actually found in ancient Greek.

A few stems in o seem to have lost an og, and to have been
originally consonantal ; such are the classical feminines 7 7a,
» aidws, which decline o7, &, ods, of, and the proper names KAca,
Sarda, Anro. Like these are the modern proper names 7) Xiw,
genitive r7s Xiws, accusative ryv Xtw(v), 7 Mapryd, x.7.d.

A few nouns are heteroclite or of mixed declension, e. g. 76
évepov, ‘the dream,’ plural ra dvefpara, 7d ypdyipov and its ana-
logues, plural ra ypayiwara. Also the accusatives of proper
names in yéves, kpdres, pndes, paves, TéAes, Which form their
accusative in yy instead of in ea, 7.

This doubtless arises from false analogy, the nominative -ys
suggesting 7 instead of es as the stem-ending,

METAPLASTIC. NOUNS.

In the vernacular a number of accusatives like zarépa(v),
Aapmrdda(v), suggest a fresh stem warépa-, Aapmrada-. Hence we
get such nominatives as 6 warépas, 6 dvdpas, 7) Aapmrdda, 7 vikra,
for zarip, avnp, Aapmra(d)s, vwwE. Such forms frequently preserve
the old genitive, as tis vuxtds, Tod avdpds..

218 A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK.

A number of nouns in a and , chiefly circumflexed on the
stem-vowel, form their plurals from the stems a6 and 76 in the
vernacular ; also a few paroxytones like pavva, ‘mother,’ xdxas,
‘laugher,’ xdéoxas, ‘gaper,’ ramarpéxas, ‘rambler.’ The masculine
forms do not draw forward the accent in the genitive plural,
e&. 8. xdxadwv, taratpéxadwv.

Foreign vowel stems follow the analogy of those in a, e. g. 6
Kadés, ToD kadé, plural of kadpedes ; 77 praipod, ‘the monkey,’ rijs
paipors, at paipoddes; but if paroxytones, as 6 xkdvres, ‘the
count,’ the plural is -ydes, «.7.X.

Other curious mixtures difficult to classify are: 6 xépaxas for
Kopag, @ Képaxe, Tov KépaKa(v), TOU KopaKov, of Kopdkol, TOUS
KopaKous, TOV KopaKwv, K.T.A.; but these belong wholly to the
vernacular.

_ The vernacular also writes ats for at and as, accusative feminine
plural, es or ous for ds, masculine accusative plural, and y for ai,
feminine plural of the article.

Other instances of metaplasm and heteroclite declension in
the vernacular are: tod zpaypdrov for rpayparos, mpag., mpdgis
for rpdkis, mpdfews, maxet or waxet for waxeis, plural nominative
masculine of waxv-, ‘fat,’ x.7.d.

GENDERS OF NOUNS.

1. Masculines :—

(a) All stems in ev.

(b) Allsubstantives in vr (except those in ovvr), and most in ny,
NP, wp, wr, 7; but 7» ppv, » xv, and, of course, 7 pyryp and 7
Ovydrnp, To as, ‘ the light,’ 76 ods, ‘ the ear.’

2. Feminines :—

_ (a) The few whose nominatives are os and o.

(b) Most in 8; but zaié-, ‘ boy,’ ‘ girl,’ Aoyds-, ‘ picked man or
woman,’ gvydd-, ‘fugitive,’ omopdd-, ‘scattered,’ érydvd-, ‘im-
migrant,’ véyAvd-, ‘new comer,’ are common,

(c) All in c and ryr, and most in cr.

A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. 219

' Of those in o, nominative os, the great majority are masculine.
Of those in a and y, all are feminine but a few whose
nominatives take s.
. 3. Neuters :-—
(a) All in o whose nominative is ov.
(>) All in ap, ar, and one in ir—7d péd, ‘the honey,’
genitive péAcros.

Or ADJECTIVES IN PARTICULAR.

1. Of three endings, masculine, feminine, and neuter (rpe-
KaTdaAnKra. éridera) :—

(a) o-s, y, o-v OF o-s, a, o-v, i.e. a in case of vowel or p
preceding (but éydéy, ‘eighth’). These are the commonest
kind ; a few in eo contract, e. g. xpvaots, xpvoq, xpvoodr.

(b) ts, ea, v, all oxytone, but qusor-s, juice, jueov, next
commonest.

(c) levr-s, fevr-ca, evr, becoming (eis, feooa, fev according to
phonetic law.

(Z) devr-s, x.7.X., similarly formed.

(e) Two, viz. péAav- and rdAar-, thus declined : péAas, peAawva,
pédar, ‘black,’ weAava, pédauvay, wédAay, Where pédowva = péAavia.

(f) All participles, whether imperfect passive (-yevo-), perfect

passive (-yévo-), imperfect active (-ovr-), aorist passive (-é€7-),
Ist aorist active (-avr-), perfect (-dr-, -via, -dr-), nominative
ws, via, ds (for drs, via, dr).

2. Of two terminations, darddyxra (masculine or feminine,
and neuter).

(a) All whose stem is es, nominative ys, es.

(+) All in ov, nominative wv, ov.

(c) All in 1, nominative ts,

(d) Most compounds and derivatives from compound verbs,
except those which are oxytone. Also BdépBapo-, jovxo-, jpepo-.
The vernacular ignores this class, using the feminines 7 jovx7,
x.7.A., in disregard of the accentual laws.

220 A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK;

3. Adjectives of one ending (yovoxardAnxra) are simply such
. a3 are masculine and feminine, and have no neuter, e.g. 6, 7
drais, ‘ childless,’ and a few which are practically substantives in
apposition, as 6 yépwr, ‘the old man,’ } €6eAovrys, ‘the volunteer.’

. ADJECTIVES OF MIXED DECLENSION.

These are péyas for péyads, ‘great,’ of which the singular
nominative and accusative masculine and neuter are formed as
though from péyaA-, dropping the A according to phonetic laws,
and the rest of the cases from the stem peyddo-, and 7oXis, x.7.d.,
in which the same cases are formed from stem zoAv-, the rest
from stem woAAd- 7-, for zod3d- 7-. The Ionic dialect declines
woA\S- aodAy- throughout, and the vernacular peyddo-
throughout.

COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES.

1. The regular way of comparing adjectives is by adding—

TEpo _Tépa Tepo, comparative.

rato tat taro to the stem of the masculine and neuter.
e.g. Aexrd- Aerrdrepo- cadhéis cadhéctepo-

— hewréraro- — oadéotato-

If the preceding syllable is short the o-stem is lengthened,
&. g. coputepo-, k.T.A., NOt copdrepo-.

2. Stems in evr change to es, and stems in ov take es before
adding the comparative endings, e. g. xapievt-, yapieotepo-,
evdaipov-, evdapovertepo-.

$. As alternatives to repo-, raro-, the endings tov-, wrro- are
added to a few adjectives, while in other cases the stem of
the positive is changed. Hence arise the following seeming
irregularities: aicypd-, ‘ base,’ aicxurro- ; dopevo-, ‘ glad,’ dope-
véorepo- ; kaxd-, ‘bad,’ yeupdrepo-, xeipov-, KaKirro- and yxelpirro- ;
xado-, kaddiov- (neuter KéAdtov) OF KaAnTepo-, KaAACTO- ; peyad-,
peilov- for péyiov-, also peyadyrepo-, péytoro-; ddtyo-, éAdocor-
for éAdxov- from éAaxv-, éAdxuoTos, also dAvydrepo-, dALyoTO- ;

A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. 221

moAv-, TAciov- Or TAELOTEpo-, TAEloTo-, also weprsadrepo- ; TAXLETO-
as superlative of raxv-; tyuoro- of tynr<d-.

Note too dwdod-s, drhovorepo-s, dyxivou-s, dyxwoverepos, as
though the stem were ove.

4, The following comparatives of adverbs and prepositions
are noticeable :—

wAnoiov, ‘near’ TANTLETTEPOS, -TATOS.

dd, ‘from’ (‘far’) dadrepos, ‘ further,’ -aros, ‘ furthest.’

apo, ‘ before’ mporepos, ‘earlier,’ rp&ros, ‘ first,’ rparurtos,
‘first of all,’ quasi “ firstest.”

éf, éx, Sout’ éxxatos for éx-c-atos, ‘ uttermost,’ ‘last.’

trép, ‘over’ baréprepos, ‘superior,’ brépraros, ‘supreme.’

In ordinary parlance the comparative with the article =
superlative, the superlative itself = ‘very,’ e.g. 6 xadyrepos,
‘the best man,’ xaéAAoTos dvOpwros, ‘a very good man,’

SUBSTANTIVE PRoNoUNS.
1. Personal pronouns :

I eyo, ye (ene, Euéva), nod (€u0d), pot (€40/).
Thou ov (éod), ce (éo%, ceva, évéva), cod, coi.

2% i ‘ > aA cal > tal tal
He ards, airov (tov), adrod (rod), aitd (7).
She —) iy —iv is is i
It —ds —d- —o like masculine,

We = jipels, tjpas (mas), qpadv (mas), jpiv (was).
You tpels (évets, vets), dudv (cas), tiv (cas).
They airol, atrods (rods), airay (rar), abrois (rots),

Fem. —al —ads —as — —ais, K.7.r.
Neut. —a& —a #—da and the rest as the masculine,

(a) The shorter forms are the less emphatic, and when written
after the words governing them lose their accent, e. g. rod édwxd
To, OF TO Owxa Tov, ‘I gave it him,

(6) The nominatives are not expressed with verbs, save for
emphasis.

222 A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK.

2. Reflective pronouns :—
I myself, (éya@) adrds or -7, «.7.d.
Of myself, éuavroi, -7s, x.7.r., and so on.
Ourselves, (jets) adrol, yudv airay, x.7.r.
Thyself, ceavrod, x.7.A.; yourselves (jpeis) atrol, x.7.X.
Himself, airés, of himself, éavrod, «.r.A.; herself, airy,
€auTns, K.T.A.
But the Greeks also say in the objective—rov éavrov pov, Tov
éavTov cov, x.7.r., and sometimes tov idtov éavrov pov, k.7.A., lit. ‘the
own self of me ;’ also in the nominative, éy& 6 idos, ‘I myself.’
3. Reciprocal pronoun :—
aAAnAous, -as, a, K.T.A.

Tae ArticLe. ADJECTIVAL PRoNoUNS,

1. The definite article 6, 4, 7d, plural of, ai, ra, is declined in
other cases as from the stems 76-, 7, rd-. As indefinite articles,
Ts, Tt, OF els, pia, €&v, the numeral ‘ one,’ are used.

N.B.—Masculine and neuter stem = év, feminine = pia.

2. ‘My,’ &c., is expressed by 6 — pov, x.t.A. ; ‘mine’ or ‘my
own’ by 6 idixds pov, «.7.A., and so on of the other pronouns.

DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS.

3. ‘This,’ ‘that,’ when not over emphatic, is atrés -7 -d, always
combined with the article, thus, 6 dvOpwios airés or ards 6
dvOpwros, ‘this man,’ whereas 6 airds avOpwros means ‘the
same man.’ But as 6 advOpwros airés may mean also ‘the man
himself,’ the less ambiguous and more emphatic pronoun ofros
avrn (observe accent) rotro is used in preference. This being
really a compound of several stems is given at length :—

SINGULAR. PLURAL.
a LA La) s 2 a“
otros airy =‘ TovTo ovrot =o aurau = Taira
fal A 7 4 aA
‘tovTov tauTyv TovTO . tovTovs Tatras Taira
rovTov TavTys TovToU TOUTWY

"s ,
ToT» TaiTy TOUT TovTots TavTats TovToLs

A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK, 223

Here, too, the article must accompany the substantive.

éxeivos ‘-7n “-0, ‘that, yonder,’ is declined quite regularly, except
that the neuter nominative and accusative drop v. The use of
the article is the same as with otros.

tocovto-, ‘so great,’ and rovodro-, ‘such,’ follow the declension
of otros, x.7.A., except. that the initial r of ravrnv, x.7.X., is
never inserted.

dAXos, GAA, GAXo, ‘ other,’ is as regular as aird-. Observe
that all these pronominal words drop v in the neuter accusative
and nominative.

An old demonstrative compounded of the article + d¢ is used
in certain cases, e. g. wéxpe Todde, ‘ hitherto.’

The article with pév and 6 (not written in one word), 6 pév
— 6 8, «.7.A., means ‘the one’ — ‘the other,’ Also 6 dé alone
means ‘and he’ or ‘ but he.’

INDEFINITE AND InTERROGATORY PRONOUNS.

These are: tw-, nominative tis, ti, indefinite, losing accent
when enclitic, e.g. avOpwrds tis etye dvo viovs, ‘a certain man
had two sons; and cis; ri; interrogatory. soto-; zoia-;
originally = ‘of what kind?’ but now = is; ré; 6 deiva or 6
dcivas (heteroclite), tov detva, rod deivos, TO deiv, and 6 rade or 6
Tddes, TOV Tae, TOU TAde (dative not found).

The following distich was for some time the motto of a Greek
satirical journal in Athens called 76 ®és, ‘the Light,’ appended
to a caricature of the fallen and standing Prime Ministers, one
of whom was represented head downwards, and the other in his
natural position :—

Kai 6 detvas kat 6 rades
Eive dAou packapades.

_Mr. This and Mr. That
Each and.all are Messrs. Flat.

224 A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK,

To which in one of the comic papers the prompt rejoinder
appeared :—

Kai 6 Suvraxrys Tot Pwrds

Macxdpas «lve kai airds.

And the Editor of Light

Is as flat as any, quite.

ReELAtTiIveE PRoNouNS.

The commonest relative pronoun is 6 dzotos, 7 67ola, Td é7rotov.
Occasionally the more classical ds, , 6, or the compounds de7ep,
rep, owep are used: ep is a mere indeclinable particle, in force
equivalent originally to ‘very’ or ‘same.’ For the rest ds,
«.7.X., is declined quite regularly, as is also 71s in composition,
€. g. dvriva, HvTWa, 4,71, OUTWoS, HsTWos, K.T.r., but odmep, Fs7ep,
x.t-A. Finally the indeclinable drov or zod is used in the
vernacular as a relative for all cases and genders. Compare the
German wo in the South.

CoRRELATIYE PRONOUNS,

Such are zdrepos, ‘ which of two?’ ‘ whether of two?’ neuter
aérepov = ‘ whether ;’ 6 €repos, ‘one of two ; drérepos, ‘ which of
two’ (relative) ; récos, ‘how great,’ ‘how many; doos, ‘as
great as ; técos Or Tocodros, ‘so great,’ ‘so many ;’ zoos, érotos,
‘of what kind ;? rowdros or térows (accent invariably on é),
‘such ;’ otos, dzotos, ‘such as,’

Tue NUMERALS,

As some of these are subject to inflection, they are given in
this place; |

CARDINALS,
1 cis (for év-s), pia, &v (fem. 4 récoapes, Téroapa,
gen. and dat. pds, pa). 5 wevte.
2 dv0 or dve. 6 2, vl. €&.

3 rpeis, Tpia (gen, Tptay). 7 énra.

A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK.

8 dxro.
9 evvéa.
10 déxa.
11 évdexa.
12 dadexa.
13 Sexarpeis -ia.
14 Sexaréooapes -a, k.T.d.
20 eikoot.
21 etkoot kal eis or etkoow eis,
K.T.A.
30 rpidxovra (rptdvra).
40 reooapdxovra (capavra).
50 sevrjxovra (revqvra).
60 €&nxovra (€Envra).
70 €B8opunkovra (éB8Sou7qvra).
80 dydonxorra (6ydavra or dydo-
nvra).
100 éxardv.
101 éxardv (kal) ets, K.7.r.
103 éxardv tpeis, K.T.A.
200 draxdcror (declined).
300 rprakéctot.
400 rerpaxdovot.
500 mevraxdotot.

225

600 é£axdcrot.
700 émraxédotot.
800 éxraxdorot.
900 év(ve)axdcuot.

1000 yxiAxor.

2000 dioyidcou or Sto xtArddes (in
apposition), and so on, add-
ing xiAcot to rpis, rerpaxis,
mevtakts, €&dkis, énradkis,
x.7.A., meaning ‘thrice,’ &c.,
‘to xiAcot, or combining the
first ten numerals with

xeruddes.

10,000 SexaxisyAvoe or pptoe
(classical). N.B.— pupios
means ‘countless’ (note
accent).

20,000 cixoon xiAuddes or Siopdptot.

1,000,000 & éxaroppipiov =
100 x 10,000.

A billion, direxaroppiptov.
1883 yiAva dxraxdo.a dydonxovra
Tpia.

ORDINALS,

Ist mp@ros ’-n~-ov.
2nd devrepos ’-a -ov.
3rd_ rtpiros, x.r.A.
Ath térapros, k.T.A.
5th wéurros.
7th €Bdopos.
9th evaros.
10th dé€xaros.
llth évééxaros.
12th dwdé€kxaros.
13th Sé€xaros rpiros, x.7.A.

20th eixoorés.

21st eixooris mp@ros.

30th rpiaxoords.

AOth rexoapaxoorés (capakoorés),
K.T.A,

100th éxaroords, x.7.A., the ending
-oros being added to the
stem; e.g. ‘in the 1883rd

ar, ev @ r o

year, «vy €ret yxtdwooTe
> cod > -~
OKTUKOCLOOT®@ dydonko oT@
,

Tpite.

Fractions are expressed by the neuter of the ordinals: dev-
tepov (or ypyiov) = 3, Svo tpira = §, K.T.A.

Q

226 A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK.

THe VERB.

The verb consists of a root (or stem) combined with personal
affixes or endings.

Verbs are divided into Active and Passive. Most have both
an active and passive form. Those that have only a passive
form are for the most part active in sense, having lost in the
process of usage their originally passive meaning.

Verbs are further distinguished as to tense or time.

The two main tense divisions are—

1. Imperfect tenses, or those denoting a continued action.

2. Aorist tenses, or those denoting an imstantaneous action.

The future tense in Modern Greek is expressed by com-
binations or adaptations of these other two.

Verbs are further subject to changes of mood according to
whether the action is represented as actual, or conditional, or
commanded. These moods are called respectively, indicative,
subjunctive, and imperative.

For the imperfect there is sometimes, but not always, a
separate stem, called the imperfect stem.

The aorist stem is in such cases the root of the verb.

Given the imperfect stem, the present imperfect tense in the
indicative mood in all its persons may be formed at once by
adding on the following affixes :—

ACTIVE. PASSIVE,

2 2 3 1 2 3
Sing. w els €L Sing. ovat eoac erat
Pl. opey ere ovor (ov) Pl. opeba eobe ovrae

A slight vowel change transforms these endings into the
appropriate ones for the subjunctive mood of the imperfect
tenses,

N.B.—There is no distinction of past and present in the
subjunctive mood.

A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. 227

ACTIVE.
Sing. w ns 0
Pl. wpev nre war (ovr)

PASSIVE.
Sing. wuar yoo yrar

PL pea node wvrrae

The past tenses take a prefix é, called the augment, which
with ¢ combines to form ¢e or 7, with 1, «i, and with a, 9.

To form the past imperfect indicative the prefix ¢ is placed
before the stem (or root), and the following are the endings :—

ACTIVE. PASSIVE.
Sing. ov(vl.a) es € Sing. dunv «co ero
Pl. ope ete ov (av) Pll dpefa ~ecbe oro

The aorist is formed in two ways. In case the imperfect
stem is lengthened from the root, the aorist reverts to the root,
and with that exception forms its persons (in the active)
precisely as the imperfect past, e.g. pevyw, root dvy-, present
imperfect épevyov, aorist épuyov. This is called the 2nd or
strong aorist.

In case the imperfect stem is the simple root, the letter o is
interposed between stem and personal endings, or the syllable
lengthened in cases where for the sake of euphony the o is
suppressed, and the endings are as follow in the active: while
in the passive the 1st aorist interposes 0, the 2nd aorist nothing,
and the endings are as follows :—

Sing. a as € Sing. nv ns 7
Pll aye are av Pl = ype = yre yoo

Examples: Baddw, ‘I put’ or ‘throw,’ €Baddov, ‘I was
throwing,’ ¢Badov, ‘I threw,’ éBddyv, ‘I was thrown; Avo, ‘I
loose,’ EAvov, éAvoa, EAVO HV.

In the subjunctive mood, the same stems(without the é)are used
as in the indicative, while the personal endings are as follows :—

ACTIVE. | PASSIVE,

ACTIVE.
Same as for the imperfect,

Aicw, Bada, «7.2.

PASSIVE.
Ditto, cireumflexed throughout,
AvG, Badd, K.7.r.

Qa.

228 -A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK.

N.B.—The vernacular is fond of forming the indicative
passive aorist by adding to the aorist stem, whether Ist or 2nd,
the endings of the Ist aorist active, preceded by the letters 7x,
e.g. €BaAnxa, €BAYOnxa, for éBadnv, éBAHOnv, k.7.A.

The future tense is expressed either by the subjunctive mood
preceded by the particle 0a, or by the verb OéAw, ‘I will,’ &c.,

followed by the
INFINITIVE.

This is formed of the stem + the ending e(v), passive -erOa1,
in the aorist 7(var), e. g. 0% Avw, ‘I will loose’ (as a habit) ; 6a
vow, ‘I will loose’ (on some special occasion); passive 6a
AvOB, .7.A. Odw BadrAra(v), ‘I shall put’ (habitually); Gr
Bare(v), ‘I shall put’ (once for all); O€\w BadrAcobar, GéAw
Bory. N.B.—‘I will put’ is 0Aw va Baro, x.7.d.

The infinitive is properly the old locative case of a noun. It
is still used as an indeclinable substantive with the article, but
in this case the old classical form is employed, i.e. the v is
never dropped in imperfect and 2nd aorist, and for the Ist
aorist at is used instead of «, while the ev of the 2nd aorist
active is always circumflexed, e.g. 7d BadXew, 7d Badeiv, 7d
Avoat, TO AvOjvat, «.T.A.

The modern form of the infinitive aorist is also used with
éx, ‘I have,’ to form a compound perfect and pluperfect, e. g.
éxw Avoet, ‘I have loosed ? ew Bara, ‘I have put;’ eyov (for
éexov) Adoet, Bade, «.7.r., ‘I had,’ &e. Another way of forming
the perfect and pluperfect is €w + the perfect passive participle
in -pévo- y-, &. g. Exw (A€)AvpEvas Tas orovdds, ‘I have broken the
treaty.’ The doubling of the first syllable is optional.

IMPERATIVE MOOD, OR MOOD OF COMMANDING,

To the imperfect stem the following endings are added, in

the active :—

e[s] (‘thou’) — and occasionally érw (‘he’).

ere (‘ye’) very rarely érwoay or dvrwv (‘they’).
and in the passive :—

A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. 229

eco (ov) éo Ou.
eae écOwoav or éobwv.

As arule a wish regarding all other persons but the second
is expressed by as followed by the subjunctive, e. g. ds Avow, as
Avoy, as Avoour.

as is short for des, 2nd aorist imperative of dd-e-, imperfect
adinus, ‘ let,’ ‘permit.’

To the 1st aorist stem the following endings are added :—

ACTIVE.
€ oroyv aT.
eve OF ate advTwy.
PASSIVE.
ov or Tt or 4% (the latter if no aspirate precedes) 7Tw.
NTE htwoay or &vtwr.

N.B.—(1) To form the 2nd aorist imperative the endings of
the imperfect are added to 2nd aorist stem: whereas in the
passive the endings are alike for lst and 2nd aorist. (2) ov re-
quires the active stem, e.g. ypawov, not ypapOov.

The foregoing supplies the key to all the most ordinary forms
of the verb except the participles ; but before we speak of these
it may be well to mention a few classical forms not in common
use, but cropping up in occasional phrases, such are :—

THE CLASSICAL FUTURE.

This is simply the same as the present imperfect + the in-
sertion of o between stem and personal ending in the active,
and Oyo between stem and personal ending in the passive, e. g.
iow, Avoyoopat, K.T.A.

THE MIDDLE AORIST.

Middle means halfway between passive and active. Those
passive verbs which have an active meaning may form (not
must) their aorists as follows: To the Ist aorist stems are
added the following personal endings :—

apnv apela
w for aco acde

ato avTo

230 A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK.

and to the 2nd aorist stem the endings of the imperfect past
passive,

A future middle is also sometimes formed, which is identical
with the passive except that o is substituted for Onc.

THE PERFECT ACTIVE.

This is formed by doubling the first consonant and inserting e,
e. g. AeA for A, yey for y, x.7.A., and if the root end in a vowel or
a liquid inserting x, aspirating a mute or medial, and leaving an
aspirate intact, and then adding the endings of the lst aorist,
save that the 3rd person plural ends in avi instead of ay, e.g.
AeAvKacr from Av-, yeypddacr from ypa¢g-, x.7.d.

A perfect passive formed by adding to the reduplicated stem
the endings pat, cat, tar; pba, Oc (after vowels oGe), and (where
possible) yras, is found in such isolated phrases as reréeorat,
‘it is finished,’ from root tedeo-.

N.B.—o and sometimes A are dropped in reduplication, e. g.
éorépnpat for ceoréepynpuat, <iAnupat for A€Anupar. Observe, too,
B, =, @ are assimilated to p, e.g. yéypappor for yéypadpar, also,
spirants! become tenues before 7, e. g. yéyparrat for yéypadrat.

THE PARTICIPLES.

The imperfect participle active is formed by adding to the
imperfect stem the syllable ovr, which becomes with the signs
of case and gender, wv [ov7-s], ova [ovr-ca], and ov[r], in mascu-
line, feminine, and neuter respectively, and is declined according
to the scheme for nouns given above. The 2nd aorist is made
by adding the same endings on to the 2nd aorist stem.

The lst aorist participle active is formed by adding to the cor-
responding stem the endings as, aca, av [avr-s, avt-va, av], K.7.A.

The perfect passive participle is formed by adding to the
root (of which the reduplication is optional) the endings pévo-s,
péev-n, pévo-v, x.7.X. - Observe the accent, invariably on the e.

1 The term “ spirant ” includes all consonants but tenues and liquids,
according to Modern Greek phonetics,

A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. 231

The imperfect. participle passive is made by adding to the
imperfect stem the endings dmevos, ouevy, dpevov, K.T.A,

The passive participle aorist is made by adding the suffix
évr + generic endings = ls [evrs], eioa [évr-ca], &[r], to the
1st or 2nd aorist stems.

Besides these there are occasionally found a future active and
passive participle formed by adding on the imperfect endings
to the future stems given above in the account of the classical
tense, e. g. Av-c-wy, Av-Oyo-dpuevos, x.7.A. ; and also an

ACTIVE PERFECT PARTICIPLE,
formed by adding to the reduplicated root the suffix 6r- for
masculine and neuter, and via- for the feminine, thus producing
as [or-s], via, ds [or], respectively. Observe the accent, which
is always on the suffix save in the feminine genitive plural,
which is circumflexed according to rule.

CONTRACT VERBS.

Where the verbal root ends in a, ¢, or o, contraction arises
with those personal endings which begin with a vowel. In
forming these contractions it has only to be remembered that—

ao, dw, €w, dw, and dov contract to w, a.

€0, 00, 0€, €ov, dov ig ov, od respectively.
aE, ay, GEL, ay i Oy Ge

€€, €€L Ely Ele

4 , na A

€), €1) ” Ys Te

But for the most part verbs in o insert vy in Modern Greek
before a vowel, and thus contraction is avoided, e.g. diopOdver
for dcopOd«, SiopGot, * he corrects.’

Keeping the above contractions in view, the student will be
able to write out correctly the paradigm of any contract verb.

Apparent exceptions in the mouths of the common people,
e.g. éripovpovy or éripovpuyy for ériuduyy, arise from the tendency

232 A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK.

to assimilate all contract verbs to a common scheme, and as the
vowels a and ¢ (and even o) were probably in origin variants of
one indeterminate vowel sound, there is some justification for
the process.

As a rule verbs in a, ¢, and o lengthen these vowels to 7 and
w respectively in forming the aorist, e.g. ryxndw, Ty, ‘I honour,’
eripnoa, 04 tTisnow; Cytéw -, ‘I seek,’ elytrnoa, 0a Lytyow ;
Siopb6ve, ‘I correct,’ duspOwoa or édupOwera, K.7.A.

Apparent exceptions, such as yeddw, yeAdow, ‘laugh,’ dpxéw,
dpkéow, ‘suffice, dufdw, dupdow, ‘thirst,’ wewdw, rewvdow,
‘hunger,’ ordw, omdow, ‘break,’ xartéw, xadréow, ‘call,’ ecepew,
‘vomit,’ reAéw, ‘finish,’ aivéw, ‘praise,’ x.7.A., reveal in their
passive forms, e.g. dupacpévos, jpxéoOnv, tereAcopevos, K.T.A.,
that they have lost an o after the root-vowel a or «, so that they
do not properly come under the rule. Such other exceptions as
occur (and they are very rare) are probably due to false analogy.

Such is the general scheme of conjugation, and to it there are
no exceptions. Given the imperfect and aorist stem of a verb,
the whole conjugation is known. Some verbs have both 2nd
and Ist aorists, and some only Ist or 2nd. As arule, when the
imperfect stem and the root of the verb are identical, the Ist
aorist is used, when the imperfect is a secondary formation,
the 2nd.

In forming the 1st aorist it must be remembered that :—

(1) 8, 7, combine with o to form y
Y KX ” ” ” é
while 6, 6, 7 are lost before : o

(2) that A, yw, v, p absorb the following o, the preceding
vowel being lengthened by way of compensation ; e.g. ¢uewa
for euevoa, éorerAa for éoreAca, éxnpe for érapoe, x.7.d.

To form the imperfect stem either the simple root is retained,
as in ypade, Avw, Tindw, Cyréw, ayardw, THKwW, VApw, VyoTEvw,
k.7.A., or it is increased in various ways :—

A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. 233

1. By the frequentative affix ox, accompanied sometimes
with reduplication, or by reduplication alone, in which case the
reduplicated vowel is not ¢ as in the perfect, but ye. g. yryveoxu,
‘I know,’ from yvo-, yiyvoyat for yryévouar from yev-, ‘ become,’
xdoxw, ‘I gape,’ from root xa-, Ovycxw or Ovaioxw for Obavoxw
from Oayv-, ‘die,’ pipvnokw, ‘I remind,’ from root pva-, and so
forth.

2. By adding 7 after a labial, as @az-rw, ‘I bury,’ tiz-rw, ‘I
strike.’

3. By adding « consonantal, which becomes absorbed, pro-
ducing a change in the final consonant of the root, 6 becoming
é, while y, x, x +2 = 0 (or tr); yvwpito, ‘I know,’ for
yropiiw, tpacow for rpdxiw, diatdoow for duardya, x.7.A.

4, By the affix av often accompanied by nasalization of the
root, e. g. AaywBavw, ‘I take,’ from Aaf-, pavOdéve, ‘I learn,’
from paG-, AavGavw, ‘I hide,’ from Aa6-; or by suffix ay +
consonantal = aw, as wafaivw, ‘I suffer,’ from maf-; or by v
alone, as dépvw from dep-, accompanied sometimes with change
of vowel, as yépyw from yup-, (€)zaipvw from érap-. This rv is
occasionally inserted between the last consonant and the final
vowel, especially a, of a root, e.g. wepvdw, ‘I pass,’ aorist °
erépaca.

5. The root-vowel is strengthened, e.g. v becomes ev, as
dry-, ‘flee,’ pevyw, ‘I flee,’ épvyov, ‘I fled.’

The following is a list of so-called Irregular Verbs. In some
cases the irregularity is produced by a striving for regularity led
by false analogy.

aicOdvopat, aor. yoOavOny, ‘ feel.’

Gpaptavw, hpdprnca and jwaproy, ‘sin,’

dvoXicxw, yvdAwoa, ‘spend.’

dvotyw, jvoga and dvépga, ‘open.’

drobvicKw, dreGavov, Oa arofave, ‘ die.’

éroddiw, arwdeca ; pf. p. drodwdds -via -ds, ‘ lose.’

234 A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK.

dpéokw, npeoa, 04 dpécw, ‘ please.’

aigdve, yvénoa, 04 aiéjow, ‘ grow.’

ad-uxvéopar, 04 abrxO3, adixOnv and ddixdunv; p. Pe adrypevos,
‘arrive.’

ddivo, apyoa and ddijxa; imperat. ddes, ddyoare and ddere ;
Pp. p. dderpévos, ‘leave,’ ‘let go.’

Baivw (chiefly found in compounds), éByv, éBys, &Bn, x.7.A. ; imp.
Ba, Bre, ‘go; aor. pass. rapeBabn, ‘it was transgressed ;’
f. 64 BG. For €@nv the vernacular uses Byxa, x...

BadXw, root Bar and Bra, 6% Bddrw, éBarov or Bara, EBANOnv,
BeBXnpeV0s, ‘ cast,’ ‘ put,’ ‘ put on.’

Bapivo, 64 Bapivw, éBdpuva, 64 BapwvOd, éBapivOnv, ‘weary,’
‘burden.’

Bdérw, aor. from root id- [Fd], efov or -a, ide and idé, also idés,
idov, 64 idw, ‘see.’ In compounds regular, as xaréBAewer,
‘he looked down,’ évéBAeva, ‘I looked up.’

Booxw, aor. from stem Booxe-, ‘ feed, 64 Booxyjow, K.T.A.

BovrAopau, ‘I will,’ ‘intend,’ 0a Bovrnb, é—, also 7BovdAnOyy, as
if from éBovde-.

Bpéxo, pass. aor. éBpdxnv, 64 Bpaxd, x.7.r., ‘rain.’

yupackw, éyjpaca, x.T.r., ‘grow old.’

yivouor (yiyvoua), 64 yeivw, eyewa or eyevouny, yevopevos 5
pf. yéyova ; pf. p. yeyoveds, ‘ become.’

yvaokw (yyvéckw), 04 yvdow, éyvwoa and eyov, éyvus, eyva,
éyvopev, eyvute, eyvwooy ; imp. yvOb, yvaoov or yvace;
aor. p. yvdoas and yvovs (yvovt-), ‘know.’ Chiefly in com-
pounds, e.g. dvdyvwfh, ‘read,’ ‘ recognize.’

Sexvdw, the aor., &c., from dex-; p. p. p. Sederypévos, ‘show.’
Sépvw, Sépw or Sdaipw, G4 Seipw, edeipa; p. O4 Sapd, 04 Sapa,
eddpyv or eddpOyy, < flog,’ ‘ flay.’ Hence dép-pa, ‘skin.’
Séxopat, ed€xOyv, 0 SexGH; p. p. Sedeypévos ; aor. m, also found,

eetdunv ; p. SexGeis and dSeédpuevos, ‘ receive.’
S:Sdoxw, the aor. from didax-, ‘ teach.’
SiSpdoxw (in comp.) (root dpa-), drédpaca, dwédpacas, drédpacer,

A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. 235

also dwrédpas, drédpa (cf. yvw-); part. daodpas, arodpaca,
‘run away.’

did, 04 Séaw, @woa and wxa, 64 S004, éd6nv; p. p. p. dedo-
pévos, ‘ give.’

Svva-pat -cat -Tat -<0a -obe -vrat (a throughout) ; subj. divepat,
Sivnoa, Sivyra, Svvieba, Sivnobe, divwvra, or like the’
indicative ; inf. divacOa:; p. duvdpevos; imp. édvvaynv and’
ndvvdpnv (cf. Bovdopar), x.7.A. (with a throughout); 6a
Suv fH, HdvvjOyv, ‘can,’ ‘am able.’

éye(pw; imp. ipyetpov; aor. Hyepa, 04 eyepOd, ryepOnv, ‘ raise,”
‘ wake,’ ‘rise,’ ‘awaken; p. p. p. éyyyeppevos.

eluar (ciut), cloar, elve (éori), ciueOa (oper), clobe, eve (eicr) 5
subj. qua (8), joa (js), Ave (7H), nucOa (Gpuevr), Robe, Tre
(Scr); imp. éc0, éorw, écrwoav ; inf. eioOai (civar) ; p. dv
(évr-), ‘be.’ No aorists, for which éyewa, 0a yeive, K.T.r.5
are used.

éxrAynrrw ; Ist aor. act. from aAyy-; 2nd aor. pass. from mAay-,
‘astonish,’

éumodilw, ‘hinder,’ takes no augment.

€pxopuat, ‘come’ (édO-) ; fut. p. Aevodmevos for éAvOcdpevos.

eipioxw (edp-, augment optional), ‘ find.’

evxouat (edxy-), ‘wish.’

Exo (cx- oxe-), eoxov, 64 cxe60, éoxOny, ‘have.’

aw, £0, fis; &; Copev, fire, aor, ‘live,’ loa.

néetipw, ‘know,’ paé-.

Odrrw, ‘bury’ (rad-, pass.) ; p. p. p. TeOappévos.

Gédw, e6édrAw (Gede- eOede-), ‘ will.’

Gérw (class. riOypr) (Oe-), COnxa, 62 Oéow (mid. comp. wporiHenar,
‘TI propose,’ ‘set before myself’); 64 76, éréOnv ; part. imp.
Teis ; aor. Beis, ‘ place.’ 3

ierdw, ior (in comp. chiefly), also orativw, orjve, oréxw 5 TOOt
ora- (class. torn), ‘set,’ ‘stand,’ forapor, ‘I stand ;’
éoryoa, ‘I set’ (trans.) ; cory, ‘T stood,’ also éora@yv, in
passive sense éor7Oyv ; p. tordpevos, oras.

236 A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK.

KaOnpat (= Kara + fyac), ‘sit,’ éxaOypny, éxabyoa, Kabyoe, 6
xafyow. The chief irregularity here is that the aorists are
active in form with intransitive sense.

kaiw (kaF- kav-), 0a kavow, éxavoa, 64 Kad, éxanv, ‘burn.’

Kadéw (KAa- kA«-), exAnOnv, KexAnévos, ‘ call,’

Kdpvw (xap-), § do.’

kel-yal, K.7.A., Subj., ditto. Endings added to stem without any
intervening vowel. Past impf. éxe(uyy, éxeico, x.7.A.; 10
aor., ‘lie.’

Kepdaivw (kepdi~w) (Kepde-), ‘ gain.’

kepvdw (kepdvvupt), 0a kepdow, x.7.d., ‘mix,’

kAalw (kdaf-), cf. Kaw, ‘ weep.’

KAXérrw (kAer- kAar-), ‘steal,’ éxAdarnv, 04 Krad.

Kopévvupt, not used, but 0a xopécw, éxdpeca, ‘satiate.’

KomTw (Kom- or Kof-), ‘cut.’

Kpep.dw, kpepvdw, kpeuapar (cf. divapar) ; Oa kpendow, 04 Kpeuacba,
x.7.X., ‘hang.’

Aayxdve (Aax-), ‘fall in with,’ ‘obtain by lot.’

AavOdvw (Aab-), Ga AavOacGG, ‘hide,’ ‘escape,’ in passive ‘am
mistaken.’

Aoviw (Aov- and Aovg-), 64 AovehHH, Aovopevos or edovpEvos,
‘ wash.’

pavOdvw (paG-), ‘learn.’

paxopat (only in imperfect), ‘fight.’ For other tenses, rodepe-.

péddw, ‘intend,’ ‘be about to’ (only in impf.) ; past jyeAAov and
eweAAov.

pyvi (pry-), ‘mix,’ Euga, euiynv, éuixOnv.

otda (Fid- Fovd-), ‘I know.’ Chiefly in phrases, ris olde ; ‘who
knows?’ Kuptos oide, ‘ Lord knows ; ovx otda for dev H&evpa,
‘I don’t know.’ Cf. our own archaism, J wot not.

pyvijokw (in comp.) (uva- pyo-), guvyoa, éuvjoOny, ‘ remind,’
‘ remember.’

oiKTe(pw, OKTELpoY, wKTELpa, ‘ pity.’

duviw (dpuo-), dpora, 0a dudow, ‘swear.’

A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. 237

macxw (for ra6-ocKxw) or rabaivw (7a6-), ‘suffer.’

reiOw, me(Oopa, ‘persuade,’ ‘ obey ;’ érewoa, érelrOnv 3 wérevopar,
‘T am persuaded ;’ wrézovfa, ‘I trust.’

myyaivw and trdyw (ray- tray-), ‘go; eryya, 04 mayo. The 7
in érpya or brpya is the result of the augment in the aorist
(or imperfect) of the simple verb jyov, jya from ay-.

mivw (m-), ‘drink ; érov and yma.

mintw (meo- for wer-), ‘ fall.’

mAéw Or tAEwW (zev-, TAcF-), ‘sail.’

mvew, rvevw (rvev- mveF-), exvevcOny, ‘ breathe.’

péw, pedw (opev- opef-), eppevoa for éxpevaa, § flow.’

pyyviw (pyyvopt), pyyvypar (cf. Sivapar), «7A. (pyy- pay for
Fpay-), hence éppdyny, «.t.d., ‘ break.’

pdvvums, obs. except In éppwoo, éppwobe, ‘be strong!’ ‘hail!’
‘ farewell !’

aBivw (oBv- aBe-), ‘quench; éoBeca and éoBvaa, éoBécbny,
eo Beopevos.

oéBopuar (ccBald]-), eo<BacOnv, ‘honour,’ ‘ revere.’

oiropat (care-), ‘rot; éodarnoa, éoamnOnv.

Tykxw (rnx- and rax-), ‘melt; érnga, éraxny.

tpéuw, erpenov, ‘tremble.’ No aor. Place supplied by érpeoa
(classical), érpduaga (modern).

tpérw (tper- and tpaz-), ‘turn ; érpepa, érpdmrnv, Terpappévos.

tpépw (Oper- and rtpad-, cf. rprx-, nom. Opié), ‘feed; papa,
erpadyv, teOpeupévos or TeOpaypevos. Cf. also Oarrw.

tpéxw (tpex- and dpap-), ‘run; érpefa and eépayov.

Tpaye (class. éoOiw) (pay-), ‘ eat.’

Teyxdve (rux-), ‘chance.’

imuryveopat Or brdcxopat, nee (cf. éyw), ‘ promise.’

daivowa, ‘seem,’ ‘appear’ (for ddviogar), epavyv.

dépw, déepvw, ‘bring; imp. épepoy ; aor. éfepa. In a few
compounds the stem éveyk- or évex- is used for aor. qveyxa
Or ov, evexOG, Avex Onv, K.T.A,

pevyw (pvy-), ‘fly,’ ‘flee,’ ‘ depart.’

238 A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK.

Pbcipw (pbap-), epOepa, epOdpyv, epOappévos, ‘spoil,’ ‘ corrupt.’
In comp.

xaipw (xap-), 04 xapo, exdpyv, ‘rejoice, ‘be glad.’ Impf.
active, aorists passive in form, but intransitive in sense,

xoptaivw (xopra-), ‘ satiate.’

xew (xu-, xev-, xeF-), x¥vw, except in comp., éxvca, Kexupévos,
KA. § pour.’

On DeErIvATION AND COMPOSITION.

Closely allied to the subject of Greek accidence is that of the
formation of words,

There are two principal ways by which words are built up in
Greek, first, by addition of suffixes and prefixes by themselves
unmeaning, and secondly, by the compounding of two or more
words. The first may be called an inflexional, the second an
agglutinative process, or they may be distinguished as the
processes of derivation and composition.

DERIVATION BY AFFIX OR PREFIX.

The principal prefixes are :—

a(v)- = English un, e.g. yparré-, ‘written,’ dypamrro-, ‘un-
written ;’ irodepro-, ‘ bearable,’ dvumdgepro-, ‘ unbearable.’
Observe change of accent, which is typical.

ed-, ‘well,’ ‘easily,’ &c., e.g. Kxaradyrrd-, ‘comprehensible,’
evxataAnmto-, ‘easy of comprehension.’

dvo-, ‘ill,’ ‘hard,’ &c., e.g. dvaBard-, ‘accessible,’ ‘that may be
ascended,’ dvcavaBaro-, ‘hard to ascend,’

All these prefixes may be compounded with the essential
part less the formative vowel of a substantive, and form, by the
addition of a new formative vowel, an altogether fresh word,
e.g. from pop¢-a-, ‘shape,’ take a and add o; the stem pop¢o-
thus obtained, which has no independent existence, may
then be combined, thus: dpopdo-, ‘ shapeless,’ dvspop¢o-, ‘ mis-
shapen,’ edpop¢go-, ‘shapely,’ ‘ fair.’ Or again, from riy-a- (y-),

A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. 239

‘fortune,’ we derive drvxéo-, ‘luckless,’ dvorvyéc-, ‘ unlucky,’
eitvyxeo-, ‘lucky.’ Such forms should not mislead us to suppose
there is any such word as tuvyéc-, zopdd-. This principle is of
very wide application, e.g. ékBad- is a verb root meaning ‘to
put out,’ ‘to extricate oneself or others.’ There is no such
word as éBodo-, ‘extricable,’ though there is a noun éxBodx-,
‘issue,’ ‘exit,’ but there is the adjective dvoékBodo-, ‘in-
extricable,’ and this, form is typical of many others. In this
place it is convenient to observe that the change from a or e
to o is very common in forming noun stems from verbal roots,
thus: Bad- becomes Bod-, dep- pop-, and similarly many others,
Besides a-, ed-, and dvo-, the chief prefixes are prepositions, but
as these are independent words, we shall consider them under
the head of ‘‘ Composition.” Besides these, we have the merely
euphonic 6-, d-, as 6-Adyos for Avyo-s, ‘small,’ ‘few ;? dordxwov for
ordx.ov, ‘an ear of corn,’

Suffixes.

~yo-, masculine = ‘~-ing,’ e. g. wad-, ‘pal-pitate,’ radpd-s, ‘ palpi-
tation,’ ‘throb; also adjectival, eg. Oep-, ‘heat,’ Geppc-,
* heated,’ ‘ warm.’

-yov-, masculine = ‘-er,’ e. g. Hye, ‘lead,’ Hyena [dv-s], ‘leader.’

~pov-, masculine, e.g. tAa- TAy-, ‘bear,’ tAjpwy, ‘enduring,’
‘suffering.’

~pev-, masculine, ‘-er;’ mote (woe- wae-), ‘feed,’ roy [-évs],
‘shepherd.’

-par-, neuter, effect of action, e.g. apax-, ‘do,’ xpadyyal[r],
‘deed,’ ‘thing done.’ .

-py-, feminine, e. g. ypap-ny for ypad-p7, ‘a line.’

-rep-, chiefly in relations, e. g. wa-rip, ‘ father,’ waryp, ‘ mother.’

-rnp- = ‘-er ;’ kAy-THp, ‘caller,’ ‘summoner,’ ‘ policeman,’ cw-rip,
‘ saviour.’

-rop- = ‘-er ;’ p7-Twp, ‘speaker,’ ‘ orator.’ Of this, rup in wdp-rup
is a variant. |

240 A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK.

-tn- = ‘-er;’ woXi-rys, ‘citizen; also -r7-, e. g. Kpt-rys, ‘judge.’

-rpia- and reipa, feminine form of above, as zrouj-rpia, ‘ poetess,’
taypé-rpia, ‘maid servant.’

-rpid- = ‘-ster,’ ‘-stress ;) adAy-tpis, ‘ flute-player ’ (female).

-tpo-, -rpd-, neuter = instrument or object of action, e.g. dpo-
tpo-v, ‘ plough,’ Aov-rpov, ‘ bath.’

-Opo-, bye-form of above; dp-Opov, ‘ar-ticle,’ ‘joint,’ ‘fitting,’
from ap-, ‘ fit.’

-Oy-, feminine form of above, e.g. yeveOAn from yeve (yer-),
‘birth,’ ‘ generation.’

-civn- = ‘-ness,’ feminine, e. g. etppoovvn = eddpov-civn, ‘ glad-
ness.’

-rnt- = ‘-th,’ feminine, e. g. ved-rys [7s], ‘ youth.’

-ia, -.d, and ia, 1 = ‘-th,’ feminine, e. g. pav-, ‘rave’ (waivomar),
pavia, ‘madness ;? ddAnbeo-, ‘true,’ ddjbeva [adA7nGe(c) ta],
‘truth ; duaéc-, ‘ unlearned,’ duabea, ‘ignorance ; otpat-d,
‘force,’ orparia, ‘army ; oxdt-es-, ‘dark’ (subst.) oxoréa,
‘ darkness.’

to-v, neuter, ‘place of,’ e.g. Motoa, ‘ Muse,’ povaeiov, ‘place of
Muses’ (ove€-t-ov, povoniov) ; pynun, ‘memory,’ pvypetor,
‘place of remembrance,’ ‘tomb,’ ‘monument;’ Ionic, pyynuriov.

-dv, masculine, ‘abode of ;’ dévdp-e-0-, dévdp-o-, ‘ tree,’ Sevdpar,
devdpewv, ‘ plantation.’

-(6- = ‘-ess’ >) Sign of female ¢ Teppav-d-s, ‘German,’ Tep-

agency or pavid-, ‘German lady.’

-a0- = ‘-ess’ quality. Adpz-, ‘shine,’ Aapzrad-, ‘candle.’

-awa-, ‘wife of ;) Kworas, ‘ Constant,’ Kéarauwa, ‘ Mrs. Constant.’

-iva-, ‘ wife of ;? NuxodA-j-s, Nexod-iva.

dpy-s, dpio-s = ‘er;’ repiBod-o-, ‘garden,’ repiBoddpys, ‘ gardener.’

aG-s, ‘dealer in’ or ‘agent; day-, ‘eat,’ paya-s, ‘a glutton ;’
porov-, ‘mill’ (ywtAo-s), pvAwva-s, ‘ miller.’

~nda-, -vha- = ‘-ness ; patp-o, ‘ black,’ pavpyAa, ‘ blackness.’

-ov, feminine of G-s; Bovrup-o-, ‘ butter,’ Bouvryp-od, ‘ butter-
woman.’

A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. 241

-ovpa-, the Latin -wra, our -ure; oxdr-os, aKxotovpa, ‘ (black)
care ;’ kAeu-, kAet-o-ovpa, ‘an enclosure ’ (the o is that of the
aorist).

-oupia-, ‘haunt of;? Kdéphr-n-s (kAemrys), ‘robber,’ «A|eprovpid,
‘den of robbers.’

-cia- for t-ia ; dvdy-t-0-, ‘senseless,’ ‘ dvoy-c-ia, ‘ senselessness.’

-An- = ‘iness;’ d-yixy-Ay, ‘mist(iness),’ vedé-An (védes-),
‘cloud(iness).’

-pa-, ‘place where,’ ‘thing by which ; &€-pa [o¢d-pa], ‘ seat.’

-po-, neuter, ‘thing done ;’ 83-pov, ‘a gift.’

-ov- (-ev-, -nv-) ; «ix-wv, ‘like-ness,’ ‘ picture.’

-avo-, -vy-, ‘instrument ;’ (F)épy-avov, ‘tool’ (root Fepy-, ‘ work),
éyx-6vy, ‘ strangling,’ 8péravoy and dperavy, ‘sickle’ (dpez-,
‘reap ’).

-vo- = ‘-ful,’ ‘-ness;’ da-vos [ovm-vos|, ‘sleep,’ cxorewdv for
oxoreovor, ‘dark,’ ceuvdv for oeBvdv, ‘ worshipful.’

-vi- = ‘-ness,’ feminine ; omd-vs, ‘ scantness.’

~i- = ‘-er’ masculine, ‘-ing’ feminine, also -ou-; pady-tis,
‘warner,’ ‘ prophet,’ vous, ‘ growing,’ ‘nature,’

-rv- (rare) ; do-rv, Fdéo-rv, ‘ dwelling-place,’ ‘ city.’

-es- (nominative os), neuter; yev-os, ‘ kin-dred.’

-wovdo-, -rovAa, ‘son,’ ‘daughter; Xpyord-rovdos, ‘son of
Chrestos,’ Bocxo-rovAa, ‘shepherd girl.’

-i6y-, feminine -16-, ‘son; AagKapidys, ‘ son of Lascar.’

-uo-v, genitive (uaros, action of a verb; yéAa-, ‘laugh,’ yeAd-
owpor, ‘ laughter,’

-w, -@, ending of some female proper names, e.g. “Ayyedixo,
Xpicw, “Apyvps.

-to- (cv), -fo- (2), -dpu(o), -cxi-, -ddt-, -vpi- (neuter), -axy-s, ovAx-s
(masculine), -ovAa, -irva, -ovda (feminine), are all diminutive
endings. Sometimes several are combined, e.g. avd,
maddpt-, madapdxe for radap(c)axt, ‘a very little boy,’ Kou-
par, kowpardx, ‘a little piece.’ By substituting a for 4,
the diminutive is changed to an augmentative, e. g. koppdra,

R

242 A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK.

‘a big piece,’ @eogir(G-s, ‘big Theophilus.’ So, above,
gay-a-s is ‘a big eater.’
ADJECTIVE ENDINGS.
Such are :—
-owo- (old genitive ending, rod = rdou), e.g. dérda, adverb,
‘doubly,’ dirAdoto-, ‘ two-fold.’
-K0-: martp-t-xd-, ‘father-ly,’ xapdva-xo-, ‘of the heart,’ Oyrv-«e-,
female,’ dvoi-«o-, ‘natural,’
-po-: @dperd-, ‘ profit,’ dPpédripo-, ‘ profitable.’
-v-o- and -vAo-: orwp-vio-, ‘talkative’ (oroua(r) = ‘ mouth’).
--o-: dpy-i-do-, ‘ wrathful’
-y-Ad-: oww7r-n-Ad-, ‘silent,’ xap-n-Ad, ‘mean,’ ‘lowly’ (xapal,
‘on the ground,’ old locative).
-wo-: &vdA-wo-, § wood-en.’
-to-: "AOnvaio- (A@nva-io-), ‘ Athenian.’
-pd- : Aumn-pd, ‘ grievous.’
-evt- (-Fevt-): mrepd-evt-, ‘ winged,’ pavpopardotooa for pavpo-
paddd-evt-oa, § black-haired,’
-ro-, verbal adjective : ypam-ré- for ypad-ré-, ‘ written,’ or ‘ write-
able.’
-réo-, ‘ what should be :’ ri mpax-réo-v ; ‘ what(’s) to be done ?’
To these must be added the participial endings given above
in connexion with the verb, and the simplest noun stems,
affixes, substantive and adjective, -a-, -y-, -0-, -v-, -eo-, «.T.2.,
with which the student has already been made familiar.

COMPOUND WORDS,

In the composition of words there is: no. language more
prolific than the Greek, whether Ancient or Modern.

The rules of compounding words are very simple.

The chief points requiring attention are—(1) the accent,
(2) the part played by the vowel o, (3) the creation by composi-
tion of new stems.

(1) As to the accent, the rule is, that in compound words it

A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. 243

goes as far back as possible, quite irrespective of its original
place in the final word.

(2) The simplest case of composition is where the stem of
the first word ends in o, and the final word begins with a
consonant and suffers no change, e. g. wadaid-v Kadorpov, ‘an old
fortress,’ becomes raAawkacrpor (‘ Oldfort’), often the name of
a place; évv0-v, ‘sour,’ ydAa, ‘milk,’ Evvdyada, ‘ butter-milk.’
If the last word begins with a vowel, the o of the preceding
stem is absorbed, e. g. EvAdvOpwros for évAo-dvOpwros, ‘ wooden-
man,’ ‘blockhead.’ If the stem of the first word ends in a
consonant, or an a or n, o is either inserted or substituted, e. g.
Gararcdvepov, ‘sea-water,’ from @ddacoa and vepdv. The di- |
minutive suffix so also becomes o in compounds, e.g. kpaco-
mérnpov, ‘ wine-cup,’ for kpacvorérnporv, and that even as respects
the latter half of the compound, as poAvBoxdvdvaAoy, ‘lead-
pencil,’ from poAvBi(ov) and KkovdvAc(or).: ;

(3) A number of new stems, for the most part verbals in o,
arise by the process of composition ; and here observe the stem
which denotes the agent has (if possible) the accent, e.g. dy-
Opwroxrdvos, ‘a man-slayer’ (but dvOpwrd«rovos, ‘slain by man’),
Aoyoypddos, ‘a writer of words,’ Peodr(dyos, ‘a talker about God,’
AevdOvpos (Aevr- Gvud-), literally, ‘leaving life,’ i.e. fainting.
N.B.—There are no such independent words as xrévo-s, ‘ slayer,’
ypddo-s, ‘writer,’ Aetro-s, ‘ leaver.’

Words ending in -c- cannot stand as the last word of a
compound, but are replaced by the more abstract -ia, e. g.
Aewroragia, Gleaving the ranks,’ not Aeurdrakis; waduy-yevecia,
‘new-birth,’ ‘ regeneration,’ not maduyyéveots or radtyyevvyors.
Words like “ Parthenogenesis” for “ Parthenogenesia,” used as
terms of science, are barbarous in the last degree. This applies
also to compounds with the particles d, ev, dus, as, dragia,
eitagia, Svorvyia, not drags, evragis, Svorixy.

PREPOSITIONS IN COMPOSITION.
dd, mapa, dvr, él, dva, Sid, pera, lose their final vowel in
R 2

24.4, A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK.

composition before another vowel; not so zepi, audi, e.g.
érwvupos (dvouar, dialectically éviyar), ‘named after,’ but
mepwovupos, ‘famous.’

In the case of verbals in -rd- compounded with a preposition,
only usage can teach the student where to place the accent, but
probably the explanation of the irregularity is that where the
compound verbal is taken straight from the verb, e. g. dvaBartds
from dvaBa-, the accent maintains its natural place; where,
however, the verbal is first formed a simple word, and then
compounded with the preposition, the accent is thrown back,
e. g. Oerov, ‘a thing placed,’ éwi-Gerov, ‘an adjective.’

ParticLes OR UNINFLECTED Worps.

These may be subdivided into adverbs, conjunctions, and
prepositions.

ADVERBS.

The greater number of these are themselves inflexions of
adjectives, and are interesting as revealing to us old case-
endings otherwise lost to the language.

Any adjective can be changed to an adverb, either by the
ending -ws (for -wr), an old instrumental termination, or by
using the neuter objective, singular or plural. The plural is
used chiefly in the superlative degree of adjectives, the singular
sometimes in the comparative, ws in the positive; e. g. from
KaAo-, xaxo-, ‘good,’ ‘bad,’ xadds, ‘well,’ xéAdov, ‘ better,’
xdAdora, ‘in the best way,’ ‘ best ; xaxds, ‘ill,’ xaxwrepov or
xeipor, ‘in a worse way,’ xe(piora, or dora, ‘in the worst way.’
But in familiar phrases, such as woAd xadd, ‘very well,’ efuau
xadd, ‘I am well,’ the neuter plural is preferred.

A considerable number of adverbs are also formed by the
following old case-endings :—

-Oev or -6¢, ablative = ‘from,’ e.g. abré-Oev, ‘thence,’ réd-Oev ;
‘whence?’ dev, ‘whence,’ ‘ wherefore,’ éxet-Oev, ‘ thence,’
paxpo-Gev, ‘from afar,’ x.7.A.

A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK.

245

-ce, ‘to a place,’ as éxei-oe, ‘ thither.’
-d<, ‘to’ or ‘at,’ as b-de, ‘ hither,’ @6a-Se, ‘ hither,’ ‘ here.’
t dative or locative, e. g. otkot (oixo-), ‘at home,’ yapai (xapd-t),

‘on the ground.’

-v, also locative, e.g. adrov, ‘there,’ ‘ here,’ ydnov, vernacular

for xapat.

-H, also locative, e.g. dAAayx-06t, ‘ elsewhere.’

The following is a list of the principal adverbs of time and

place :—

ADVERBS OF PLACE.

gov; where? whither?

rou, somewhere.

Sov, where. .

wdGev ; whence ?

d6ev, édbev, whence.

évravda, 6d, &de, here, hither.

avroo, there.

éxei, there, yonder.

éxeioe, thither.

exeidev, thence.

évrevéev, thence.

1d¢ xaxeioe, hither and thither.

€5 kai exe, here and there.

dAXaxyod, GAdod adrAaxdh, else-
where, elsewhither.

a@dAoGev, elsewhence.

wavraxov, wavTou, everywhere.

évaxod, karov, somewhere.

éxarépwbev, from or on either side.

auporepabev, from or on both
sides.

deEdOev, on the right.

apiorepdber, on the left.

KUKA®, Tpyvpe, round about.

mépr€, around.

troxate, beneath.

cat, below.

xatoder, from below.

avober, from above.

deEcd, to the right.

apiorepa, to the left.

épov, together.

mpoowrepa, further on.

exava, above.

ava, above.

mAngiov, €yyus, near.

evros, within.

écaber, évdober, from within.

extos, €£, without. éxrds rod
drt, va, k.t-A., except that, &e.

e£bev, from without.

ériow, back, backwards.

xatromev, behind, afterwards.

émicGev, from behind.

éumpos, before, forwards.

éumpoo Ger, from before.

ovdapzod, nowhere.

peaxpay, far.

evomov, in the presence of, be-
fore.

drévaytt, opposite.

mépav, wéepa, beyond.
over yonder.

mepatépw, further.

exet épa,

246

A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK.

ADVERBS OF TIME.

more, when.

more, ever.

onpepor, to-day.

avptov, to-morrow.

mpot, early.

peOavpiov, the day after to-
morrow.

xGes, éxOés, yesterday.

mpoxG€s, the day before yesterday.
adore, formerly, at another time.

- apw, mpdrepov, sooner, before. —

tore, then.

évetra, eira, then, afterwards.

tédos, at last.

mavrore, aeizore, det, always.

aiwvies, eternally.

eicael, eoaei, for ever.

vewort, lately.

éoxaras, lately.

76n, already, now.

m\éov, henceforth, more.

ert, eioert, axdpn, still, yet, besides.

dpéoas, evbvs, straightway, di-
rectly.

apy4, late.

Bpadvrepor, later.

éxrore, since then.

vov, THpa, NOW.

éviore, KatroTe, Sometimes.

moAdakis, often.

ouvexos, ovxvaxis, continuously,
frequently.

ovderrore, never.

porss, scarcely, hardly.

oxeddv, almost.

aipyns, suddenly.

eEadva, etaiprns, adrvidios, sud-
denly.

door ovr, very soon (lit. just not
yet).

epéros, this year.

TOU xpévov, next year.

mépvot, last year.

avéxabey, from earliest times.

aréwe, this evening.

ewes, yesterday evening.

vuxOnpuepov, day and night.

avOnpuepoy, on the same day.

evepis, early.

ovyxpéves, at the same time.

ravToxpéves, simultaneously.

evtavT@, cvvapa, cvvdya, at once.

Babundor, by degrees.

dua, along with, at the same
time.

Aourdv, therefore.

Many of these adverbs serve also as conjunctions, and others
as prepositions ; indeed, no very definite line of demarcation
can be drawn between these various particles, but as conjunctions
proper the following should be noted :— .

kai, and, also, even.
kai — kal, both — and.

re — xai, both — and, e. g. pixpoi
Te kai peyador, both small and

great

bye povoy — adda xai, not only —
but also.

ov pdévoyv— add xal, not only —
but also.

cai — de, but — also.

A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK.

otre — ovre (with indic.), neither
— nor.

pyre — pyre (with subj. and im-
per.), neither — nor.

ovde, pnde, not even.

Hj, or; 7 —#, either — or.

elre — ete, €dvy TE — €dy TE,
whether — or.
tate ae

pev, indeed, ’tis Since! vat la

a sentence.

true.

&e, but.

éré pev — dre dé, at one time — at
another.

kairo., ef Kal, eay Kal, pddov drt,
although.

xairep, although.

dpas, however.

pf Gdoy Todro, p’dAa ravra, never-
theless.

ei d€ pa, else. ei yu, unless.

éodxis, as Often as.

evo, while.

evéog, as long as.

mp, mplv ij, mplv va, before (fol-
lowed by subjunctive).

247

fas od, €ws drov, until.

Béxpts ov, Gxpis ov, until.

adod, since.

eav, dy, ei, if.

av, wérepov, whether.

ért, that (with indic.).

va, that (with subj.).

apa, so, then.

érropeves, accordingly.

ore, so that.

ore va, so as to.

dnAady, that is to say.

touteott, that is.

7ToL, Hyouy, that is.

errevo1, since.

dcd71, because.

é0@ — té0@, dcov — récov, the —
the, as in “the more the
merrier.”

padXor, rather, more.

iva, dia va, drws, in order that.

OS, Oma@s, as, SO as, just as.

do@ kal dy, however much.

ds €dv, ody, Cav, ace, as if.

PREPOSITIONS.

In the vernacular all prepositions, in as far as they are used
at all, may be construed with the accusative case ; but educated
people, following (partly) classical usage, employ them as

follows :—

With the Objective (Accusative) alone.

eis, ‘in,’ ‘into,’ ‘ at,’
pe, ‘with,

dvd, ‘over,’ ‘up,’ ‘in,’ ‘by; as
ava oepav, ‘in a series.’
xpis, ‘ without,’

248 A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK.

With Genitive alone.

avi, ‘instead of,’ ‘for.’ mpl, ™po, ‘ before.’
dvev, ‘ without.’ éx, e& (before vowels), ‘ out of,’
éxros, €&w, ‘ beyond,’ ‘ without.’ ‘ from.’

With Dative alone.
év, ‘in’ (never into). | avy (not common), ‘ with.’

With Genitive and Accusative.
xara, Gen., ‘ against,’ e.g. kara Tov dvOpuov, ‘ against the man.’
Ace., ‘according to,’ ‘ by,’ ‘in,’ e. g. kata pépos, ‘in part.’
pera, Gen., ‘with,’ eg. pera mwodAdAOv avOporwv, ‘with many
men.’
Acc., ‘ after,’ e.g. pera woddas Hyepas, ‘after many days,’
trep, Gen., ‘for the sake of,’ e. g. drép Euod, ‘on my behalf.’
Acc., ‘over,’ e.g. trép tiv modu, ‘ over the town.’
tro, Gen., ‘by,’ e.g. ia éuod, ‘by me.’
Acc., ‘under,’ e.g. tm’ gue, ‘ under me.’
amd, ‘from,’ Acc, or Gen. without distinction of meaning, but
colloquially with former.
da, Gen., ‘with, ‘by means. of,’ e.g, dia rovrov, ‘by: this:
means.’
Acc., ‘on account of,’ ‘for,’ e.g. dia todro, ‘on this
account.’
mepi, Gen., ‘about,’ concerning,’ e. g. rept éuod duirodou, ‘ they
are talking about me.’
Acc., ‘round,’ ‘near,’ e. g. wept €ue toravra, ‘they: are
standing round me.’

With Genitive, Dative, and Accusative.
éri, Gen., ‘in the time of,’ ‘upon,’ ‘on,’ ©. g. é uot, ‘in my
time,’ éwi tis tpamelys, ‘on the table.’
Ace., ‘on to,’ ‘up to,’ e.g. émt 7d reixos 7AGe, ‘he came up
to the wall.’

A. GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. 249

él, Dat., ‘on account of,’ ‘over,’ e.g. éml rq Svorvyxia pov
édvpopuon, ‘I wail over,’ or ‘bewail my misfortune.’
mpos, Gen., ‘for the sake of, e. g. rpds Geod / ‘for God’s sake !’

Ace., ‘to,’ ‘towards,’ e. g. mpos airov. 7AOov, ‘I came to
him.’

Dat., “in addition to,’ ‘besides,’ e. g. mpds rovrots, ‘ more
than this.’ '

mapa, Gen., ‘from (the part of),’ e. g. rapa rod troupyod, ‘ from
the minister.’

Dat., ‘with,’ ‘among,’ e.g. mapa rots “AyyAos, ‘among
Englishmen.’

Acce., ‘along,’ ‘by the side of,’ ‘all but,’ ‘short of,’ e. g.
mapa tov motanov, ‘alongside the river; rpeis mapa
téraprov, ‘three all but a quarter,’ ie. 2.45; map’
dALyov. epovetOy, ‘he was all but killed.’

Syntax.

The syntax: of Modern Greek is on the whole so like the
English that.a few remarks will suffice.

On Concorp.

With regard to. number the rules are the same as in English.
With regard to person, the first person: takes precedence of the
second, and the second of the third, where there is more. than
one subject of the sentence: éyd Kai od 7APomery pati, ‘ you and
I-came together ; od Kat atrés 7AGere patv, ‘you, and he came
together.’ With regard’to gender the masculine takes precedence.
of‘ other genders in the case of animate, and the neuter in case of
inanimate subjects, e.g. 6 marnp Kal) pyrnp tov haivoyrat véot,
‘his father and mother seem young:;’ of Kyo ai KowWddes Kat
ra Sdon ive 7d ap yAoepa, ‘ the gardens, the valleys, and, the,
woods are green in springtime.’

250 A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK.

THE ARTICLE.

The definite article is commonly used with proper names, but
frequently left out after prepositions before names of places and
countries, as 7 “EAXas ive éd\evbepa, ‘ Greece is free,’ but ryyaivw
eis “EAAadoa, ‘I go to Greece.’ It is also used where we should
omit it, with all abstract nouns, as 7 aA7Oea, * Truth,’ 7 dicts,
‘Nature ? not, however, with prepositions or their equivalent
case-endings, e.g. pioe, kara diow. It is commonly omitted
where we should use it, before a substantive which is a predicate,
&. g. » ‘EAXas elve rarpis tov “EAAjvwr, ‘ Greece is the country of
the Greeks.’ In other similar cases, however, the usage of the
two languages coincides, e. g. 4 vie iyuepa eyewe or éyévero, ‘ the
night became day.’

By means of the article, as in English, adverbs can be used
as adjectives, as of tore GvOpwor, ‘the men of that time.’ Cf.
“the above words.”

The article is often used alone, some substantive being
understood, as 76 kar’ éué, ‘as regards me;? Ta Tod Kdcpov, ‘the
affairs of the world ; tiv ojpepov (jpépav), ‘ the present (day).’

Infinitives with the article (also the subjunctive with va) are
used as substantives not subject to inflexion, e. g. rd ypddew or
70 va. ypadwpev, ‘ to write,’ ‘writing,’ genitive tod ypddeu, x.7.A.

If it is desired to place the adjective after the substantive, the
article must be repeated, e. g. 6 dvOpwiros 6 Kadds Or 6 Kadds
avOpwros, ‘the good man,’ not 6 avOpwros Kadds or Kadds 6
dvOpwros, either of which would mean ‘ the man is good.

The article admits of almost any number of words being
inserted between it and the substantive, e.g. 7a kopurb&vra éx
tov CaxaporAacrelov apOdvus yAvkiopara, ‘the sweetmeats plenti-
fully brought from the confectioner’s.’ In this respect the
construction of Modern Greek closely resembles German.

The article is invariably used with the possessive pronouns,
except the substantive is either a predicate, or so indefinite that
in English it would require the indefinite article, e.g. 6 idiKds

A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK.’ 251

pov didros or 6 didos pov, ‘my friend,’ but airés elve didos pov,
‘he is my friend,’ $idos pov 76 ciwe, ‘a friend of mine said it.’g

TuHE Caszs.
THE ACCUSATIVE,

The use of this case is somewhat more extensive than in
English, Many verbs which in English would require a pre-
position (especially intransitives and passives) are in Greek -
construed with an accusative, e.g. évrpéropat euavrov, ‘I am
ashamed of myself,’ éwrerpérouat to mp&ypa, ‘I am entrusted (with)
the matter.’

The accusative is also used to mark time both at which and
during which, though for the former the genitive and dative
are also employed, e. g. tiv vixra and vuxrds, ‘by night,’ rd
Oépos, ‘in summer,’ eynoe éxatov ern, ‘he lived a hundred
years,’ tiv (also 77) éravpiov, ‘on the following day (jépav -a).

The double accusative is as common as in English, as ca@s
fnrS ovyyvepny, ‘I ask you (your) pardon.’

The predicative accusative is idiomatic, as é\aBe todro dépor,
‘he got this as a gift’ (also dwpedv). N.B.—‘ He got this gift’
would be éAafe totro 76 Sépov, as explained above.

Another use of the accusative is what is called in ancient
Greek Grammars par excellence the Greek accusative, or accusative
of respect. It is quite common in colloquial Modern Greek,
e. g. erable ra vedpd THs, ‘she suffered (in) her nerves.’

THE GENITIVE.

The general use of this case is so exactly like the English
possessive or its equivalent, objective + ‘of,’ that we need only
remark on its employment with comparatives, e. g. peyadnrepos
éuod (for % or rapa eyo), ‘greater than I.’ Cf. Latin ablative
and Semitic min, ‘ from.’ i es

In a few cases, “from,” rather than “of,” would be the
natural preposition in English, Tapa, followed by the nomina-

252 A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK.

tive, is also used for “than.” One usage, however, is decidedly
peculiar, e.g. woré pov, ‘never (or ever) in my life,’ literally
‘my ever; povos pov, ‘I by myself ;’ éxrury6n povos tov,
literally ‘he was smitten alone of himself,’ i.e. he committed
suicide, or stabbed himself.

A few verbs which take the genitive where we might expect
the objective, are generally easy to translate by words which
even in English suggest the genitive relation, and in nearly all
these cases the use of the objective is optional, e.g. droAatvw
xadjs byeias, ‘I am in the enjoyment of good health ; Sparropyat
THs evxaipias, ‘I avail myself of the opportunity.’

THE DATIVE.

This case is rarely used in conversation. The objective either
alone or with a preposition, «is, mpds, dia, «.7.X., may be used
instead, or in some cases the genitive; but the dative is
admissible in verbs of giving, belonging, telling, pleasing, dis-
pleasing, fitting, meeting, &c., and after adjectives implying
gratitude, ingratitude, plainness, obscurity, indifference, pleasure,
pain, likeness, unlikeness, advantage, disadvantage, &c. The
dative is also used to express time when (see above), and in a
few phrases indicating manner or instrumentality, e.g. 7@ ovr,
‘in very deed,’ ‘really,’ tive tpérw, ‘in what way,’ Adyw Kat
épy, ‘in word and deed,’ rappyoia, ‘with boldness,’ ‘ openly,’
mavtTi cOéve, ‘with might and main,’ rots éxardv, ‘per cent.,’
mpaypati, ‘in fact,’ peyddy tH wry, ‘with a loud voice,’
literally ‘with the voice loud,’ xdpir, @eod, ‘by the grace of
God,’ «.7.X.

THe VERB.

The only really common tenses of the verb are the present
imperfect, past imperfect, aorist, and future (aorist and imper-
fect). Their meanings are best understood from illustration :—
yeah, ‘I write,’ or ‘am writing.’
eypaov, ‘I was writing,’ ‘began to write,’ ‘used to write.’

A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. 253

éypawa, ‘I wrote (on a certain occasion),’

64 ypadw, ‘I will write,’ ‘ practise writing,’ ‘ be an author.’

0a ypayw, ‘I will write (a letter or a book).’

ypaipov (€), ‘write (e.g. this letter).’

ypade, ‘begin to write,’ ‘be writing,’ ‘be a writer,’ ‘choose
writing for an occupation.’

pe yedyys, ‘do not write (hereafter),’

P2 yeadys, ‘stop writing,’ or ‘refrain from writing now.’
N.B.—The aorist tense indicative stands also for perfect and

pluperfect. In cases where misunderstanding might arise, the

compound tenses, éyw yparer, elyov ypdiver, may be used,

THE SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD, AND USE OF PARTICLES,

The subjunctive mood is used after the conjunctions and
particles, 04, va, va, dua va, Srws, Goris, ie va, tows, awa, K.7.r.,
whenever future time is in view, e.g.: tows Ow, ‘ perhaps
I shall come,’ érav €A6w, ‘when I come,’ but érav 7AGov, ‘ when
I came.’

6a with the imperfect indicative has a conditional meaning,
like the Ancient Greek particle ay, e. g. 0a juny, ‘I should be’
= classical juny av or jv av; but 64 with the aorist indicative
has quite another sense, e.g. 04 épvye, ‘he must have gone
away,’ ‘he has probably gone away.’

mpw or mp va is followed by the subjunctive, even when
past time is in view, e. g. éypawa mpiv €X@y (not HAG), ‘I wrote
before he came.’ This usage is contrary to what one might
expect, and deserves to be noted.

va is used with the indicative somewhat like 64, e. g. cide va
jpouv, ‘would that I were; and, on the other hand, with the
aorist, A€yes va eBpege, ‘should you say that it had rained 9?

THE PARTICIPLE,

The only usage of the participle which differs materially from
the English is its frequent combination with the definite article,

254 A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK,

where we should use the verb with the demonstrative followed
by the relative pronoun, e.g. of zpdagéavres, ‘those who did,’ ra
mpaxOévra, ‘the (things) done,’ 6 épyduevos, ‘the comer,’ ‘he
that comes,’ &e.

The participle alone is frequently used where we should
employ a preposition with the participle or gerundive in -~ing,
or some equivalent construction, e.g. rpoyevpari~wy duPdlet,
‘he reads (while) breakfasting,’ or ‘at breakfast ;’ idav dvéxpage,
‘he exclaimed (on) seeing; xaravadiocxe mailwy rov xpdvor, ‘he
wastes his time (in) playing; ¢aiverar Ayopovyjoas, ‘he seems
to have (having) forgotten.’ When the subject of the participle
is not that of the sentence, the former is put in the so-called
absolute genitive, e.g. P@dcavtos abrov épvyor, ‘on his arrival I
left.’

Tue Neraative PaRrticies.

dev is used with indicatives, e.g. dev 7AGe, ‘ he came not.’

ovx!, 6x, With nouns, adjectives, and participles used ad-
jectivally, e.g. dxe atrds! ‘not he!’ dye ds Arrnbels GAAA ds
vucnoas, ‘not as worsted, but as having conquered.’

py with subjunctives and participles, as ux vouiogs, ‘that you
may not think ;? pi duvapevos, ‘not being able.’

6x1, odxi, also = ‘No!’ in answer to a question.

_ IntTERRoGATION.

A question may be indicated in speaking by the simple tone
of the voice, and requires no change in the order of the words.
In writing, the sign (; =?) is always placed at the end.
Besides this, the following interrogatory particles are in use :—

(a) apa ye, where it is uncertain whether the answer “ Yes”
or “ No” is expected, as dpa yé pe evOvpetrar eri; ‘ Does he yet
remember me ?’ (perhaps “‘ Yes,” perhaps “ No”).

(b) phmds, where the answer “No” is half expected, as
parus pe yvwpilers; ‘Do you (really) know me?’

(c) When the answer “No” is confidently expected, the

A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. 355

particles Toiyap or ToLyapovr, also penyapy (uy yap 7))s are some-
times used, e. g. rofyap Tdompo Twv wAnyover ; ‘ Surely their white
hue does not wound ?’

INDIRECT QUESTIONS.

In these the same interrogatory pronouns and particles are
used as in the direct questions, the indicative mood is kept,
except after pymws (ui), which is followed where fear or doubt
is expressed by the subjunctive. As a rule, if the first or
principal clause of the sentence is in the past tense, the
dependent clause is also in the past, but the present is sometimes
retained, e.g. we epwra wdbev epyoua, ‘He asked me whence I
came ;’ phe ypwrnoe 7dOev Hpxounv (also épxopuat), ‘ He asked me
whence I came ;’Parpdcexe pus réogs, ‘ Take heed, lest you fall ;?
épwrd av yKovoas epi Tovrov, ‘I ask whether you have heard of
this,’

2 : om one \

iia ua a-3x% aN
: ae :

Eee: ety

tte ae ’
"i om Og a
:

i
oy ri nee
mh,

A

Peery

APPENDIX.

Ir has been thought well to add in the form of an Appendix the following
specimens of letters received from Greek correspondents. As actual and
authentic examples they will possess in the eyes of the student more
value than.the artificial products to be found in ‘‘ Guides to Polite Letter-
Writing.” It is needless to add that all particulars which might lead to
identification have been carefully suppressed.

258 A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK.

*AOhvas, 7/19 SeBpovaptov, 1881.1
Pidrrate Kvpre,

TloAAdKis SuevonOyv va cas ypaw ddiyas ypappas,
didte oddapds éreOpovv ovTw arordmws va dvakdWw Tacav peta
tov ev AyyXia ditwv pov cxéow, GAA Svatvyxas 7 SuedOuvers THs
KaToukias Gas, Hv dvaxwpotvtes évredOev pol apyxare, amdAero" éyw

8& tore daerdbyny zpos thy é&v AiBeprovAn Kupiav ATS TO
” S) 2 ‘ } U4 YA > ‘ , 8 ,
OvTe pot exeppe THv Sie’Ovvaiv cas, GAAG TOTw dvcavdyvwoToV
LA » / g ‘ a 5 > s a ¢€
adore nunv BeBasdtatos Ort Kal pyxaviKds ay dvtéypada airiy, 7
2 , be \ a 9 , 9 2% a ‘
eriatoAn pov dev Oa oas evpicxey. Tovtov evexa emt trav TH
mapeodtoav éBdoudda droctadecav tyiv épypepidwy mpocébeca
7o near London kal Kvpuos wAéov otder Gv pr) al re epypepides Kat
} Tapodea pov arohecbaow.
> , a > ee 2 ©. 2 , a “eee
Eyxaipws mepupOev eis xeipds prov 7 tyerépa SuarpiBy “4
“Avayevvwpévyn ‘EXAas,” iv ardjotws avéyvwra. Modov oti dé 7d
TEpleXOpEvov TpodpioTat pGAXov pds Pwticpov Tov pa THY “EAAdSa
ciddrwv “AyyAwv kal trav dSvactpodewy THs GAnOeias, Sa THs Syp0-
cievocws & Tit evTadda epypepidu perappdcews av ovxt' Tod dAov,
Pépovs TovAdxictov THs SuarpiBys cas éreOipovv va KatacTHcw
‘ Xs, / > ‘ X ;€ ‘ 4 > ‘ 8 lal
yvworov TO Ovopd was cis TO TOAD EAAHVEKOV KoWOY, GAA SvTTYXaS
yropitw Sri ai Svvdpers pov rodd torepotor Tod Epyou Tovrou Kal
pera Avans pov eyxarédenpa tHv iéav tavrynv. TlAynv Sev eeupa
x 80 > , ‘ ir \ / es
va petadoow eis mavtas Tods Pilovs pov Kal yvwpicavtas tas
évtadda 7o meptexopevov THs SuatpiBns cas, oltwes TavTes NLXapLOTH-
On ‘ me is "BAX > a ea 8 \ ‘
cav Kal per e“od ds nves evyvwpovotow tyiv dia TO
exixaipov THs Snpoctetoews.
¢ ‘ X / a / ré a e 4 6
Qs mpos Ta woditikd. pas TovTO povov A€yw Gre edpioKdpcba
‘ 4 ‘ Ed < 6 a \ rh teat de 3
petagy apvpas Kal dxuwvos, treperiOuuodvres pev ad évds va
mpocdpapwpev mpds BonGeav trav Sovrevdvrwv adeApdv pas, PoBov-

1 It is usual in Greece to date letters according to both old and new style.

A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. 259

AtHeEns, 7/19 February, 1881.

Dear Sir,

Many a time have I had it in my mind to write
you a few lines, since I by no means wished so suddenly to
drop all connexion with my friends in England, but un-
fortunately your address, which you left me when you went
away from here, got lost; and I then applied to Miss in
Liverpool, who actually sent me your address, but in so illegible
a form that I was quite certain, if I were even to copy it
mechanically, that my letter would not find you.

For this reason I added on the newspapers sent last week
the words, “near London,” and heaven only knows whether
both the newspapers and my present letter will be lost.

Your essay on “Grecia Rediviva” has duly come to hand,
and I have eagerly read it. Although its contents are rather
intended for the enlightenment of Englishmen who do not
know Greece, and of perverters of the truth, yet, by the publica-
tion in some paper here of a translation—if not of the whole, at
least of a portion of your treatise—I should like to make your
name known to the general Greek public; but unfortunately
I am aware that my powers fall far short of the requirements of
the task, and, to my chagrin, I relinquished the idea. I have
not failed, however, to communicate to all my friends who have
known you here the contents of your treatise, and they were all
delighted, and, with myself, are grateful as Greeks for the
timeliness of the publication.

As to our politics, I can only say this: that we find ourselves
betwixt the hammer and the anvil, longing above everything,
on the one hand, to rush to the rescue of our brethren still in

s 2

260 A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK.

8 2:52) (ef ‘ , ° ‘ ide ir: x
pevor O adh Erépov py TpocKpovowper eis Tas ideas Pidns Tivds
duvdépews. At mpoerowaciat pas mpos moAeuov elve elrep Tore
» , Oe eo 7 de > , NA x ‘ ” a Xr ,
mArypes, Sev trdpxe Sé oikoyevera Aris va pay €xy ev 7) wWAELOTEpa
Gropa Katareraypeva eis TOV OTpaTOV.
i a > “ € ~ ¢ € ‘ ele, Ni Je , >

Eis rav ddeApdv pov trnperet ds immeds, éyo S& trdéyouar is
tovs €Ovodpovpovs. Tvwpiovres tots Tovpkous xaéAAov tv eipw-

/ , 7 3 ‘ re iA .
traiwv Snpocvoypapwrv, oitwes apiOpors pdvov Aoyapialovy, Kai
> , 2 ‘ > ‘ ~ 2 a vous. S \ ‘ 2 \
epedopevor eis Ti ioxdv Tod EAAnuicpod, av Oédrere SE Kal cis Ta

, lal a lal a > A »” 3 ,
oupdhépovta tav AoToV Pvdr@v THs “AvaroAns Exouev axpadavTov
merolOnow Ore peta Avooddy waAnV 7 vikn eri TéXovs EoTaL i7ep
Ov.

TAnv dvervyds 6 rodepos 7) H <ipnvy Sev eaprara, paiverat, dard
HGS, GANG ard Tas MeyadAas Avvdwes. Meyddas! “Oray cipwretay
exppater 7 A€Ets rd HOuKnv Ero.

> cal 3 ‘\ a > A > , > / /,

AxpiBads a6 tis evredOevy avaxwpyoews cas épyalopar rapa Tut
dyyAUKG ypadeiw ws waparypeite eri THS erixepadidos. Ipods de
»” > 4 7 a > lal 9 ” > / +
éwxa cis ydpov piav tdv adeXpdv pov, Aris nbn aaréxtnoe Kal
Ovydrpiov.

- rat 9 , € a e Xa e / ta /

EieArurtév ott téow tyes ds Kal 7 ceBaotyn por ovluyds cas

fol fol 4
peta THS Aouris oikoyeveias arohavere akpas byelas Kal OTe TVVTOMwWS
6a a&whG érioroAjs cas,

Auatedd,
byérepos pidros,
iL. 3.

Y.T. [dorepa ypappevoy|.—Eypaya é\Anvucti pos mAciotépay
ipav ebyapiornow. “Av Sev dratdpat poi etxere trocxeO7 pilav
guwroypapiav cas. éXere Aourdv va Tas dvTdAAaLwper ;

*AOhvas, TH 8/20 Mapriov, 1881.
Pidrrare Kvpte,
"Eyxaipws repipdOev eis xeipds pov 7 ard cixooris
dydéns Ajgavtos Pidixy cas, e€ Fs dopévws «ldov dre 7dy

A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. 261

slavery ; yet fearing, on the other, lest we run counter to the
views of some friendly power. Our preparations for war are
complete, if ever preparations were. There is not a family
which has not one or more individuals enrolled in the army.
One of my brothers is serving in the cavalry, and I am enlisting
in the national guards. Knowing the Turks better than European
journalists, who only reckon numbers, and relying on the
strength of Hellenism, and, if you will, also on the interests of
the other races of the East, we have an unshaken conviction
that after a furious struggle, victory will at length be on our
side.

But unhappily the question of war or peace does not depend,
it seems, on us, but on the Great Powers. Great! What an
irony does the word express from a moral point of view.

From the very day of your departure hence I have been
employed in an English office, as you observe from the heading
{of my letter]. Besides this, I have given one of my sisters in
marriage, who has now also got a little daughter.

Hoping that both you and your honoured wife, with the rest
of your family, are enjoying the best of health, and that I shall
soon be favoured with a letter from you,

I remain,
Your friend,
Pot,

P.S.—I have written in Greek for your greater satisfaction.
If I am not mistaken, you promised me your photograph.
What do you say to an exchange?

ATHENS, 8/20 March, 1881.
My pxar Sir,

Your kind letter of the 28th of last month has duly
come to hand, and I was very glad to see from it that you

262 A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK.

drokavere axpas bytelas Técov tpeis doov Kal 4 Aoury olkoyeverd
oas.

Eixapior® dyty eiduxpwds da Tas pirodpovyncers cas dia THY

\ al a a
Géow pov, Kai Tas ebyds cas ert TH ydpw THS GdeAPis pov, K.T.d.
Tiv adeAdyv pov Sty vopitw ore tHv eldate Kata THY évtad0a
Siapovyv cas, Kabdr. Kara Tov Kaipov éxeivov enevey ws SidacKaXos
& tut Kdddw tod “Apoaxeiov IapOevaywyeiov ev Kepxipa. ‘O

/ iv. > 4 » ‘ os na , ~ X , /
avluyds Tns éwmopeverat eAata, 76 mpoidv THs VjcoV, TO Se Gvyarpidv
tov avopacOn er éoxatov Kipyvy.

Mer dyadAudcews Aaa tHv pwtoypadiav cas, Aris «lve TH
3 s a A 8 / \ ‘ ( ee 7 X
GAnbecig paddrAov 7 éxirvxnuéevyn. Kara thy imdcxeciv pov Kat
B20 ae § Gé Ho a > , ‘ ee
ad ov 70 GéXere, On oGs cicwkAeiw THY Env.

Tv mapedOotcay EBdouada tvyaiws rapeTypynoa ev TH epypepior
“Néau [déau” Sidopdv® tu ddopav rHv iperépay SiarpiByv, dAAG
, / 9 > . / 9 8 - ‘\
Toow oTeBrAwpévov, GoTe aiOwpel ovvérata Erepov Sidhopov mpos
Kataxwpiow ev TO “Tydreypddw.” “O d& Svvtaxrys rovrou pera
twas mAnpopopias pov tepit THs SiatpiBas Kal Tod cvyypadéws

A = \ , ‘ \ , \ , 9
aitas elxe THY Kawovvyv va. pot LytHon TO pvdddb.ov iva Kara-
xopifn kar éXtyov petadpacw aitod. Todro pe xatevyapiornoe
@s wAnpodv Tov TOV bpav TE Kal eyo, kai dopéevws TO Tapexopnoa
avrd.

\ rd / / / > a A an ld

To duadopdv pov Br€rere onuewmpevov ev TO PiAAW THs Tleumrrys

> > a , , \ Q \ / > a
dv epvOpod podvBdov, wavra dé Ta ova mpoépxovTar ex THs
Swvragews Tod “ Tyreypadov.” “H eEaxodovOnors rHs petappdcews
0a yévynta Kal rHv EBdSopdda tadryv, éyxaipws b& Oédw os wéeuper
Ta avritvra.

Exedy odd mibavov va py pot éeriotpady To prdrAdbidv cas éx
rod “ Tydeypadov” kara 7d evtatOa €Oyrov, cas TapaKkadAG va. jot
méuilyre ev erepov mpods evOdpnow.

IlapexdAeoa kal tov Svvraxryv rhs “ Tladvyyevecias” va xara-

7, 4 8 4, aX. ‘ la vO oe \ 9
xwpyon TxeTiKov TL Sudopov, GAAa péxpt TOvSE dev TO Exaper.
Ta wodutixd pas Alav dydiBodra, év tovros émixparel mpos 7d

2 Sidpopov, literally ‘‘a various,” i.e, one of the paragraphs usually

A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. 263

yourself are now enjoying the best of health, as well as the rest
of your family.

I thank you sincerely for you good wishes in regard to my
situation, and your congratulations on my sister’s marriage, &c.
Ido not think that you saw my sister during your stay here,
inasmuch as at that time she was staying as teacher in a branch
of the Arsakeion (Girls’ High School) in Corcyra. Her husband
deals in oil, the produce of the island ; and their little daughter
finally has been named Irene.

I was delighted to get your photograph, which is indeed
more than successful. According to my promise, and since you
wish it, I herewith enclose you my own.

Last week I observed by chance in the newspaper, New
Ideas, a paragraph referring to your treatise, but so perverted
that I the very same hour drew up another paragraph for
insertion in the Telegraph. The editor of the latter, after some
information from me concerning the treatise and its author, had
the goodness to ask me for the pamphlet, that he might insert,
by instalments, a translation of it. This pleased me exceedingly,
as it meets the wishes both of you and myself, and I gladly let
him have it.

My paragraph you see marked in Thursday’s paper with red
lead, but all the rest proceeds from the editorial office of the
Telegraph. The continuation of the translation will be made
this week also, and I will duly send you the copies.

Since it is very likely that your pamphlet may not be returned ~
to me from the Telegraph, according to the custom here, I beg
you to send me another as a remembrancer.

I begged the editor of the Renaissance also to insert a similar
paragraph, but hitherto he has not done so.

Our politics are very uncertain. Meanwhile, for the present,

found in newspapers under the heading “ various” or “jottings.”

264 A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK.

mapov axpa yovxia. “O mpwhurovpyds pas, évavriov Tod Kowvod
povnpartos, elve Aiavy xAapds, pdrAov Gri cis Td mapehOdov Sev
éxoAakeveto dvopalopuevos avOpwros Tov updos Kal Tod odypov.
¢ , lal Ys ‘ , / X
H parnp pov ods mpoodéper tots oeBacpovs trys, Alav dé
edxapioTnOn pe THY putoypadiay cas.
IIpoodépere wapaxadG tas mpocpyces prov mpos tiv oeBacryv
4 / XN ‘ > A A 4 i /,
poor Kupiav oas, deEacGe St ros doracpots Tod dAws tperépov
pirov cas,
105 3:

év Aovdlve, Ti 6/18 *Iav., 1881.
Aideousdrare Kipre,

Mupias wéurw tpiv edyapiotias Sua TO dpérepov
pvddAddiov dmep ednpeoTHOnre va pol weminte. “Avéeyvwv aitd
X a \. 954% FINES bf © a x c} a /
peTa TpocoyyHs Kal éxapyny Wav dre iotre hwviv trép Tov dukaiov,
tirepaomicovtes TO vos TO EAAyUiKOV Sep TodAdl, Pirou Tod
oKérovs Kat Tod wWevdous, mpomydakiLovor. Kai bBpilover.. Kat
TOUS pev ToOLOvTOUS Hels TEepippovotpev, Tos Sé peTa Tappyoias
Knptocovtas Ta Huérepa Sikava ayarGmev Kat ovdérore tavdueba

etyv@povorvTes adTots.
& ).-® , ¥ doe 2 ‘\ ‘ a 2 a a
TO tpérepov dvoua pot ro yvworov zpd ToAAOD ex Tod Kadod
iJ cal > ra \ cel e val e lee . » ,
bpav eyxepidiov rept ths Kal Hpas “EAAnvuKhs’ Kal 7dn xalpw
\ 4 > ‘ a oe} / ese XS 2\7 an
ToNd AapBdvov ahoppynv va érioreiAw dpiv Ta dALya TadTa.
> cal
Aordfopar bpas, Kai cipe
4 e /
OAws bpérepos,
K. A.
> 9 lal la)
Y.T.— Edy vopilyre ori Svvapai more vi avd tiv xpyoipos
els TL, 04 pe evpyTe wavTOTE mpdOvpoV.

Aovdive, "lavovaptov 14, 1881.
"Akioryse Kupre,
Tlapaxadd défacbe tas eidixpweis edyapiotias pov
dua 7 hvddAdHiov Sep Piiodpdvws ereuparé por. “Avéyvwv aitd

A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. 265

the utmost tranquillity prevails. Our Prime Minister, in op-
position to the general sentiment, is very lukewarm, although
in the past he might be called, without flattery, a man of fire
and sword.

My mother presents her compliments to you. She was very
much pleased with your photograph.

Please remember me most kindly to your good lady, and

accept the salutations of yours very truly,
PLS:

Lonpon, 6/18 January, 1881.
Rey. Sr,

I send you very many thanks for your pamphlet,
which you were pleased to send me. I read it with attention,
and rejoiced to see that you raise your voice on behalf of
justice, defending the Greek nation, which many, friends of
darkness -and falsehood, revile and insult. Such men, indeed,
we despise; but those who boldly vindicate our rights we love,
and never cease feeling grateful towards them.

Your name was already long known to me from your excellent
handbook on Modern Greek ; and now I am very glad to have
occasion to write you these few words.

I salute you, and am,
Yours truly,
| K. L.

P.S.—If you think I can ever show myself of use to you in

anything, you will find me always willing.

Lonpon, January 14, 1881.
Dear Sir,

Please accept my sincere thanks for the pamphlet
which you kindly sent me. I read it with great interest, and

266 A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK.

Hera peyddou Suadepovtos Kal ds "EAnv ciyvwpove tyiv 8 dca
tocov GAnbas Kat récov évrovus éypdware irép Tod Hpuerépov vous
Tpos uricpov éxelvov tav Suetépwv oupratpiwrav oiTWesypelav
Exover Hwoticpod zepl THs GAnOots karagrdcews THs “EAAASos.
Hirére por rapaxadd rod divapo v ayopdow tpia 7) téccapa
dvriruTa Tov repi ob 6 Adyos HuddAadiov Sus Staveiuw aita perakd
pidrov "“Ayyduv.
"Exrevxopevos tutv Td véov eros aictov Kat ebruxés, SuareAd pera
-mwaons brodnWeus,
“Odus ipérepos,
T. 3 A.
Y¥.I'.— O46. fro xadov va orahy ev dvrizvrov pos Tov év Tepyéorn
exddryv THs “ KAeods.”

9/21 "Iav., 1881.
Aideoyssrare Kipte,
"EdaBov tiv tyerépav éxiatoAnv Kat xaipw dru Oédere
va AGByre tiv yvwopysiav pov.
"Ered Se Kal éy® Todt aird éerbupd, peyiotny 04 aicbavOS
, x a 4 \ if ‘ Yd a ¢
répyw va cas idw Kai odpiygw tiv xeipa cas. Avrotpar duws
‘ bi ‘ \ > > , > ‘ ,
TOAD OTe Tas KaOnpepwwas elpwor arynoxoAnpevos cis TA pabnpara
/ aA e 5 4, ‘ , \ 3 57 > ,
pexpe THs EBdopns p.m. [pera pernuBpiav] Kal éredy elwar pdvos
AapBavw 70 detrvdv pov ew kai érrtpépw dpya eis THY oikiay pov.
Movov ras kupiaxas Svvayat va peivw Kat oiKov, dAAGQ doBodtpuat 7
P li ’ pat 1
Hpepa airy Oa. vat tows GAws dKxardAAnNos eis tps. Awd va ods
drrahddéw Tod Kdrov, av GédAnte eyo va éEAOw va cas tdw éEorépav
Twa TEpt TAS OKT 7) KUpLaKHY Tia peta peonpBpiav 7 Tiv éo7épav"
GAN édy tpeis mpotyare va EAOnTE wap ewe, apKel povov va pot
ypainre kat Od pe etpyre Kar’ olkov dro.avdyrore Kupiaxyy Kat ay
ey«pivyte.
Tov Kvprov dv dvopdere Sev tov yropifo. “Iows 6 civadeAdds
pov tov eievpe. “Eyed efuat Mixpaciavos ex ris Kvulixov,
exapa Suws Tas orovdds pov év “APjvais kat év KwvoravtwovroXe*

A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. 267

as a Greek I am grateful to you for all that you have written,
no less truly than earnestly, on behalf of our nation, for the
enlightenment of those among your countrymen who need
enlightenment in regard to the real condition of Greece.

Please tell me where I can buy three or four copies of the
pamphlet in question, that I may distribute them among
English friends,

Wishing you a happy and prosperous New Year, I remain,
with all esteem,

Yours very truly,
Py 8. de

P.S.—It would be well that a copy should be sent to the
editor of the Clio, in Trieste.

9/21 Jan., 1881.

Rev. Sir,

I received your letter, and am glad that you wish
to make my acquaintance.

Since I also wish the same, I shall feel the greatest pleasure
in seeing you, and in clasping your hand. I regret, however,
much that on the weekdays I am engaged with lessons until
seven p.m., and, as I am single, I take my supper away from
home, and return late to my lodgings. Only on Sundays can
I remain at home, but I fear this day will be altogether un-
suitable to you. To relieve you of trouble, if you choose, let
me come to see you some evening about eight, or some Sunday
afternoon or evening; or, if you prefer to come to me, it is
enough if you simply write to me, and you will find me at
home on any Sunday that you may fix.

The gentleman you name I do not know. Perhaps my
colleague is acquainted with him. I am from Asia
Minor—from Cyzicus—but I have studied in Athens and Con-

268 A QUIDE TO MODERN GREEK.

rovto 8& elve 7d Séxarov ros ad’ Srov 7ADov eis Aovdivov. Kai
Taira éxt Tov wapévTos, TAciova Se Srav, civ Jed, ovvavrnfopev.
"Aoralopat tas, kat duaredo,
dAws b€rEpos,
KAA,
Y¥.T.—Azd rijs 26 rod pyvds TovTov 04 peraBaivw Kara. Tacav

Terdprnyv «is xdpw pabnpatev Kat vopilw drt 7d pépos TovTO

de 27 X A / a dé \ ‘ x be
ev améxet TOAD Tod TOrOV THS KaTOLKias Gas. IIpos 7o wapov dev

8 ¥: ‘ a »” , LA > lal ‘ / ‘\ 10
Wvopa va Gas elrw Toiav wpav akpiBds Oa TeAevdvyn TO paOypa-

»” ‘ ‘ , aA
tows wept Tas TevTE 7) EE pp.

28 Mapriov, 1882.
Aidéowne ire,
MoXrts onpepov mepindrOev eis xelpds pov 7d byuérepov
\ /, /, X lal cad / >
Taxvopopmixov SeATapiov, Sidte pd ToAAGY pyvav peTeKopicOyy «is
GAAnv cvvoixiav. EHixapiocrd tpiv da tHv mpdoxAnow Kal pera
a , phe ee 4 ee See pal , > f
ToAARs mpoOvptas 64 hpxounv wap tpas, av puixpd tis ddiabecia
dev pe éexddAverr “EArilw drav avadcBw va Ow va rporhépw
tiv te kal TH byerépa Kupia. Ta ceBaopard pov.
Tlepi rod Kupiov H. ovdey Sivayar va eirw didte Sev cigevpw rod
KQTOLKEL.
"AordLopat tyuas, Kal duaTedd,
4 e /
Odws VjMETEPOS,

Aaa.

12 Se8., 1881.
Aidéouse Kvpre,

Tléurw tpiv 8 tod taxvdpopeiov dio “EBpaixas
édnpepioas, as ojuepov ék Kwvoravtwovrddews AaBov Kai domrd-
Copa tpas.

Mera. ceBacpor,
dAws by€rTEpos,
M. N.

A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. 269

stantinople ; and this is the third year since I came to London.
So much for the present, and more when (D.V.) we meet.
TI salute you, and remain,
Yours very truly,
Ku: EB.

P.S.—Beginning with the 26th of this month, I shall be
travelling every Wednesday to on account of lessons, and
I believe this neighbourhood is not very far from the place of
your residence. At present I cannot tell you precisely at what
hour the lesson will finish—perhaps about five or six p.m.

28 March, 1882.
Rev. AND DEAR Sir,

Your post-card has only just come to hand to-day,
on account of my having moved into another neighbourhood
many months ago. I thank you for the invitation, and would
have come to your house with much pleasure, had not a slight
indisposition prevented me. I hope, when I recover, to come
and present my respects to you and your wife.

As to Mr. E. I can say nothing, as I do not know where he

lives.
With kindest regards, I remain,

Yours truly,
L. G.

12 Feb., 1881.
Rev. Sir,
I send you by post two Hebrew newspapers, which

I received to-day from Constantinople.

With kind regards,
Yours truly,
M. N.

270 A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK.

Tpitn ‘Eorépas.
Aidéoune Kupre,
"EAaBov 7d taxvdpopixdv tydv SeAtiov Kal pera
moAAns xapas 04 €\Ow va cas dw. “AAA PoBodpar 64 cas Fvac
‘ 4, A" % 3 A > 4 A 7 y
mods Koos Va pe avTapwoyre eis TOV OTAOpOv, Ka? dcov padioTa
Sev ndvvyOyv va eéaxpiBiow Kara TA Tod adnpodpdpov. Nopilo
Spws Ore eis tas EF pup. Od TeAcLWTW Td paOynpya Kal Oa ~Ow pe
‘ , c x ” 66 > ‘\ AN ‘
tiv mpwTyv duakootorxiav. "lows Oa Hvar 7d KadXitepov va
” > 20> > ‘ > 7 > a ‘ 9 , eek
bw kar edOetay eis tTHv oikiav cas. “Epwrdv 6a evpw airny
edkoAws.
"Odus d€repos,
bs Yas Be

Aideoypaorare Kupre,
Tlapaxad® tuads wémparé pov da Tod taxvdpopetov
is a a
ras S00 ‘Iomavo-eBpaikas epnpepioas as elyov oreiAe duly mpd Tivos
Kaipov’ dudtt Pédkw va tas dHow eis gidrov eis Tov drotov Tas
breoxeOnv.
a >
’"Acrafopat tuas kat elwat,
bd € /
OAws bp€TEpos,

M. N.

Acutépa,
Aideomorare Kipte,

Sypepov emrotpevas ex Ilapiciwy ebpov 76 ipérepov
Taxvopouixov SeAriov kal edxapictd tyiv Sa tiv mzpdcKAnow:
Avrrodpat Guws opddpa Ste Sev Oa dvvnGH va EXOw kai wapaxadG va
pol TapaoyyTE ovyyvopny.

*AordLopar twas éx Woyis Kal duareda,
ddws tperepos,

N. A.

A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. 271

Tuesday Evening.
Rev. Si,

I have received your post-card, and with much
pleasure shall come to see you. But I fear it will be a great
deal of trouble to you to meet me at the station, especially as
T have not been able to make out the trains clearly. I think,
however, that at six p.m. I shall have finished my lesson, and
I will come by the first train afterwards. Perhaps it will be
best that I should come straight to your house. By asking,
IT shall easily find it.

Yours truly,
L. G,

Rev. Sir,

Please send me by post the two Spanish-Hebrew
newspapers which I sent to you some time ago; for I want to
give them to a friend to whom I had promised them.

With kind regards, I am,
Yours truly,
bs ae 6

Monday.
Rey. Sir,

To-day, on my return from Paris, I found your
post-card, and thank you for the invitation. I regret, however,
exceedingly that I shall not be able to come, and beg that you
will excuse me.

With kindest and most cordial regards,
I remain,
Yours truly,
N. L.

272 A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK.

Awpudria ’Api6. 95, 96.

Pirrare Kiipue :

X6es Eoréepas Epfaca evradOa pera ths adeAdfs pov
kat Tod ‘yauBpod pov’ Oa peivwmev Kal avpiov Kal dvaxwpodpev THY
éropevyy, iows EMOwpev onpepov ph... Kal Gas wey GAAG aiprov
TO yedud pas Tépvopev eis 7d Hevodoxeidv pas eis 7d tpaméle rH
5 pp. Eipefa drow cada kal 7d atrd evxouor 80 buds Kal Tiv
oixoyeverdy oas. Llpoodpepere tas mpoopyoes dAwv pas eis THY
Kupiayv cas. .

Das dé doraldpucba,
iC BAB:

Kivpue M ’

ee > Le] >“ 4 € rn ‘ X
Evpiocxopo. évraifa mpd cikoow Hpepov Kal dev

> Le , > ,
arepaciwa Tore F dévaxwpynow.
Kara tyv eAvoiv pov éoxdrevov va Ow kal cas dw wry

3 q > , ,
Apa EVKAIPYOwW OKOTEVW

id / > , 4 > 44
eidorounOnv éyxaipws Ore arovatdlare.
\ » X\ , s\ 7 € / > \ a > / 7
va Ow va. wepdow drJLyas Hpepas cis Aovdivoy pd THs avaxwpyoeds

\ / at 4 ~ a ” =. / 7 a , \ “a
pov Kal Tore 04 AOw va as dw" OdAw Gpws cas ypaiber mpd puas
Hpepas, payrws Kal Aeibyre tadw. *EXrilwv 4 wapodoa pov va
ods etpy técov tpyas Kalas Kai GAnv cas THY oikoyéveray azo-
Aavovras tyeias,

Bas pirtxoacrdLopa,
| A Fae:

3 In colloquial Modern Greek, the vowel a is used as an alternative of
In this instance it has the advantage of marking thetense. dmovoid(ere,

present.

A QUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. 273

Rooms Nos. 95, 96.
Dear Mr.

Yesterday evening I arrived here with my sister
and brother-in-law. We shall remain over to-morrow, and
leave the following day. Perhaps we shall come this afternoon to
see you, but to-morrow we take dinner at our hotel, at the table
@héte at 5 p.m. Weareall well, and I hope you and your family
are the same. Give my kind remembrances to your wife.

Yours truly,
P. B. and D. B.

Dear M ;

I have been here for three weeks (20 days), and
have not made up my mind when I shall leave.

On my arrival I intended to come and see you, but learned
in time that you were away from home. As soon as I have an
opportunity I intend to come and pass a few days in London
before my departure, and I will come and see you. I will
write, however, a day beforehand, lest you should be away
again. Hoping that this letter of mine may find you and all
your family in good health,

I am, with kindest regards,
Pho

ein the 2nd person singular and plural of the imperfect past active.
the more classically correct form, would not be distinguishable from the

LONDON :
PRINTED BY GILBERT AND RIVINGTON, LIMITED,
ST, JOHN’S SQUARE.

A

CATALOGUE OF IMPORTANT WORKS,

PUBLISHED BY
TRUBNER & CO.

57 anp 59 LUDGATE HILL.

ABEL.—Lineuistic Essays. By Carl Abel. Contents: Latiguage as the Expres-
sion of National Modes of Thought—The Conception of Love in some Ancient and
Modern Languages—The English Verbs of Command—The Discrimination of
Synonyms—Philological Methods—The Connection between Dictionary and Gram-
mar—The Possibility of a Common Literary Language for the Slav Nations—
Coptic Intensification—The Origin of Language—The Order and Position of Words
in the Latin Sentence. Post 8vo, pp. xii. and 282, cloth. .1882. 9s,

ABEL.—Snavio AND LATIN. Ilchester Lectures on Comparative Lexicography.
Delivered at the Taylor Institution, Oxford. By Carl Abel, Ph.D. Post 8vo,
pp. vi.-124, cloth. 1883. 5s.

ABRAHAMS,—A MANUAL OF SorRIPTURE HISTORY FOR USE IN JEWISH SCHOOLS AND
Famiuiges. By L. B. Abrahams, B.A., Principal Assistant Master, Jews’ Free
School. With Map and Appendices, Third Edition. Crown 8vo, pp. viii. and
152, cloth. 1883. 1s. 6d.

AGASSIZ.— AN Essay ON CLASSIFICATION. By Louis Agassiz. 8vo, pp. vii. and
381, cloth. 1859. 12s.

AHLWARDT.—Tue Drivans oF THE Srx Anctzent Arssic Ports, EnnABica, ANTARA,
THaRAPA, Zuparr, ’ALquamA, and Iwruviquais; chiefly according to the MSS.
of Paris, Gotha, and Leyden, and the Collection of their Fragments, with a
List of the various Readings of the Text. Edited by W. Ahlwardt, Professor
of Oriental Languages at the University of Greifswald. . Demy 8vo, pp. xxx, and
340, sewed. 1870. 12s. ¢

AHN, —PracrrcAL GRAMMAR OF THE GERMAN LAnauacre. By Dr. F. Ahn. A New
Edition. By Dr. Dawson Turner, and Prof, F, L, Weinmann. Crown 8vo, pp.
exii. and 430, cloth. 1878. | 3s. 6d.

AHN.—New, Practioan, AnD Easy Mzruop or LEARNING THE GERMAN LANGUAGE. By
Dr. F, Ahn. First and Second Course. Bound inl vol. 12mo, pp. 86 and 120,
cloth. 1866. 3s.

AHN.—Kry to Ditto. 12mo, pp. 40, sewed. 8d.

AHN,—Manvat or GERMAN AND EnaiisH ConvERSATIONS, or Vade Mecum for Eng-
lish Travellers. 12mo, pp. x. and 137, cloth. 1875. 1s. 6d.

A

2 A Catalogue of Important Works,

AHN.—New, Praoticat, AnD Easy Metruop or Learning THE FrencH LANGUAGE.
By Dr. F. Ahn. First Courseand Second Course. 12mo, cloth. Each1s. 6d. The
Two Courses in 1 vol. 12mo, pp. 114 and 170, cloth. 1865. 3s.

AHN.—New, Praoctioan, ayp Easy Metnop or Learning THE Frenon LANnGuaAGE.
Third Course, containing a French Reader, with Notes and Vocabulary. By H.
W. Ehrlich. 12mo, pp. viii. and 125, cloth. 1866. 1s. 6d.

AHN.—Manvat or Frenou AnD ENGLISH CONVERSATIONS, FOR THE USE OF SCHOOLS
AND TRAVELLERS. By Dr. F. Ahn. 12mo, pp. viii. and 200, cloth. 1862. 2s. 6d.

AHN.—New, Practica, anp Easy Mernop or Learning THE Itarran Lanevace,
By Dr. F. Ahn. First and Second Course. 12mo, pp. 198, cloth, 1872. 3s. 6d.

AHN,—New, PraorrcaAt, AnD Easy Mernop or Learnine THE Duron Lancvaas,
being a complete Grammar, with Selections. By Dr. F.Ahn. 12mo, pp. viii.
and 166, cloth. 1862. 3s. 6d.

AHN,—Aun’s Coursz. Latin Grammar for Beginners. By W. Ihne, Ph.D. 12mo,
pp. vi. and 184, cloth. 1864. 3s.

ALABASTER,—THE WHEEL oF THE Law: Buddhism illustrated from Siamese
Sources by the Modern Buddhist, a Life of Buddha, and an Aceount of the Phra
Bat. By Henry Alabaster, Esq., Interpreter of Her Majesty’s Consulate-General
in Siam. Demy 8vo, pp. lviii. and 324, cloth. 1871. 14s.

ALI.—THE PROPOSED POLITICAL, LEGAL, AND SOCIAL REFORMS IN THE OTTOMAN
EMPIRE AND OTHER MOHAMMEDAN States. By Moulavi Cherégh Ali, H.H. the
Nizam's Civil Service. Demy 8vo, pp. liv. and 184, cloth. 1883. 8s,

ALLAN-FRASER.—CHRISTIANITY AND CHURCHISM. By Patrick Allan-Fraser.
Second (revised and enlarged) Edition. Crown 8vo, pp. 52, cloth. 1884. Is. -

ALLEN.—TxHE CoLour Sunsz. See English and Foreign Philosophical Library,
Vol. X.

ALLIBONE.—A CriticAL DicTIONARY OF ENGLISH LITERATURE AND BRITISH AND
AMERICAN AUTHORS (LIVING AND DECEASED). From the Earliest Accounts to the
latter half of the 19th century. Containing over 46,000 Articles (Authors), with
40 Indexes of subjects. By 8. A. Allibone. In 3 vols. royal 8vo, cloth. £5, 8s.

oth “hte aes le Spas or Evropz. By Julius Althaus, M.D. 8vo, pp. 516, cloth.

1862. 7s. 6d.

AMATEUR Mronanto’s WorksHop (THE). A Treatise containing Plain and Concise
Directions for the Manipulation of Wood and Metals ; including Casting, Forg-
ing, Brazing, Soldering, and Carpentry. By the Author of ‘‘'The Lathe and its
Uses.” Sixth Edition. Demy 8vo, pp. vi. and 148, with Two Full-Page Ilus-
trations, on toned paper and numerous Woodcuis, cloth. 1880. 6s.

AMATEUR MECHANICAL SOCIETY.—JourNAL OF THE AMATEUR MECHANICAL
Soorrty. 8vo. Voli, pp. 344 cloth. 1871-72, 12s. Vol. ii. pp. vi. and 290,
cloth. 1873-77. 12s. Vol. iii. pp. iv. and 246, cloth. 1878-79. 12s. 6d.

AMERICAN ArMANAC AND TREASURY OF Faots, STaTisTICAL, FINANCIAL, AND
PoLITICAL. ‘Edited by Ainsworth R. Spofford, Librarian of Congress, Orown
8vo, cloth. Published yearly. 1878-1884. 7s. 6d. each.

AMERY.—Notes oN Forestry. By C. F.. Amery, Deputy Conservator N. W. Pro-
vinces, India. Crown 8vo, pp. vili. and 120, cloth. 1875. 5s,

AMBERLEY.—Awn ANALYSIS OF RELicious BrLier. By Viscount Amberley. 2 vols.
demy 8vo, pp. xvi. and 496 and 512, cloth. 1876. 30s.

AMONGST MACHINES. A Description of Various Mechanical Appliances used in
the Manufacture of Wood, Metal, and other Substances. A Book for Boys,
copiously Illustrated. By the Author of “The Young Mechanic.” Second
Edition, Imperial 16mo, pp. viii. and 336, cloth. 1878. 7s. 6d,

Published by Triibner & Co. 3

ANDERSON.—Praotican MrrcanTILE CorresponpENcE. A Collection of Modern
Letters of Business, with Notes, Critical and Explanatory, and an Appendix,
containing a Dictionary of Commercial Technicalities, pro forma Invoices, Ac-
count Sales, Bills of Lading, and Bills of Exchange; also an Explanation of the
German Chain Rule. 24th Edition, revised and enlarged. By William Anderson.
12mo, pp. 288, cloth. 5s.

ANDERSON and TUGMAN.—MerroantILE CorRESPONDENCE, containing a Collection
of Commercial Letters in Portuguese and English, with their translation on opposite
pages, for the use of Business Men and of Students in either of the Languages, treat-
ing in modern style of the system of Business in the principal Commercial Cities
of the World. Accompanied by pro forma Accounts, Sales, Invoices, Bills of
Lading, Drafts, &c. ith an Introduction and copious Notes. By William

Anderson and James E. Tugman. 12mo, pp. xi. and 193, cloth. 1867. 6s.

APEL.—Prosz SPEcIMENs FoR TRANSLATION INTO GERMAN, with copious Vocabularies
and Explanations. By H. Apel. 12mo, pp. viii. and 246, cloth. 1862. 4s. 6d.

APPLETON (Dr.)—Lirz AND LiTgeRARY ReEwics. See English and Foreign Philoso-
phical Library, Vol. XIII.

ARAGO.—Les Antstooraties. A Oomedy in Verse. By Etienne Arago. Edited,
with English Notes and Notice on Etienne Arago, by the Rev. E. P. H. Brette, B.D.,
Head Master of the French School, Christ’s Hospital, Examiner in the University
of London. Feap. 8vo, pp. 244, cloth. 1868. 4s.

ARMITAGE.—Lactures oN PAINTING: Delivered to the Students of the Royal
Academy. By Edward Armitage, R.A. Crown 8vo, pp: 256, with 29 Illustra-
tions, cloth. 1883. 7s. 6d.

ARNOLD.—Inpran Ipyiis, From the Sanskrit of the Mab4bharata. By Edwin
Arnold, C.8.1., &c.. Crown 8vo, pp. xii. and 282, cloth. 1883. 7s. 6d.

ARNOLD.—PEARLS OF THE FAITH ; or, Islam’s Rosary : being the Ninety-nine beau-
tiful names of Allah. With Comments in Verse from various Oriental sourcés
as made by an Indian Mussulman. By Edwin Arnold, ©.8.1., &c. Third
Edition. Crown 8vo, pp. xvi. and 320, cloth. 1884. 7s. 6d.

ARNOLD.—TuHe Licut or ASIA; or, THE GREAT RENUNCIATION (Mahdbhinish-
kramana). Being the Life and Teaching of Gautama, Prince of India, and Founder
of Buddhism (as told in verse by an Indian Buddhist). By Edwin Arnold,
M.A., &c. Twenty-fifth Edition. Crown 8vo, pp. xvi. and 240, limp parchment.
1885. 3s.6d. Library Edition. 1883. 7s. 6d. Illustrated Edition. Small 4to,
pp. xx.-196, cloth. 1884, 21s.

ARNOLD.—TuxHE SECRET OF DEATH: Being a Version, in a popular and novel form,
of the Katha Upanishad, from the Sanskrit. With some Collected Poems. By
Edwin Arnold, M.A., &c. Third Edition. Crown 8vo. pp. viii.—406, cloth.
1885. 7s. 6d.

ARNOLD.—TuHE Sone CELESTIAL; or, BHAGAVAD-GiTA (from the Mahabharata).
Being a Discourse between Arjuna, Prince of India, and the Supreme Being under
the form of Krishna. Translated from the Sanskrit Text. By Edwin Arnold,
M.A. Second Edition, ‘crown 8vo, pp. 192, cloth. 1885. 5s.

ARNOLD,—Tue In1ap anp Opyssry or Inp1A. By Edwin Arnold, M.A., F.R.G.S.,
&c., &e. Feap. 8vo, pp. 24, sewed. Is.

ARNOLD.—A Simpre TRANSLITHRAL GRAMMAR OF THE TuRKISH LANGUAGE,
Compiled from Various Sources. With Dialogues and Vocabulary. By Edwin
Arnold, M.A., 0.8.1, F.R.G.S. Post 8vo, pp. 80, cloth. 1877. 2s. 6d.

ARNOLD.—InpIAN Portry. See Triibner’s Oriental Series.

ARTHUR.—THE COPARCENERS: Being the Adventures of two Heiresses, By F.
Arthur. Crown 8vo, pp. iv.-312, cloth. 1885. 10s. 6d.

ARTOM.—Srrmons. By the Rev. B. Artom, Chief Rabbi of the Spanish and Por-
tuguese Congregations of England. First Series. Second Edition. Crown 8vo
pp. viii. and 314, cloth. 1876, 6s.

4 A Catalogue of Important Works,

ASIATIC SOCIETY OF BENGAL. List of Publications on application.

ASIATIC SOCIETY.—Journat or THE Royan Astaric Society or GREAT BRITAIN
AnD IRELAND, from the Commencement to 1863. First Series, complete in 20 Vols.
8vo, with many Plates. £10, or in parts from 4s. to 6s. each.

ASIATIC SOCIETY.—JourNnaL oF THE RoyaL Asiatic Socrery oF GREAT BRITAIN
AND IRELAND. New Series. 8vo. Stitched in wrapper. 1864-84.

Vol. I., 2 Parts, pp. iv. and 490, 16s.—Vol. II., 2 Parts, pp. 522, 16s.—Vol. III., 2 Parts,
pp. 516, with Photograph, 22s.—Vol. IV., 2 Parts. pp. 521, 16s.—Vol. V., 2 Parts, pp. 463, with
10 full-page and folding Plates, 18s. 6d.—Vol. VI., Part 1, pp. 212, with 2 Plates anda Map, 8s.
—Vol. VI. Part 2, pp. 272, with Plate and Map, 8s.—Vol. VII., Part 1, pp. 194, with a Plate,
8s.—Vol. VII., Part 2, pp. 204, with 7 Plates and a Map, 8s.—Vol. VIIL, Part 1, pp. 156, with
8 Plates and a Plan, 8s.—Vol. VIII., Part 2, pp. 152, 8s.—Vol. IX., Part 1, pp. 154, with a
Plate; 8s.—Vol. [X., Part 2, pp. 292, with 3 Plates, 10s. 6d.—Vol. X., Part 1, pp, 156, with 2
Plates and a Map, 8s.—Vol. X., Part 2, pp. 146, 6s.—Vol. X,, Part 3, pp. 204, 8s—Vol. XL,
Part 1, pp. 128, 5s.—Vol. XI., Part 2, pp. 158, with 2 Plates, 7s. 6d.—Vol. XI., Part 3, pp. 250,
8s.—Vol. XII, Part 1, pp. 152, 5s.—Vol. XII., Part 2, pp. 182, with 2 Plates and Map, 6s.—
Vol, XIL., Part 3, pp. 100, 4s.—Vol. XIL., Part 4, pp. x., 152., exx., 16, 8s.—Vol. XIII., Part 1,
Re: 120, 5s.—Vol. XIII., Part 2, pp. 170, with a Map, 8s.—Vol. XIII., Part 3, pp. 178, with a

able, 7s. 6d.—Vol. XIII., Part 4, pp. 282, with a Plate and Table, 10s. 6d.—Vol. XIV., Part 1,
pr. 124, with a Table and 2 Plates, 5s.—Vol. XIV., Part 2, pp. 164, with 1 Table, 7s. 6d.—Vol.

IV., Part 8, pp. 206, with 6 Plates, 8s,—Vol. XIV., Part 4, pp. 492, with 1 Plate, 14s.—Vol.
XV., Part 1, pp. 136, 6s. ; Part 2, pp. 158, with 3 Tables, 5s. ; Part 3, pp. 192, 6s. ; Part 4, pp.
140, 5s.—Vol. XVI., Part 1, pp. 138, with 2 Plates, 7s. Part 2, pp. 184, with 1 Plate, 9s.
Part 3, July 1884, pp. 74-clx., 10s. 6d. Part 4, pp. 182, 8s.—Vol. XVII., Part 1, pp. 144, with
6 Plates, 10s. 6d. Part 2, pp. 194, with a Map, 9s. 1
ASPLET.—TuHe CoMPLETE FRENCH CoursE. Part II. Containing all the Rules of

French Syntax, &c., &. By Georges C. Asplet, French Master, Frome. Feap.

8vo, pp. xx. and 276, cloth. 1880. 2s. 6d.

ASTON.—A Short Grammar of the Japanese Spoken Language. By W. G. Aston,
M.A. Third Edition. Crown 8vo, pp. 96, cloth. 1873. 12s.

ASTON.—A GRAMMAR OF THE JAPANESE WRITTEN LANGUAGE. By W. G. Aston,
M.A., Assistant Japanese Secretary H.B.M.’s Legation, Yedo, Japan. Second
Edition. 8vo, pp. 306, cloth. 1877. 28s.

ASTONISHED AT AMERICA, Brine Cursory Drpuctions, &c., &c. By Zigzag.
Feap. 8vo, pp. xvi.-108, boards. 1880. 1s.

AUCTORES SANSCRITI.

Vol. I. Tue Jarmmtniya-NyAya-MALi-Vistara. Edited for the Sanskrit Text
Society, under the supervision of Theodor Goldstiicker. Large 4to, pp. 582,
cloth. £3, 13s. 6d.

Vol. II. THE InsTITUTES OF GAUTAMA. Edited, with an Index of Words, by A.
F. Stenzler, Ph.D., Prof. of Oriental Languages in the University of Breslau.
8vo, pp. iv. and 78, cloth. 1876. 4s.6d, Stitched, 3s. 6d.

Vol. iLL. Vairana SutrRA: THE RITUAL OF THE ATHARVA VEDA. Edited, with
gee and Indices, by Dr. R. Garbe. 8vo, pp. viii. and 120, sewed.
1878. 5s.

Vols. IV. and V.—VARDHAMANA’S GANARATNAMAHODADHI, with the Author’s
Commentary. Edited, with Critical Notes and Indices, by Julius Eggeling,
Ph.D. 8vo. PartI., pp. xii. and 240, wrapper. 1879. 6s. Part IL, pp. 240,
wrapper. 1881. 6s.

AUGIER.—Dianz. A Drama in Verse. By Emile Augier. Edited with English
Notes and Noticeon Augier. By T, Karcher, LL.B., of the Royal Military Academy
and the University of London. 12mo, pp. xiii. and 146, cloth. 1867. 2s. 6d.

AUSTIN.—A Practica, TruAtisE on the Preparation, Combination, and Applica-
tion of Calcareous and Hydraulic Limes and Cements. To which is added many
useful Recipes for various Scientific, Mercantile, and Domestic Purposes. By
James G. Austin, Architect. 12mo, pp. 192, cloth. 1862. 5s.

AUSTRALIA,—The publications of the various Australian Government Lists on
application.

AUSTRALIA, —Tax YEAR Book oF AvsrRaLiA for 1885, Published under the
auspices of the Governments of the Australian Colonies. Demy 8vo, pp. 774;
with 6 Large Maps; boards. 5s.

Published by Triibner & Co. 5

AXON.—TuHE MEcHANIO’s Frrenp, A Collection of Receipts and Practical Sug- ©
gestions relating to Aquaria, Bronzing, Cements, Drawing, Dyes, Electricity,
Gilding, Glass-working, &c. Numerous Woodcuts. Edited by W. E. A. Axon,
M.R.S.L., F.S.S. Crown 8vo, pp. xii. and 339, cloth. 1875. 4s. 6d.

BABA.— An Elementary Grammar of the Japanese Language, with Easy Progressive
Exercises. By Tatui Baba. Crown 8vo, pp. xiv. and 92, cloth. 1873. 5s.

‘BACON.—TueE LiFe AND TIMES OF FRANCIS Bacon. Extracted from the Edition of
his Occasional Writings by James Spedding. 2vols. post 8vo, pp. xx., 710, and
xiv., 708, cloth. 1878. 21s.

BADEN-POWELL.—PROTECTION AND Bap TIMES, with Special Reference to the
Political Economy of English Colonisation. 3 George Baden-Powell, M.A.,
F.R.A.S., F.S.S., Author of “‘ New Homes for the Old Country,” &c., &c. 8vo,
pp. xii.-376, cloth. 1879. 6s. 6d.

BADER.—Tuxz Naturat AND Morsip CHanaes or tHE Human EyE, AND THEIR
TREATMENT. By OC. Bader. Medium 8vo, pp. viii. and 506, cloth. 1868. 16s.
BADER,—PuarEs ILLUSTRATING THE NATURAL AND Morsip CHANGES OF THE HumMAN
Eyr. By OC. Bader. Six chromo-lithographic Plates, each containing the figures
of six Eyes, and four lithographed Plates, with figures of Instruments. With an
Explanatory Text of 32 pages. Medium 8vo, in a portfolio. 21s. Price for Text

and Atlas taken together, £1, 12s.

BADLEY.—INDIAN MISSIONARY RECORD AND MEMORIAL VOLUME. By the Rev. B.
H. Badley, of the American Methodist Mission. 8vo, pp. xii. and 280, cloth.
1876. 10s. 6d.

BALFOUR.—Watrs anp Strays From THE Far Hast; being a Series of Disconnected
Essays on Matters relating to China. By Frederick Henry Balfour. Demy 8vo,
pp. 224, cloth. 1876. 10s. 6d.

BALFOUR.—THE DIvINE CLassio oF NAN-HUA; being the Works of Chuang Tsze,
Taoist Philosopher. With an Excursus, and Copious Annotations in English and
Chinese. By F. H. Balfour. 8vo, pp. xlviii. and 426, cloth. 1881. 14s.

BALFOUR.—Taoist TExts, Ethical, Political, and Speculative. By F. H. Banrour,
Editor of the Worth-China Herald. Imp. 8vo, pp. vi.—118, cloth. 10s. 6d.

BALL.—TuHE DIAMonpDs, Coat, AND Gotp oF INDIA; their Mode of Occurrence and
Distribution. By V. Ball, M.A., F.G.S., of the Geological Survey of India.
Feap. 8vo, pp. viii. and 136, cloth. 1881. 5s.

BALL.—A MANUAL OF THE GEOLOGY OF INDIA. Part III. Economic Geology. By
V. Ball, M.A., F.G.S. Royal 8vo, pp. xx. and 640, with 6 Maps and 10 Plates,
cloth. 1881. 10s.

BALLAD SOCIETY—Subscriptions, small paper, one guinea; large paper, two guineas
per annum. List of publications on application.

BALLANTYNE.—Etements or Hinpi anp Bray BHAKHA Grammar. Compiled for
the use of the East India College at Haileybury. By James R. Ballantyne. Second
Edition. Crown 8vo, pp. 38, cloth. 1868. 5s.

BALLANTYNE.—Ftrst Lussons tn Sanskrit GRAMMAR; together with an Introduc-
tion to the Hitopadega. Fourth Edition. By James R. Ballantyne, LL.D., Libra-
rian of the India Office. 8vo, pp. viii. and 110, cloth. 1884. 3s. 6d.

BALLANTYNE.—Tue SANKHYA APHORISMS OF KapiiA. See Triibner’s Oriental
Series.

BARANOWSKI.—VaprE Mrcum DE LA LANGUE FRANG¢AISE, rédigé d’aprés les Dic-
tionnaires classiques avec les Exemples de Bonnes Locutions que donne l'Académie
Frangaise, on qu’on trouve dans les ouvrages des plus célébres auteurs. Par J.J.
Baranowski, avec l’approbation de M. E. Littré, Sénateur, &c. Second Edition.
32mo, pp. 224. 1883. Cloth, 2s. 6d.

BARANOWSKI.—ANGLO-PoLisH Lexicon. By J. J. Baranowski, formerly Under-
acre to the Bank of Poland, in Warsaw. Fecap. 8vo, pp. viii. and 492, cloth.

. 6s,

6 A Catalogue of Important Works,

BARANOWSKI,—Stownik POLSKO-ANGIELSKI. (Polish-English Lexicon.) By J.
J. Baranowski. Fcap, 8vo, pp. iv.-402, cloth. 1884, 6s, 6d.

BARENTS’ RELICS.—Recovered in the summer of 1876 by Charles L. W. Gardiner,
Esq., and presented to the Dutch Government, Described and explained by J.
K. J. de J onge, Deputy Royal Architect at the Hague. Published by command
of His Excellency, W. F. Van F.R.P. Taelman Kip, Minister of Marine. Trans-
lated, with a Preface, by 8. R. Van Campen. With a Map, Illustrations, and a
fac-simile of the Scroll. 8vo, pp. 70, cloth. 1877, 5s,

BARRIERE and CAPENDU.—Lxzs Faux BonsHommrs, a Comedy. By Théodore
Barritre and Ernest Capendu. Edited, with English Notes and Notice on Bar-
ritre, by Professor Oh. Cassal, LL.D., of University College, London. 12mo, pp.
xvi. and 304, cloth, 1868. 4s.

BARTH.—Tue Reticions or Inp1a. See Triibner’s Oriental Series.

BARTLETT.— Dictionary or Amuricanisms. A Glossary of Words and Phrases
colloquially used in the United States. By John Russell Bartlett. Fourth
Edition, considerably enlarged and improved. 8vo, pp. xlvi. and 814, cloth.
1877. 20s.

BATTYE.—Wuat Is Vira Force? or, a Short and Comprehensive Sketch, includ-
rs Vital Physics, Animal Morphology, and Epidemics; to which is added an

endix upon Geology, Is THE DENTRITAL THEORY OF GroLocy TENABLE? By
Rebard Fawcett Battye. 8vo, pp. iv. and 336, cloth. 1877. 7s. 6d.

BAZLEY.— NorEes ON THE EPICYCLODIAL CuTTING FRAME of Messrs. Holtzapffel &
Co. With special reference to its Compensation Adjustment, and with numerous
Illustrations of its Capabilities. By Th homas Sebastian Bazley, M.A. 8vo, pp.
xvi. and 192, cloth. Illustrated. Thro, 10s. 6d,

BAZLEY.—Tue Srars in THEIR Courses: A Twofold Series of Maps, with a
Catalogue, showing how to identify, at any time of the year, all stars down to the
5.6 magnitude, inclusive of Heis, which are clearly visible in English latitudes.
By T. S. Bazley, M.A., Author of ‘‘ Notes on the ome Cutting Frame.”
Atlas folio, pp. 46 and 24, Folding Plates, cloth. 1878. 15s.

BEAL.—A Catena or Buppuist Scriprures FROM THE CHINESE. ByS. Beal, B.A.,
Trinity College, Cambridge; a Chaplain in Her Majesty’s Fleet, &e. 8y0, pp.
xiv. and 436, cloth. 1871. lbs.

BEAL.—TuHE RoMANTIO LEGEND OF SAKYA BupDHA. From the Chinese-Sanskrit.
By the Rev. Samuel Beal. Crown 8vo, pp. 408, cloth. 1875. 12s.

BEAL.—DHAMMAPADA. See Triibner’s Oriental Series.

BEAL,—BuppHist LITERATURE IN CuINA: Abstract of Four Lectures, Delivered by
Samuel Beal, B.A., Professor of Chinese Py University College, London. Demy
8yvo, pp. xx. and 186, cloth. 1882. 10s. 6d

BEAL.—S1-Yu-Ki. Buddhist Records of ths Western World. See Triibner’s
Oriental Series.

BEAMES.— Ovutiines of InDIAN PHiLoLocy. Witha ap showing the Distribution
of Indian Languages, By John Beames, M.R.A.S., B.C.S., &c. Beane enlarged
and revised Edition. Crown 8vo, pp. viii. and 96, cloth. i868. 5s.

.—A COMPARATIVE GRAMMAR oF THE MopERN ARYAN LANGUAGES oF INDIA,
to wit, Hindi, Panjabi, Sindhi, pogere Marathi, Oriya, and Bengali. By John
Beames, B.O,S., M.R.A.S8., &e.,&e, Demy 8vo. Vol. 1, On Sounds, Pp, xvi.

and 360, cloth, 1872. 16s.—Vol. HI. The Noun and the Pronoun. Pp. xii. and
348, cloth. 1875. 16s.—Vol. III. The Verb. Pp. xii. and 316, cloth. 1 79. 16s,

BELLEW.—From tHE Inpus To THE Ticris. A Narrative of a Journey through
Balochistan, Afghanistan, Khorassan, and Iran in 1872; together with aSynoptical
Grammar and Vocabulary of the Brahoe Language, and a Record of the Meteorolo-
gical Observations on the March from the Indus to the Tigris. By Henry Walter
Bellew, C.S,I., Surgeon, B,8.C. 8vo, pp. viii. and 496, cloth. 1874, 14s,

Published by Triibner.& Co. 7

BELLEW.—Kasamir and Kasuouar; a Narrative of the Journey of the Embassy
to Kashghar in 1873-74. By H. W. Bellew, 0.8,I. Demy 8vo, pp. xxxii. and
420, cloth. 1875. 16s.

BELLEW.—TuHE Racks OF AFGHANISTAN. Being a Brief Account of the Principal
Nations Inhabiting that Country. By Surgeon-Major H. W. Bellew, ©.S.1., late
on Special Political Duty at Kabul. 8vo, pp. 124, cloth. 1880. 7s. 6d.

BELLOWS, —Enauisa Ourtine VocaBuLary for the use of Students of the Chinese,
Japanese, and other Languages. Arranged by John Bellows. With Notes on the
Writing of Chinese with Roman Letters, by Professor Summers, King’s College,
London. Orown 8vo, pp. vi. and 368; cloth. 1867. 6s.

BELLOWS.—Ovur.iine DiorronaAry FoR THE USE OF MisstonARtus, EXPLORERS, AND
Sroprnts or Lanevage. By Max Miiller, M.A., Taylorian Professor in the Uni-
versity of Oxford. With an Introduction on the proper use of the ordinary
English Alphabet in transcribing Foreign Languages. The Vocabulary compiled
by John Bellows. Crown 8vo, pp. xxxi. and 368, limp morocco. 1867. 7s. 6d.

BELLOWS,—Tous tus Verses, Conjugations of all the Verbs in the French and
English Languages. By John Bellows. Revised by Professor Beljame, B.A.,
LL.B., of the University of Paris, and Official Interpreter to the Imperial Court,
and George B. Strickland, late Assistant French Master, Royal Naval School,
London. Also a New Table of Equivalent Values of French and English Money,
Weights, and Measures. 32mo, 76 Tables, sewed. 1867. 1s.

BELLOWS.—Frencu anv EnouisH Dictronary rorTHEPooxet. By John Bellows.
Containing the French-English and English-French divisions on the same page ;
conjugating all the verbs ; distinguishing the genders by different types; giving
numerous aids to pronunciation ; indicating the liaison or non-liaison of terminal
consonants ; and translating units of weight, measure, and value, by a series of
tables differing entirely from any hitherto published. The new edition, which is
but six ounces in weight, has been remodelled, and contains many thousands of
additional words and renderings. Miniature maps of France, the British Isles.
Paris, and London, are added to the Geographical Section. Second Edition. 32mo,
pp. 608, roan tuck, or persian without tuck. 1877. 10s.6d.; morocco tuck, 12s. 6d.

BENEDIX.—Der Verrer. Comedy in Three Acts, By Roderich Benedix. With
Grammatical and Explanatory Notes by F. Weinmann, German Master at the
Royal Institution School, Liverpool, and G. Zimmermann, Teacher of Modern
Languages. 12mo, pp. 128, cloth. 1863. 2s, 6d.

BENFEY.—A Pracrioan GRAMMAR OF THE Sanskrit Lanauaas, for the use of Early
Students. By Theodor Benfey, Professor of Sanskrit in the University of Géttin-
gen. Second, revised, and enlarged Edition. Royal 8vo, pp. viii. and 296, cloth.
1868, 10s. 6d. .

BENTHAM.—Turory or LugisLatioN, By Jeremy Bentham. Translated from the
French of Etienne Dumont by R. Hildreth. Fourth Edition. Post 8vo, pp. xv.
and 472, cloth. 1882. 7s. 6d.

BEVERIDGE,—Tue District of BAKARGANJ. Its History and Statistics. By H.
Beveridge, B.C.S., Magistrate and Collector of Bakarganj. 8vo, pp. xx. and
460, cloth. 1876. 21s. ,

BHANDARKAR.—Earty History oF THE DEKKAN DOWN TO THE MAHOMEDAN
ConquEst. By Ramkrishna Gopal Bhandarkar, M.A., Hon. M.R.A.S., Professor
of Oriental Languages, Dekkan College. Written for the Bombay Gézette. Royal
8vo, pp. 128, wrapper. 1884. 5s,

BICKNELL.—Sce Hariz.

BIERBAUM.—HIstTorY OF THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE.—By F. J,
Bierbaum, Ph.D. Crown 8vo, pp. viii. and 270, cloth. 1883. 3s.

BIGANDET.—Tue Lirz or GauvamMa. See Triibner’s Oriental Series.

8 - A Catalogue of Important Works,

BILLINGS.—TueE PRINCIPLES OF VENTILATION AND HeEaTING, and their Practical
Application. By John §. Billings, M.D., LL.D. (Edinb.), Surgeon U.S. Army.
Demy 8vo, pp. x. and 216, cloth. 1884. 15s.

BIRCH.—Fasrr Monastior Anvi Saxontor ; or, An Alphabetical List of the Heads of
Religious Houses in England previous to the Norman Conquest, to which is pre-
fixed a Chronological Catalogue of Contemporary Foundations. By Walter de
Gray Birch. 8vo, pp. vii. and 114, cloth. 1873. 5s.

BIRD.—PuystotogicAL Essays. Drink Craving, Differences in Men, Idiosyncrasy, and
the Origin of Disease. By Robert Bird, M.D. Demy 8vo, pp. 246, cloth. 1870. 7s. 6d.

BIZYENOS.—AT@IAEZ AYPAI. Poems. By George M. Bizyenos. With Frontis-
piece Etched by Prof. A. Legros. Royal 8vo, pp. viii.-312, printed on hand-made
paper, and richly bound. 1883. £1, 11s. 6d.

BLACK.—Youne JAPAN, YOKOHAMA AND YEDO. A Narrative of the Settlement
and the City, from the Signing of the Treaties in 1858 to the Close of 1879; with
a Glance at the Progress of Japan during a Period of Twenty-one Years, By J.
R. Black, formerly Editor of the ‘‘ Japan Herald,” &c. 2 vols. demy 8vo, pp.
xviii. and 418; xiv. and 522, cloth. 1881. £2, 2s.

BLACKET.—RESEARCHES INTO THE LOST HISTORIES OF AMERICA; or, The Zodiac
shown to be an Old Terrestrial Map, in which the Atlantic Isle is delineated ; so
that Light can be thrown upon the Obscure Histories of the Earthworks and
Ruined Cities of America. By W. 8. Blacket. LTlustrated by numerous En-
gravings. S8vo, pp. 336, cloth. 1883. 10s. 6d.

BLADES. —SHAKSPERE AND TypocraPHY. Being an Attempt to show Shakspere’s
Personal Connection with, and Technical Knowledge of, the Art of Printing ; also
Remarks upon some common Typographical Errors, with especial reference to the
Text of Shakspere. By William Blades. 8vo, pp. viii. and 78, with an Ilustra-
tion, cloth. 1872. 3s.

BLADES.—TxHE BIOGRAPHY AND TYPOGRAPHY OF WILLIAM CaxTON, England’s First
Printer. By W. Blades. Founded upon the Author’s ‘‘Life and Typography of
William Caxton.” Brought up tothe Present Date. Elegantly and appropriately
printed in demy 8vo, on hand-made paper, imitation old bevelled binding. 1877.
£1, 1s. Cheap Edition. Crown 8vo, cloth. 1881. 5s.

BLADES.—THeE ENEMIES OF Books. By William Blades, Typograph. Crown 8vo,
pp. xvi. and 112, parchment wrapper. 1880.

BLADES.—AN, ACCOUNT OF THE GERMAN MORALITY PLAY ENTITLED DEPOSITIO
CorNUTI TYPOGRAPHICI, as Performed in the Seventeenth and Highteenth Cen-
turies. With a Rhythmical Translation of the German Version of 1648. By
William Blades (Typographer). To which is added a Literal Reprint of the
unique Original Version, written in Plaat Deutsch by Paul de Wise, and printed
in 1621. Small 4to, pp. xii.—144, with facsimile Illustrations, in an appropriate
binding. 1885. .7s. 6d.

BLAKEY.—Memoirs oF Dr. ROBERT BLAKEY, Professor of Logic and Metaphysics,
Queen’s College, Belfast. Edited by the Rev. Henry Miller. Crown 8vo, pp. xii.
and 252, cloth.- 1879... 5s.

BLEEK.—Ruynarp tHE Fox in Sours Arrioa; or, Hottentot Fables and Tales,
chiefly Translated from Original Manuscripts in the Library of His Excellency Sir
George Grey, K.C.B. By W. H. I. Bleek, Ph.D. Post 8vo, pp. xxvi. and 94,
cloth. 1864. 3s. 6d.

BLEEK.—A BRIEF ACCOUNT OF BUSHMAN FoLk Lorg, and other Texts. By W. H.
I. Bleek. Ph.D. Folio, pp. 21, paper. 2s. 6d.

BLUMHARDT.—See CHARITABALI.
BOEHMER.—Scee VALDES, and SPANISH REFORMERS.

BOJESEN.—A Gurpr To THE Danisu LaneuaGe. “Designed for English Students,
By Mrs. Maria Bojesen. 12mo, pp. 250, cloth. 1863. 5s,

Published by Triibner & Co. 9

BOLIA.—TuE GERMAN CALIGRAPHIST: Copies for German Handwriting. By C.
Bolia. Oblong 4to, sewed, 1s.

BOOLE.—MessacE OF PsycHic ScIENCE TO MoTHERS AND NursEs. By Mary
Boole. Crown 8vo, pp. xiv. and 266, cloth. 1883. 5s.

BOTTRELL.—Srories AND FOLK-LORE oF WEST CoRNWALL. By William Bottrell.
With Illustrations by Joseph Blight. Third Series. 8vo, pp. viii. and 200,
cloth. 1884. 6s.

BOY ENGINEERS.—See under LuKIN.

BOYD.—NAcANAnDa ; or, the Joy of the Snake World. A Buddhist Drama in Five
Acts. Translated into English Prose, with Explanatory Notes, from the Sanskrit
of S4-Harsha-Deva. By Palmer Boyd, B.A., Cambridge. "With an Introduction
by Professor Cowell. Crown 8vo, pp. xvi. and 100, cloth. 1872. 4s. 6d.

BRADSHAW.—DicTIoNARY OF BATHING PLACES AND CLIMATIC HEALTH RESORTS.
Much Revised and Considerably Enlarged. With a Map in Eleven Colours.
Third Edition. Crown 8vo, pp. lxxviii. and 364, cloth. 1884. 2s. 6d.

BRENTANO.—On THE HISTORY AND DEVELOPMENT OF GILDS, AND THE ORIGIN OF
TRADE-UniIons. By Lujo Brentano, of Aschaffenburg, Bavaria, Doctor Juris
Utriusque et Philosophiw.. 1. The Origin of Gilds. 2. Religious (or Social)
Gilds. .3. Town-Gilds or Gild-Merchants, 4. Craft-Gilds. 5. Trade-Unions,
8vo, pp. xvi. and 136, cloth. 1870. 3s. 6d.

BRETSCHNEIDER.—EARLY EUROPEAN RESEARCHES INTO THE FLORA OF CHINA.
By E. Bretschneider, M.D., Physician of the Russian Legation at Peking.. Demy
8vo, pp. iv. and 194, sewed. 1881. 7s. 6d.

BRETSCHNEIDER.—Boranicon Srnicum. Notes on Chinese Botany, from Native
and Western Sources. By E. Bretschneider, M.D. Crown 8vo, pp. 228, wrapper.
1882. 10s. 6d.

BRETTE,—FRENCH EXAMINATION PAPERS SET AT THE UNIVERSITY OF LONDON FROM
1839 To 1871. Arranged and edited by the Rev. P. H. Ernest Brette, B.D.
Crown 8vo, pp. viii. and 278, cloth. 3s. 6d.; interleaved, 4s. 6d.

BRITISH MUSEUM.—List oF PUBLICATIONS OF THE TRUSTEES OF THE BRITISH
MUSEUM, on application.

BROWN.—THE DERVISHES ; OR, ORIENTAL SPIRITUALISM. By John P. Brown,
Secretary and Dragoman of the Legation of the United States of America at Con-
stantinople. Crown 8vo, pp. Viii. and 416, cloth, with 24 Illustrations. 1868. 14s.

BROWN, —SaNsKRIT PROSODY AND NuMERICAL SYMBOLS EXPLAINED. By Charles
Philip Brown, M.R.A.S., Author of a Telugu Dictionary, Grammar, &c., Professor
of Telugu in the University of London. 8vo, pp. viii. and 56, cloth. 1869. 3s, 6d.

BROWNE.—How To UsE THE OPHTHALMOSCOPE ; being Elementary Instruction in
Ophthalmoscopy. Arranged for the use of Students. By Edgar A. Browne, Sur-
geon to the Liverpool Eye and Ear Infirmary, &c. Second Edition. Crown 8vo,
pp. xi. and 108, with 35 Figures, cloth. 1883. 3s. 6d. :

BROWNE.—A BANGALI Primer, in Roman Character. By J. F. Browne, B.C.S.
Crown 8vo, pp. 32, cloth. 1881. 2s. -

BROWNE.—A Hinpi Primer In Roman OCwARACTER. By J. F. Browne, B.C.S.
Crown 8vo, pp. 36, cloth. 1882. 2s. 6d.

BROWNE.—An Urty‘ Priwer In RoMAN CHARACTER.’ By J. F. Browne, B.C.S.
Crown 8vo, pp. 32, cloth. 1882. 2s. 6d. :

BROWNING SOCIETY’S PAPERS.—Demy 8vo, wrappers. 1881-84. Part I., pp.
116. 10s. Bibliography of Robert Browning from 1833-81. Part IL, pp. 142.
10s. Part III, pp. 168. 10s. Part IV., pp. 148. 10s. Part V.,pp. . 10s.

_ BROWNING’S POEMS, InLusTRaTIONS TO. 4to, boards. PartsI.andII. 10s. each.

1 A Catalogue of Important Works,

BRUNNOW.—<Sce ScHEFFEL.
BRUNTON.—Map or Japan. See under Japan.

BUDGE.—Arcuatc Crassics. Assyrian Texts; being Extracts from the Annals of
Shalmaneser II., Sennacherib, and Assur-Bani-Pal. With Philological Notes. By
Ernest A. Budge, B.A., M.R.A.S., Assyrian Exhibitioner, Christ’s College,
Cambridge. Small 4to, pp. viii. and 44, cloth. 1880. 7s. 6d.

BUDGE.—History oF ESARHADDON, See Triibner’s Oriental Series.

BUNYAN.—ScENES FROM THE PILGRIM’S ProGRESS. By. R. B. Rutter. 4to, pp.
142, boards, leather back. 1882. 5s.

BURGESS :—-
ARCHEOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WESTERN INDIA :—

REPORT OF THE First SEASON’S OPERATIONS IN THE BELGAM AND KALapI
DistTRicTs. January to May 1874. By James Burgess, F.R.G.S. With 56
Photographs and Lithographic Plates. Royal 4to, pp, viii. and 45; half
bound, 1875. £2, 2s,

REPORT ON THE ANTIQUITIES OF KArHtiwAp AND Kacuu, being the result of
the Second Season's Operations of the Archeological Survey of Western
India, 1874-75. By James Burgess, F.R.G.S. Royal 4to, pp. x. and 242,
with 74 Plates; half bound. 1876. £3, 3s.

REPORT ON THE ANTIQUITIES IN THE BIDAR AND AURANGABAD DISTRICTS, in
the Territories of His Highness the Nizam of Haiderabad, being the result
of the Third Season’s Operations of the Archzological Survey of Western
India, 1875-76. By James Burgess, F.R.G.S., M.R.A.S., Archzological Sur-
veyor and Reporter to Government, Western India. Royal 4to, pp. viii. and
138, with 63 Photographic Plates; half bound. 1878. £2, 2s.

REPORT ON THE BUDDHIST CAVE TEMPLES AND THEIR
INSCRIPTIONS; containing Views, Plans, Sections, and |
Elevation of Facades of Cave be aris Drawings of
Architectural and Mythological Sculptures ; Facsimiles
of Inscriptions, &c. ; with Descriptive and Explanatory
Text, and Translations of Inscriptions, &., &c. By 2Vols. 1883. £6. 6s
James Burgess, LL.D., F.R.G.S., &. Royal 4to, pp. (7 "~™ ha tmead
x. and. 140, with 86 Plates and Woodcuts ; half-bound.

REpPorRT oN ELuRA CAVE TEMPLES, AND. THE BRAHMANI-
CAL AND JAINA CAVES IN WESTERNINDIA. By James
Burgess, LL,D,, F.R.G.S., &. Royal 4to, pp. viii.
and 90, with 66 Plates and Woodcuts ; half-bound.

BURMA.—Tue BririsH BurRMA GAZETTEER. Compiled by Major H. R. Spearman,
under the direction of the Government of India. 2 vols. 8vo, pp. 764 and 878,
with 11 Photographs, cloth. 1880. £2, 10s.

BURMA,—History oF. See Triibner’s Oriental Series, page 70,

BURNE.—SHROPSHIRE FoLK-Lore. A Sheaf of Gleanings. Edited by Charlotte S,
Burne, from the Collections of Georgina F. Jackson. Demy 8vo. Part I. gr
xvi.-176, wrapper. 1883. 7s. 6d. Part II., pp. 192, wrapper. 1885. 7s. 6d.

BURNELL.—ELEMENTS OF SourH INDIAN PALZOGRAPHY, from the Fourth to the
Seventeenth Century A.D., being an Introduction to the Study of South Indian
Inscriptions and MSS. By A. C. Burnell. Second enlarged and improved
Edition. 4to, pp. xiv. and 148, Map and 35 Plates, cloth. 1878. £2,12s. 6d.

BURNELL.—A CLASSIFIED INDEX TO THE SANSKRIT MSS. IN THE PALACE AT
TANJORE. Prepared forthe Madras Government. By A. C. Burnell, Ph.D., &c.,
&c. 4to, stiff ge Part I., pp. iv.-80, Vedic and Technical Literature.
Part II., pp. iv.-80, Philosophy and Law. Part III., Drama, Epics, Puranas, and
Zantras ; todieoa. 1879. 10s. each,

Published by Triibner & Co. 11

BURTON.— Hanppook vor OvERLAND Exprpitions ; being an English Edition of the
‘Prairie Traveller,” a Handbook for Overland Expeditions, With Illustrations
and Itineraries of the Principal Routes between the Mississippi and the Pacific,
anda Map. By Caprain R. B. Marcy (now General and Chief of the Staff, Army
of the Potomac). Edited, with Notes, by Captain Richard F. Burton. Crown
8vo, pp. 270, numerous Woodcuts, Itineraries, and Map, cloth. 1863. 6s. 6d.

BUTLER.—EREWHON ; or, Over the Range. By Samuel Butler. Seventh Edition.
Crown 8vo, pp, xii, and 244, cloth. 1884. 5s,

BUTLER,—Tue Fain Haven. A Work in Defence of the Miraculous Element in
Our Lord’s Ministry upon Earth, both as against Rationalistic Impugners and
certain Orthodox Defenders. By the late John Pickard Owen. With a Memoir
of the Author by William Bickersteth Owen. By Samuel Butler. Second Edi-
tion. Demy 8vo, pp. x. and 248, cloth, 1873. 7s, 6d,

BUTLER.—Lire anp Hasrr, By Samuel Butler. Second Edition, Crown 8vo,
pp. x. and 308, cloth, 1878. 7s. 6d.

BUTLER.—GavorTes, MINvETS, FUGUES, AND OTHER SHORT PIECES FOR THE PIANO,
By Samuel Butler, Author of ‘‘Hrewhon,” ‘‘ Life and Habit,” &. (Op. I. mus.),
and Henry Festing Jones (Op. I.)

BUTLER.—EvoLvuTion, OLD AND New; or, The Theories of Buffon, Dr. Erasmus
Darwin, and Lamarck, as compared with that of Mr, Charles Darwin. By Samuel
Butler. Second Edition, with an Appendix and Index. Crown 8vo, pp. xii. and
430, cloth. 1882. 10s. 6d.

BUTLER.—Unconscrous Memory: A Comparison between the Theory of Dr. Ewald
Hering, Professor of Physiology at the University of Prague, and the ‘‘ Philosophy
of the Unconscious”’ of Dr. Edward von Hartmann. With Translations from these
Authors, and Preliminary Chapters bearing on ‘‘ Life and Habit,” ‘‘ Evolution,
New and Old,” and Mr. Charles Darwin’s edition of Dr. Krause’s ‘‘ Erasmus
Darwin.” By Samuel Butler. Crown 8vo, pp. viii. and 288, cloth, 1880. 7s. 6d.

BUTLER.—ALPS AND SANCTUARIES OF PIEDMONT AND THE CANTON TICINO. Pro-
fusely Illustrated by Charles Gogin, H. F. Jones, and the Author. By Samuel
Butler. Foolscap 4to, pp. viii. and 376, cloth. 1882. 21s.

BUTLER.—SELECTIONS FROM HIS PREVIOUS Works, with Remarks on Mr, G. J.
Romanes’ recent work, ‘‘Mental Evolution in Animals,” and “*A Psalm. of
Montreal.” BySamuel Butler. Crown 8vo, pp. viii. and 326, cloth. 1884, 7s. 6d.

BUTLER.—Tue SpanisH TEACHER AND ConLoguiAL Purasz-Boox. An Easy and
Agreeable Method of acquiring a Speaking Knowledge of the Spanish Language.
By Francis Butler. Feap. 8vo, pp. xviii. and 240, half-roan. 2s. 6d.

BUTLER.—HuNGARIAN POEMS AND FABLES FOR ENGLISH READERS. Selected and
Translated by E. D. Butler, of the British Museum ; with Illustrations by A. G.
Butler. Foolscap, pp. vi. and 88, limp cloth. 1877. 2s.

BUTLER.—TuHE LEGEND OF THE WonDROUS Hunt. By John Arany. With afew
Miscellaneous Pieces and Folk-Songs. Translated from the Magyar by E. D,
Butler, F.R.G.S. Crown 8vo, pp. vili. and 70. Limp cloth. 2s. 6d.

CAITHNESS,—LECTURES ON POPULAR AND SCIENTIFIC SuBsEcTS. By the Earl of
Caithness, F.R.S. Delivered at various times and places. Second enlarged
Edition. Crown 8vo, pp. 174, cloth. 1879, 2s. 6d. :

CALCUTTA REVIEW.—SELECTIONS FROM Nos, I.-XXXVII. 5s. each.

CALDER.—THE Comine Era. By A. Calder, Officer of the Legion of Honour, and
Author of ‘* The Man of the Future.” 8vo, pp. 422, cloth. 1879. 10s. 6d.

CALDWELL.—A CoMPARATIVE GRAMMAR OF THE DRAVIDIAN OR SouTH INDIAN
Famity oF LANGuAGES. By the Rev. R. Caldwell, LL.D. A second,
and enlarged Edition. Demy 8vo, pp. 804, cloth. 1875. 28s.

CALENDARS OF STATE PAPERS. List on application.

12 _ A Catalogue of Important Works,

CALL.—REVERBERATIONS. Revised. With a chapter from My <Autobiggraphy.
By W. M. W. Call, M.A., Cambridge, Author of “‘ Lyra Hellenica” and
**Golden Histories.” Crown 8vo, pp. viii. and 200, cloth. 1875. 4s. 6d.

CALLAWAY. —Nursrery TALES, TRADITIONS, AND HISTORIES OF THE ZuLus. In
their own words, with a Translation into English, and Notes. By the Rev. Canon
Callaway, M.D. Vol. I., 8vo, pp. xiv. and 378, cloth. 1868. 16s.

CALLAWAY.—TueE Reticious SYSTEM OF THE AMAZULU. :

Part I.—Unkulunkulu ; or, The Tradition of Creation as existing among the
Amazulu and other Tribes of South Africa, in their own words, with a Transla-
tion into English, and Notes. By the Rev. Canon Callaway, M.D. 8vo, pp.
128, sewed. 1868. 4s,

Part II.—Amatongo; or, Ancestor-Worship as existing among the Amazulu, in
their own words, with a Translation into English, and Notes. By the Rev.
Canon Callaway, M.D. 8vo, pp. 127, sewed. 1869. 4s.

Part III.—Izinyanga Zokubula ; or, Divination, as existing among the Amazulu,
in their own words, with a Translation into English, and Notes. By the Rev.
Canon Callaway, M.D. 8vo, pp. 150, sewed. 1870. 4s.

Part IV.—On Medical Magic and Witchcraft. 8vo, pp. 40, sewed, 1s. 6d.

CAMBRIDGE PHILOLOGICAL SOCIETY (Transactions). Vol. L, from 1872-1880.
8vo, pp. xvi.-420, wrapper. 1881. 15s. Vol. II., for 1881 and 1882. 8vo, pp.
viii.-286, wrapper. 1883. 12s,

CAMERINI.—L’Eco ITAIANno ; a Practical Guide to Italian Conversation. By E.
Camerini. With a Vocabulary. 12mo, pp. 98, cloth. 1860. 4s. 6d.

CAMPBELL.—TuHE GOSPEL OF THE WoORLD’s DIvINE OrDER. By Douglas Camp-
bell. New Edition. Revised. Crown 8vo, pp. viii. and 364, cloth. 1877. 4s. 6d.

CANADA.—A Guripz Book To THE Dominion or CANADA. Containing Information
for intending Settlers, with many Illustrations and Map. Published under the
Direction of the Government of Canada. Demy 8yvo, pp. xiv.—138, thick paper,
sewed. 1885. 6d.

CANDID Examination oF THEISM. By Physicus. Post 8vo, pp. xviii. and 198,
cloth. 1878. 7s. 6d. ‘

CANTICUM CANTICORUM, reproduced in facsimile, from the Scriverius copy in the
British Museum. With an Historical and Bibliographical Introduction by I. Ph.
Berjeau. Folio, pp. 36, with 16 Tables of Illustrations, vellum. 1860. £2, 2s.

CAREY.—THE Past, THE PRESENT, AND THE FuTURE. By H. OC. Carey. Second
Edition. 8vo, pp. 474, cloth. 1856. 10s. 6d.

CARLETTI.—History or THE ConquEst or TuNIs. Translated by J. T. Carletti.
Crown 8vo, pp. 40, cloth. 1883. 2s. 6d.

CARNEGY.—NoTEs ON THE LAND TENURES AND REVENUE ASSESSMENTS OF UPPER
Inpia. By P. Carnegy. Crown 8vo, pp. viii. and 136, and forms, cloth, 1874. 6s.

CATHERINE If,, Mremorrs of THE Empress. Written by herself. With a Preface

py a. Herzen. Trans, from the French. 12mo, pp. xvi. and 352, bds, 1859.
8.

CATLIN.—O-Kzrr-Pa. A Religious Ceremony; and other Customs of the Mandans.
By George Catlin. With 13 coloured Illustrations. Small 4to, pp. vi. and 52,
cloth. 1867. 14s.

CATLIN.—TuHE LifTED AND SuBSIDED Rocks oF AmuricA, with their Influence on
the Oceanic, Atmospheric, and Land Currents, and the Distribution of Races.
By George Catlin. With2Maps. Cr. 8vo, pp. xii. and 238, cloth. 1870. 6s. 6d.

CATLIN.—SuHur your Mourn AND SAVE your Lire. By George Catlin, Author of
“* Notes of Travels amongst the North American Indians,” &c., &c. With 29 Ilus-
trations from Drawings by the Author. Highth Edition, considerably enlarged.
Crown 8vo, pp. 106, cloth. 1882. 2s. 6d. !

Published by Triibner & Co. - 13

CAXTON,—TuHE BIOGRAPHY AND TYPOGRAPHY OF. See BLADES.

CAXTON CELEBRATION, 1877.—CatTaLoGuE OF THE LOAN COLLECTION or ANTI-
QUITIES, CURIOSITIES, AND APPLIANCES CONNECTED WITH THE ART OF PRINTING.
Edited by G. Bullen, F.S.A. Post 8vo, pp. xx. and 472, cloth, 3s. 6d.

CAZELLES.—OUTLINE OF THE EVOLUTION-PHILOSOPHY. By Dr, W. E. Cazelles.
Translated from the French by the Rev. O. B. Frothingham. Crown 8vo, pp.
156, cloth. 1875. 3s. 6d.

CESNOLA.—SatamintA (Cyprus). The History, Treasures, and Antiquities of Sa-
lamis in the Island of Cyprus, By A. Palma di Cesnola, F.S.A., &.. With an
Introduction by 8. Birch, Esq., D.C.L., LL,D., Keeper of the Egyptian and Ori-

‘= ental Antiquities in the British Museum. Royal 8vo, pp. xlviii. and 325, with
upwards of 700 Illustrations and Map of Ancient Cyprus, cloth. 1882. 31s. 6d.

CHALMERS.—SrrucTurRE OF CHINESE CHARACTERS, under 300 Primary Forms
after the Shwoh-wan, 100 a.D., and the Phonetic Shwoh-wan, 1833. By J.
Ohalmers, M.A., LL.D., A.B. Demy 8vo, pp. x. and 200, with two plates, limp
cloth. 1882. 12s. 6d.

CHAMBERLAIN.—THE CLASSICAL POETRY OF THE JAPANESE. By Basil Hall
Chamberlain, Author of ‘‘ Yeigo Henkaku, Ichirai.” Post 8vo, pp. xii. and 228,
cloth. 1880. 7s. 6d.

CHAPMAN.— CHLOROFORM AND OTHER ANESTHETICS : Their History and Use dur-
ing Childbirth. By John Chapman,M.D. 8vo, pp. 51, sewed. 1859. Is.

CHAPMAN.—D1IARRH@A AND CHOLERA: Their Nature, Origin, and Treatment
through the Agency of the Nervous System. By John Chapman, M.D.,
M.R.C.P., M.R.C.S. 8vo, pp. xix. and 248, cloth. 7s. 6d.

CHAPMAN,—Menpicat Cuariry : its Abuses, and how to Remedy them. By John
Chapman, M.D. 8vo, pp. viii. and 108, cloth. 1874, 2s. 6d.

CHAPMAN.—SEa-SICKNESS, AND HOW TO PREVENT IT. An Explanation of its
Nature and Successful Treatment, through the Agency of the Nervous System,
by means of the Spinal Ice Bag ; with an Introduction on the General Principles
of Neuro-Therapeutics. By John Chapman, M.D., M.R.C.P.,M.R.C.S8. Second
Edition. 8vo, pp. viii. and 112, cloth. 1868. 3s.

CHAPTERS on CHRISTIAN CATHOLICITy. By a Clergyman. 8vo, pp. 282, cloth.
1878. 5s,

CHARITABALI (THE), or, Instructive Biography. By Isvarachandra Vidyasa-
gara. With a Vocabulary of all the Words occurring in the Text. By J. F.
Blumhardt, Bengal Lecturer at the University College, London; and Teacher of
Bengali for the Cambridge University. 12mo, pp. 174, cloth, 1884. 5s, The
Vocabulary only, 2s. 6d. -

CHARNOCK.—A GLossaRy OF THE Essex Diatrcr. By Richard Stephen Charnock,
Ph.D., F.S.A. Feap., pp. xii. and 64, cloth. 1880. 3s. 6d. .

CHARNOCK.—Prenomina ; or, The Etymology of the Principal Christian Names
of Great Britain and Ireland. By R. 8. Charnock, Ph.D., F.S.A. Crown 8vo,
pp. xvi. and 128, cloth. 1882. 6s. z

CHATTERJEE. See PHILLIPS.

CHATTOPADHYAYA.—Tuer Yirris; or, The Popular Dramas of Bengal. By N.
Chattopadhyaya. Post 8vo, pp. 50, wrapper. 1882. 2s.

CHAUCER SOCIETY.—Subscription, two guineas per annum. List of Publications
on application. ; :

CHILDERS.—A Pati-ENGLIsH DICTIONARY, with Sanskrit Equivalents, and with
numerous Quotations, Extracts, .and References. Compiled by Robert Cesar
Childers, late of the Ceylon Civil Service. Imperial 8vo, double columns, pp.
648, cloth. 1875. £3, 3s.

CHILDERS.—TuE MaHAPARINIBBANASUTTA OF THE SuTTA PiraKa. The Pali Text.
Edited by the late Professor R. C. Childers, 8vo, pp. 72, limp cloth, 1878. 5s,

.

14 A Catalogue of Important Works,

CHINTAMON.—A CoMMENTARY ON THE TEXT OF THE BHAGAVAD-GIT< ; or, The
Discourse between Khrishna and Arjuna of Divine Matters A Sanskrit Philoso-
hical Poem. With a few Introductory Papers. By Hurrychund Chintamon,
olitical Agent to H. H. the Guicowar Mulhar Rao Maharajah of Baroda. Post
8vo, pp. 118, cloth. 1874. 6s.
CHRONICLES anp MEMORIALS OF GREAT BRITAIN AND IRELAND DURING THE
’Mippiz Aces. List on application.
CLARK.—MEGHADUTA, THE CLOUD MESSENGER. Poem of Kalidasa. Translated
by the late Rev. T. Olark, M.A. Feap. 8vo, pp. 64, wrapper. 1882, Is.

CLARK.—A ForEcAST OF THE RELIGION OF THE FuTURE. Being Short Essays on
some important Questions in Religious Philosophy. By W. W. Clark. Post
8vo, pp. xii. and 238, cloth. 1879. 3s. 6d.

CLARKE.—Ten Great ReELicions: An Essay in Comparative Theology. By James
Freeman Clarke. Demy 8vo, pp. x. and 528, cloth. 1871. 15s.

CLARKE.—TeEn GREAT Reticions. Part II., A Comparison of all Religions. By
J. F, Clarke. Demy 8vo, pp. xxviii.- 414, cloth. 1883. 10s. 6d.

CLARKE.—THE EARLY HISTORY OF THE MEDITERRANEAN POPULATIONS, &c., in
their Migrations and Settlements. Illustrated from Autonomous Coins, Gems,
Inscriptions, &. By Hyde Clarke. 8vo, pp. 80, cloth. 1882, 5s.

CLAUSEWITZ.—On War. By General Carl von Clausewitz. Translated by Colonel
J. J. Graham, from the third German Edition. Three volumes complete in one.
Feap 4to, double columns, pp. xx. and 564, with Portrait of the author, cloth.
1873. 10s. 6d. :

CLEMENT AND HUTTON.—Anrtists OF THE NINETEENTH CENTURY AND THEIR
Works. A Handbook containing Two Thousand and Fifty Biographical Sketches.
By Clara Erskine Clement and Lawrence Hutton. Third, Revised Edition. 2
vols. crown 8vo. pp. 844, cloth. 1885. 21s.

COKE.—CREEDS OF THE Day: or, Collated Opinions of Reputable Thinkers. By
Henry Coke. In Three Series of Letters. 2 vols. Demy 8vo, pp. 302-324,
cloth. 1883. 21s.

COLEBROOKE.—Txe Lire anD MISCELLANEOUS Essays or Henry THOMAS COLE-
BROOKE. The Biography by his Son, Sir T. E. Colebrooke, Bart., M.P. 3 vols.
Vol. I. The Life. Demy 8vo, pp. xii. and 492, with Portrait and Map, cloth.
1873. 14s. Vols. II. and III. The Essays. A new Edition, with Notes by E.
B. Cowell, Professor of Sanskrit in the University of Cambridge. Demy 8vo, -
pp. xvi. and 544, and x. and 520, cloth. 1873. 28s.

COLENSO.—Natat Sermons. <A Series of Discourses Preached in the Cathedral
Church of St Peter’s, Maritzburg. By the Right Rev. John William Colenso,
D.D., Bishop of Natal. 8vo, pp. viii. and 373, cloth. 1866. 7s. 6d. The Second
Series. Crown 8vo, cloth. 1868, 5s.

COLLINS.—A GRAMMAR AND LEXICON OF THE HEBREW LANnGuvAGE, Entitled Sefer
Hassoham. By Rabbi Moseh Ben Yitshak, of England. Edited from a MS. in
the Bodleian Library of Oxford, and collated with a MS. in the Imperial Library
of St. Petersburg, with Additions and Corrections, by G. W. Collins, M.A. Demy
4to, pp. 112, wrapper. 1882. 7s. 6d.

COLYMBIA.—Crown 8vo, pp. 260, cloth. 1873. 5s.

. «The book is amusing as well as clever.”— Atheneum. “Many exceedingly humorous pas-

sages.”—Public Opinion. ‘Deserves to be read.”—Scotsman. “‘ Neatly done.” —@raphic,

“ Very amusing.” —Ezaminer.

COMTE.—THE CATECHISM OF POSITIVE RELIGION : Translated from the French of
Auguste Comte. By Richard Congreve. Second Edition. Revised and Corrected.
_ gp to the Second French Edition of 1874. Crown 8vo, pp. 316, cloth,
1885. 2s. 6d.

COMTE.—Tue Eicut CrrcuLars or Aucuste Comte. Translated from the French,
under the auspices of R. Congreve. Feap. 8vo, pp. iv. and 90, cloth. 1882. 1s. 6d.

Published by Triibner & Co. 15

COMTE.—PRELIMINARY DISCOURSE ON THE PosITIvVE Sprrit. Prefixed to the
“‘Traité Philosophique d’Astronomie Populaire.” By M. Auguste Comte.
eo by W. M. W. Call, M.A., Camb. Crown 8vo, pp. 154, cloth. 1883.

8. .

COMTE.—TuHE PosITIVE PHILOSOPHY OF AUGUSTE ComTE. Translated and condense
by Harriet Martineau. 2 vols. Second Edition. 8vo, cloth. Vol. I., pp. xxiv.
and 400; Vol. IL, pp. xiv. and 468. 1875. 25s.

CONGREVE. —Ture RoMAN EMPIRE OF THE WEST. Four Lectures delivered at the
Philosophical Institution, Edinburgh, February 1855, by Richard Congreve, M.A.
8vo, pp. 176, cloth. 1855. 4s.

CONGREVE.—ELIzaBETH OF ENGLAND. Two Lectures delivered at the Philosophi-
cal Institution, Edinburgh, January 1862. By Richard Congreve. 18mo, pp. 114,
sewed. 1862. 2s. 6d.

CONTOPOULOS.—A Lrxicon oF MopERN GREEK-ENGLISH AND ENGLISH MopERN
GREEK. By N. Contopoulos. Part I. Modern Greek-English. Part II. English
Modern Greek. 8vo, pp. 460 and 582, cloth. 1877. 27s.

CONWAY.—Tue SacreD AnTHOLOGY: A Book of Ethnical Scriptures: Collected
os ype ee D. Conway. Fifth Edition. Demy 8vo, pp. viii. and 480,
cloth. a pas

CONWAY.—IpoLs AnD IDEALS. With an Essay on Christianity. By Moncure D.
Conway, M.A., Author of “The Eastern Pilgrimage,” &e. Crown 8vo, pp. 352,
cloth. 1877. 4s.

CONWAY.—EmERSON aT HOME AND ABROAD. See English and Foreign Philoso-
phical Library.

CONWAY.—TRAVELS IN SouTH KeEnsIncTON. By M. D. Conway. Illustrated.

8vo, pp. 234, cloth. 1882. 12s.
Contents.—The South Kensington Museum—Decorative Art and Architecture in England

—Bedford Park.

COOMARA SWAMY.—THE DaATHAVANSA; or, The History of the Tooth Relic of
Gotama Buddha, in Pali verse. Edited, with an English Translation, by Mutu
Coomara Swamy, F.R.A.S. Demy 8vo, pp. 174, cloth. 1874. 10s. 6d. English
Translation. With Notes. pp. 100. 6s.

COOMARA SWAMY.—Sourra Nipata; or, Dialogues and Discourses of Gotama
Buddha (2500 years old), Translated from the original Pali. With Notes and
Introduction. By Mutu Coomara Swamy, F.R.A.8. Crown 8vo, pp. xxxvi. and
160, cloth. 1874, 6s.

COPARCENERS (THE): Being the Adventures of Two Heiresses. See ‘‘ Arthur.”

CORNELIA. A Novel. Post 8vo, pp. 250, boards. 1863. 1s. 6d.

COTTA,.—GEoLOGY AND History. A Popular Exposition of all that is known of the
Earth and its Inhabitants in Pre-historic Times. By Bernhard Von Cotta, Pro-
fessor of Geology at the Academy of Mining, Freiberg, in Saxony. 12mo, pp.
iv. and 84, cloth. 1865. 2s.

COUSIN.—THE PuHILosopHy oF Kant. Lectures by Victor Cousin. Translated from
the French. To which is added a Biographical and Critical Sketch of Kant’s
Life and Writings. By A. G. Henderson. Large post 8vo, pp. xciv. and 194,
cloth. 1864. 6s.

COUSIN. —ELEMENTS OF PsycHoLoey : included in a Critical Examination of Locke’s
Essay on the Human Understanding, and in additional pieces. Translated from
the French of Victor Cousin, with an Introduction and Notes. By Caleb 8.
Henry, D.D. Fourth improved Edition, revised according to the Authcr’s last
corrections. Orown 8vo, pp. 568, cloth. 1871. 8s.

COWELL.—A Suorr Inrropuction Tro THE ORDINARY PRAERIT oF THE SANSKRIT
Dramas. With a List of Common Irregular Praékrit Words. By E. B. Cowell,
Professor of Sanskrit in the University of Cambridge, and Hon. LL.D. of the
University of Edinburgh. Crown 8vo, pp. 40, limp cloth. 1875. 3s, 6d.

16 A Catalogue of Important Works,

COWELL.—PrakRITA-PRAKASA; or, The Prakrit Grammar of Vararuchi, with the
Commentary (Manorama) of Bhamaha; the first complete Edition of the Original
Text, with various Readings from a collection of Six MSS. in the Bodleian Library
at Oxford, and the Libraries of the Royal Asiatic Society and the East India
House ; with Copious Notes, an English Translation, and Index of Prakrit Words,
to which is prefixed an Easy Introduction to Prakrit Grammar. By Edward
Byles Cowell, of Magdalen Hall, Oxford, Professor of Sanskrit at Cambridge.
New Edition, with New Preface, Additions, and Corrections. Second Issue.
8vo, pp. xxxi. and 204, cloth. 1868. 14s. 5

COWELL.—THE SARVADARSANA SAMGRAHA. See Triibner’s Oriental Series.

COWLEY.—Porms. By Percy Tunnicliff Cowley. Demy 8vo, pp. 104, cloth.
1881. 5s.

CRAIG.—Tue IrisH LAND LABOUR QUESTION, Illustrated in the History of Rala-
hine and Co-operative Farming. By E. T. Craig. Crown 8vo, pp. xii. and 202,
cloth. 1882, 2s. 6d. Wrappers, 2s.

CRANBROOK.—CREDIBILIA ; or, Discourses on Questions of Christian Faith. By
the Rev. James Cranbrook, Edinburgh. Reissue. Post 8vo, pp. iv. and 190,
cloth. 1868. 3s. 6d.

CRANBROOK.—TueE FounDERS OF CHRISTIANITY ; or, Discourses upon the Origin
of the Christian Religion. By the Rev. James Cranbrook, Edinburgh. Post 8vo,
pp. xii. and 324. 1868. 6s.

CRAVEN.—THE PoPpuLAR DICTIONARY IN ENGLISH AND HINDUSTANI, AND HInDU-
STANI AND ENGLISH. With a Number of Useful Tables. Compiled by the
Rey. T. Craven, M.A. 18mo, pp. 430, cloth. 1881. 3s. 6d.

CRAWFORD. —RECOLLECTIONS OF TRAVEL IN NEW ZEALAND AND AUSTRALIA. By
James Coutts Crawford, F.G.8., Resident Magistrate, Wellington, &c.,&c. With
Maps and Illustrations. 8vo, pp. xvi. and 468, cloth. 1880. 18s.

CROSLAND.— Apparitions ; An Essay explanatory of Old Facts and a New Theory.
To which are added Sketches and Adventures: By Newton Crosland. Crown 8vo,
pp. viii. and 166, cloth. 1873. 2s. 6d.

CROSLAND.—PitrH: Essays AND SKETCHES GRAVE AND GAY, with some Verses
and Illustrations. By Newton Crosland. Crown 8vo, pp. 310, cloth. 1881. «5s.

CROSLAND,—TuE New Princiri4 ; or, The Astronomy of the Future. An Essay
Explanatory of a Rational System of the Universe. By N. Crosland, Author of
‘* Pith,” &c. Foolscap 8vo, pp. 88, cloth limp elegant, gilt edges. 1884, 2s. 6d.

CROSS.—HESPERIDES. The Occupations, Relaxations, and Aspirations of a Life.
By Launcelot Cross, Author of ‘‘ Characteristics of Leigh Hunt,” ‘‘ Brandon
Tower,” “ Business, ” &c. Demy 8vo, pp. iv.-486, cloth. 1883. 10s. 6d.

CSOMA DE KOROS.—Lirz or. See Triibner’s Oriental Series.

CUMMINS.—A GRAMMAR OF THE OLD Frigsic Laneuace. By A. H. Cummins,
A.M. Crown 8vo, pp. x. and 76, cloth. 1881. 3s. 6d.

CUNNINGHAM.—Tue ANCIENT GEOGRAPHY OF INDIA. I. The Buddhist Period,
including the Campaigns-of Alexander and the Travels of Hwen-Thsang. By
Alexander Oanninghar Major-General, Royal Engineers (Bengal Retired). With.
13 Maps. 8vo, pp. xx. and 590, cloth. 1870. £1, 8s.

CUNNINGHAM.—THueE Srupa or BHARHUT: A Buddhist Monument ornamented with,
numerous Sculptures illustrative of Buddhist end and History in the Third
Das. ae eae? of tone re -LE., Maj.-Gen., R.E. (B.R.),

ir.-Gen. Archeol. Survey o i yal 8vo, pp. viii. and 144, with 57 Plates
cloth. 1879. £3, 3s. an _

CUNNINGHAM.—AronoLocicaL Survey oF InpiA, Reports from 1862-80. By
A, Cunningham, C.8.1., C.1.E., Major-General, R.E. (Bengal Retired), Director-
General, Archzological Survey of India. With numerous Plates, cloth, Vols. I.-
XI. 10s. each. (Except Vols. VII., VIII, and IX., and also Vols, XII. to
XVIIL., which are 12s. each.)

Published by Triibner & Co. . 17

CUSHMAN.—CHARLOTTE CUSHMAN:. Her Letters and Memories of her Life.
Edited by her friend, Emma Stebbins. Square 8vo, pp. viii. and 308, cloth.
With Portrait and Illustrations. 1879. 12s. 6d.

CUST.—LANGUAGES OF THE East INDIES. See Triibner’s Oriental Series.

CUST.—LINGUISTIC AND ORIENTAL Essays. See Triibner’s Oriental Series.

CUST.— LANGUAGES OF AFRICA. See Triibner’s Oriental Series.

CUST.—PicruRES OF INDIAN Lirk, Sketched with the Pen from 1852 to 1881. By
R. N. Cust, late I.C.S., Hon. Sec. Royal Asiatic Society. Crown 8vo, pp. x. and
346, cloth. With Maps. 1881. 7s. 6d.

CUST.—Tur Surines or LOURDES, ZARAGOSSA, THE Hoty Starrs aT Rome,
THE Hoty House or LoRETTO AND NAZARETH, AND St. ANN AT JERUSALEM. By
R. N, Cust, Member of Committees of the Church Missionary Society, and British
and Foreign Bible Society. With Four Autotypes from Photographs obtained on
the spot. Feap. 8vo,‘pp. iv. and 63, stiff wrappers. 1885. 2s,

DANA.—A Text-Booxk or GroLoey, designed for Schools and Academies. By James
D, Dana, LL.D., Professor of Geology, &c., at Yale College. Illustrated. Crown
8vo, pp. vi. and 354, cloth. i876. 10s.

DANA.—MANUAL OF GEOLOGY, treating of the Principles of the Science, with special
Reference to American Geological History; for the use of Colleges; Academies,
and Schools of Science. By James D. Dana, LL.D. Illustrated by a Chart of the
World, and over One Thousand Figures. 8vo, pp. xvi. and 800, and Chart, cl. 21s.

DANA,—TuHE GEOLOGICAL Story Brierty Torp. An Introduction to Geology for
the General Reader and for Beginners in the Science. By J. D. Dana, LL.D.
Illustrated. 12mo, pp. xii. and 264, cloth. 7s. 6d.

DANA,—A System or MINERALOGY. Descriptive Mineralogy, comprising the most
Recent Discoveries. By J. D. Dana, aided by G. J. Brush. Fifth Edition, re-
written and enlarged, and illustrated with upwards of 600 Woodcuts, with three
Appendixes and Corrections. Royal 8vo, pp. xlviii. and 892, cloth. £2, 2s.

DANA.—A Text Book or MINERALOGY. With an Extended Treatise on Orystallo-
graphy and Physical Mineralogy. By E. 8. Dana, on the Plan and with the
Co-operation of Professor J. D. Dana. ‘Third Edition, revised. Over 800 Wood-
cuts and 1 Coloured Plate. 8vo, pp. viii. and 486, cloth. 1879. 18s.

DANA.—MANUAL OF MINERALOGY AND LITHOLOGY; Containing the Elements of
the Science of Minerals and Rocks, for the Use of the Practical Mineralogist and
Geologist, and for Instruction in Schools and Colleges. By J.D. Dana. Fourth
Edition, rearranged and rewritten. Illustrated by numerous Woodcuts. Crown
8vo, pp. viii. and 474, cloth. 1882. 7s. 6d.

DARWIN.— CHarLEs Darwin: A Paper contributed to the Transactions of the
Shropshire Archzeological Society. By Edward Woodall. With Portrait and
Illustrations. Post 8vo, pp. iv.-64, cloth. 1884. 3s. 6d.

DATES anp DATA. RELATING TO RELIGIOUS ANTHROPOLOGY AND BIBLICAL AROHA-
OLOGY. (Primzval Period.) 8vo, pp. viii. and 106, cloth. 1876. 5s.

DAVIDS.—Buppuist Birt Stories. See Triibner’s Oriental Series.

DAVIES.—Hinnvu Pumosopny. 2 vols. See Triibner’s Oriental Series.

DAVIS.—NAaRRATIVE OF THE NorTH PoLAR EXxpPEpITion, U.S. Sure Polaris, Cap-
tain Charles Francis Hall Commanding. Edited under the direction of the Hon,
G. M. Robeson, Secretary of the Navy, by Rear-Admiral C. H. Davis, U.S.N,
Third Edition. With numerous Steel and Wood Engravings, Photolithographs,
and Maps. 4to, pp. 696, cloth. 1881. £1, 8s. : :

DAY.—TuHE PREHISTORIC USE OF IRON AND STEEL; with Observations on certain
matter ancillary thereto. By St. John V. Day, C.E., F.R.S.E., &, 8vo, pp.
xxiv. and 278, cloth. 1877. 12s.

DE FLANDRE.—Monoe@rams OF THREE OR MoRE LETTERS, DESIGNED AND Drawn
on Stone. By OC. De Flandre, F.S.A. Scot., Edinburgh. With Indices, showing
the place and style or period of every Monogram, and of each individual Letter.
4to, 42 Plates, cloth. 1880. Large paper, £7, 7s. ; small paper, £3, 3s.

B

18 A Catalogue of Important Works,

DELBRUCK.—InNTRODUCTION TO THE StuDy oF LANGUAGE: A Oritical Survey of the
History and Methods of Comparative Philology of the Indo-European Languages.
By B. Delbriick. Authorised Translation, with a Preface by the Author. 8vo,

p. 156, cloth. 1882. 5s. Sewed, 4s.

D ITERRE.—HIstTorre TATTERAIRE DES Fous. Par Octave Delepierre. Crown
8vo, pp. 184, cloth. 1860, 5s.

DELEPIERRE.—MAcARONEANA ANDRA ; overum Nouveaux Mélanges de Litterature
Macaronique. Par Octave Delepierre. Small 4to, pp. 180, printed by Whitting-
ham, and handsomely bound in the Roxburghe style. 1862. 10s. 6d.

DELEPIERRE.—ANALYSE DES TRAVAUX DE LA SOCIETE DES PHILOBIBLON DE Lon-
DRES. Par Octave Delepierre. Small 4to, pp. viii. and 134, botind in the Rox-
burghe style. 1862. 10s. 6d.

ELEPIERRE.—REVUE ANALYTIQUE DES OUVRAGES Ecrits EN CeNnToNS, depuis les
Temps Anciens, jusqu’au xixi*me Sitcle. Par un Bibliophile Belge. Small 4to,
pp. 508, stiff covers. 1868. £1, 10s. :

DELEPIERRE.—TABLEAU DE LA LITTERATURE DU CENTON, CHEZ LES ANCIENS ET CHEZ
LES MopERNES. Par Octave Delepierre. 2 vols, small 4to, pp. 324 and 318.
Paper cover. 1875. £1, 1s.

DELEPIERRE.—L’ENFER: Essai Philosophique et Historique sur les Légendes de
la Vie Future. Par Octave Delepierre. Crown 8vo, pp. 160, paper wrapper.
1876. 6s. Only 250 copies printed.

DENNYS.—A HANDBOOK OF THE CANTON VERNACULAR OF THE CHINESE LANGUAGE.
Being a Series of Introductory Lessons for Domestic and Business Purposes. By
N. B. Dennys, M.R.A.S., &. Royal 8vo, pp. iv. and 228, cloth. 1874. 30s.

DENNYS.—A HANDBOOK OF MALAY COLLOQUIAL, as spoken in Singapore, being a

_ Series of Introductory Lessons for Domestic and Business Purposes. By N. B.
Dennys, Ph.D., F.R.G.S., M.R.A.S. Impl. 8vo, pp. vi. and 204, cloth. 1878. 21s.

DENNYS.—TxHeE FoLk-LoRE oF CHINA, AND ITS AFFINITIES WITH THAT OF THE
ARYAN AND SEmiTIC Races. By N. B. Dennys, Ph.D., F.R.G.S., M.R.A.S.
8vo, pp. 166, cloth. 1876. 10s. 6d.

DE V. ES.—See VALDES.

DE VINNE.—TueE INVENTION OF PRintiInG: A Collection of Texts and Opinions.

_ Description of Early Prints and Playing Cards, the Block-Books of the Fifteenth
Century, the Legend of Lourens Janszoon Coster of Haarlem, and the Works of
John Gutenberg and his Associates. Illustrated with Fac-similes of Early Types
and Woodcuts. By Theo. L. De Vinne. Second Edition. In royal 8vo, elegantly
printed, and bound in cloth, with embossed portraits, and a multitude of Fac-
similes and Illustrations. 1877. £1 1s.

DICKSON.—WHo WAS SCOTLAND’S FIRST PRINTER? Ane Compendious and breue
Tractate, in Commendation of Androw Myllar. Compylit be Robert Dickson,
F.S.A. Scot. Feap. 8vo, pp. 24, parchment wrapper. 1881. Is.

DOBSON.—MonocRAPH OF THE ASIATIC CHIROPTERA, and Catalogue of the Species
of Bats in the Collection of the Indian Museum, Calcutta. By G. E. Dobson,
M.A., M.B., F.L.8., &. 8vo, pp. viii. and 228, cloth. 1876., 12s.

D’ORSEY.—A PRACTICAL GRAMMAR OF PORTUGUESE AND ENGLISH, exhibiting in a
Series of Exercises, in Double Translation, the Idiomatic Structure of both Lan-
guages, as now written and spoken. Adapted to Ollendorfi’s System by the Rev.
Alexander J. D, D’Orsey, of ae Christi College, Cambridge, and Lecturer on
Public Reading and Speaking at King’s College, Loudon, Third Edition, 12mo,
pp. viii. and 298, cloth. 1 7s.

DOUGLAS.—CHINESE-ENGLISH DICTIONARY OF THE VERNACULAR OR SPOKEN LAN-
GUAGE OF AMOy, with the principal variations of the Chang-Chew and Chin-
Chew Dialects. By the Rev. Carstairs Douglas, M.A., LL.D., Glasg., Missionary
of the Presbyterian Church in England, High quarto, double columns, pp. 632,
cloth. 1873. £3, 3s.

DOUGLAS,—Curyesz Lancuacre anp Literature. Two Lectures delivered at the
Royal Institution, by R. K. Douglas, of the British Museum, and Professor of
Chinese at King’s College. Crown 8vo, pp, 118, cloth, 1875. 5s.

Published by Tritbner & Co. — 19

DOUGLAS.—Tue Lirr or JENGHIZ Kaan. Translated from the Chinese. With an
Introduction. By Robert K. Douglas, of the British Museum, and Professor of
Chinese at King’s College. Crown 8vo, pp. xxxvi. and 106, cloth. 1877. 5s,

DOUGLAS.—Poems : Lyrical and Dramatic. By Evelyn Douglas, Foolscap 8vo.

p. 256, cloth. 1885, 5s, :

DOUGLAS.—THE QUEEN OF THE Hip IstE: An Allegory of Life and Art, And
Love’s PeRvERSITY; or, Eros and Anteros, A Drama, By Evelyn Douglas.
Feap. 8vo, pp. viii.-258, cloth. 1885. 5s.

DOWSON.—Drcrronary or Hinpu MyrHoxoey, &c. See Triibner’s Oriental Series.

DOWSON.—A GRAMMAR OF THE URDU OR HinposTANI Languace., By John Dow-
son, M.R.A.8., Professor of Hindistani, Staff College, Sandhurst. Crown 8vo,
pp. xvi. and 264, with 8 Plates, cloth. 1872. 10s. 6d.

DOWSON,—A HinpUstini Exercise Book; containing a Series of Passages and
Extracts adapted for Translation into Hindistani. By John Dowson, M.R.AAS.,
Professor of Hindistini, Staff College, Sandhurst. Crown 8vo, pp. 100, limp
cloth. 1872. 2s. 6d.

DUKA.—TueE Lire AND TRAVELS OF ALEXANDER CSOMA DE KO6r6s: A Biography,
compiled chiefly from hitherto Unpublished Data; With a Brief Notice of each
of his Published Works and Essays, as well as of his still Extant Manuscripts, By
Theodore Duka, Doctor of Medicine ; Fellow of the Royal College of Surgeons of
England ; Surgeon-Major, Her Majesty’s Bengal Medical Service, Retired’; Knight
of the Order of the Iron Crown; Corresponding Member of the Academy of
Sciences of Hungary. Post 8vo, with Portrait, pp. xii.-234, cloth. 1885, 9s.

DUSAR.—A. GRAMMAR OF THE GERMAN LANGUAGE; with Exercises. By P. Friedrich
Dusar, First German Master in the Military oe pt of Cheltenham College,
Second Edition. Crown 8vo, pp. viii. and 208, cloth. 1879. 4s. 6d.

DUSAR.—A GRAMMATICAL COURSE OF THE GERMAN LANGUAGE. By P. Friedrich
Dusar. Third Edition. Crown 8vo, pp. x. and 134, cloth. 1883. 3s, 6d.

DYMOCK.—TxHE VEGETABLE MATERIA MEDICA OF WESTERN INDIA, By W.
Dymock, Surgeon-Major Bombay Army, &c. &. To be completed in four parts.
8vo, Part L, pp. 160; Part II., pp. 168; wrappers, 4s. each.

EARLY ENGLISH TEXT SOCIETY.—Subscription, one guinea per annum. tra
Series. Rupecr pipOns rsa paper, one guinea; large paper, two guineas, per
annum. List of publications on Lal

EASTWICK.—Kaurrap Arroz (the Illuminator of the Understanding). By Maulavi
Hafizu’d-din. A New Edition of the Hindfstani Text, carefully revised, with
Notes, Critical and Explanatory. By Edward B. Eastwick, F,R.S., M.R.A.S., &c.
Imperial 8vo, pp. xiv. and 319, cloth, Reissue, 1867. 18s.

EAS CK.—THxE GuListan. See Triibner’s Oriental Series.

EBERS.—TuHE Emperor. A Romance. By Georg Ebers. Translated from the
German by Clara Bell. In two volumes, 16mo, pp. iv. 319 and 322, cloth. 1881.
7s. 6d. Paper, 5s.

EBERS.—A Qugstion : The Idyl of a Picture by his friend, Alma Tadema. Related
by Georg Ebers. From the German, by Mary J. SArrorD. 16mo, pp. 125, with
Frontispiece, cloth. 1881. 4s. Paper, 2s. 6d.

EBERS.—Serapis. A Romance. By Georg Ebers. From the German by Clara
Bell. 16mo, pp. iv.-388, cloth. 1885. 4s. Paper, 2s. 6d.

ECHO (DeutscHEs). THE GERMAN Econo. A Faithful Mirror of German Conver-
sation, By Ludwig Wolfram. With a Vocabulary. By Henry P. Skelton.
Post 8vo, pp. 130 and 70, cloth. 1863. 3s.

£CHO FR. AIS. A PRAcTICAL GUIDE TO CONVERSATION. By Fr. de la Fruston.
With acomplete Vocabulary. By Anthony Maw Border. Post 8vo, pp. 120 and
72, cloth. 1860. 3s.

ECO ITALIANO (L’). A PrRacricAL GuIDE TO ITALIAN CONVERSATION, By Eugene
Camerini. Withacomplete Vocabulary. By Henry P. Skelton. Post 8vo, pp.
vi., 128, and 98, cloth. 1860, 4s. 6d.

ECO DE MADRID. THE EcHOoFrMaprip. A Practical Guide to Spanish Con-
versation. By J. E. Hartzenbusch and Henry Lemming. With a complete
Vocabulary, containing copious Explanatory Remarks. By Henry Lemming.
Post 8vo, pp. xii., 144; and 83, cloth. 1860, 5s.

20 A Catalogue of Important Works,

ECKSTEIN.—Prusias: A Romance of Ancient Rome under the Republic. By
Ernst Eckstein. From the German by Clara Bell. Two vols. 16mo, pp. 356
and 336, cloth: 1884. 7s, 6d.; paper, 5s.

ECKSTEIN. — — Quintus CriaupIus. A Romance of Imperial Rome. By Ernst
Eckstein. From the German by Clara Bell, Two vols. 16mo, pp. 314 and
304, cloth. 1884. 7s. 6d.; paper, 5s.

EDDA SamuNDAR Hinns Fropa. The Edda of Semund the Learned. Translated
from the Old Norse, by Benjamin Thorpe. Complete in 1 vol. fcap. 8vo, pp. viii.
and 152, and pp. viil. and 170, cloth. 1866. 7s. 6d.

EDGREN.—SanskRIT GRAMMAR. See Triibner’s Collection.

EDKINS.—Cuina’s PLACE rn PHILoLocy. An attempt to show that the Languages
of Europe and Asia have a common origin. By the Rev. J oseph Edkins. Crown
8vo, pp. xxiii. and 403, cloth. 1871. 10s. 6d.

EDKINS.—IntTRODUOTION TO THE STUDY OF THE CHINESE CHARACTERS. By J. Edkins,
D.D., Peking, China. Royal 8vo, pp. 340, paper boards. 1876. 18s.

EDKINS.—RELIGION IN CHINA. See English and Foreign Philosophical Library,
Vol. VIII., or Triibner’s Oriental Series.

EDKINS.—CHINESE BUDDHISM. See Triibner’s Oriental Series.

EDMONDS.—GrrEEK Lays, IpyLis, Lecenps, &c. <A Selection from Recent and
Contemporary Poets. Translated by E. M. Edmonds. With Introduction and
Notes. Crown 8vo, pp. xiv. and 264, cloth. 1885. 6s. 6d.

EDMUNDSON.—MILTON AND VONDEL: a Curiosity of Literature. By George
Edmundson, M.A., Late Fellow and Tutor of Brasenose College, Oxford. Vicar of
Northolt, Middlesex, Crown 8vo, pp. , cloth.

EDWARDS.—Menmorres or LipraRIE&s, together with a Practical Handbook of Library
Economy. By Edward Edwards. Numerous Illustrations. 2 vols. royal 8vo, cloth.
Vol. i. pp. xxviii. and 841 ; Vol. ii. pp xxxvi. and 1104, 1859, £2,838, -

Ditto, large paper, imperial 8vo, cloth. £4, 4s.

EDWARDS.—CHAPTERS OF THE BIOGRAPHICAL HISTORY OF THE FRENCH ACADEMY.
1629-1863. With an Appendix relating to the Unpublished Chronicle ‘‘ Liber de
Hyda.” By Edward Edwards. 8vo, Pps 180, cloth. 1864. 6s,

Ditto, large paper, royal 8vo. 10s. 6

EDWARDS.— LIBRARIES AND FOUNDERS OF H easatte By Edward Edwards. §8vo,
pp. xix. and 506, cloth. 1865. 18s.

Dirto, large paper, imperial 8vo, cloth. £1, 10s.

EDWARDS.—F REE Town LisRaRigs, their Formation, Management, and History in
Britain, France, Germany, and America. Together with Brief 2 Notices of Book
Collectors, and of the respective Places of Deposit of their Surviving Collections.
By Edward Edwards. 8vo, pp. xvi. and 634, cloth. 1869. 21s.

EDWARDS.—LivES OF THE FOUNDERS OF THE BRITISH MusEvUM, with Notices of its
Chief Augmentors and other Benefactors, 1570-1870. By Edward Edwards.
With Illustrations anc Plans. 2 vols. 8vo, pp. xii. and 780, cloth. 1870. 30s.

EDWARDES.—See ENGLISH AND FOREIGN PHILOSOPHICAL LIBRARY, Vol. XVII.

EGER.—TECHNOLOGICAL DICTIONARY IN THE ENGLISH AND GERMAN LANGUAGES.
Edited by Gustav Eger, Professor of the Polytechnic School of Darmstadt, and
Sworn Translator of the Grand Ducal Ministerial Departments. Technically
Revised and Enlarged by Otto Brandes, Chemist. Two vols., royal 8vo, pp. viii,
and 712, and pp. viii. and 970, cloth. 1884, £1, 7s.

EGER AND GRIME.—An Early English Romance, Edited from Bishop Percy’s
Folio Manuscripts, about 1650 a.p. By J. W. Hales, M.A., Fellow of Christ’s
College, egg and F. J. Furnivall, M.A., of Trinity Hall, M uaeish i 4to,
large oa? per, half bound, Roxburghe style, pp. 64. 1867. 10s. 6d.

EGERTON. —SussEex FOLK AND SUSSEX Ways. Stray Studies in the Wealden For-

~ mation of Human Nature. By the Rev. J. Coker Egerton, M:A., Rector of Bur-

wash. Orown 8vo, pp. 140, cloth. 1884. 2s.

Published by Triibner & Co. 21

EGGELING.—See AUCTORES SANSKRITI, Vols. IV. and V.
EGYPT EXPLORATION FUND :—
THE SroreE-City oF PITHOM, and the Route of the Exodus. By Edouard Naville.
4to, pp. viii. and 32, with Thirteen Plates and Two Maps, boards. 1885. 25s.

EGYPTIAN GENERAL STAFF PUBLICATIONS :—

GENERAL REPORT ON THE PROVINCE OF KorDOFAN. Submitted to General C. P.
Stone, Chief of the General Staff Egyptian Army. By Major H. G. Prout,
Commanding Expedition of Reconnaissance. Made at El-Obeiyad (Kordofan),
March 12th, 1876. Royal 8vo, pp. 282, stitched, with 6 Maps. 1877. 10s. 6d.

PROVINCES OF THE EQUATOR: Summary of Letters and Reports of the Governor-
a. Part 1. 1874. Royal 8vo, pp. viii. and 90, stitched, with Map.

Sp O8:

REPORT ON THE SEIZURE BY THE ABYSSENIANS of the Geological and Mineralo-
gical Reconnaissance Expedition attached to the General Staff of the Egyptian
Army. By L. H. Mitchell, Chief of the Expedition. Containing an Account
of the subsequent Treatment of the Prisoners and Final Release of the Com-
mander. Royal 8vo, pp. xii. and 126, stitched, with a Map. 1878. 7s. 6d.

EGYPTIAN CALENDAR for the year 1295 a.u. (1878 A.p.) : Corresponding with the
years 1594, 1595 of the Koptic Era. 8vo, pp. 98, sewed. 1878. 2s. 6d.

EHRLICH.—FrencH READER: With Notes and Vocabulary. By H. W. Ehrlich.
12mo, pp. viii. and 125, limp cloth. 1877. 1s. 6d.

EITEL.—BuppuHiIsmM : Its Historical, Theoretical, and Popular Aspects. In Three
Lectures. By E. J. Hitel, M.A., Ph.D. Third Revised Edition. Demy 8vo,
pp. x.-146. 1884, 5s.

EITEL,—Frne-Suur; or, The Rudiments of Natural Science in China. By E. J.
Hitel, M.A., Ph.D. Royal 8vo, pp. vi. and 84, sewed. 1873. 6s.

EITEL.—HANDBOOK FOR THE STUDENT OF CHINESE BUDDHISM. By the Rev. E. J.
ae? Cy > aes London Missionary Society. Crown 8vo, pp. viii. and 224, cloth.
. S.

ELLIOT. —Memorrs on THE History, FouK-LORE, AND DISTRIBUTION OF THE RACES
OF THE NORTH-WESTERN PROVINCES OF INDIA. By the late Sir Henry M. Elliot,
K.0.B, Edited, revised, and rearranged by John Beames, M.R.A.S., &c., &c. In
2 vols, demy 8yo, pp. xx., 370, and 396, with 3 large coloured folding Maps, cloth.
1869. £1 16s.

ELLIOT.— Tuer History or Inp1a, as told by its own Historians. The Muhammadan
Period. Edited from the Posthumous Papers of the late Sir H. M. Elliot, K.C.B.,
East India Bena Ay Bengal Civil Service. Revised and continued by Professor
John Dowson, M.R.A.S., Staff College, Sandhurst. 8vo. Vol. I.—Vol. IL,
pp. x. and 580, cloth. Vol. ILI., pp. xii. and 627, cloth, 24s.—Vol, IV.,

p. xii. and 564, cloth, 1872. 21s.—Vol. V., pp. x. and 576, cloth. 1873.
is.—Vol. VI., pp. viii. 574, cloth. 21s.—Vol. VII., pp. viii.574. 1877. 21s.
Vol. VIII., pp. xxxii.444. With Biographical, Geographical, and General
Index. 1877. 24s. Complete sets, £8, 8s. Vols, I. and II. not sold separately.

ELLIS.—Erruscan NuMERALS. By Robert Ellis, B.D., late Fellow of St. John’s
College, Cambridge. 8vo, pp.52, sewed. 1876. 2s. 6d.

ELY.—FRENCH AND GERMAN SOCIALISM IN MODERN Times. By R. T. Ely, Ph.D.,
Associate Professor of Political Economy in the Johns Hopkins University, Balti-
more; and Lecturer on Political Economy in Cornell University, Ithaca, N. Y.
Crown 8vo, pp. viii.-274, cloth. 1884. 3s.6d. .

EMERSON at HomE AND ABROAD. See English and Foreign Philosophical Library,
Vol. XIX.

EMERSON.—Inpian Myrus ; or, Legends, Traditions, and Symbols of the Abori-
gines of America, compared with those of other Countries, including Hindostan,
Egypt, Persia, Assyria, and China. By Ellen Russell Emerson. Illustrated.
Post 8vo, pp. viii.-678, cloth. 1884. £1, 1s.

22 A Catalogue of Important Works,

ENGLISH DIALECT SOCIETY.—Subscription, 10s. 6d. per annum. List of publica-
tions on application.

ENGLISH AND FOREIGN PHILOSOPHICAL LIBRARY (THE).

. Post 8vo, cloth, uniformly bound.

I. to III.—A History oF MATERIALISM, and Criticism of its present Importance.
By Professor F. A. Lange. Authorised Translation from the German
by Ernest C. Thomas. In three volumes. Vol. I. Second Edition.
pp. 350. 1878. 10s. 6d.—Vol. II., pp. viii. and 298. 1880, 10s. 6d.
—Vol. IIL, pp. viii. and 376. 1881. 10s. 6d.

IV.—Naturat LAw: an Essay in Ethics. By Edith Simcox. Second
Edition. Pp. 366. 1878. 10s. 6d. ;

V. and VIJ.—TnE CREED OF CHRISTENDOM ; its Foundations contrasted with Super-
structure. By W. R. Greg. Highth Edition, with a New Introduction.
In two volumes, pp. cxiv.-154 and vi.-282 1883. J5s.

VII.—OUTLINES OF THE HisTORY oF RELIGION TO THE SPREAD OF THE
UNIVERSAL Reicions. By Prof. C. P. Tiele. Translated from
the Dutch by J. Estlin Carpenter, M.A., with the author’s assist-
ance. Third Edition. Pp. xx. and 250. 1884. 7s. 6d.

VIII.—RELIGION IN CHINA; containing a brief Account of the Three Religions
of the Chinese; with Observations on the Prospects of Christian
Conversion amongst that People. By Joseph Edkins, D.D., Peking.
Third Edition, Pp. xvi. and 260. 1884. 7s. 6d.

IX.—A CanpmD EXAMINATION OF THEISM, By Physicus. Pp. 216.
1878. 7s. 6d.

X.—TuHE CoLour-SENsE ; its Origin and Development; an Essay in Com-
parative Psychology. By Grant Allen, B.A., author of ‘‘ Phy-
siological Aisthetics.” Pp. xii. and 282. 1879. 10s. 6d.

XIL—THE PuHinosopHy oF Music ; being the substance of a Course of
T.ectures delivered at the Royal Institution of Great Britain in
February and March 1877. By William Pole, F.R.S., F.R.S.E.,

_ Mus, Doc., Oxon. Pp. 336. 1879. 10s. 6d.

XII.—CoNTRIBUTIONS TO THE HISTORY OF THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE HUMAN
Race: Lectures and Dissertations, by Lazarus Geiger. Translated
from the German by D. Asher, Ph.D. Pp. x. and 156. 1880. 6s.

XIII.—Dr. APPLETON : his Life and Literary Relics. By J. H. Appleton,
M.A., and A. H. Sayce, M.A. Pp. 350. 1881.. 10s. 6d.

XIV.—EpcAR QuInet: His Early Life and Writings. By Richard Heath.
With Portraits, Illustrations, and an Autograph Letter. Pp. xxiii.
and 370. 1881. 12s. 6d.

XV.—THE EssENCE OF CHRISTIANITY. By Ludwig Feuerbach. Translated
from the German by Marian Evans, translator of Strauss’s ‘‘ Life
of Jesus.” Second Edition. Pp, xx. and 340. 1881. 7s. 6d.

XVI.—AvGUSTE ComTE AND Positivism. By the late John Stuart Mill,
M.P. Third Edition. Pp. 200. 1882. 3s. 6d. y
XVII.—Essays AND DratocuEs oF Giacomo LxEoPpARDI. ‘Translated by
nye texas With Biographical Sketch. Pp. xliv. and 216.
je Ss. . |
XVIII.—RELIGION AND PHILOSOPHY IN GERMANY: A Fragment. By Hein-
Fish ae. Translated by J. Snodgrass. Pp. xii. and 178, cloth.
. 6s.
XIX.—EM#ERSON AT HOME AND ABROAD. By M. D. Conway. Pp. viii. and
310. With Portrait. 1883. 10s. 6d.

XX.—Eniemas or Lire. By W. R. Greg. Fifteenth Edition, with a
Postscript. CONTENTS: Realisable Ideals—Malthus Notwithstand-
ing—Non-Survival of the Fittest—Limits and Directions of Human
Development—The Significance of Life—De Profundis—Elsewhere—
Aooenie. Pp. xx. and 314, cloth. 1883. 10s. 6d.

Published by Triibner & Co. 23

ENGLISH AND FOREIGN PHILOSOPHICAL LIBRARY—continued.

XXI.—ErTHIC DEMONSTRATED IN GEOMETRICAL ORDER AND DivipED INTO
Five Parts, which treat (1) Of God, (2) Of the Nature and Origin of
the Mind, (3) Of the Origin and Nature of the Affects, (4) Of Human
Bondage, or of the Strength of the Affects, (5) Of the Power of the
Intellect, or of Human Liberty. By Benedict de Spinoza. Trans-
lated from the Latin by William Hale White. Pp. 328. 1883, 10s. 6d.

XXII.—TuHE WokLD As WILL AND IpEA. .By Arthur Schopénhauer. Trans-
lated from the German by R. B. Haldane, M.A., and John Kemp,
M.A. 3vols. Vol. I., pp. xxxii.-532. 1883. 18s.

XXV. to XXVII.—THE PHILOSOPHY OF THE UNconscious. By Eduard Von
Hartmann. Speculative Results, according tothe Inductive Method
of Physical Science. Authorised Translation, by William C, Coup-
land, M.A. 3vols. pp. xxxii.-372; vi.-368; viii.-360. 1884. 31s. 6a.

XXVIII. to XXX.—THE GUIDE OF THE PERPLEXED OF MAIMONIDES. Translated
from the Original Text and Annotated by M. Friedlander, Ph.D.
3 vols., pp. ‘

Extra Series.

I, and II,—Lxsstne: His Life and Writings. By James Sime, M.A. Second
Edition. 2 vols., pp. xxii. and 328, and xvi, and 358, with por-
traits. 1879. 21s.

IlI.and VI.—AN ACCOUNT OF THE POLYNESIAN RAOE: its Origin and Migrations,
and the Ancient History of the Hawaiian People to the Times of
Kamehameha I, By Abraham Fornander, Circuit Judge of the
Island of Maui, H.I. Vol. L, pp. xvi. and 248, 1877. 7s. 6d. Vol.
II., pp. vili. and 400, cloth. 1880. 10s. 6d.

IV. and V.—ORIENTAL RELIGIONS, and their Relation to Universal Religion—
India. By Samuel Johnson. In 2 vols., pp. viii. and 408; viii.
and 402. 1879. 21s.

VI.—AN ACCOUNT OF THE POLYNESIAN Rack. By A, Fornander. Vol.
IL., pp. viii. and 400, cloth. 1880. 10s. 6d.

ER SIE ES.—FAcSIMILE OF A MANUSCRIPT supposed to have been found in an Egyp-
tian Tomb by the English soldiers last year. Royal 8vo, in ragged canvas covers,
with string binding, with dilapidated edges (? just as discovered). 1884. 6s. 6d.

EYTON.—Dowmespay Stupies : AN ANALYSIS AND DIGEST OF THE STAFFORDSHIRE
Survey. Treating of the Method of Domesday in its Relation to Staffordshire,
&c. By the Rey. R. W. Eyton. 4to, pp. vii. and 135, cloth. 1881. £1, Is.

FABER,—TuHE MIND OF Mencius. See Triibner’s Oriental Series,

FALKE.—ArT IN THE House. Historical, Critical, and Asthetical Studies on the
Decoration and Furnishing of the Dwelling. By J. von Falke, Vice-Director of
the Austrian Museum of Art and Industry at Vienna. Translated from the German.
Edited, with Notes, by ©. ©. Perkins, M.A. Royal 8vo, pp. xxx 356, cloth.
With Coloured Frontispiece, 60 Plates, and over 150 Illustrations, 1878. £3.

FARLEY.—Ecypt, Cyprus, AND Astatic TurKEY. By J. L. Farley, author of ‘‘The
Resources of Turkey,” &c. 8vo, pp. xvi. and 270, cloth gilt. 1878. 10s. 6d.
FAUSBOLL.—See JATAKA.

FEATHERMAN.—THE Soctat HISTORY OF THE RACES OF MANKIND, By A. Feather-
man. Demy 8vo, cloth. Vol. I. THE NicriTians. Pp. xxvi. and 800. 1885.
£1, lls. 6d. Vol. V. Toe ARAM#ANS. Pp. xvii. and 664. 1881, £1, Is.

FENTON.—Earty Hesrew LiFe: a Study in Sociology. By John Fenton. 8yo,
pp. xxiv. and 102, cloth. 1880. 5s.
FERGUSSON.—ARrcHOLOGY IN INDIA. With especial reference to the works of

Babu Rajendralala Mitra. By James Fergusson, C.1.E., F.R.S., D.C.L., LL.D.,
V.-P.R.A.S., &. Demy 8vo, pp. 116, with Illustrations, sewed. 1884. 5s.

24 A Catalogue of Important Works,

FERGUSSON.—TuHE TEMPLE oF D1ANA AT EPHESUS. With Sapogial Reference to
Mr. Wood’s Discoveries of its Remains. By James Fergusson, C.I.E., D.C.L.,
LL.D., F.R.S., &c. From the Transactions of the Royal Institute of British
Architects, Demy 4to, pp. 24, with Plan, cloth. 1883. 5s.

FERGUSSON AND BURGESS.—TuE CAvE TEMPLES OF INDIA. By James Fergusson,
D.0.L., F.R.S., and James Burgess, F.R.G.8. Impl. 8vo, pp. xx. and 536, with
98 Plates, half bound. 1880. £2, 2s.

FERGUSSON.—CuHINESE RESEARCHES. First Part. Chinese Chronology and
Cycles. By Thomas Fergusson, Member of the North China Branch of the
Royal Asiatic Society. Crown 8vo, pp. viii. and 274, sewed. 1881. 10s. 6d.

FEUERBACH.—TuHE EsSENCE OF CHRISTIANITY. See English and Foreign Philo-
sophical Library, vol. XV.

FICHTE.—J. G. Ficntr’s PoputaR WorkKS: The Nature of the Scholar—The Voca-
tion of Man—The Doctrine of Religion. Witha Memoir by William Smith, LL.D.
Demy 8vo, pp. viii: and 564, cloth. 1873. 15s.

FICHTE,—CHARACTERISTICS OF THE PRESENT AGE. By J. G. Fichte. Translated
from the German by W. Smith. Post 8vo, pp. xi. and 271, cloth. 1847. 6s.

FICHTE.—MeEmoir OF JOHANN GOTTLIEB Ficus. By William Smith. Second
Edition. Post 8vo, pp. 168, cloth. 1848. 4s.

FICHTE.—ON THE NATURE OF THE SCHOLAR, AND ITS MANIFESTATIONS. By Johann
Gottlieb Fichte. Translated from the German by William Smith. Second Edi-
tion. Post 8vo, pp. vii. and 131, cloth. 1848. 3s.

FICHTE.—New ExposiTIoN OF THE SCIENCE OF KnowLepcE. By J. G. Fichte.
Translated from the German by A. E. Kroeger. 8vo, pp. vi. and 182, cloth. 1869. 6s.

FIELD.—OvurTLINES OF AN INTERNATIONAL CopE. By David Dudley Field. Second
Edition. Royal 8vo, pp. iii. and 712, sheep. 1876. £2, 2s.

FIGANIERE.—Etva: A Srory or THE Dark Aces. By Viscount de Fi iganiére, G.C.
St. Anne, &c. Crown 8vo, pp. viii. and 194, cloth. 1878. 5s.

FINN.—PERSIAN FOR TRAVELLERS. By Alexander Finn, F.R.G.S., &., H.B.M.
Consul at Resht. Oblong 32mo, pp. xxii.—-232, cloth. 1884, 5s,

FISKE.—THE UNSEEN WORLD, and other Essays. By John Fiske, M.A., LL.B.
Crown 8vo, pp. 350. 1876. 10s.

FISKE.—Mytus AND MytrH-Maxers; Old Tales and Superstitions, interpreted by
Comparative Mythology. By John Fiske, M:A., LL.B., Assistant Librarian, and
ee rad on Philosophy at Harvard University. Crown 8vo, pp. 260, cloth.

s

FITZGERALD.-——AUSTRALIAN ORCHIDS. By R. D. Fitzgerald, F.L.S. Folio.—Part I.
7 Plates.—Part II. 10 Plates.—Part III. 10 Plates.—Part IV. 10 Plates.—
Part V. 10 Plates.—Part VI. 10 Plates. Each Part, Coloured 21s.; Plain, 10s. 6d.
—Part VII. 10 Plates, « Vol. II., Part I. 10 Plates. Each, Coloured, 25s,

FITZGERALD,—An Essay ON THE PHILOSOPHY OF SELF-CONSCIOUSNESS. Com-
poring an Analysis of Reason and the Rationale of Love. By P. F. Fitzgerald.

emy 8vo, pp. xvi. and 196, cloth. 1882. 5s.

FORJETT.—EXTERNAL EVIDENCES OF CHRISTIANITY. By E. H. Forjett. 8vo, pp.
114, cloth. 1874. 2s. 6d.

FORNANDER.—THE PoLyNESIAN Race. See English and Foreign Philosophical
Library, Extra Series, Vols. III. and VI.

FORSTER.—-PoLiTicaAL PRESENTMENTS.—By. William Forster, Agent-General for
New South Wales. Crown 8vo, pp. 122, cloth. 1878. 4s. 6d.

_ FOULKES.—Tur Daya BuHaAGa, the Law of Inheritance of the Sarasvati Vilasa,
The Original Sanskrit Text, with Translation by the Rev. Thos. Foulkes, F.L.S.,

M.R.A.S., F.R.G.S., Fellow of the University of Madras, &c. Demy 8vo, pp.
xxvi. and 194-162, cloth. 1881, 10s. 6d.

gh es rey. EDITION OF COLLECTED WORKS, by W. J. Fox. 12 vols. 8vo,
clot F

Published by Triibner & Co. 25

FRANKLYN, — OuTLINEs oF MiniTary Law, AND THE Laws oF Evipencr. By H. B.
Franklyn, LL.B, Crown 16mo, pp. viii. and 152, cloth. 1874, 3s. 6d.

FREEMAN.—L&EcTURES TO AMERICAN AUDIENCES. By E, A, Freeman, D.C.L.,
LL.D., Honorary Fellow of Trinity College, Oxford, I. The English People in
its Three Homes. II. The Practical Bearings of General European History.
Post 8vo. pp. viii.-454, cloth. 1883. 8s. 6d.

FRIEDRICH.— Progressive GERMAN READER, with Copious Notes to the First Part.
By P. Friedrich. Crown 8vo, pp. 166, cloth. 1868. 4s. 6d.

Ba a GRAMMATICAL CouRSE oF THE GERMAN LanauaAcy. See under

USAR.

FRIEDRICH.—A GRAMMAR OF THE GERMAN LANGUAGE, WITH ExEROIsEs. See
under DUSAR.

FRIEDERICI,—BIBLIOTHECA ORIENTALIS, or a Complete List of Books, Papers,
Serials, and Essays, published in England and the Colonies, Germany and
France, on the History, Geography, Religions, Antiquities, Literature, and
Languages of the East. Compiled by Charles Friederici. 8vo, boards. 1876, 2s. 6d.
1877, 3s. 1878, 3s. 6d. 1879, 3s. 1880, 3s. 1881, 3s. 1882, 3s, 1883, 3s. 6d.

FREMBLING.—GRADUATED GERMAN READER. Consisting of a Selection from the
most Popular Writers, arranged progressively ; with a complete Vocabulary for
the first part. By Friedrich Otto Frembling. Eighth Edition. 12mo, pp. viii. and
306, cloth. 1883. 3s. 6d.

PREMBLING.—GRADUATED EXERCISES FOR TRANSLATION INTO GERMAN, Consist-
ing of Extracts from the best English Authors, arranged progressively ; with an
Appendix, containing Idiomatic Notes. By Friedrich Otto Froembling, Ph.D.,
Principal German Master-at the City of London School. Crown 8vo, pp. xiv. and
322, cloth. With Notes, pp. 66. 1867. 4s. 6d. Without Notes, 4s.

FROUDE.—THE Book or Jos. By J. A. Froude, M.A., late Fellow of Exeter Col-
lege, Oxford. Reprinted from the Westminster Review. 8vo, pp. 38, cloth. 1s.

FRUSTON.—EcHo Frangais. <A Practical Guide to French Conversation. By F.
dela Fruston, Witha Vocabulary. 12mo, pp. vi. and 192, cloth. 3s,

FRYER. —THE KHYENG PEOPLE OF THE SANDOWAY District, ARAKAN. By G. E.
Fryer, Major, M.S.C., Deputy Commissioner, Sandoway. With 2 Plates. 8vo,
pp. 44, cloth. 1875. 3s. 6d.

FRYER.—PAri Srupres. No, I. Analysis, and Pali Text of the Subodhdlankara, or
Easy Rhetoric, by Sangharakkhita Thera. 8vo, pp. 35, cloth, 1875. 3s. 6d.

FURNIVALL,—EpvucaTIoNn IN EARLY ENGLAND. Some Notes used as forewords to
a Collection of Treatises on ‘‘ Manners and Meals in Olden Times,” for the Early
English Text Society, By Frederick J, Furnivall, M.A. 8vo, pp. 4 and Ixxiv.,
sewed. 1867. 1s.

GALDOS.—Traratcar: A Tale. By B. Perez Galdos, From the Spanish by Clara
Bell. 16mo, pp. 256, cloth. 1884. 4s. Paper, 2s. 6d.

GALDOS.—MarIANELA. By B. Perez Galdos. From the Spanish, by Clara Bell.
16mo, pp. 264, cloth. 1883. 4s. Paper, 2s, 6d

GALDOS.—Gtor1a: A Novel. By B. Perez Galdos. From the Spanish, .by Clara
Bell. Two volumes, 16mo, pp. vi. and 318, iv, and 362, cloth. 1883. 7s, 6d.

. Paper, 5s.

GALLOWAY.—A TREATISE ON FurL. Scientific and Practical. By Robert Gallo-
way, M.R.I.A,, F.C.8., &. With Illustrations. Post 8vo, pp. x, and 136,
cloth. 1880, 6s, r

GALLOWAY.—EpucaTIon: SCIENTIFIC AND TECHNICAL; or, How the Inductive
Sciences are Taught, and How they Ought to be Taught. By Robert Galloway,
M.R.LA., F.0.8. 8vo, pp. xvi. and 462, cloth, 1881. 10s, 6d.

GAMBLE,—A Manuva or INDIAN TimBers: An Account of the Structure, Growth,
Distribution, and Qualities of Indian Woods. By J. OC, Gamble, M.A., F.L.S.
8vo, pp. xxx. and 522, with a Map, cloth. 1881. 10s.

26 A Catalogue of Important Works,

GARBE.—See AUCTORES SANSKRITI, Vol. III.

GARFIELD.—Tue Lire AND PuBLIC SERVICE OF JAMES A. GARFIELD, Twentieth
President of the United States. A BiographicalSketch. By Captain F. H. Mason,
late of the 42d Regiment, U.S.A. With a Preface by Bret Harte. Crown 8yo,
pp. vi. and 134, cloth. With Portrait. 1881. 2s. 6d.

GARRETT,—A Cuiassi¢AL DiIcTIONARY OF InDIA: Illustrative of the Mythology,
Philosophy, Literature, Antiquities, Arts, Manners, Customs, &c., of the Hindus.
By John Garrett, Director of Public Instruction in Mysore. 8vo, pp. x. and 794,
cloth. With Supplement, pp. 160. 1871 and 1873. £1, 16s.

GAUTAMA.—TuxeE InstituTEs or. See AvoToRES SANSKRITI, Vol. II.

GAZETTEER oF THE CENTRAL PROVINCES oF INDIA. Edited by Charles Grant,
Secretary to the Chief Commissioner of the Central Provinces. Second Edition.
With a very large folding Map of the Central Provinces of India. Demy 8vo, pp.
elvii. and 582, cloth. 1870. £1, 4s.

GEIGER.—A Prep aT Mexico; Narrative of a Journey across the Republic from
the Pacific to the Gulf, in December 1873 and January 1874. By J. L. Geiger,
Fas Demy 8vo, pp. 368, with Maps and 45 Original Photographs, Cloth,

8.

GEIGER.—ConTRIBUTIONS TO THE HISTORY OF THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE HUMAN
Race: Lectures and Dissertations, by Lazarus Geiger. Translated from the
Fecond inlaid Edition, by David Asher, Ph.D. Post 8vo, pp. x.-156, cloth.

. 6s.

GELDART,—FaITH AND FREEDOM. Fourteen Sermons. By E. M. Geldart, M.A.

Crown 8vo, pp. vi. and 168, cloth. 1881. 4s. 6d.

GELDART.—A GurmpE To Moprrn Greex. By E. M. Geldart, M.A. Post 8vo,
pp. xii, and 274, cloth. 1883. 7s. 6d. Key, pp. 28, cloth. 1883. 2s. 6d.

GELDART.—GRrEEK GRAMMAR. See Triibner’s Collection.

GEOLOGICAL MAGAZINE (THE): ok, MonTHLY JourRNAL OF GEOLOGY. With
which is incorporated ‘“‘The Geologist.” Edited by Henry Woodward, LL.D.,
F.R.S., F.G.S., &c., of the British Museum. Assisted by Professor John Morris,
M.A., F.G.S., &c., and Robert Etheridge, F.R.S., L. & E., F.G.8., &c., of the
Museum of Practical Geology. 8vo, cloth. 1866 to 1884. 20s. each.

GHOSE.—TuHE MopERN HISTORY OF THE INDIAN CHIEFS, RAJAS, ZAMINDARS, &e.
By Loke Nath Ghose. 2 vols, post 8vo, pp. xii. and 218, and xviii. and 612, cloth.
1883, 21s. ‘

GILES.—Cutivesr SKETCHES.—By Herbert A. Giles, of H.B.M.’s China Consular
Service. Svo, pp. 204, cloth. 1875. 10s. 6d.

GILES.—A DicTIONARY OF CoLLOQUIAL IDIOMS IN THE MANDARIN DIALECT. By
Herbert A. Giles. 4to, pp. 65, half bound, 1873. 28s.

GILES. —SynopTicaL StuDIEs IN CHINESE CHARACTER. By Herbert A. Giles. 8vo,
pp. 118, half bound. 1874. 15s.

GILES.— CHINESE WITHOUT A TEACHER. Being a Collection of Easy and Useful
Sentences in the Mandarin Dialect. With a Vocabulary. By Herbert A. Giles.
12mo, pp. 60, half bound. 1872. 5s.

GILES.—Tue San Tzu Curve ; or, Three Character Classic ; and the Ch’Jen Tsu
Wen; or, Thousand Character Essay. Metrically Translated by Herbert A. Giles.
12mo, pp. 28, half bound. 1873. 2s. 6d.

GLASS.—Apvance THoucHT. By Charles E, Glass, Crown 8vo, pp. xxxvi. and 188,
cloth. 1876, 6s. é

GOETHE’S Faust.—See Scoonnms and WysarD.

GOETHE’S Minor PoEmMs.—See SELss,

Published by Triibner & Co. 27

GOLDSTUCKER.—A Drorronary, Sanskrit anp EnouisH, extended and improved
from the Second Edition of the Dictionary of Professor H. H. Wilson, with his
sanction and coneurrence. Together with a Supplement, Grammatical Appen-
dices, and an Index, serving as a Sanskrit-English Vocabulary. By Theodore Gold-
stiicker. PartsI. to VI. 4to, pp. 400. 1856-63. 6s. each.

GOLDSTUCKER.—See Avcrores Sansxrrtt, Vol. L

GOOROO SIMPLE. Strange Surprising Adventures of the Venerable G. 8. and his
Five Disciples, Noodle, Doodle, Wiseacre, Zany, an Foozle ; adorned with Fifty
Illustrations, drawn on wood, by Alfred Crowquill. A companion Volume to
‘* Miinchhausen” and ‘ Owlglass,” based upon the famous Tamul tale of the Gooroo
Paramartan, and exhibiting, in the form of a skilfully-constructed consecutive
narrative, some of the finest specimens of Eastern wit and humour. Elegantly
printed on tinted paper, in crown 8vo, pp. 223, richly gilt ornamental cover, gilt
edges. 1861. 10s. 6d.

GORKOM.—HanpsBooKk oF CINCHONA CULTURE. By K. W. Van Gorkom, formerly
Director of the Government Cinchona Plantations in Java, Translated by B. D.
Jackson, Secretary of the Linnean Society of London. With a Coloured Illus-
tration. Imperial 8vo, pp. xii. and 292, cloth. 1882. £2.

GOUGH.—The SarvA-DARSANA-SAMGRAHA. See Triibner’s Oriental Series.
GOUGH.—PHILOSOPHY OF THE UPANISHADS. See Triibner’s Oriental Series.

GOVER.—Tue Forx-Sones or Sournern Inpia. By’C. E. Gover, Madras. Oon-
tents: Canarese Songs ; Badaga Songs ; Coorg Songs ; Tamil Songs; The Cural ;
ge aga Songs; Telugu Songs. 8vo, pp. xxviii. and 300, cloth. 1872.

s. 6d.

GRAY.—DarwintAna: Essays and Reviews pertaining ‘to Darwinism. By Asa
Gray. Crown 8vo, pp. xii, and 396, cloth. 1877. 10s.

GRAY.—Narvurat ScrENcE AND RELIGION: Two Lectures Delivered to the Theo-
logical School of Yale College. By Asa Gray. Crown 8vo, pp. 112, cloth. 1880. 5s.

GREEN.—SHAKESPEARE AND THE EMBLEM-WRITERS: An Exposition of their Simi-
larities of Thought and Expression. Preceded by a View of the Emblem-Book
Literature down to A.D. 1616. By Henry Green, M.A. In one volume, pp. xvi.
572, profusely illustrated with Woodcuts and Photolith. Plates, elegantly d
in cloth gilt. 1870. Large medium 8vo, £1, 11s. 6d. ; large imperial 8vo. £2, 12s, 6d,

GREEN.—ANpREA ALcrIATI, and his Books of Emblems: A Biographical and Biblio-
‘graphical Study. By Henry Green, M.A. With Ornamental Title, Portraits,
and other Illustrations. Dedicated to Sir William Stirling-Maxwell, Bart., Rector
of the University of Edinburgh. Only 250 copies printed. Demy 8vo, pp. 360,
handsomely bound. 1872. £1, 1s.

GREENE.—A New Mernop or LEARNING TO READ, WRITE, AND SPEAK THE
FRENCH LANGUAGE; or, First Lessons in French (Introductory to Ollendorfi’s
Larger Grammar). By G. W. Greene, Instructor in Modern Languages in Brown
University. Third Edition, enlarged and rewritten. Feap. 8vo, pp. 248, cloth.
1869. 3s. 6d. :

GREENE.—TuHE Hesrew MicratTion From Ecyrt. By J. Baker Greene, LL.B.,
M.B., Trin. Coll., Dub. Second Edition. Demy 8vo, pp. xii. and 440, cloth.
1882. 10s. 6d.

pn BG Ss VERSUS EpIFICATION. By W. R.. Greg. Feap. 8vo, pp. 32, cloth.

oer:

pes nets ARE WoMEN REDUNDANT? By W. R. Greg. Feap. 8vo, pp. 40, cloth.
1869. is.

GREG.— LITERARY AND SociaL Jupcments. By W. R. Greg. Fourth Edition,
considerably enlarged. 2 vols. crown 8vo, pp. 310 and 288, cloth. 1877. 15s.

28 A Catalogue of Important Works,

GREG.—MIsSTAKEN AIMS AND ATTAINABLE IDEALS OF THE ARTISAN Cass. By W.
R. Greg. Crown 8vo, pp. vi. and 332, cloth. 1876. 10s. 6d.

GREG.—Eniemas or Lire. By W. R. Greg. Fifteenth Edition, with a postscript.
Contents: Realisable Ideals. Malthus Notwithstanding. Non-Survival of the
Fittest. Limits and Directions of Human Development. The Significance of Life.
TON Sea Elsewhere. Appendix. Post 8vo, pp. xxii. and 314, cloth.

GREG. —Po.itTicaAL PROBLEMS FOR OUR AGE AND CounTRY. By W. R. Greg. Con-
tents: I. Constitutional and Autocratic Statesmanship. II. England’s Future
Attitude and Mission. III. Disposal of the Criminal Classes. IV. Recent
Change in the Character of English Crime. VY. The Intrinsic Vice of Trade-
Unions. VI. Industrial and Co-operative Partnerships. VII. The Economic
Problem. VIII. Political Consistency. IX. The Parliamentary Career. X. The
Price we pay for Self-government. XI. Vestryism. XII. Direct v. Indirect
Taxation. XIII. The New Régime, and how to meet it. Demy 8vo, pp. 342,
cloth, 1870. 10s. 6d. : .

GREG.—Tue Great DuEL: Its True Meaning and Issues. By W.R. Greg. Crown
8vo, pp. 96, cloth. 1871. 2s. 6d.

GREG.—Tue CREED OF CHRISTENDOM. See English and Foreign Philosophical
Library, Vols. V. and VI.

GREG.—Rocks AHEAD; or, The Warnings of Cassandra. By W. R. Greg. Second
aeition, with a Reply to Objectors. Crown 8vo, pp. xliv. and 236, cloth. 1874.
S. :

GREG,—MIScELLANEOUS Essays. By W. R. Greg. First Series. Crown 8vo,
pp. iv.-268, cloth. 1881. 7s. 6d.

ConTENtTs :—Rocks Ahead and Harbours of Refuge. Foreign Policy of Great
Britain. The Echo of the Antipodes. A Grave Perplexity before us. Obli-
gations of the Soil. The Right Use of a Surplus. The Great Twin
Brothers: Louis Napoleon and Benjamin Disraeli. Is the Popular Judgment
in Politics more Just than that of the Higher Orders? Harriet Martineau.
Verify your Compass. The Prophetic Element in the Gospels. Mr. Frederick
Harrison on the Future Life. Can Truths be Apprehended which could
not have been Discovered?

Lig Ss me pre Essays, By W. R. Greg. Second Series. Pp. 294. 1884.

s. 6d.

ConTENTS :—France since 1848. France in January 1852. England as it is.
Sir R. Peel’s Character and Policy. Employment of our Asiatic Forces in
European Wars.

GRIFFIN.—Tur RAJAS OF THE PuNJAB. Being the History of the Principal States
in the Punjab, and their Political Relations with the British Government. By
Lepel H. Griffin, Bengal Civil Service, Acting Secretary to the Government of the
Punjab, Author of “The Punjab Chiefs,” &c. Second Edition. Royal 8vo,
pp. xvi. and 630, cloth. 1873, £1, 1s.

GRIFFIN.—THE WorLD UNDER Guass. By Frederick Griffin, Author of ‘‘The
Destiny of Man,” ‘The Storm King,” and other Poems. Fecap. 8vo, pp. 204,

_ cloth gilt. 1879. 3s. 6d.

GRIFFIN.—THE Destiny or Man, THE Storm Kine, and other Poems, By F.
Griffin, Second Edition. Fcap. 8vo, pp. vii.-104, cloth. 1883. 2s. 6d.

GRIFFIS.—THE Mikapo’s Empire. Book I. History of Japan, from 660 B.c. to
1872 A.D.—Book II. Personal Experiences, Observations, and Studies in Japan,
1870-1874. By W. E. Griffis, A.M. Second Edition. 8vo, pp. 626, cloth, Ilus-
trated, 1883. 20s.

GRIFFIS.— JAPANESE FAIRY WORLD. Stories from the Wonder-Lore of Japan. By
W. E. Griffis, Square 16mo, pp. viii. and 304, with 12 Plates. 1880. 7s. 6d.

GRIFFITH.—TuHE BIRTH OF THE WAR Gop. See Triibner’s Oriental Series,

Published by Triibner & Co. 29

GRiFFITH.—YusvuFr AND ZULAIKHA. See Triibner’s Oriental Series.

GRIFFITH,—ScENES FROM THE RAMAYANA, MreGuapouta, &c. Translated by Ralph
T. H. Griffith, M.A., Principal of the Benares College. Second Edition. COrown
8vo, pp. xviii. and 244, cloth. 1870. 6s. ’
Contents.—Preface—Ayodhya—Ravan Doomed—The Birth of Rama—The Heir-Apparent—

Manthara’s Guile—Dasaratha’s Oath—The Step-mother—Mother and Son—The Triumph of

Love—Farewell ?—The Hermit’s Son—The Trial of Truth—The Forest—The Rape of Sita—

Rama’s Despair—The Messenger Cloud—Khumbakarna—The Suppliant Dove—True Glory—
Feed the Poor—The Wise Scholar.

GRIFFITH.—TuE RAmAyan or VAumfxi. Translated into English Verse. By Ralph
T. H. Griffith, M.A., Principal of the Benares College. Vol. I., containing Books
I. and II., demy 8vo, pp. xxxii. and 440, cloth. 1870. —Vol. II., containing
Book II., with additional Notes and Index of Names. Demy 8vo, pp. 504, cloth.
1871. —Vol, III, demy §8vo, pp. 390, cloth. 1872. —vVol. IV., demy
8vo, pp. viii, and 432, cloth. 1873. —vVol. V., demy 8vo, pp. viii. and 360,
cloth. 1875. The complete work, 5 vols. £7, 7s.

GROTE.—REVIEw of the Work of Mr. John Stuart Mill entitled ‘‘ Examination of
Sir William Hamilton’s Philosophy.” By George Grote, Author of the ‘‘ History
of Ancient Greece,” ‘‘ Plato, and the other Companions of Socrates,” &, 12mo,
pp. 112, cloth. 1868. 3s. 6d.

GROUT.—ZuLu-Lann ; or, Life among the Zulu-Kafirs of Natal and Zulu-Land, ~
South Africa. By the Rev. Lewis Grout. Crown 8vo, pp, 352, cloth. With
Map and Illustrations. 7s. 6d.

GROWSE,—Marnura: A District Memoir. By F. 8. Growse, B.C.S., M.A., Oxon,
C.L.E., Fellow of the Calcutta University. Second edition, illustrated, revised,
and enlarged, 4to, pp. xxiv. and 520, boards. 1880. 42s,

GUBERNATIS.— ZooLocioaL MytHouoey ; or, The Legends of Animals. By Angelo
de Gubernatis, Professor of Sanskrit and Comparative Literature in the Instituto _
di Studii Superorii e di Perfezionamento at Florence, &c, 2 vols. 8vo, pp. xxvi.
and 432, and vii. and 442, cloth. 1872. £1, 8s.

This work is an important contribution to the study of the comparative mythology of the Indo-
Germanic nations. The author introduces the denizens of the air, earth, and water in the vari-
ous characters assigned to them in the myths and legends of all civilised nations, and traces the
migration of the mythological ideas from the times of the early Aryans to those of the Greeks,
Romans, and Teutons,

GULSHAN I. RAZ: THE Mystic Rosz GARDEN OF Sa’D UD DIN MAHMUD SHABIS-
TARI. The Persian Text, with an English Translation and Notes, chiefly from the
Commentary of Muhammed Bin Yahya Lahiji. By E. H. Whinfield, M.A., Bar-
rister-at-Law, late of H.M.B.C.8. 4to, pp. xvi., 94, 60, cloth: 1880. 10s. 6d.

GUMPACH,—Treaty RIGHTS OF THE FOREIGN MERCHANT, and the Transit System
in China. By Johannes von Gumpach. $8vo, pp. xviii, and 421, sewed. 10s. 6d.

HAAS.—CaTALOGUE OF SANSKRIT AND PALI BOOKS IN THE BRITISH MusEuM. By
Dr. Ernst Haas. Printed by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.
4to, pp. viii. and 188, paper boards. 1876, 21s.

HAFIZ OF SHIRAZ,—SrELxctions FRoM HIS Pomms. Translated from the Persian
by Hermann Bicknell. With Preface by A. 8. Bicknell. Demy 4to, pp. xx. and
384, printed on fine stout plate-paper, with appropriate Oriental Bordering in gold
and colour, and Illustrations by J. R. Herbert, R.A. 1875. £2, 2s.

HAFIZ.—See Triibner’s Oriental Series.

HAGEN.—Nonrica; or, Tales from the Olden Time. Translated from the German of
August Hagen, Feap. 8vo, pp. xiv. and 374. 1850, 5s.

. HAGGARD.—Crtywayo AND HIS WHITE NEIGHBOURS; or, Remarks on Recent
Events in Zululand, Natal, and the Transvaal. By H. R. Haggard. Crown 8vo,
pp. xvi, and 294, cloth, 1882. 7s. 6d. :

30 A Catalogue of Important Works,

;

HAGGARD.—See “‘ The Vazir of Lankuran.”

HAHN, —Tsvunt- || Goam, the Supreme Being of the Khoi-Khoi. By Theophilus
Hahn, Ph.D., Custodian of the Grey Collection, Cape Town, &c., &. Post 8vo,
pp. xiv. and 154, 1882. 7s. 6d.

HALDANE, —See ScHOPENHAUER, or ENGLISH AND FOoREIGN PHILOSOPHICAL
LIBRARY, vol. xxii.

HALDEMAN. —PmnNSYLVANIA DutcH: A Dialect of South Germany with an Infusion
of English. By 8. S. Haldeman, A.M., Professor of Comparative Philology in the
University of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia. 8vo, pp. viii. and 70, cloth. 1872, 3s.
6d,

HALL,—On EnGiisH ADJECTIVES IN -ABLE, WITH SPECIAL REFERENCE TO RELIABLE.
By FitzEdward Hall, C.E., M.A., Hon. D.C.L, Oxon; formerly Professor of
Sanskrit Language and Literature, and of Indian Jurisprudence in King’s College,
London. Orown 8vo, pp. viii. and 238, cloth. 1877. 7s. 6d.

HALL.—MopiErn ENGLISH. By FitzEdward Hall, M.A., Hon. D.C.L. Oxon. Crown
8vo, pp. xvi. and 394, cloth. 1873. 10s. 6d.

HALL.—Sun anp EARTH AS GREAT ForcES IN CHEMISTRY. By T. W. Hall, M.D.,
L.R.C.8.E. Crown 8vo, pp. xii. and 220, cloth. 1874. 3s.

HALL.—THE PEDIGREE OF THE Devin. By F. T. Hall, F.R.A.S. With Seven
Autotype Illustrations from Designs by the Author. Demy 8vo, pp. xvi, and
256, cloth. 1883. 7s. 6d.

HALL.—Arctic EXPEDITION. See NOURSE.

HALLOCK.—Tuer SporTsMAn’s GAZETTEER AND GENERAL GuIDE. The Game
Animals, Birds, and Fishes of North America: their Habits and various methods
of Capture, &c., &. Witha Directory to the principal Game Resorts of the
Country. By Charles Hallock. New Edition. Crown 8vo, cloth. Maps and
Portrait. 1883, 15s.

HAM.—Taer Maip or Cormnta. A Drama in Four Acts. By J. Panton Ham,
Crown 8vo, pp. 65, sewed. 2s. 6d.

HARLEY.—THE SIMPLIFICATION OF ENGLISH SPELLING, specially adapted to the Ris-
ing Generation. An Easy Way of Saving Time in Writing, Printing, and Reading.
By Dr. George Harley, F.R.S., F.C.S. 8vo. pp. 128, cloth. 1877. 2s, 6d.

HARRISON.—Woman’s HANDIWORK IN MoperRnN Homes. By Oonstance Cary
Harrison. "With numerous Illustrations and Five Coloured Plates, from designs
by Samuel Colman, Rosina Emmet, George Gibson, and others. 8vo, pp. xii, and
242, cloth. 1881. 10s.

HARTMANN.—See English and Foreign Philosophical Library, vol. XXV.

HARTZENBUSCH and LEMMING.—Eoco pz Maprip. A Practical Guide to Spanish
Conversation. By J. E. Hartzenbusch and H. Lemming, Second Edition, Post
8yo, pp. 250, cloth. 1870. 5s.

HASE,—MirRAcLE PLAYS AND SAORED DRAMAS: An Historical Survey. By Dr.
Karl Hase. Translated from the German by A. W. Jackson, and Edited by the
Rev. W. W. Jackson, Fellow of Exeter College, Oxford, Crown 8yo, pp. 288.

HAUG.—GLOSSARY AND INDEX of the Pahlavi Texts of the Book of Arda Viraf,
the Tale of Gosht—J. Fryano, the Hadokht Nask, and to some extracts from the
Dinkard and Nirangistan; prepared from Destur Hoshangji Jamaspji Asa’s
Glossary to the Arda Viraf Namak, and from the Original Texts, with Notes on
Pahlavi Grammar by E. W. West, Ph.D, Revised by M. Haug, Ph.D., &c.
Se by order of the Bombay Government, 8vo, pp. viii. and 352, sewed.

8.

Published by Triibner & Co. 31

HAUG.— Tux SacrED Laneuace, X&c., OF THE Parsis., See Triibner’s Oriental Series,
HAUPT.—TxHE LoNDON ARBITRAGEUR; or, The English Money Market, in con-
nection with Foreign Bourses. A Collection of Notes and Formule for the Arbi-
tration of Bills, Stocks, Shares, Bullion, and Coins, with all the Important
Foreign Countries. By Ottomar Haupt. Crown 8vo, pp. viii. and 196, cloth.
1870. 7s. 6d. :
HAWKEN.—Upa-Sastra: Comments, Linguistic, Doctrinal, on Sacred and Mythic
Literature. By J. D. Hawken. Crown 8vo, pp. viii. and 288, cloth. 1877. 7s. 6d.
HAZEN.—THE SCHOOL AND THE ARMY IN GERMANY AND FRANCE, with a Diary of Siege
Life at Versailles. By Brevet Major-General W. B. Hazen, U.S.A., Col. 6th In-
fantry. 8vo, pp. 408, cloth. 1872. 10s. 6d. ss
ae QuineT. See English and Foreign Philosophical Library, Vol.

HEATON—AvUSTRALIAN DICTIONARY OF DATES AND MEN OF THE TrmE. Containing
the History of Australasia from 1542 to May 1879. By I. H. Heaton. Royal 8vo,
pp. iv. and 554, cloth. 15s.

HEBREW LITERATURE SOCIETY.

HECHLER.—THE JERUSALEM BISHOPRIC DOCUMENTS. With Translations, chiefly
derived from ‘Das Evangelische Bisthum in Jerusalem,” Geschichtliche Dar-
legung mit Urtunden, Berlin, 1842. Published by Command of His Majesty
Frederick William IV., King of Prussia, Arranged and Supplemented by the
Rev. Prof, William H. Hechler, British Chaplain at Stockholm. S8vo, pp. 212,
with Maps, Portrait, and Illustrations, cloth, 1883. 10s. 6d.

HECKER.—Tuu EPIDEMICS OF THE MIDDLE AGEs. Translated by G. B. Babington,
M.D., F.R.S. Third Edition, completed by the Author’s Treatise on Child-Pil-
grimages. By J. F.C. Hecker. 8vo, pp. 384, cloth. 1859. 9s. 6d.
Conrents.—The Black Death—The Dancing Mania—The Sweating Sickness—OChild Pil-

grimages.

HEDLEY.—MASTERPIECES OF GERMAN PoETRY. Translated in the Measure of the
Originals, by F. H. Hedley. With Illustrations by Louis Wanke. Crown 8vo,
pp. viii. and 120, cloth. 1876. 6s.

HEINE.—RELIGION AND PHILOSOPHY IN GERMANY, See English and Foreign
Philosophical Library, Vol. XVIII.

HEINE.— Wit, Wi1spom, AND PaTHos from the Prose of Heinrich Heine. With a
few pieces from the ‘‘ Book of Songs.” Selected and Translated by J. Snodgrass.
With Portrait. Crown 8vo, pp. xx. and 340, cloth. 1879. 7s. 6d.

HEINE.—PicturES oF TRAVEL. Translated from the German of Henry Heine, by
Charles G. Leland. 7th Revised Edition, Crown 8vo, pp. 472, with Portrait,

.' cloth. 1873. 7s, 6d. ,

HEINE.—HeEtnE’s Book or Sonas. Translated by Charles G. Leland. Fceap. 8vo,
pp. xiv. and 240, cloth, gilt edges, 1874. 7s. 6d.

HEITZMANN.—MicroscoPicAL MoRPHOLOGY OF THE ANIMAL Bopy IN HEALTH
AND DISEASE. By C. Hertzmann, M.D. Royal 8vo, pp. xx.-850, cloth, 1884.
31s. 6d.

HENDRIK.—Memorrs oF Hans HENDRIK, THE ARCTIC TRAVELLER ; serving under
Kane, Hayes, Hall, and Nares, 1853-76. Written by Himself. Translated from
the Eskimo Language, by Dr. Henry Rink. Edited by Prof. Dr. G. Stephens,
F.S.A. Crown 8vo, pp. 100, Map, cloth. 1878. 3s. 6d.

HENNELL,—PrRESENT RELIGION: As a Faith owning Fellowship with Thought.
Vol. I. Part I. By Sara S. Hennell. Crown 8vo, pp. 570, cloth. 1865. 7s.

I..—CoMPARATIVISM; An Introduction to the Second Part of ‘‘ Present
Religion,” explaining the Principle by which Religion appears still to be set in
Necessary Antagonism to Positivism. By Sara 8. Hennell. 8vo, pp. 160, cloth.
1869. 3s.

HENNELL,—Comparative Eratcs—I. Section I, Moral Standpoint. Present
Religion, Vol. III. By Sara 8. Hennell. 8vo, pp. 66, wrapper. 1882, 2s.

32 A Catalogue of Important Works,

HENNELL.—Comparative Eraics—I. Sections II. and Ill. Moral Principle in
Regard to Sexhood. Present Religion, Vol. III. By S. Hennell. Crown 8vo,
pp. 92, wrapper. 1884, 2s.

HENNELL.—Present Reticion: As a Faith owning Fellowship with Thought.
Part II. First Division. Intellectual Effect : shown as a Principle of Metaphy-
ay Lomnerekiyn. By Sara 8. Hennell. Crown 8vo, pp. 618, cloth. 1873.
7s. 6d.

HENNELL.—PrReESENT RELIGION, Vol. III. Part II. Second Division. The Effect
of Present Religion on its Practical Side. By 8. 8, Hennell. Crown 8vo, pp. 68,
paper covers. 1882. 2s.

ELL.—CoMPARATIVISM shown as Furnishing a Religious Basis to Morality.
(Present Religion. Vol. III. Part II. Second Division: Practical Effect.) By
Sara §. Hennell. Crown 8vo, pp. 220, stitched in wrapper. 1878. 3s. 6d.

HENNELL.—Comparative.Erutcs. II. Sections I, and II. Moral Principle in
regard to Brotherhood. (Present Religion, Vol. III.) By Sara S. Hennell.
Crown 8vo, pp. 52, wrapper. 1884. 2s.

HENNELL.—THOovuGHTS IN AID OF FaitH. Gathered chiefly from recent Works in
Theology and Philosophy. BySaraS. Hennell. Post 8vo, pp. 428, cloth. 1860. 6s.

HENWOOD.—THE METALLIFEROUS DEPOSITS OF CORNWALL AND DrEvon ; with Ap-
pendices on Subterranean Temperature ; the Electricity of Rocks and Veins; the
Quantities of Water in the Cornish Mines; and Mining Statistics.. (Vol. V. of
the Transactions of the Royal Geographical Society of Cornwall.) By William
Jory Henwood, F.R.S., F.G.S. 8vo, pp. x. and 515; with 113 Tables, and 12
Plates, half bound. £2, 2s.

HENWOOD.— OBSERVATIONS ON METALLIFEROUS DEPOSITS, AND ON SUBTERRANEAN
TEMPERATURE. (Vol. VIII. of the Transactions of the Royal Geological Society
of Cornwall.) By William Jory Henwood, F.R.S., F.G.S., President of the
Royal Institution of Cornwall. In2 Parts. 8vo, pp. xxx., vii. and 916; with
38 Tables, 31 Engravings on Wood, and 6 Plates. £1, 16s.

HEPBURN.—A JAPANESE AND ENGLISH DICTIONARY. With an English and Japanese
Index. By J.C. Hepburn, M.D., LL.D. Second Edition. Imperial 8vo, pp.
Xxxii., 632, and 201, cloth. £8, 8s.

HEPBURN.—JAPANESE-ENGLISH AND ENGLISH-JAPANESE DIcTIONARY. By J. C.
Hepburn, M.D., LL.D. Abridged by the Author. Square fcap., pp. vi. and 536,
cloth. 1873, 18s.

HERNISZ.—A GUIDE TO CONVERSATION IN THE ENGLISH AND CHINESE LANGUAGES,
for the Use of Americans and Chinese in. California and elsewhere. By Stanislas
Hernisz. Square 8vo, pp. 274, sewed. 1855. 10s. 6d.

HERSHON.—TatmMupI¢ MisceLnany. See Triibner’s Oriental Series.

HERZEN.—Dvu DEVELOPPEMENT DES IDKES REVOLUTIONNAIRES EN RUSSIE. Par
Alexander Herzen. 12mo, pp. xxiii. and 144, sewed. 1853. 2s. 6d.

HERZEN.—A separate list of A. Herzen’s works in Russian may be had on
application.

HILL.—THeE HisToRY OF THE REFORM MOVEMENT in the Dental Profession in Great
Britain during the last twenty years. By Alfred Hill, Licentiate in Dental Sur-
gery, &c. Crown 8vo, pp. xvi. and 400, cloth. 1877. 10s. 6d.

HILLEBRAND.—FRANCE AND THE FRENCH IN THE SECOND HALF OF THE NINE-
TEENTH CENTURY. By Karl Hillebrand. Translated from the Third German
Edition. Post 8vo, pp. xx. and 262, cloth. 1881. 10s. 6d.

HINDOO MyrHoLocy PoPULARLY TREATED, Being an Epitomised Description of
the various Heathen Deities illustrated on the Silver Swami Tea Service pre-
sented, as a memento of his visit to India, to H.R.H. the Prince of Wales, K.G.,
Taree oe ides Highness the Gaekwar of Baroda. Small 4to, pp. 42, limp cloth.

. 93s. 6d.

Published by Triibner & Co. 33

HITTELL.—THt COMMERCE AND INDUSTRIES OF THE PacriFIC Coast or NorTH
America. By J. 8. Hittell, Author of ‘‘The Resources of California.” 4to,
pp. 820. 1882. £1, 10s.

HODGSON.—Acaprmy LecturES. By J. E. Hodgson, R.A., Librarian and Professor
of Painting to the Royal Academy. Cr. 8vo, pp. viii. and 312, cloth. 1884. 7s. 6d.

HODGSON.—Essays ON THE LANGUAGES, LITERATURE, AND RELIGION oF NEPAL
AND Tipet. Together with further Papers on the Geography, Ethnology, and
Commerce of those Countries. By B. H. Hodgson, late British Minister at the
Court of Nepal. Royal 8vo, cloth, pp. xii. and 276. 1874. 14s.

HODGSON.— Essays ON INDIAN SuBJEOTS. See Triibner’s Oriental Series.

HODGSON.—TxHEr EpucaTioN of GIRLS; AND THE EMPLOYMENT OF WOMEN OF
THE UPPER CLASSES EDUCATIONALLY CONSIDERED. ‘Two Lectures. By W. B.
Hodgson, LL.D. Second Edition. Cr. 8vo, pp. xvi. and 114, cloth. 1869. 3s. 6d.

HODGSON.—Turcor: His Life, Times, and Opinions. Two Lectures. By W. B.
Hodgson, LL.D. Crown 8vo, pp. vi. and 83, sewed. 1870. 2s.

HOERNLE.—A CoMPARATIVE GRAMMAR OF THE GAUDIAN LANGUAGES, with Special
Reference to the Eastern Hindi. Accompanied by a Language Map, and a Table
of Alphabets. By A. F. Rudolf Hoernle. Demy 8vo, pp. 474, cloth. 1880. 18s.

HOLBEIN SOCIETY.—Subscription, one guinea per.annum. List of publications
on application.

HOLMES-FORBES.—Tue Scrmencz oF Beauty. An_Analytical Inquiry into the
Laws of Aisthetics. By Avary W. Holmes-Forbes, of Lincoln’s Inn, Barrister-at-
Law. Post 8vo, cloth, pp. vi. and 200. 1881. 6s. ~

HOLST.—TuHeE CoNSTITUTIONAL AND PoLtTIcAL HisToRY OF THE UNITED STATES.
By Dr. H. von Holst. Translated by J. J. Lalor and A. B. Mason. Royal 8vo.
Vol. I. 1750-1833. State Sovereignty and Slavery.’ Pp. xvi. and 506. 1876. 18s.
—Vol. II. 1828-1846. Jackson’s Administration— Annexation of Texas. Pp.
720. 1879. £1, 2s.—Vol. III. 1846-1850. Annexation of Texas—Compromise
of 1850. Pp. x. and 598. 1881. 18s.

HOLYOAKE,—TRAVELS IN SEARCH OF A SETTLER’S GUIDE-BooK OF AMERICA AND
CANADA. By George Jacob Holyoake, Author of ‘‘The History of Co-operation
in England.” Post 8vo, pp. 148, wrapper. 1884. 2s. 6d.

HOLYOAKE.—Tue History oF CO-OPERATION IN ENGLAND: its Literature and its
Advocates. By G. J. Holyoake. Vol. I. The Pioneer Period, 1812-44. Crown
8vo, pp. xii. and 420, cloth. 1875. 4s.—Vol. II. The Constructive Period, 1845-
78 Orewa 8vo, pp. x. and 504, cloth. 1878. 8s.

HOLYOAKE,—THE TRIAL OF THEISM ACCUSED OF OBSTRUCTING SECULAR LIFE. By
G. J. Holyoake: Crown 8vo, pp. xvi. and 256, cloth. 1877. 2s. 6d.

HOLYOAKE,—ReASONING FROM Facts: A Method of Everyday Logic. By G. J.
Holyoake. Feap., pp. xii. and 94, wrapper. 1877. 1s. 6d.

HOLYOAKE,—Srtr-HELP BY THE PeopiE. Thirty-three Years of Co-operation in
Rochdale. In Two Parts: Part I., 1844-1857 ; Part II., 1857-1877. By G. J.
Holyoake, Ninth Edition. Crown 8vo, pp. 174, cloth. 1883, 2s. 6d.

HOPKINS,—ELEMENTARY GRAMMAR OF THE TURKISH LANGUAGE. With a few Easy
Exercises. By F. L. Hopkins, M.A., Fellow and Tutor of Trinity Hall, Cam-
bridge. Crown 8vo, pp. 48, cloth. 1877. 3s. 6d.

HORDER.—A SELEcTION rroM “ THE Book OF PRAISE FOR CHILDREN,” as Edited
by W. Garrett Horder. For the Use of Jewish Children. Feap. 8vo, pp. 80,
cloth. 1883. 1s. 6d.

HOSMER.—Tue PEOPLE AND PoritTics; or, The Structure of States and the
Significance and Relation of Political Forms. By G. W. Hosmer, M.D. Demy
8vo, pp. viii. and 340, cloth. 1883. 15s.

HOWELLS.—A LitrLe Great AMONG THE OLD Masters. With Introduction and
Comment. By W. D. Howells. Oblong crown 8vo, cloth, pp. 66, with 54 plates.
1884, 10s.

-- Cc

a A Catalogue of Important Works,

HOWELLS.—Dr. BREEN’s Practice: A Novel. By W. D. Howells. English
Copyright Edition. Crown 8vo, pp. 272, cloth. 1882. 6s.

HOWSE.—A GRAMMAR OF THE CREE LANGUAGE. With which is combined an
Analysis of the Chippeway Dialect. By Joseph Howse, F.R.G.S. 8vo, pp. xx.
and 324, cloth. 1865. 7s. 6d.

HULME.—MaTHEMATICAL DRAWING INSTRUMENTS, AND How To UsE THEM. By
F. Edward Hulme, F.L.S., F.S.A., Art-Master of.Marlborough College, Author of
**Principles of Ornamental Art,” &c. With Illustrations. Second Edition.
Imperial 16mo, pp. xvi. and 152, cloth. 1881. 3s. 6d.

ihe eg ‘Tenant RicHt.” By C. F. Humbert. 8vo, pp. 20, sewed.
1875. ~ 1s.

HUMBOLDT.—TuHE SPHERE AND DutTirs OF GOVERNMENT. Translated from the
German of Baron Wilhelm Von Humboldt by Joseph Coulthard, jun. Post 8vo,
pp. xv. and 203, cloth. 1854. 5s.

HUMBOLDT.—LeEtrTERs oF WILLIAM VON HUMBOLDT TO A FEMALE FRIEND. A com-
plete Edition. Translated from the Second German Edition by Catherine M. A.
Couper, with a Biographical Notice of the Writer. 2 vols. crown 8vo, pp. xxviii.
and 592, cloth. 1867. 10s.

HUNT.—TuHE RELIGION OF THE HEART. A Manual of Faith and Duty. By Leigh
Hunt. Fecap. 8vo, pp. xxiv. and 259, cloth. 2s. 6d.

HUNT.—CuHeEMICAL AND GEOLOGICAL Essays. By Professor T. Sterry Hunt.
Second Edition. 8vo, pp. xxii. and 448, cloth, 1879. 12s.

HUNTER.—A CoMPARATIVE DICTIONARY OF THE NoN-ARYAN LANGUAGES OF INDIA
AND HieH Asta. With a Dissertation, Political and Linguistic, on the Aboriginal
Races. By W. W. Hunter, B.A., M.R.A.S., Hon. Fel. Ethnol. Soc., Author of
the ‘‘ Annals of Rural Bengal,” of -H.M.'s Civil Service. Being a Lexicon of 144
Languages, illustrating Turanian Speech. Compiled from the Hodgson Lists,
Government Archives, and Original MSS., arranged with Prefaces and Indices in
English, French, German, Russian, and Latin. Large 4to, toned paper, pp. 230,
cloth. 1869. 42s. ‘

HUNTER.—TueE InDIAN Musanmans. By W. W. Hunter, B.A., LL.D., Director-
General of Statistics to the Government of India, &c., Author of the ‘‘ Annals of
Rural Bengal,” &c. Third Edition. 8vo, pp. 219, cloth. 1876. 10s. 6d.

HUNTER,—FaminE ASPECTS OF BENGAL Districts. A System of Famine Warnings.
By W. W. Hunter, B.A., LL.D. Crown 8vo, pp. 216, cloth. 1874. 7s. 6d.

HUNTER.—A SratisticAL ACCOUNT OF BENGAL. By W. W. Hunter, B.A., LL.D.,
Director-General of Statistics to the Government of India, Xe. In 20 vols, 8vo,
half morocco. 1877. ;

HUNTER.—CaTALOGUE OF SANSKRIT MANUSORIPTS (BUDDHIST). Collected in Nepal
by B. H. Hodgson, late Resident at the Court of Nepal. Compiled from Lists in
Calcutta, France, and England, by W. W. Hunter, C.1.E., LL.D. 8vo, pp. 28,
paper. 1880. 2s.

HUNTER. —THE IMPERIAL GAZETTEER OF INDIA. By W. W. Hunter, C.1.E., LL.D.,
Director-General of Statistics to the Government of India. In Nine Volumes.
8vo, pp. xxxiii. and 544, 539, 567, xix. and 716, 509, 513, 555, 537, and xii. and
478, half morocco. With Maps. . 1881.

HUNTER.—TuHE INDIAN Empire: Its History, People, and Products. By W. W.
Hunter, C.1.E., LL.D. Post 8vo, pp. 568, with Map, cloth. 1882. 16s.

HUNTER.—AN ACOOUNT OF THE BRITISH SETTLEMENT OF ADEN, IN ARABIA. Com-
piled by ep F. M. Hunter, Assistant Political Resident, Aden. 8vo, pp. xii.
and 232, half bound. 1877. 7s. 6d.

HUNTER.—A SraristTIcaL Account or Assam. By W. W. Hunter, B.A., LL.D.,
O.1.E., Director-General of Statistics to the Government of India, &e. 2 vols.
8vo, pp. 420 and 490, with 2 Maps, half morocco. 1879. 10s.

Published by Triibner & Co. 35

HUNTER,.—A Brier HIsToRY OF THE INDIAN PEOPLE. By W. W. Hunter, C.LE.,
LL.D. Fourth Edition. Crown 8vo, pp. 222, cloth. With Map. 1884. 3s. 6d.

HURST.—History OF RATIONALISM: embracing a Survey of the Present State of
Protestant Theology. By the Rev. John F. Hurst, A.M. With Appendix of
Literature. Revised and enlarged from the Third American Edition, Crows 8vo,
pp. xvii. and 525, cloth. 1867. 10s. 6d.

HYETT.—Promet REMEDIES FOR ACCIDENTS git Poisons : Adapted to the use of
the Inexperienced till Medical aid arrives. By W. H. Hyett, F.R.S. A Broad-
sheet, to hang up in Country Schools or Vestries, Workshops, Offices of Factories,
Mines and Docks, on board Yachts, in Railway Stations, remote Shooting
Quarters, Highland Manses, and Private Houses, wherever the Doctor lives at a
distance. Sold for the benefit of the Gloucester Eye Institution. In sheets, 213
by 173 inches, 2s. 6d. ; mounted, 3s. 6d.

HYMANS. —Portn Vuibics TEACHER. Letters from a Teacher toa Teacher. Feap.
8vo, pp. 92, cloth. 1875. 2s.

ITHNE.—A LATIN GRAMMAR FOR BEGINNERS. By W. H. Ihne, late Principal of
Carlton Terrace School, Liverpool. Crown 8vo, pp. vi. and 184, cloth. 1864. 3s.

IKHWANU-S Sar; or, Brothers of Purity. Translated from the Hindustani by
Professor John Dowson, M.R.A.S., Staff College, Sandhurst. Crown 8vo, pp.
viii. and 156, cloth. 1869. 7s.

INDIA.— Arcuxoroctcar SURVEY OF WESTERN INDIA. See Burgess.

INDIA.—PUuBLICATIONS OF THE ARCHHOLOGICAL SuRVEY OF INDIA. A separate list
on application.

INDIA.—PuBLICATIONS OF THE GEOGRAPHICAL DEPARTMENT OF THE INDIA OFFICE,
Lonpon. A separate list, also list of all the Government Maps, on application.
INDIA.—PUBLICATIONS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SURVEY OF INDIA. A separate list on

application.

. INDIA OFFICE PUBLICATIONS :—

Aden, Statistical Account of. 5s.

Assam, dao. do. Vols. I. and II. 5s. each.

Baden Powell, Land Revenues, &c., in India. 12s,

Do. Jurisprudence for Forest Officers, 12s.
Beal’s Buddhist Tripitaka. 4s.
Bengal, sgn ovine Account of. Vols. I. to XX. 100s. per set.
Do. do. Vols. VI. to XX. 5s, each.
Bombay Code. 21s,
Bombay Gazetteer. Vol. II., 14s. Vol. VIII., 9s. Vol. XIII. (2 parts), 16s.
Vol. XV. (2 parts), 16s.

Do, do. Vols. III. to VII, and X., XI., XII., XIV., XVI. 8s. each.
Do. do. Vols. XXI., XXIi., and XXIII. 9s. each.
Burgess’ Archeological Survey of Western India, Vols. I. and III. 42s. each.
Do. do. do. Vol. II. 63s.
do. Vols. IV. and V. 126s,

Do. do.
Burma (British) Gazetteer. 2 vols. 50s.
-Catalogue of Manuscripts and Maps of Surveys. 12s.
Chambers’ Meteorology (Bombay) and Atlas. 30s.
Cole’s Agra and Muttra. 70s.
Cook’s Gums and Resins, 5s.
Corpus Inscriptionem Indicarum. Vol. I. 32s.
Cunningham’s Archeological Survey. Vols, I. to XVIII. 10s. and 128, each,
Do. Stupa of Bharut. 63s.
Egerton’s as of Indian Arms. 2s. 6d.
Ferguson and Burgess, Cave Temples of India. 42s,
Do. Tree and Serpent Worship. 105s.
Finance and Revenue Accounts of the Government of India for 1883-4, 2s. 6d.
Gamble, Manual of Indian Timbers. 10s.
Hunter’s Imperial Gazetteer. 9 vols.

36 A Catalogue of Important Works,

INDIA OFFICE PUBLICATIONS—continued.
Indian Education Commission, Report of the. 12s, Appendices. 10 vols. 10s.
Jaschke’s Tibetan-English Dictionary. 30s.
King. Chinchona-Planting. 1s.
Kurz. Forest Flora of British Burma. Vols. I. and II. 15s. each.
Liotard’s Materials for Paper. 2s. 6d.
Liotard’s Silk in India. PartI. 2s.
Loth. Catalogue of Arabic MSS. 10s. 6d.
Markham’s Tibet. 21s.
Do. Memoir of Indian Surveys. 10s. 6d.
Do. Abstract of Reports of Surveys. 1s. 6d.
Mitra (Rajendralala), Buddha Gaya. 60s.
Moir, Torrent Regions of the Alps. 1s.
Mueller. Select Plants for Extra-Tropical Countries. 8s,
Mysore and Coorg Gazetteer. Vols. I. and II. 10s. each.
Do. 0. Vol. III. 5s,
N. W. P. Gazetteer. Vols, I. and II. 10s. each.
Do. do.. Vols. III. to XI., XIIL., and XIV. 12s. each.
Oudh do. Vols. I, to III. 10s. each.
People of India, The. Vols. I. to VIII. 45s. each.
Raverty’s Notes on Afghanistan and Baluchistan. Sections I. and II. 2s. Sec-
tion III. 5s. Section IV. 3s.
Rajputana Gazetteer. 3vols. 15s.
Saunders’ Mountains and River Basins of India. 3s,
Sewell’s Amaravati Tope. 3s.
Smyth’s (Brough) Gold Mining in Wynaad. 1s.
Taylor. Indian Marine Surveys. 2s. 6d.
Trigonometrical Survey, Synopsis of Great. Vols. I. to VI. 10s. 6d. each.
Trumpp’s Adi Granth. 52s. 6d.
Waring. Pharmacopceia of India, The. 6s.
Watson’s Cotton Gins. Boards, 10s. 6d.. Paper, 10s,
Do. Rhea Fibre. 2s, 6d.
: Do. Tobacco, 5s.
Wilson. Madras Army. Vols. I. and II. 21s.

INDIAN GAZETTEERS.—See GAZETTEER, and INDIA OFFICE PUBLICATIONS.

INGLEBY.—See SHAKESPEARE.

INMAN,—Navticat TABLES. Designed for the use of British Seamen. By the Rev.
James Inman, D.D., late Professor at the Royal Naval College, Portsmouth.
Demy 8vo, pp. xvi. and 410, cloth. 1877. 16s.

INMAN.—HiIstTory oF THE ENGLISH ALPHABET: A Paper read before the Liverpool
rey and Philosophical Society. By T. Inman, M.D. 8vo, pp. 36, sewed.

ints &°= ‘

IN SEARCH OF TRUTH. Conversations on the Bible and Popular Theology, for
Young People. By A. M. Y. Crown 8vo, pp. x. and 138, cloth. 1875, 2s, 6d.

INTERNATIONAL NumIsMATA ORIENTALIA (THE).—Royal 4to, in paper wrapper.
Part I. Ancient Indian Weights, By E. Thomas, F.R.S. Pp. 84, with a Plate and
Map of the India of Manu. 9s. 6d.—Part II. Coins of the Urtuki Turkumins.
By Stanley Lane Poole, Corpus Christi College, Oxford. Pp. 44, with 6 Plates.
9s.—Part III. The Coinage of Lydia and Persia, from the liest Times to the
Fall of the Dynasty of the Achemenide. By Barclay V. Head, Assistant-Keeper
of Coins, British Museum. Pp. viii.-56, with 3 Autotype Plates. 10s. 6d.—
Part IV. The Coins of the Tuluni it keh By Edward Thomas Rogers. Pp.
iv.-22, and 1 Plate. 5s.—Part V. The Parthian Coinage. By Percy Gardner,
M.A. Pp. iv.-66, and 8 Autotype Plates. 18s.—Part VI. The Ancient Coins
and Measures of Ceylon. By T. W. Rhys Davids. Pp. iv. and 60, and 1 Plate.
10s.—Vol. 1., containing the first six parts. as specified above. Royal 4to, half
bound, £3, 13s. 6d,

Published by Triibner & Co. 37

INTERNATIONAL NumiIsMaTa—continued.

Vol. II. ComIns on THE JEWS. Being a History of the Jewish Coinage and Money
in the Old and New Testaments. By Frederick W. Madden, M.R.A.S., Member
of the Numismatic Society of London, Secretary of the Brighton College, &c.,
&c. With 279 woodcuts and a plate of alphabets. Royal 4to, pp. xii. and 330,
sewed. 1881. £2. ;
Vol, III. Part I. THe Corns or ARAKAN, OF PEGU, AND OF BuRMA. By Lieut.-
General Sir Arthur Phayre, O.B., K.C.8.1., G.C.M.G., late Commissioner of
British Burma. Also contains the Indian Balhara, and the Arabian Intercourse
with India in the Ninth and following Centuries. By Edward Thomas, F.R.S.
ane 4to, pp. viii. and 48, with Five Autotype Illustrations, wrapper. 1882.

Part II, THe Corns oF SouTHERN INDIA. By Sir W. Elliot. Royal 4to.

JACKSON. —ErHNOLOGY AND PHRENOLOGY AS AN AID TO THE HISTORIAN. By the
late J. W. Jackson. Second Edition. With a Memoir of the Author, by his
Wife. Crown 8vo, pp. xx. and 324, cloth. 1875. 4s. 6d.

JACKSON.—THE SHROPSHIRE WorD-Book. A Glossary of Archaic and Provincial
Words, &c., used in the County. By Georgina F. Jackson. Crown 8vo, pp. civ.
and 524, cloth. 1881.. 31s. 6d.

JACOB,—Hinvvu PantHeEtsm, See Triibner’s Oriental Series.

JAGIELSKI.—On MarrienpaD Spa, and the Diseases Curable by its Waters and
Baths. By A. V. Jagielski, M.D., Berlin. Second Edition. Crown 8vo, pp. viii.
and 186. With Map. Cloth. 1874. 5s.

JAMISON.—Tuer Lire anpD Times OF Bertrand Du Guescrin. A History of the
Fourteenth Century. By D. F. Jamison, of South Carolina. Portrait. 2 vols.
&vo, pp. xvi., 287, and vili., 314, cloth. 1864. £1, 1s.

JAPAN.—Map or Nippon (Japan): Compiled from Native Maps, and the Notes of
most recent Travellers. By R. Henry Brunton, M.I.0.E., F.R.G.S., 1880. Size,
5 feet by 4 feet, 20 miles to the inch. In 4 Sheets, £1, 1s.; Roller, varnished.
£1, 11s. 6d.; Folded, in Case, £1, 5s. 6d.

JASCHKE, —A TrBETAN-ENGLISH DicTIONARY. With special reference to the Pre-
vailing Dialects. To which is added an English-Tibetan Vocabulary. By H. A.
Jaschke, late Moravian Missionary at Kyélang, British Lahoul. Imperial 8vo, pp.
xxiv.-672, cloth. 1881. £1, 10s.

JASCHKE,—Tisetan GramMaR. By H. A. Jischke. Crown 8vo, pp. viii.—104,
cloth. 1883. 5s.

JATAKA (Tue), together with its CommenTaRY : being tales of the Anterior Birth
of Gotama Buddha. Now first published in Pali, by V. Fausboll. Text. 8vo.
Vol. L, pp. viii. and 512, cloth. 1877. 28s.—Vol. II., pp. 452, cloth. 1879,
28s.—Vol. III, pp. viii. and 544, cloth. 1883. 28s. tor Translation see
Triibner’s Oriental Series, ‘‘ Buddhist Birth Stories.’’)

JENKINS.—A PatapIn oF FINANCE: Contemporary Manners. By E. Jenkins,
Author of “‘Ginx’s Baby.” Crown 8vo, pp. iv. and 392, cloth. 1882. 7s. 6d.

JENKINS.—Vest-Pockrer Lexicon. An English Dictionary of all except familiar
Words, including the principal Scientific and Technical Terms, and Foreign
Moneys, Weights and Measures; omitting what everybody knows, and contain-
ing what everybody wants to know and cannot readily find. By Jabez Jenkins.
64mo, pp. 564, cloth. 1879. Is. 6d.

JOHNSON.—OrrentTaL Rewicrons. India. See English and Foreign Philosophical
Library, Extra Series, Vols. IV. and V.

JOHNSON.—ORIENTAL RELIGIONS AND THEIR RELATION TO UNIVERSAL RELIGION.
Persia.. By Samuel Johnson. With an Introduction by O. B. Frothingham.
Demy 8vo, pp. xliv. and 784, cloth. 1885, 18s.

JOLLY.—See NarapDiya,

38 A Catalogue of Important Works,

JOMINI.—Tur Art or War. By Baron de Jomini, General and Aide-de-Camp to
the Emperor of Russia. A New Edition, with A pendices and Maps. Translated
from the French. By Captain G. H. Mendel, and Captain W. O. Craighill.
Crown 8vo, pp. 410, cloth. P1879, 9s,

JOSEPH.--RELIGIon, NATURAL AND REVEALED. A Series of Progressive Lessons
a Jewish Youth. By N. 8, Joseph. Crown 8vo, pp, xii.-296, cloth. 1879.

JOVENALIS SATIRZ, With a Literal English Prose Translation and Notes. By
J. D. Lewis, M.A., Trin. Coll. Camb. Second Edition. Two vols: 8vo, pp. xii.
and 230 and 400, cloth. 1882. 12s.

KARCHER.—QUESTIONNAIRE FRANCAIS. Questions on French Grammar, Idiomatic
Difficulties, and Military Expressions. By Theodore Karcher, LL.B. Fourth
Edition, greatly enlarged. Crown 8vo, pp. 224, cloth. 1879. 4s. 6d. Interleaved
with writing paper, 5s. 6d.

KARDEC.—Tue Spirit’s Book. Containing the Principles of Spiritist Doctrine on
the Immortality of the Soul, &€., &c., according to the Teachings of Spirits of
High Degree, transmitted through various mediums, collected and set in order by
‘Allen Kardec. Translated from the 120th thousand by Anna Blackwell. Crown
8vo, pp. 512, cloth. 1875. 7s. 6d.

KARDEC.—Tuz Mepium’s Book; or, Guide for Mediums and for erceaeak
Containing the Theoretic Teachings of Spirits concerning all kinds of Manifesta-
tions, the Means of Communication with the Invisible World, the Development
of Medianimity, &c., &c. By Allen Kardec. Translated by Anna Blackwell.
Crown 8vo, pp. 456, cloth. 1876. 7s. 6d.

KARDEC.— HEAVEN AND HELL; or, the Divine Justice Vindicated in the Plurality
of Existences. By Allen Kardec. Translated by Anna Blackwell. Crown 8vo,
pp. viii. and 448, cloth. 1878. 7s. 6d.

KEMP. See SCHOPENHAUER.

KENDRICK.—GREEK OLLENDORFF, <A Progressive Exhibition of the Principles of
the Greek Grammar, By Asahel C. Kendrick. 8vo, pp. 371, cloth. 1870. 9s.

KERMODE.—Narau: Its Early History, Rise, Progress, and Future Prospects as a
Field for Emigration. By W. Kermode, of Natal. Crown 8vo, pp. xii. and 228,
with Map,.cloth. 1883. 3s. 6d.

KEYS OF THE CREEDS (Tur). Third Revised Edition. Crown 8vo, pp. 210,
cloth. 1876. 5s.

KINAHAN.—VALLEYS AND THEIR RELATION TO FISSURES, FRACTURES, AND FAULTS.
By G. H. Kinahan, M.R.I.A., F.R.G.S.1., &e. Dedicated by permission to his
that the Duke of Argyll. Crown 8vo, pp. "256, cloth, illustrated. 7s. 6d.

KING’S STRATAGEM (The) ; Orn, THE PEARL OF PoLAND; A Tragedy in Five Acts.
By Stella. Second Edition. Crown 8vo, pp. 94, cloth. 1874, 2s. Gd.

KINGSTON.—Tue Unity or Creation. A Contribution to the Solution of the
sige Question. By F. H. Kingston. COrown 8vo, pp. viii. and 152, cloth.
1874. 5s.

KISTNER.—BupDHA AND HIS Doorrines. A Bibliographical Essay. By Otto
Kistner. 4to, pp. iv. and 32, sewed. 1869. 2s. 6d.

KNOX.—On A Mexican Mustanc. See under SWEET.

KLEMM.—MusciE BEATING ; or, Active and Passive Home Gymnastics, for Healthy
and: Unhealthy People. By ©. Klemm. With Illustrations. 8vo, pp. 60,
wrapper. 1878. Is.

KOHL.—TRAVELS IN CANADA AND THROUGH THE STATES OF NEW YORK AND
PENNSYLVANIA. By J. G. Kohl. Translated by Mrs. Percy Sinnett. Revised by
the Author, Two vole post 8vo, pp. xiv. and 794, cloth: 1861. £1, 1s.

Published by Triibner & Co. 39

KRAPF.—DICTIONARY OF THE SUAHILI LANGUAGE. Compiled by the Rev. Dr. L.
Krapf, missionary of the Church Missionary Society in East Africa. With an
Appendix, containing an outline of a Suahili Grammar. Medium 8vo, pp. xl.
and 434, cloth. 1882. 30s.

KRAUS,—CaRLSBAD AND ITS NATURAL HEALING AGENTS, from the Physiological
and Therapeutical Point of View. By J. Kraus,M.D. With Notes Introductory
by the Rev. J. T. Walters, M.A. Second Edition. Revised and enlarged. Crown
8vo, pp. 104, cloth. 1880. 5s.

KROEGER.—THE MINNESINGER OF GERMANY. By A. E, Kroeger. Feap. 8vo, pp.
290, cloth. 1873. 7s.

KURZ.—Forest Fiona or British Burma. By 8. Kurz, Curator of the Her-
barium, Royal Botanical Gardens, Calcutta. 2 vols. crown 8vo, pp. xxx., 550,
and 614, cloth. 1877. 30s.

_ LACERDA’S Journry TO CAzEMBE in 1798. Translated and Annotated by Captain
Rk. F. Burton, F.R.G.S. Also Journey of the Pombeiros, &e. Demy 8vo, pp. viii.
and 272. With Map, cloth. 1873. 7s. 6d.

LANARI.— CoLLEcTION OF ITALIAN AND ENGLISH DIALoGuEs. By A. Lanari.
Feap. 8vo, pp. viii. and 200, cloth. 1874. 3s. 6d.

LAND.—Tux Prinorpres or Heprew Grammar. By J. P. N. Land, Professor of
Logic and Metaphysics in the University of Leyden, Translated from the Dutch,
by Reginald Lane Poole, Balliol College, Oxford. Part I. Sounds. Part II.
Words. With Large Additions by the Author, and a new Preface. Crown 8yo,
pp. xx. and 220, cloth. 1876. 7s. 6d.

LANE.—Tuer Koran. See Triibner’s Oriental Series.

LANGE.—A History oF MATERIALISM. See English and Foreign Philosophical
. Library, Vols. I. to III.

LANGE.—Gerrmania. A German Reading-book Arranged Progressively. By F. K.
W. Lange, Ph.D. Part I. Anthology of German Prose and Poetry, with
Vocabulary and Biographical Notes. 8vo, pp. xvi. and 216, cloth, 1881, 3s. 6d.
Part II. Essays on German History and Institutions, with Notes. 8vo, pp. 124,
cloth. 1881. 3s. 6d. Parts I. and II. together. 5s. 6d.

LANGE.—GeERMAN PROSE WRITING. Comprising English Passages for Translation
into German. Selected from Examination Papers of the University of London,
the College of Preceptors, London, and the Royal Military Academy, Woolwich,
arranged progressively, with Notes and Theoretical as well as Practical Treatises
on themes for the writing of Essays. By F. K. W. Lange, Ph.D., Assistant Ger-
man Master, Royal Academy, Woolwich ; Examiner, Royal College of Preceptors
London. Crown 8vo, pp. viii. and 176, cloth. 1881. 4s.

LANGE.—GErMAN GRAMMAR Practice. By F. K. W. Lange, Ph.D. Crown 8vo,
pp. viii. and 64, cloth. 1882. 1s. 6d.

LANGE. —CoL.oqurat GERMAN GRAMMAR. ‘With Special Reference to the Anglo-
Saxon Element in the English rags By F. K. W. Lange, Ph.D., &e.
Crown 8yo, pp. xxxii. and 380, cloth. 1882. 4s. 6d.

LANMAN.—A SANSKRIT READER. With Vocabulary and Notes. By Charles
Rockwell Lanman, Professor of Sanskrit in Harvard College. Part I. Imperial
8vo, pp. xx. and 294, cloth, 1884, 10s. 6d.

LARSEN.—DaNIsH-ENGLISH DrcTIOoNARY. By A. Larsen. Crown 8vo, pp. viii.
and 646, cloth. 1884. 7s. 6d.

40 A Catalogue of Important Works,

LASCARIDES.—A CoMPREHENSIVE PHRASEOLOGICAL ENGLISH- ANCIENT AND MODERN
GREEK Lexicon. Founded upon a manuscript of G. P. Lascarides, and Compiled
by L. Myriantheus, Ph.D. 2 vols. 18mo, pp. xi. and 1338, cloth. 1882. £1, 10s.

LATHE (THE) AND ITs USES; or, Instruction in the Art of Turning Wood and Metal,
including a description of the most modern appliances for the Ornamentation of
Plain and (sully Surfaces, &c. Sixth Edition, With additional Chapters and
Index. Illustrated. 8vo, pp. iv. and 316, cloth. 1883. 10s. 6d.

LE-BRUN.—MatTeERIALS FOR TRANSLATING FROM ENGLISH INTO FRENCH; being a
short Essay on Translation, followed by a Graduated Selection in Prose and Verse.
By L. Le-Brun. Seventh Edition. Revised and corrected by Henri Van Laun.
Post 8vo, pp. xii. and 204, cloth. 1882. 4s. 6d.

LEE.—ILLUSTRATIONS OF THE PHYSIOLOGY OF RELIGION. In Sections adapted for
the use of Schools. Part L By Henry Lee, F.R.C.S., formerly Professor of
Surgery, sen College of Surgeons, &c. Crown 8vo, pp. viii. and 108, cloth.

LEES.—A Practica GUIDE TO HEALTH, AND TO THE HOME TREATMENT OF THE
Common AILMENTS OF LIFE: With a Section on Cases of Emergency, and Hints
to Mothers on Nursing, &c. By F. Arnold Lees, F.L.8. Crown 8vo, pp. 334,
stiff covers. 1874. 3s.

LEGGE.—TuHrE CHINESE CLASSICS. With a Translation, Critical and Exegetical,
Notes, Prolegomena, and copious Indexes. By James Legge, D.D., of the Lon-
don Missionary Society. In 7 vols. Royal 8vo. Vols. I.-Y. in Eight Parts,
published, cloth. £2, 2s. each Part.

LEGGE.—THE CHINESE CLASSICS, translated into English. With Preliminary Essays
and Explanatory Notes. Popular Edition. Reproduced for General Readers from
the Author’s work, containing the Original Text. By James Legge, D.D. Crown
8vo. Vol. I. The Life and Teachings of Confucius. Third Edition. Pp. vi.
and 338, cloth. 1872. 10s. 6d.—Vol. II. The Works of Mencius. Pp. x. and 402,
cloth, 12s.—Vol. III. The She- King ; or, The Book of Poetry. Pp. vi. and 432,
cloth: 1876. 12s.

LEGGE.—CoNnFUCIANISM IN RELATION TO CHRISTIANITY. A Paper read before the
Missionary Conference in Shanghai, on May 11th, 1877. By Rev. James Legge,
D.D., LL.D., &c. 8vo, pp. 12, sewed. 1877. Is. 6d.

LEGGE.—A Lerrer TO PROFESSOR Max MULLER, chiefly on the Translat on into
English of the Chinese Terms 7% and Shang T%. By James Legge, Professor of
the Chinese Language and Literature in the University of Oxford. Crown 8vo,
pp. 30, sewed. 1880, Is.

LEIGH.—TueE RELIGION OF THE WORLD. By H. Stone Leigh. 12mo, pp. xii. and
66, cloth. . 1869. 2s. 6d.

LEIGH.—Tur Story or PurLosopHy. By Aston Leigh. Post 8vo, pp. xii. and
210, cloth. 1881. 6s.

LEILA-HANOUM.—A TRAGEDY IN THE IMPERIAL HAREM AT CONSTANTINOPLE.
By Leila-Hanoum. Translated from the French, with Notes by General R. E.
Colston. 16mo, pp. viii. and 300, cloth. 1883. ds. Paper, 2s. 6d.

LELAND.—TxHE BREITMANN Batiaps. The only authorised Edition. Complete in 1
vol., including Nineteen Ballads, illustrating his Travels in Europe (never before
printed), with Comments by Fritz Schwackenhammer. By Charles G. Leland.
Crown 8vo, pp. xxviii. and 292, cloth. 1872. 6s.

LELAND.—TxE Music Lesson or ConFuctus, and other Poems. By Charles G.
Leland. Feap. 8vo, pp. viii. and 168, cloth. 1871. 3s. 6d.

LELAND.—GAvDEAMUS. Humorous Poems translated from the German of Joseph
digg oy Scheffel and others. By Charles G. Leland. 16mo, pp. 176, cloth. 1872.

Published by Triibner & Co. 41

LELAND.—Tuk Ecyprian SkntoH-BooK. . By C. G. Leland. Crown 8vo, pp. viii.
and 316, cloth. 1873. 7s. 6d.

LELAND.—THE ENGLISH GIPSIES AND THEIR LANGUAGE. By Charles G. Leland.
Second Edition. Crown 8vo, pp. xvi. and 260, cloth. 1874. 7s. 6d.

LELAND. —Fv-Sane ; oR, THE DISCOVERY OF AMERICA by Chinese Buddhist Priests
an se Fifth Century. By Charles G. Leland. Crown 8vo, pp. 232, cloth. 1875.
s. 6d,

LELAND.—Pinpetn-Eneiisu Sina-Sone ; or, Songs and Stories in the China-English
Dialect. With a Vocabulary, By Charles G. Leland. Crown 8vo, pp. viii. and
140, cloth. 1876. 5s.

gy —TuHE Gypsies. By OC. G. Leland. Crown 8vo, pp. 372, cloth. 1882.
s. 6d.

LEOPARDI.—See English and Foreign Philosophical Library, Vol. XVII.

LEO.—Four CHAPTERS oF NorRTH’s PLUTAROH, Containing the Lives of Caius Mar-
cius, Coriolanus, Julius Cesar, Marcus Antonius, and Marcus Brutus, as Sources
to Shakespeare’s Tragedies; Coriolanus, Julius Cesar, and Antony and Cleo-
patra; and partly to Hamlet and Timon of Athens. Photolithographed in the
size of the Edition of 1595. With Preface, Notes comparing the Text of the
Editions of 1579, 1595, 1603, and 1612; and Reference Notes to the Text of the
Tragedies of Shakespeare. Edited by Professor F. A. Leo, Ph.D., Vice-Presi-
dent of the New Shakespeare Society ; Member of the Directory of the German
Shakespeare Society ; and Lecturer at the Academy of Modern Philology at Berlin.
Folio, pp. 22, 130 of facsimiles, half-morocco. Library Edition (limited to 250
copies), £1, 11s. 6d. ; Amateur Edition (50 copies on a superior large hand-made
paper), £3, 3s.

LEO.—SHAKESPEARE-NoTES. By F. A. Leo. Demy 8vo, pp. viii. and 120, cloth.
1885, 6s.

LEONOWENS.—Lire anD TRAVEL IN INDIA: Being Recollections of a Journey before
the Days of Railroads. By Anna Harriette Leonowens, Author of ‘“‘The English
Governess at the Siamese Court,” and ‘‘The Romance of the Harem.” 8vo, pp.
326, cloth, Illustrated. 1885. 10s. 6d.

LERMONTOFF,—TxHr Demon. By Michael Lermontoff. ‘Translated from the
Russian by A. Condie Stephen. Crown 8vo, pp. 88, cloth. 1881. 2s. 6d.

LESLEY,.— Man’s ORIGIN AND Destiny. Sketched from the Platform of the Physical
Sciences. By. J. P. Lesley, Member of the National Academy of the United
States, Professor of Geology, University of Pennsylvania. Second (Revised and
considerably Enlarged) Edition, crown 8vo, pp. viii. and 142, cloth. 1881. 7s. 6d.

LESSING.—LETTERS ON BIBLIOLATRY. By Gotthold Ephraim Lessing. Translated
from the German by the late H. H. Bernard, Ph.D. 8vo, pp. 184, cloth. 1862. 5s.

LESSING.—See English and Foreign Philosophical Library, Extra Series, Vols. I.
and IT.

LETTERS on THE WAR BETWEEN GERMANY AND FRANCE. By Mommsen, Strauss,
Max Miiller, and Carlyle. Second Edition. Crown 8vo, pp. 120, cloth. 1871. 2s. 6d.

LEWES.— PROBLEMS OF LIFE AND Mind. By George Henry Lewes. © First Series:
The Foundations of a Creed. Vol. I., demy 8vo. Fourth edition, pp. 488, cloth.
1884. 12s.—Vol. II., demy 8vo, pp. 552, cloth. 1875. 16s.

LEWES.—PROBLEMS OF LIFE AND MIND. By George Henry Lewes. Second Series.
Tue Prystcat Basts or Minp. 8vo, with Illustrations, pp. 508, cloth. 1877.
16s. Contents.—The Nature of Life; The Nervous Mechanism ; Animal Auto-
matism; The Reflex Theory.

LEWES.—PRoBiemMs or Lire AND Minp. By George Henry Lewes. Third Series.
Problem the First—The Study of Psychology: Its Object, Scope, and Method.
Demy 8vo, pp. 200, cloth. 1879. 7s. 6d. :

42 A Catalogue of Important Works,

LEWES.—PROBLEMS OF Lir— AND MinD. By George Henry Lewes. Third Series.
Problem the Second—Mind as a Function of the Organism. Problem the Third—
The Sphere of Sense and Logic of Feeling. Problem the Fourth—The Sphere of
Intellect and Logic of Signs. Demy 8vo, pp. x. and 500, cloth. 1879. 15s.

LEWIS,—See JUVENAL and PLiny.

LIBRARIANS, TRANSACTIONS AND PRocmnriaian OF THE CONFERENCE OF, held in
London, October 1877. Edited by Edward B. Nicholson and Henry R. Tedder.
Imperial $vo, pp. 276, cloth. 1878. £1, 8s.

LIBRARY ASSOCIATION OF THE UNITED KINGDOM, Transactions and Proceed-
ings of the Annual Meetings of the. Imperial 8vo, cloth. First, held at
Oxford, October 1, 2, 3, 1878. Edited by the Secretaries, Henry R. Tedder,
Librarian of the Atheneum Club, and Ernest C. Thomas, late Librarian of the
Oxford Union Society. Pp. viii. and 192, 1879. £1, 8s.—SEcOND, held at Man-
chester, September 23, 24, and 25, 1879. Edited by H. R. Tedder and E, C.
Thomas. Pp. x. and 184. 1880. ’£1, 1s 1s.—THIRD, held at Edinburgh, October
“B, 6, and 7, 1880. Edited by E. C. Thomas and C. Welsh. Pp. x. and 202.

1881. £1, 1s.—FovurtH and Firru, held in London, September 1881, and at
Cambridge, September 1882. Edited by E. C. Thomas. Pp. x.-258. 1885. 28s.

LIEBER.—THE LIFE AND LETTERS OF FRANCIS LirBER. Edited by T. S. Perry.
8yo, pp. iv. and 440, cloth, with Portrait. 1882. 14s.

LITTLE FRENCH READER (Tur). Extracted from ‘‘ The Modern French Reader.”
Third Edition. Crown 8vo, pp. 112, cloth. 1884. 2s.

LLOYD anp NEwTON.—PRUSSIA’S REPRESENTATIVE Man. By F. Lloyd of the
Universities of Halle and Athens, and W. Newton, F.R.G.S. Crown 8vo, pp.
648, cloth. 1875. 10s. 6d.

LOBSCHEID,—CHINESE AND ENGLISH DICTIONARY, arranged according to the Radi-
cals. By W. Lobscheid. 1 vol. imperial 8vo, pp. 600, cloth. £2, 8s.

LOBSCHEID.—ENGLISH AND CHINESE DICTIONARY, with the Punti and Mandarin
se ge ma By W. Lobscheid. Four Parts. Folio, pp. viii. and 2016, boards.

LONG,— Eastern Proverss. See Triibner’s Oriental Series.

LOVETT, —TueE Lire AND STRUGGLES OF WILLIAM LoveETT in his pursuit of Bread,
Knowledge, and Freedom ; with some short account of the different ‘Associations
ag to, and of the’ Opinions he entertained. 8vo, pp. vi. and 474, cloth.
1876.

LOVELY.—WHeERE TO Go ror Hep: Being a Companion for Quick and Easy
Reference of Police Stations, Fire-Engine Stations, Fire-Escape Stations, &c.,
&c., of London and the Suburbs. Compiled by W. Lovely, R.N. Third Edi-
tion, 18mo, pp. 16, sewed. 1882. 3d. ,

LOWELL.—TuHE Bictow Papers. By James Russell Lowell. Edited by Thomas
Hughes, Q.C. A Reprint of the Authorised Edition of 1859, together with the
Second Series of 1862. First and Second Series in 1 vol. Feap. ; pp. Ixviii.-140
and lxiv.—190, cloth. 1880, 2s. 6d.

LUCAS.—THE CHILDREN’S PENTATEUCH : With the Haphtarahs or Portions from
the Prophets. Arranged for Jewish Children. By Mrs. Henry Lucas. Crown
8vo, pp. viii. and 570, cloth. 1878. 5s,

LUDEWIG.—THE LITERATURE OF AMERICAN ABORIGINAL LANGUAGES. By Hermann
E. Ludewig. With Additions and Corrections by Professor Wm. W. Turner.
Edited by Nicolas Triibner, 8vo, pp. xxiv. and 258, cloth. 1858. 10s, 6d.

LUKIN.—Tue Boy ENGINEERS: What they did, and how they did it. By the Rev.
L, J. Lukin, Author of ‘*‘ The Young Mechanic,” &c. A Book for Boys; 30 En-
gravings. Imperial 16mo, pp. viii. and 344, cloth. 1877. 7s. 6d.

LUX E TENEBRIS; or, THE TesTIMONY OF ConscrousNESS. <A Theoretic Essay.
Crown 8vo, pp. 376, with Diagram, cloth. 1874. 10s. 6d.

Published by Triibner & Oo. 43

MACCORMAC,—TuE CONVERSATION OF A SouL witH Gop: A Theodicy. By Henry
MacCormac, M.D. 16mo, pp. xvi. and 144, cloth. 1877. 3s. 6d.

MACHIAVELLI.—Tur HistoricAL, POLITICAL, AND DIPLOMATIC WRITINGS OF
NiccoLo MACHIAVELLI. Translated from the Italian by C. E. Detmold. With
Portraits. 4 vols. 8vo, cloth, pp. xli., 420, 464, 488, and 472. 1882. £3, 3s.

MACKENZIE.—HIsTorY OF THE RELATIONS OF THE GOVERNMENT WITH THE HILL
TRIBES OF THE NORTH-EAST FRONTIER OF BENGAL. By Alexander Mackenzie, of
the Bengal Civil Service; Secretary to the Government of India in the Home
Department, and formerly Secretary to the Government of Bengal. Royal 8vo,
pp. xviii. and 586, cloth, with Map. 1884. 16s.

MADDEN.—Corns oF THE Jews. Being a History of the Jewish Coinage and Money
in the Old and New Testaments. By Frederick W. Madden, M.R.A.S. Member
of the Numismatic Society of London, Secretary of the Brighton College, &c., &c.
With 279 Woodcuts and a Plate of Alphabets. Royal 4to, pp. xii. and 330, cloth.
1881. £2, 2s.

MADELUNG.—TuE CAUSES AND OPERATIVE TREATMENT OF DUPUYTREN’S FINGER
ConTRACTION. By Dr. Otto W. Madelung, Lecturer of Surgery at the Univer-
ay, me Assistant Surgeon at the University Hospital, Bonn. 8vo, pp. 24, sewed.

76. 1s.

MAHAPARINIBBANASUTTA.—See CHILDERS.

MAHA-VIRA-CHARITA; or, The Adventures of the Great Hero Rama. An Indian
Drama in Seven Acts. Translated into English Prose from the Sanskrit of
Bhavabhiiti. By John Pickford, M.A. Crown 8vo, cloth. 5s,

MAIMONIDES.—TuHE GUIDE OF THE PERPLEXED OF MaIMoNIDES. See English and
Foreign Philosophical Library.

MALLESON,—Essays AND LECTURES ON INDIAN HISTORICAL SUBJECTS. By Colonel
G. B. Malleson, C.8.I. Second Issue. Crown 8vo, pp. 348, cloth. 1876. 5s.
MAN.—ON THE ABORIGINAL INHABITANTS OF THE ANDAMAN Istanps. By Edward
Horace Man, Assistant Superintendent, Andaman and Nicobar Islands, F.R.G.S.,
M.R.A.S., M.A.I. With Report of Researches into the Language of the South
Andaman Islands. By A. J. Ellis, F.R.S., F.S.A. Reprinted from “‘ The Journal
of the Anthropological Institute of Great Britain and Ireland.” Demy 8vo, pp.

XXviii.-298, with Map and 8 Plates, cloth. 1885. 10s. 6d.

MANDLEY.—Woman OvrsipE CHRISTENDOM. An Exposition of the Influence
exerted by Christianity on the Social Position and Happiness of Women. By
J. G. Mandley. Crown 8vo, pp. viii. and 160, cloth. 1880, 5s, :

MANIPULUS VooasuLtorumM. A Rhyming Dictionary of the English Language. By
Peter Levins (1570). Edited, with an Alphabetical Index, by Henry B. Wheatley.
8vo, pp. xvi. and 370, cloth. 1867. 14s.

MANG ES.—A RETROSPECT OF THE AUTUMN MANG@UVRES, 1871. With 5 Plans.
By a Recluse. 8vo, pp. xii. and 133, cloth. 1872. 5s.

MARIETTE-BEY.—Tur MoNUMENTS OF Upper Eaypt: a translation of the
‘*Ttinéraire de la Haute te” of Auguste Mariette-Bey. Translated by
Alphonse Mariette. Crown 8vo, pp. xvi. and 262, cloth. 1877. 7s. 6d. —

~ MARKHAM.—QvicHuA GRAMMAR AND DicrionaRy. Contributions towards a
Grammar and Dictionary of Quichua, the Language of the Yncas of Peru. Col-
lected by Clements R. Markham, F.S.A. Crown 8vo, pp. 223, cloth. £1, 11s. 6d.

MARKHAM.—Or.anta: A Drama in the Quichua Language. Text, Translation,
and Introduction. By Clements R. Markham, 0.B. Crown 8vo, pp. 128, cloth.
1871. 7s. 6d.

MARKHAM.—A Memorr or THE LADY ANA DE Osorio, Countess of Chincon, and

Vice-Queen of Peru, A.D. 1629-39. With a Plea for the correct spelling of the
Chinchona Genus. By Clements R. Markham, ©.B., Member of the Imperial Aca-

demy Nature Curiosorum, with the Cognomen of Chinchon. Small 4to, pp. xii. and

100. With 2 Coloured Plates, Map, and Illustrations. Handsomely bound.

1874. 28s.

44 A Catalogue of Important Works,

MARKHAM.—A Mermork ON THE INDIAN SuRVEYS. By Clements R. Markham,
C.B., F.R.S., &c., &c. Published by Order of H. M. Secretary of State for India
in Council. Illustrated with Maps. Second Edition. Imperial 8vo, pp. xxx.
and 481, boards. 1878. 10s. 6d.

MARKHAM.— NaRRATIVES OF THE MISSION OF GEORGE BOGLE TO TIBET, and of the
Journey of Thomas Manning to Lhasa. Edited with Notes, an Introduction, and
Lives of Mr. Bogle and Mr. Manning. By Clements R. Markham, O.B., F.R.S.
pesony, Bann: 8vo, pp. clxv. and 362, cloth. With Maps and Illustrations.
1879. 21s. ,

MARKS.—SeERMONS. Preached on various occasions at the West London Synagogue
of British Jews. By the Rev. Professor Marks, Minister of the Congregation.
Published at the request of the Council. Second Series, demy 8vo, pp. viii.-310,
cloth. 1885. 7s. 6d. Third Series, demy 8vo, pp. iv.-284, cloth. 1885. 7s. 6d.

MARMONTEL.—BeEtisarne. Par Marmontel. Nouvelle Edition. 12mo, pp. xii.
and 123, cloth.. 1867. 2s. 6d.

MARSDEN.—NUMISMATA ORIENTALIA ILLUSTRATA. THE PLATES OF THE ORIENTAL
Corns, ANCIENT AND MopERy, of the Collection of the late William Marsden,
F.R.S., &c. &c. Engraved from Drawings made under his Directions. 4to, 57
Plates, cloth. 31s. 6d.

MARTIN anD TRUBNER.—THE CURRENT GOLD AND SILVER COINS OF ALL COUNTRIES,
their Weight and Fineness, and their Intrinsic Value in English Money, with
Facsimiles of the Coins. By Leopold C. Martin, of. Her Majesty’s Stationery
Office, and Charles Triibner. In 1 vol. medium 8vo, 141 Plates, printed in Gold
and Silver, and representing about 1000 Coins, with 160 pages of Text, hand-
somely bound in embossed cloth, richly gilt, with Emblematical Designs on the
Cover, and gilt edges. 1863. £2, 2s.

MARTIN.—THE CHINESE: THEIR EDUCATION, PHILOSOPHY, AND LETTERS. By W.

. A. P. Martin, D.D., LL.D., President of the Tungwen College, Pekin. 8vo, pp.
320, cloth. 1881. 7s. 6d.

MARTINEAU.—EssAys, PHILOSOPHICAL AND THEOLOGICAL. By James Martineau.
2 vols. crown 8vo, pp. iv. and 414—x. and 430, cloth. 1875. £1, 4s.

MARTINEAU.—LETTERS FROM IRELAND. By Harriet Martineau. Reprinted from
the Daily News. Post 8vo, pp. viii. and 220, cloth. 1852. 6s. 6d.

MASON.—Bourma: Irs PEOPLE AND PRODUCTIONS ; or, Notes on the Fauna, Flora,
and Minerals of Tenasserim, Pegu and Burma. By the Rev. F. Mason, D.D.,
M.R.A.S8., Corresponding Member of the American Oriental Society, of the Boston
Society of Natural History, and of the Lyceum of Natural History, New York.
Vol. I. GroLocy, MINERALOGY AND ZooLoey. Vol. II. Borany. Rewritten and |
Enlarged by W. Theobald, late Deputy-Superintendent Geological Survey of
ing i Vols., royal 8vo, pp. xxvi. and 560; xvi, and 788 and xxxvi., cloth.

MATHEWS.— ABRAHAM IBN Ezra’s COMMENTARY ON THE CANTICLES AFTER THE
First RECENSION. Edited from the MSS., with a translation, by H. J. Mathews,
wees Exeter College, Oxford. Crown 8vo, pp. x., 34, and 24, limp cloth. 1874.

s. 6d.

MATERIA MEDICA, PHysIoLoGicaL AND APPLIED. Vol. I. Contents :—Aconitum,
by R. E. Dudgeon, M.D.; Crotalus, by J. W. Hayward, M.D.; Digitalis, by F.
Black, M.D.; Kali Bichromicum, by J. J. Drysdale, M.D.; Nux Vomica, by F.
peek eee Plumbum, by F. Black, M.D. Demy 8vo, pp. xxiv.-726, cloth.

’ Ss.

MAXWELL.—A MANUAL OF THE MAtAy Lancuace. By W.'E. MAxwett, of the
Inner Temple, Barrister-at-Law ; Assistant Resident, Perak, Malay Peninsula.
With an Introductory Sketch of the Sanskrit Element in Malay. Crown 8vo,
pp. viii, and 182, cloth. 1882. 7s. 6d.

MAY.—A BrIsiioGRaPHy OF ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM. 1860 to 1883. With
Special Reference to Electro-Technics. Compiled by G. May. With an Index
by O. Salle, Ph.D, Crown 8vo, pp. viii.—204, cloth. 1884. 5s.

Published by Triibner & Co. 45

MAYER. —On THE ART OF POTTERY: with a History of its Rise and Progress in
ise tae By Joseph Mayer, F,\S,A., F.R.S.N.A., &. 8vo, pp. 100, boards.
aoe

MAYERS.—TREATIES BETWEEN THE EMPIRE OF CHINA AND FOREIGN Powers,
together with Regulations for the conduct of Foreign Trade, &c. Edited by W.
Ms Pgs piaene Secretary to H.B.M.’s Legation at Peking. S8vo, pp. 246,
cloth. F A

MAYERS.—TuHEe CHINESE GOVERNMENT: a Manual of Chinese Titles, categorically
arranged and explained, with an Appendix. By Wm. Fred. Mayers, Chinese
ie ag Fag nds Legation at Peking, &c.,&c. Royal 8vo, pp. viii. and 160,
cloth. fs 3.

M‘CRINDLE,—Anorent INDIA, AS DESCRIBED BY MEGASTHENES AND ARRIAN;
being a translation of the fragments of the Indika of Megasthenes collected by
Dr. Schwanbeck, and of the first part of the Indika of Arrian. By J. W.
M‘Crindle, M.A., Principal of the Government College, Patna, &e. With
Introduction, Notes, and Map of Ancient India. Post 8vo, pp. xi. and 224,
cloth. 1877. 7s. 6d.

M‘CRINDLE.—THE COMMERCE AND NAVIGATION OF THE ERYTHREZAN SEA. Being
a Translation of the Periplus Maris Erythrxi, by an Anonymous Writer, and of
Arrian’s Account of the Voyage of Nearkhos, from the Mouth of the Indus to the
Head of the Persian Gulf. With Introduction, Commentary, Notes, and Index.
be J. re ares M.A., Edinburgh, &c. Post 8vo, pp. iv. and 238, cloth.

Te: ‘

M‘CRINDLE.—Ancient India as Described by Ktesias the Knidian; being a Transla-
tion of the Abridgment of his ‘‘ Indika” by Photios, and of the Fragments of that
Work preserved in other Writers. With Introduction, Notes, and Index. By
J. W. M‘Crindle, M.A., M.R.S.A. 8vo, pp. viii. and 104, cloth. 1882. 6s.

MECHANIC (Tur Youna).. A Book for Boys, containing Directions for the use of
all kinds of Tools, and for the construction of Steam Engines and Mechanical
Models, including the Art of Turning in Wood and Metal. Fifth Edition.
Imperial 16mo, pp. iv. and 346, and 70 Engravings, cloth. 1878. 6s.

MECHANIC’S WorksHop (AMATEUR). A Treatise containing Plain and Concise
Directions for the Manipulation of Wood and Metals, including Casting, Forging,
Brazing, Soldering, and Carpentry. By the Author of “‘The Lathe and its Uses.”
Sixth Edition. Demy 8vo, pp. iv. and 148. Ilustrated, cloth. 1880. 6s.

MEDITATIONS on DEATH AND EreRNIty. Translated from the German by Frederica
Rowan. Published by Her Majesty’s gracious permission. 8vo, pp. 386, cloth.
4862. 10s. 6d.

Dirro. Smaller Edition, crown 8vo, printed on toned paper, pp. 352, cloth.
1884. 6s.

MEDITATIONS on LIFE AND ITS RELIGIOUS DutiEs. Translated from the German
by Frederica Rowan. Dedicated to H.R.H. Princess Louis of Hesse. Published
by Her Majesty’s gracious permission. Being the Companion Volume to ‘‘ Medi-
tations on Death and Eternity.” 8vo, pp. vi. and 370, cloth. 1863. 10s. 6d.

Dirro. Smaller Edition, crown 8vo, printed on toned paper, pp. 338. 1863.
6s.

x

MEDLICOTT,—A MANUAL oF THE GEOLOGY oF INDIA, chiefly compiled from the
observations of the Geological Survey. By H. B. Medlicott, M.A., Superintendent,
Geological Survey of India, and W. T. Blanford, A.R.S.M., F.R.S., Deputy Super-
intendent. Published by order of the Government of India. 2 vols. 8vo, pp.
xviii,-Ixxx,-818, with 21 Plates and large coloured Map mounted in case, uniform,
cloth. 1879, 16s. (For Part III. see BALL.)

46 A Catalogue of Important Works,

MEGHA-DUTA (THE). (Cloud-Messenger.) By Kalidasa. Translated from the
Sanskrit into English Verse by the late H. H. Wilson, M.A., F.R.S. The Vocabu-
lary by Francis Johnson. New Edition. 4to, pp. xi. and 180, cloth, 10s. 6d.

MEREDYTH.—Anroa, A REPERTOIRE OF ORIGINAL Porms, Sacred and Secular. By
F. Meredyth, M.A., Canon of Limerick Cathedral. Crown 8vo, pp. 124, cloth.
1875. 5s.

METCALFE.—THE ENGLISHMAN AND THE SCANDINAVIAN. By Frederick Met-
calfe, M.A., Fellow of Lincoln College, Oxford; Translator of ‘‘Gallus” and
**Charicles;” and Author of “The Oxonian in Iceland.” Post 8vo, pp. 512,
cloth. 1880. 18s. :

MICHEL.—Lzs Ecossais EN FRANCE, Les FRANQAIS EN Ecosse Par Francisque
Michel, Correspondant de l'Institut de France, kc. In 2 vols. 8vo, pp. vii., 547,
and 551, rich blue cloth, with emblematical designs. With upwards of 100 Coats
of Arms, and other Illustrations. Price, £1, 12s.—Also a Large-Paper Edition
(limited to 100 Copies), printed on Thick Paper. 2 vols. 4to, half morocco, with 3
additional Steel Engravings. 1862. £3, 3s

MICKIEWICZ.—KonraD WALLENROD. An Historical Poem. By A. Mickiewicz.
Translated from the Polish into English Verse by Miss M. Biggs. 18mo, pp.
xvi. and 100, cloth. 1882. 2s. 6d.

MILL.—Avucuste ComTE AND Positivism. By the late John Stuart Mill, M.P.
Third Edition. 8vo, pp. 200, cloth. 1882. 3s. 6d.

MILLHOUSE.—MANUAL OF ITALIAN CONVERSATION. For the Use of Schools, By
John Millhouse. 18mo, pp. 126, cloth. 1866. 2s.

MILLHOUSE.—NeEw ENGLISH AND ITALIAN PRONOUNCING AND EXPLANATORY DIc-
TIONARY. By John Millhouse. Vol. I. English-Italian. Vol. II. Italian-English.
Fourth Edition. 2 vols, square 8vo, pp. 654 and 740, cloth. 1867. 12s.

MILNE.—NorTES ON ORYSTALLOGRAPHY AND CRYSTALLO-PHYSIOS. Being the Sub-
stance of Lectures delivered at Yedo during the years 1876-1877. By John
Milne, F.G.S. 8vo, pp. viii. and 70, cloth. 1879. 3s.

MILTON AND VONDEL.—See EpmMuNDSON.

MINOCHCHERJI.—Pautavi, Gusiratl, AND ENGLISH Dictionary. By Jamashji
Dastur Minochcherji. Vol. L., with Photograph of Author. 8vo, pp, clxxii. and
168, cloth. 1877. 14s.

MITRA.—BuppuHa Gaya: The Hermitage of Sékya Muni. By Rajendralala Mitra,
LL.D., C.LE., &. 4to, pp. xvi. and 258, with 51 Plates, cloth. 1879. £3.

MOCATTA.—Morat BIBLICAL GLEANINGS AND PRACTICAL TEACHINGS, Illustrated
by Biographical Sketches Drawn from the Sacred Volume. By J. L. Mocatta.
8vo, pp. viii. and 446, cloth. 1872. 7s. .

MODERN FRENCH READER (THE). Prose. Junior Course. Tenth Edition. . Edited
by Ch. Cassal, LL.D., and Théodore Karcher, LL.B. Crown 8vo, pp. xiv. and 224,
cloth. 1884, 2s. 6d.

SENIOR CoursE. Third Edition. Crown 8vo, pp. xiv. and 418, cloth. 1880. 4s.

MODERN FRENCH READER.—A Gutossary of Idioms, Gallicisms, and other Diffi-
culties contained in the Senior Course of the Modern French Reader ; with Short
Notices of the most important French Writers and Historical or Literary Charac-
ters, and hints as to the works to be read or studied, By Charles Cassal, LL.D.,
&c. Crown 8vo, pp. viii. and 104, cloth. 1881, 2s. 6d.

MODERN FRENCH READER, —Srnior CouRSE AND GLOSSARY combined. 6s.

MORELET.—TRaAvVELS IN CENTRAL AMERICA, including Accounts of some Regions
unexplored since the Conquest. From the French of A. Morelet, by Mrs, M. F.
Squier. Edited by E. G. Squier. 8vo, pp. 430, cloth. 1871. 8s. 6d.

* MORFILL,—Smp.irieD PoLisH GRAMMAR. See Triibner's Collection.

Published by Triibner & Co. | 47

MORFIT.—A PractTIcAL TREATISE ON THE MANUFACTURE OF Soaps. By Campbell
Morfit, M.D., F.C.S., formerly Professor of Applied Chemistry in the University
rs oo With Illustrations. Demy 8vo, pp. xii. and 270, cloth. 1871.

, 12s. 6d. 4

MORFIT.—A PracticaAL TREATISE ON PURE FERTILIZERS, and the Chemical Con-
version of Rock Guanos, Marlstones, Coprolites, and the Crude Phosphates of
Lime and Alumina generally into various valuable Produtts. By Campbell Morfit,
M.D., F.C.8., formerly Professor of Applied Chemistry in the University of Mary-
land. With 28 Plates. 8vo, pp. xvi. and 547, cloth. 1873. £4, 4s.

MORRIS.—A DESCRIPTIVE AND HISTORICAL ACCOUNT OF THE GODAVERY DISTRICT, -
IN THE PRESIDENCY OF MADRAS. By Henry Morris, formerly of the Madras Civil
Service, author of ‘‘ A History of India, for use in Schools,” and other works.
Witha Map. 8vo, pp. xii. and 390, cloth. 1878. 12s.

MOSENTHAL.—OstTRICHES AND OstRICH Farmina. By J. de Mosenthal, late
Member of the Legistive Council,of the Cape of Good Hope, &c., and James E.
Harting, F.L.S., F.Z.8., Member of the British Ornithologist’s Union, &c. Second
Edition. With 8 full-page illustrations and 20 woodcuts. Royal 8vo, pp. xxiv.
and 246, cloth. 1879. 10s. 6d.

MOTLEY.—Joun Lorurop Mornry:.a Memoir. By Oliver Wendell Holmes.
English Copyright Edition. Crown 8vo, pp. xii. and 275, cloth. 1878. 6s.

MUELLER.—THE ORGANIC CONSTITUENTS OF PLANTS AND VEGETABLE SUBSTANCES,
and their Chemical Analysis. By Dr. G. C. Wittstein. Authorised Translation
from the German Original, enlarged with numerous Additions, by Baron Ferd.
von Mueller, K.C.M.G., M. & Ph. D., F.R.S. Crown 8vo, pp. xviii. and 332,
wrapper. 1880. 14s. .

MUELLER.—SELEOT ExTRA-TROPICAL PLANTS READILY ELIGIBLE FOR INDUSTRIAL
CULTURE OR NATURALISATION. With Indications of their Native Countries and
some of their Uses. By F. Von Mueller, K.C.M.G., M.D., Ph.D., F.R.S. 8vo,
pp. x., 394, cloth. 1880, 8s.

MUHAMMED.—Tuer Lire or MuHAMMED. Based on Muhammed Ibn Ishak. By
Abd El Malik Ibn Hisham. Edited by Dr. Ferdinand Wiistenfeld. One volume
containing the Arabic Text. 8vo, pp. 1026, sewed. £1, 1s. Another volume, con-
taining Introduction, Notes, and Index in German. 8vo, pp. lxxii. and 266, sewed.
7s. 6d. Each part sold separately.

MUIR.—EXTRACTS FROM THE CoRAN. In the Original, with English rendering. -
Compiled by Sir William Muir, K.C.S,I., LL.D., Author of ‘The Life of
Mahomet.” Second Edition, Crown 8vo, pp. viii. and 64, cloth. 1885, 2s, 6d.

MUIR.—ORrIGINAL SANSKRIT TEXTS, on the Origin and History of the People of
India, their Religion and Institutions, Collected, Translated, and Illustrated by
John Muir, D.C.L., LL.D., Ph.D., &e. &e.

Vol. I. Mythical and Legendary Accounts of the Origin of Caste, with an Inquiry
into its existence in the Vedic Age. Second Edition, rewritten and
greatly enlarged. 8vo, pp. xx. and 532, cloth. 1868. rE?

Vol. II, The Trans-Himalayan Origin of the Hindus, and their Affinity with the
Western Branches of the Aryan Race. Second Edition, revised, with
Additions. 8vo, pp. xxxii. and 512, cloth. 1871. £1, 1s.

Vol. III. The Vedas: Opinions of their Authors, and of later Indian Writers, on
their Origin, Inspiration, and Authority. Second Edition, revised and
enlarged. 8vo, pp. xxxii. and 312, cloth. 1868. 16s.

Vol. IV. Comparison of the Vedic with the later representation of the principal
og a Om Second Edition, revised. 8vo, pp. xvi. and 524, cloth.
1873. £1, 1s. }

48 A Catalogue of Important Works,

MUIR.—Oricinat SANSKRIT TEXTS—continued.
Vol. V. Contributions to a Knowledge of the Cosmogony, Mythology, Religious
Ideas, Life and Manners of the Indians in the Vedic Age. Third
Edition. 8vo, pp. xvi. and 492, cloth. 1884. £1, 1s.
MUIR.—TRANSLATIONS FROM THE SANSKRIT.. See Triibner’s Oriental Series.
MULHALL.—HANDBOOK OF THE RIVER PLATE, Comprising the Argentine Republic,
Uruguay, and Paraguay. With Six Maps. By M. G. and E. T. Mulhall, Pro-
peewee and Editors of the Buenos Ayres Standard. Fifth Edition (Ninth
housand), crown 8vo, pp. x. and 732, cloth. 1885. 7s. 6d.

MULLER.—Ovrtiine Dicrionary, for the Use of Missionaries, Explorers, and
Students of Language. With an Introduction on the proper Use of the Ordinary
English Alphabet in transcribing Foreign Languages. By F. Max Miller, M.A. The
Vocabulary compiled by John Bellows. 12mo, pp. 368, morocco, 1867. 7s. 6d.

MULLER.—Lzcrurr on BuppHIST Numiuism. By F. Max Miiller, M.A. Feap.
8vo, sewed. 1869. Is.

MULLER.—TuE SAcRED HYMNS OF THE BRAHMINS, as preserved to us in the oldest
collection of religious poetry, the Rig-Veda-Sanhita, Translated and explained, by
F. Max Miller, M.A., Fellow of All Souls’ College, Professor of Comparative Philo-
logy at Oxford, Foreign Member of the Institute of France, &c., &c. Vol. I. Hymns
to the Maruts or the Storm-Gods. 8vo, pp. clii, and 264, cloth. 1869. 12s. 6d.

MULLER. —TueE Hymns OF THE Ric- VEDA, in the Samhita and Pada Texts. Reprinted
from the Editio Princeps. By F. Max Miiller, M.A., &c. Second Edition, with
the two Texts on Parallel Pages. In two vols. 8vo, pp. 1704, sewed. £1, 12s,

MULLER.— A SHort History OF THE BoURBONS. From the Earliest Period down
to the Present Time. By R. M. Miiller, Ph.D., Modern Master at Forest School,
Walthamstow, and Author of ‘‘ Paralléle entre ‘ Jules César,’ par Shakespeare, et
‘Le Mort de César,’ par Voltaire,” &c. Feap. 8vo, pp. 30, wrapper. 1882. 1s.

MULLER.—Anctent INSORIPTIONS IN CEYLON. By Dr. Edward Miiller. 2 Vols.
Text, crown 8vo, pp. 220, cloth, and Plates, oblong folio, cloth. 1883, 21s.

MULLER.—PaAtiI GRAMMAR. See Triibner’s Collection.

MULLEY.—GeERMAN GEMS IN AN ENGLISH SETTING. Translated by Jane Mulley.
Feap., pp. xii. and 180, cloth. 1877. 3s. 6d.

NAGANANDA; or, THE Joy oF THE SNAKE Worz~p. A Buddhist Drama in Five
Acts. Translated into English Prose, with Explanatory Notes, from the Sanskrit
of Sri-Harsha-Deva, by Palmer Boyd, B.A. ith an Introduction by Professor
Cowell. Crown 8vo, pp. xvi. and 100, cloth. 1872. 4s, 6d.

NAPIER.—Foik Lore; or, Superstitious Beliefs in the West of Scotland within
this Century. . With an Appendix, showing the probable relation of the modern
Festivals of Christmas, May Day, St. John’s Day, and Hallowe’en, to ancient Sun
and Fire Worship. By James Napier, F.R.S.E., &c. Crown 8vo, pp. vii. and
190, cloth. 1878. 4s.

NARADIYA DHARMA-SASTRA ; or, THE INSTITUTES OF NARADA. Translated, for
the first time, from the unpublished Sanskrit original. By Dr. Julius Jolly,
University, Wurzburg. With a Preface, Notes, chiefly critical, an Index of
Quotations from Narada in the principal Indian Digests, and a general Index.
Crown 8vo, pp. xxxv. and 144, cloth. 1876. 10s. 6d.

NAVILLE.—Pitnom. See Egypt Exploration Fund.

NEVILL.—Hanp List or MOLLUSCA IN THE INDIAN MusEUM, CaALcuTTA. By
Geoffrey Nevill, C.M.Z.S., &c., First Assistant to the Superintendent of the
Indian Museum. Part I. Gastropoda, Pulmonata, and Prosobranchia-Neuro-
branchia. 8vo, pp. xvi. and 338, cloth. 1878. 15s.

.—TuHE Opes of Horace. Translated into Unrhymed Metres, with Intro-
duction and Notes. By F. W. Newman. Second Edition. Post 8vo, pp. xxi.
and 247, cloth. 1876. 4s.

Published by Triibner & Co. 49

NEWMAN.—TuHEISM, DooTRINAL AND PRACTICAL; or, Didactic Religious Utterances.
By F. W. Newman. 4to, pp. 184, cloth. 1858. 4s. 6d.

NEWMAN.—HomeEric TRANSLATION IN THEORY AND Practice.. A Reply to Matthew
Arnold. By F. W. Newman. Crown 8vo, pp. 104, stiff covers, 1861. 2s. 6d.

NEWMAN.—HtAwaTHA: Rendered into Latin. With Abridgment. By F. W.
Newman. 12mo, pp. vii. and 110, sewed. 1862. 2s. 6d.

NEWMAN.—A History oF THE HEBREW Monarouy from the Administration of
Samuel to the Babylonish Captivity. By F. W. Newman. Third Edition. Crown
8vo, pp. x. and 354, cloth. 1865. 8s. 6d.

NEWMAN.—Puases or FaitH; or, Passages from the History of my Creed. By
F. W. Newman. New Edition ; with Reply to Professor Henry Rogers, Author
of the ‘‘ Eclipse of Faith.” Crown 8vo, pp. viii. and 212, cloth. 1881. 3s. 6d.

NEWMAN.—A Hannsook or MopERN ARABIC, consisting of a Practical Grammar,
with numerous Examples, Dialogues, and. Newspaper Extracts, in European
Type. By F. W. Newman. Post 8vo, pp. xx. and 192, cloth. 1866. 6s.

NEWMAN.—TRANSLATIONS OF ENGLISH PoETRY INTO LaTIN VERSE. Designed as
Part of a New Method of Instructing in Latin. By F. W. Newman. Crown 8vo,
pp. xiv. and 202, cloth. 1868. 6s,

NEWMAN.—THE Sout: Her Sorrows and her Aspirations. An Essay towards the
Natural History of the Soul, as the True Basis of Theology. By F. W. Newman.
Tenth Edition. Post 8vo, pp. xii. and 162, cloth. 1882. 3s. 6d.

NEWMAN,—TueE TEXT OF THE IcUVINE INsoRIPTIONS. With Interlinear Latin
Translation and Notes. By F. W. Newman. 8vo, pp. 56,sewed. 1868, 2s.

NEWMAN.—MIScELLANIES ; chiefly Addresses, Academical and Historical. By F.
W. Newman. §8vo, pp. iv. and 356, cloth. 1869. 7s. 6d.

NEWMAN.—Tue I.tAp or Homer, faithfully translated into Unrhymed English
Metre, by F. W. Newman. Royal 8vo, pp. xvi. and 384, cloth. 1871. 10s. 6d.

NEWMAN.— A Dictionary oF MopERN ARABIC. 1. Anglo-Arabic Dictionary. 2.
Anglo-Arabic Vocabulary. 3. Arabo-English Dictionary. By F. W. Newman.
In 2 vols. crown 8vo, pp. xvi. and 376-464, cloth. 1871. £1, ls.

NEWMAN.—Hesrew THEISM. By F. W. Newman. Royal 8vo, pp. viii. and 172.
Stiff wrappers. 1874. 4s. 6d.

NEWMAN.—TuHE Morat INFLUENCE OF Law. <A Lecture by F. W. Newman, May
20, 1860. Crown 8vo, pp. 16, sewed. 3d.

NEWMAN.—ReE LIcIon Not History. By F. W. Newman. Foolscap, pp. 58, paper
wrapper. 1877. Is.

NEWMAN.—MorninG PRAYERS IN THE HOUSEHOLD OF A BELIEVER IN GOD. By F.
W. Newman. Second Edition. Crown 8vo, pp. 80, limp cloth. 1882. 1s. 6d.

NEWMAN.—REORGANIZATION OF ENGLISH InstTITUTIONS. A Lecture by Emeritus
Professor F. W. Newman. Delivered in the Manchester Atheneum, October 15,
1875. Crown 8vo, pp. 28, sewed. 1880. 6d.

NEWMAN.—Wuar Is CHRISTIANITY WITHOUT CHRIST? By F. W. Newman,
Emeritus Professor of University College, London. 8vo, pp. 28, stitched in
wrapper. 1881. Is.

NEWMAN.—Lipyan VocaBuLary. An Essay towards Herodneng the Ancient
Numidian Language out of Four Modern Languages. By F. W. Newman. Crown
8vo, pp. vi. and 204, cloth. 1882. 10s. 6d.

NEWMAN.—A CuristIAN CoMMONWEALTH. By F. W. Newman. Crown 8yo, pp.
60, cloth. 1883. 1s.

NEWMAN.—CuRISTIANITY IN ITS CRADLE. By F. W. Newman, once Fellow of
Balliol College, Oxford, now Emeritus Professor of University College, London.
Crown 8yvo, pp. iv. and 132, cloth. 1884, 2s.

D

50 A Catalogue of Important Works,

NEWMAN.—ComMENTS ON THE TEXT OF AiscHyLus. By F. W. Newman, Honorary
Fellow of Worcester College, Oxford, and formerly Fellow of Balliol College.
Demy 8vo, pp. xii. and 144, cloth. 1884. 5s.

NEWMAN.—Resitius Cruso: Robinson Crusoe in Latin. A’ Book to Lighten
Tedium toa Learner. By F. W. Newman, Emeritus Professor of Latin in Univer-
sity College, London; Honorary Fellow of Worcester College, Oxford. Post
8vo, pp. xii. and 110, cloth. 1884. 5s.

NEW SOUTH WALES, PUBLICATIONS OF THE GOVERNMENT OF. List on application.

NEW SOUTH WALES.—JourNAL AND PROCEEDINGS OF THE Roya. SOCIETY OF
Published annually. Price 10s. 6d. List of Contents on application.

NEWTON.—Patent LAw AND Practice: showing the mode of obtaining and

Sparse Grants, Disclaimers, Confirmations, and Extensions of Patents. With a
Chapter on Patent Agents. By A. V. Newton. Enlarged Edition. Crown 8vo,
pp. xii. and 104, cloth. 1879. 2s. 6d.

NEWTON.—ANn ANALYSIS OF THE PATENT AND CopyricHtT LAws: Including the
various Acts relating to the Protection of Inventions, Designs, Trade Marks;
Literary and Musical Compositions, Dramatic Performances ; Engravings, Sculp-
ture, Paintings, Drawings, and Photographs. By A. N ewton, author of ‘* Patent
Law and Practice.” Demy 8vo, pp. viii. and 70, cloth. 1884, 3s, 6d.

NEW ZEALAND INSTITUTE PUBLICATIONS :—-.

I. TRANSACTIONS AND ProcEEDINGS of the New Zealand Institute. Demy 8vo,
stitched. Vols. I. to XVI., 1868 to 1883. £1, Is. each.

II. AN INDEX TO THE TRANSACTIONS AND PROCEEDINGS of the New Zealand In-
stitute. Vols. I. to VIII. Edited and Published under the Authority of the
Board of Governors of the Institute. By James Hector, C.M.G., M.D., F.R.S.
Demy, 8vo, 44 pp., stitched. 1877, 2s. 6d.

NEW ZEALAND, —GroxocrcaL Survey. List of Publications on application.

NOIRIT.—A French Course In Ten Lessons. By Jules Noirit, B.A. Lessons
I.-IV. Crown 8vo, pp. xiv. and 80, sewed. 1870. 1s. 6d.

NOIRIT.—FrRench GRAMMATICAL QUESTIONS for the use of Gentlemen preparing
for the Army, Civil Service, Oxford Examinations, &c., &c. By Jules Noirit.
-Crown 8vo, pp. 62, cloth. 1870. 1s. Interleaved, 1s. 6d.

NOURSE.—NARRATIVE OF THE SECOND AROTIC EXPEDITION MADE BY CHARLES F.
Hatt. His Voyage to Repulse Bay; Sledge Journeys to the Straits of Fury and
Hecla, and to King William’s Land, and Residence among the Eskimos during
the years 1864-69. Edited under the orders of the Hon. Secretary of the Navy,
by Prof. J. E. Nourse, U.S.N. 4to, pp. 1. and 644, cloth. With maps, heliotypes,
steel and wood engravings. 1880. £1, 8s.

NUGENT'S ImprovEeD FRENCH AND ENGLISH AND ENGLISH AND FRENCH POCKET
DictrionarRy. Par Smith. 24mo, pp. 489 and 320, cloth. 1873. 3s.

NUTT.—Two TREATISES ON VERBS CONTAINING FEEBLE AND DOUBLE LETTERS. By
R. Jehuda Hayug of Fez. Translated into Hebrew from the original Arabic by
R. Moses Gikatilia of Cordova, with the Treatise on Punctuation by the same
author, translated by Aben Ezra, Edited from Bodleian MSS., with an English
translation, by J. W. Nutt, M.A. Demy 8vo, pp. 312, sewed. 1870. 5s.

NUMISMATA ORIENTALIA ILLUSTRATA, See MARSDEN, and INTERNATIONAL.

NUTT.—A SKETCH OF SAMARITAN History, DoGMA, AND LITERATURE. An Intro-
troduction to “‘Fragments of a Samaritan Targum.” By J. W. Nutt, M.A., &c.,
&c. Demy 8vo, pp. 180, cloth. 1874. 5s.

OEHLENSCHLAGER.—AxEL AND VaLBore: a Tragedy, in Five Acts, and other
Poems. Translated from the Danish of Adam Ochlenschliger by Pierce Butler,
M.A., late, Rector of Uleombe, Kent. Edited by Professor ‘Palmer, M.A., of St.
John’s Coll., Camb. With a Memoir of the Translator. Feap. 8vo, pp. xii. and
164, apie 1874. 5s. ,

Published by Triibner & Co. 51

OERA LINDA BOOK (THr).—From a Manuscript of the 13th Century, with the per-
mission of the proprietor, C. Over de Linden of the Helder. The Original Frisian
Text as verified by Dr. J. O. Ottema, accompanied by an English Version of Dr.
> ieee Dutch Translation. By W. R. Sandbach. 8vo, pp. xxv. and 254, cloth.

Rea iP

OGAREFF.—EssAI SUR LA SITUATION Russe. Lettres 4 un Anglais. Par N. Ogareff.
12mo, pp. 150, sewed. 1862. 3s.

OLCOTT.—A BuppHIst CATECHISM, according to the Canon of the Southern Church.
By Colonel H. 8. Olcott, President of the Theosophical Society. 24mo, pp. 32. 1s,

OLCOTT.—TuE Yoca PHILosopHy: Being the Text of Patanjali, with Bhojarajah’s
Commentary. A Reprint of the English Translation of the above, by the late Dr.
Ballantyne and Govind Shastri Deva; to which are added Extracts from Various
Authors, With an Introduction by Colonel H. 8. Olcott, President of the Theo-

_ sophical Society. The whole Edited by Tukaram Tatia, F.T.S. Crown 8vo, pp.
xvi.—294, wrapper. 1882. 7s. 6d

OLLENDORFF.—Mertrono PARA APRENDER A LEER, escribir y hablar el Inglés segun
el sistema de Ollendorff. Por Ramon Palenzuela y Juan de la Carreifio. 8vo, pp.
xlvi. and 460, cloth. 1873. 7s. 6d.

Key to Ditto. Crown 8vo, pp. 112, cloth. 1873. 4s.

OLLENDORFF.—MeEropo PARA APRENDER A LEER, escribir y hablar el Frances,
segun el verdadero sistema de Ollendorff; ordenado en lecciones progresivas, con-
sistiendo de ejercicios orales y escritos ; enriquecido de la pronunciacion figurada
como se estila en la conversacion; y de un Apéndice abrazando las reglas de la
sintaxis, la formacion de los verbos regulares, y la conjugacion de los irregulares.
Por Teodoro Simonné, Professor de Lenguas. Crown 8vo, pp. 342, cloth. 1873. 6s.

Key to Ditto. Crown 8vo, pp. 80, cloth. 1873. 3s. 6d. ;

_ OPPERT.—ON THE CLASSIFICATION oF LaNauaass : A Contribution to Comparative
Philology. By Dr. Gustav Oppert, Ph.D.,,.Professor of Sanskrit, Presidency
College, Madras. 8vo, paper, pp. viii. and 146. 1883. 7s. 6d.

OPPERT.—Lists oF SANSKRIT Manuscripts in Private Libraries of Southern
India, Compiled, Arranged, and Indexed by Gustav Oppert, Ph.D., Professor of
Sanskrit, Presidency College, Madras. Vol. I. 8vo, pp. vii. and 620, cloth. 1883.
£1, 1s. :

OPPERT.—ON THE WEAPONS, ARMY ORGANISATION, AND POLITICAL MAXIMS OF
HE ANCIENT HinpUS; with special reference to Gunpowder and Firearms. By
Dr. Gustav Oppert, Ph.D., Professor of Sanskrit, Presidency College, Madras.
8vo, paper, pp. vi. and 162. 1883. 7s. 6d. ,

ORIENTAL SERIES.—See TruBNER'’S ORIENTAL SERIES.

ORIENTAL Text Soctety’s PusiicatTions. A list may be had on application.

ORIENTAL CONGRESS.—ReEPoRT OF THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE SECOND INTERNA
TONAL CONGRESS OF ORIENTALISTS HELD IN Lonpon, 1874, Royal 8vo, pp.
viii. and 68, sewed. 1874. 5s. :

ORIENTALISTS. TRANSACTIONS OF THE SECOND SESSION OF THE INTERNATIONAL
CoNGRESS OF ORIENTALISTS. Held in London in September 1874, Edited by
Robert K. Douglas, Hon. Sec. 8vo, pp. viii. and 456, cloth. 1876. 21s.

OTTE.—How To LEARN DANISH (Dano-Norwegian); a Manual for Students of
Danish based on the Ollendorffian system of teaching languages, and adapted for
self-instruction. By E. OC. Otté. Second Edition. Crown 8vo, pp. xx. and 338,
cloth, 1884, 7s. 6d.

Key to above, Crown 8vo, pp. 84, cloth. 3s.

OTTE.—SmmeLirieD DANISH AND SWEDISH GRAMMARS. See TRUBNER’S COLLECTION

OVERBECK.—Caruoric OnTHODOxY AND ANGLo-CarTHo.icism. A Word about the
Intercommunion between the English and Orthodox Churches. By J. J. Overbeck,
D.D. 8vo, pp. viii, and 200, cloth. 1866. 5s.

OVERBECK.—Bonn Conrerence. By J. J. Overbeck, D.D. Crown 8vo, pp. 48,
sewed. 1876. Is.

52 _A Catalogue of Important Works,

OVERBECK.—A PLAIN VIEW OF THE CLAIMS OF THE ORTHODOX CATHOLIC CHURCH
AS OPPOSED TO ALL OTHER CHRISTIAN DENOMINATIONS. By J. J. Overbeck,
D.D. Crown 8vo, pp. iv. and 138, wrapper. 1881. 2s. 6d.

OWEN.—FooTFALLS ON THE BOUNDARY OF ANOTHER WORLD. With Narrative
Illustrations. By R. D. Owen. An enlarged English Copyright Edition. Post
8vo, pp. xx. and 392, cloth. 1875. 7s. 6d.

OWEN.—TxHE DEBATABLE LAND BETWEEN THIS WORLD AND THE Next. With
Illustrative Narrations. By Robert Dale Owen. Second Edition. Crown 8vo,
pp. 456, cloth. 1874. 7s. 6d.

OWEN.— THREADING MY WAY: Twenty-Seven Years of Autobiography. By R. D.
Owen. Crown 8vo, pp. 344, cloth. 1874. 7s. 6d.

OXLEY.—Ecypr: And the Wonders of the Land of the Pharaohs. By William
Oxley, author of ‘‘The Philosophy of Spirit.” Illustrated by a New Version of
the Bhagavat-Gita, an Episode of the Mahabharat, one of the Epic Poems of
Ancient India. Crown 8vo, pp. viii.-328, cloth. 1884. 7s. 6d.

OYSTER (THE): WHERE, How, AND WHEN TO FinD, BREED, Cook, AND Eat It.
Second Edition, with a New Chapter, ‘‘ The Oyster-Seeker in London.” 12mo,
pp. viii. and 106, boards. 1863. 1s.

PALESTINE.—MEMOIRS OF THE SURVEY OF WESTERN PALESTINE. Edited by W.
Besant, M.A., and E. H. Palmer, M.A., under the Direction of the Committee
of the Palestine Exploration Fund. Complete in seven volumes. Demy 4to,
cloth, with a Portfolio of Plans, and large scale Map. Second Issue. Price
Twenty Guineas.

PALMER.—A CoNncISE ENGLISH-PERSIAN DICTIONARY ; together with a simplified
Grammar of the Persian Language. By the late E. H. Palmer, M.A., Lord
Almoner’s Reader, and Professor of Arabic, Cambridge, &c. Completed and
Edited, from the MS. left imperfect at his death, by G. Le Strange. Royal
16mo, pp. 606, cloth. 1883. 10s. 6d.

PALMER.—A CoNncISE PERSIAN-ENGLISH DICTIONARY. By E. H. Palmer, M.A., of
the Middle Temple, Barrister-at-Law, Lord Almoner’s Reader, and Professor of
Arabic, and Fellow of St. John’s College in the University of Cambridge. Second
Edition. Royal 16mo, pp. 726, cloth. 1884. 10s. 6d.

PALMER.—TuHE Sone OF THE REED, AND OTHER Pizcres. By E. H. Palmer, M.A,,
Cambridge. Crown 8vo, pp. 208, cloth. 1876. 5s.

PALMER.—HINDUSTANI, ARABIC, AND PERSIAN GRAMMAR. See Triibner’s Col-
lection.

PALMER.—THE PATRIARCH AND THE TSAR. Translated from the Russ by William
Palmer, M.A. Demy 8vo, cloth. Vol. I. Tok REPLIES OF THE HUMBLE Nicon.
Pp. xl. and 674. 1871. 12s.—-Vol. II. TESTIMONIES CONCERNING THE PATRIARCH
NIOCON, THE TSAR, AND THE Boyars. Pp. Ixxviii. and 554. 1873. 12s.—Vol. ITI.
HISTORY OF THE CONDEMNATION OF THE PATRIARCH NIcON. Pp. Ixvi. and 558.
1873. 12s.—Vols. IV., V., and VI. SERVICES OF THE PATRIARCH NICON TO THE
CHURCH AND STATE OF HIS CounTRY, &c. Pp. lxxviii. and 1 to 660; xiv.-661-
1028, and 1 to 254; xxvi.-1029-1656, and 1-72. 1876. 36s.

PARKER,—THEODORE PARKER’S CELEBRATED DISCOURSE ON MATTERS PERTAINING TO
RELIGION. People’s Edition. Cr, 8vo, pp. 351. 1872. Stitched, 1s. 6d.; cl., 2s.

PARKER.—THEODORE PARKER. A Biography. By O. B. Frothingham. Crown
8vo, pp. viii. and 588, cloth, with Portrait. 1876. 12s.

* PARKER.—TuE CoLLECTED WORKS OF THEODORE PARKER, Minister of the Twenty-

eighth Congregational Society at Boston, U.S. Containing his Theological,

Polemical, and Critical Writings; Sermons, Speeches, and Addresses; and

Literary Miscellanies. In 14 vols. 8vo, cloth. 6s. each.

Vol. I. Discourse on Matters Pertaining to Religion. Preface by the Editor,
and Portrait of Parker from a medallion by Saulini. Pp. 380.
Vol. IE. Ten Sermons and Prayers. . 360,
Vol. III, Discourses of Theology. Pp. 318.
Vol. IV. Discourses on Politics. Pp. 312,

Published by Triibner & Co. 53

PARKER,.—CoLLEcTED WorkS—continued.
Vol. V. Discourses of Slavery. I. Pp. 336.
Vol. VI. Discourses of Slavery. II. Pp. 323.
Vol. VII. Discourses of Social Science. Pp. 296.
Vol. VIIL. Miscellaneous Discourses. Pp. 230.
Vol. IX. Critical Writings. I. Pp. 292.
Vol. X. Critical Writings. II. Pp. 308.
Vol. XI. Sermons of Theism, Atheism, and Popular Theology. Pp. 257.
Vol. XII. Autobiographical and Miscellaneous Pieces. Pp. 356.
Vol. XIII. Historic Americans. Pp. 236.
Vol. XIV. ae from the World of Matter and the World of Man. Pp.

PARKER.—MataGasy GRAMMAR. See Triibner’s Collection.

PARRY.—A SHorT CHAPTER ON LETTER-CHANGE, with Examples. Being chiefly
an attempt to reduce in asimple manner the principal classical and cognate words
to their primitive meanings. By J. Parry, B.A., formerly Scholar of Corpus
Christi College, Cambridge. Fcap. 8vo, pp. 16, wrapper. 1884. 1s.

PATERSON.—Nores ON Mitirary SURVEYING AND RECONNAISSANCE. By Lieut.-
Colonel William Paterson. Sixth Edition. With 16 Plates. Demy 8vo, pp. xii.
and 146, cloth. 1882. 7s. 6d.

PATERSON. —ToPoGRAPHICAL EXAMINATION PAPERS. By Lieut.-Col. W. Paterson.
8vo, pp. 32, with 4 Plates. Boards. 1882. 2s.

PATERSON.—TREATISE ON Mitirary Drawine. With a Course of Progressive
Plates. By Captain W. Paterson, Professor of Military Drawing at the Royal
Military College, Sandhurst. Oblong 4to, pp. xii. and 31, cloth. 1862. £1, 1s.

PATERSON.—THE OROMETER FOR Hil MEASURING, combining Scales of Distances,
Protractor, Clinometer, Scale of Horizontal Equivalents, Scale of Shade, and
Table of Gradients. By Captain William Paterson. Oncardboard. 1s,

PATERSON.—CeEnTRAL AMERICA. By W. Paterson, the Merchant Statesman.
From a MS. in the British Museum, 1701. Witha Map, Edited by S. Bannis-
ter, M.A. 8vo, pp. 70, sewed. 1857. 2s. 6d.

PATON,—A History OF THE EGYPTIAN REVOLUTION, from the Period of the Mame-
lukes to the Death of Mohammed Ali; from Arab and European Memoirs, Oral
Tradition, and Local Research. By A. A. Paton. Second Edition, 2 vols, demy
8vo, pp. xii. and 395, viii. and 446, cloth. 1870. 7s. 6d.

PATON,-—Hernry BEYLE (otherwise Dr STENDAHL). A Critical and Biographical
Study, aided by Original Documents and Unpublished Letters from the Private
Papers — 1g Family of Beyle. By A. A. Paton, Crown 8vo, pp. 340, cloth.
1874. 7s. 6d.

PATTON.—TuHE DEATH OF DEATH; or, A Study of God’s Holiness in Connection
with the Existence of Evil, in so far as Intelligent and Responsible Beings are
Concerned. By an Orthodox Layman (John M. Patton). Revised Edition, crown
8vo, pp. xvi. and 252, cloth. 1881. 6s.

PAULI.—Srmm0n DE Montrort, EArt or LEICESTER, the Creator of the House of
Commons. By Reinhold Pauli. Translated by Una M. Goodwin. With Intro-
duction by Harriet Martineau. Crown 8vo, pp. xvi. and 340, cloth. 1876. 6s.

PETTENKOFER.—THE RELATION OF THE AIR TO THE CLOTHES WE WEAR, THE HOUSE
WE LIVE IN, AND THE SOIL WE DWELL ON. Three Popular Lectures delivered before
the Albert Society at Dresden. By Dr. Max Von Pettenkofer, Professor of Hygiene
at the University of Munich, &. Abridged and Translated by Augustus Hess,
M.D., M.R.O.P., London, &. Or. 8vo, pp. viii. and 96, limp cl. 1873. 2s. 6d.

PETRUCCELLI.—PRELIMINAIRES CE LA QUESTION ROMAINE DE M. Ep. Asour. Par
F. Petruccelli dela Gattina. 8vo, pp. xv. and 364, cloth. 1860. 7s. 6d. jf

PEZZI.— ARYAN PHILOLOGY, according to the most recent researches (Glottologia
Aria Recentissima). Remarks Historical and Critical, By Domenico Pezzi.
Translated by E. 8. Roberts, M.A. Crown 8vo, pp. xvi. and 200, cloth, 1879, 6s,

54 A Catalogue of Important Works,

PHAYRE.—A History oF BurMA. See Triibner’s Oriental Series.

PHAYRE.—Tue Corns OF ARAKAN, OF PEGU, AND OF Burma. By Sir Arthur
Phayre, O.B., K.C.S.1., G.C.M.G., late Commissioner of British Burma. Royal
4to, pp. viii.48, with Autotype Illustrative Plates. Wrapper. 1882. 8s. 6d.

PHILLIPS.—THE DocTRINE OF ADDAI, THE APOSTLE, now first edited in a com-
plete form in the Original Syriac, with English Translation and Notes. By
George Phillips, D.D., President of Queen’s College, Cambridge. 8vo, pp. xv.
and 52 and 53, cloth. 1876. 7s. 6d.

PHILLIPS.—Kopat-Kunpata: A Tale of Bengali Life. Translated from the Ben-
gali of Bunkim Chandra Chatterjee. By H. A, D. Phillips, Bengal Civil Service.
Crown 8vo, pp. xxx.-208, cloth. 1885. 6s.

PHILOLOGICAL SOCIETY, TRANSACTIONS OF, published irregularly. List of publi-
cations on application.

PHILOSOPHY (THE) oF INSPIRATION AND REVELATION. By a Layman. With a
preliminary notice of an Essay by the present Lord Bishop of Winchester, con-
tained in a volume entitled “‘ Aids to Faith.” 8vo, pp. 20, sewed. 1875. 6d.

PICCIOTTO.—SxkeErcHES OF ANGLO-JEWISH History. By James Picciotto. Demy
8vo, pp. xi. and 420, cloth. 1875. 12s.

PIESSE. CHEMISTRY IN THE BREWING-ROOM: being the substance of a Course of
Lessons to Practical Brewers. With Tables of Alcohol, Extract, and Original
Gravity. By Charles H. Piesse, F.C.S., Public Analyst. Feap., pp. viii. and 62,
cloth. 1877. 5s. 4 :

PIRY.—Ler Saint Eprt, Etunre DE LITTERATURE CHINOISE. Préparée par A.
Théophile Piry, du Service des Douanes Maritimes de Chine, 4to, pp. xx. and
320, cloth. 1879. 21s.

PLAYFAIR.—TuHeE Crrigs AND Towns oF CHINA. A Geographical Dictionary.
By G. M. H. Playfair, of Her Majesty’s Consular Service in China, $8vo, pp.
506, cloth. 1879. £1, 5s.

PLINY.—TuHE LETTERS OF PLINY THE YOUNGER. Translated by J. D. Lewis, M.A.,
Trinity College, Cambridge. Post 8vo, pp. vii. and 390, cloth. 1879. 5s.

PLUMPTRE.—Kine’s CoLLEGE LECTURES ON ELOCUTION; on the Physiology and
Culture of Voice and Speech and the Expression of the Emotions by Language,
Countenance, and Gesture. To which is added a Special Lecture on the Causes
and Cure of the Impediments of Speech. Being the substance of the Introduc-
tory Course of Lectures annually delivered by Charles John Plumptre, Lecturer
on Public Reading and Speaking at King’s College, London, in the Evening
Classes Department. Dedicated by permission to H.R.H. the Prince of Wales.
get een Enlarged Illustrated, Edition. Post 8vo, pp. xviii. and 494, cloth.
1883. Se

PLUMPTRE.—GENERAL SKETCH OF THE HISTORY OF PANTHEISM. By O,'E.
Plumpitre. Vol. I., from the Earliest Times to the Age of Spinoza; Vol. IL,
from the Age of Spinoza to the Commencement of the 19th Century, 2 vols.
demy 8vo, pp. viii. and 395; iv. and 348, cloth. 1881. 18s,

Sa wee PHILOSOPHY OF Music. See English and Foreign Philosophical Library.

0) é

PONSARD.—Cuartorre Corpay. <A Tragedy. By F. Ponsard. Edited, with Eng-
lish Notes and Notice on Ponsard, by Professor C. Cassal, LL.D. 12mo, pp. xi.
and 133, cloth. 1867. 2s, 6d.

PONSARD.—L’Honnevur Et L’ARGENT. A Comedy. By Francois Ponsard. Edited,
with English Notes and Memoir of Ponsard, by Professor C. Cassal, LL.D. Feap.
8vo, pp. xvi. and 172, cloth. 1869. 3s. 6d.

POOLE.—Awn INDEX T0 PERIODICAL LITERATURE. By W. F. Poole, LL.D., Librarian
of the Chicago Public Library. Third Edition, brought down to January
bc Royal 8vo, pp. xxviii. and 1442, cloth. 1883. £3, 13s, 6d. Wrappers,

, 10s,

Published by Triibner & Co. 55

PRACTICAL GUIDES :—
FRANCE, BELGIUM, HOLLAND, AND THE RHINE. 1s.—ITALIAN LAKES. 1s,—Wurin~
TERING PLACES OF THE SouTH. 2s.—SwiTzERLAND, Savoy, AND Nort ITALy.
2s. 6d.—GENERAL CONTINENTALGUIDE. 5s.—GENEVA. 1s.—PARIS. 1s,—BER-
NESE OBERLAND. 1s.—ITAty. 4s.

PRATT.— A GRAMMAR AND DICTIONARY OF THE SAMOAN LANGUAGE. By Rev.
George Pratt, Forty Years a Missionary of the London Missionary Society in
Samoa. Second Edition. Edited by Rev. S. J. Whitmee, F.R.G.S. Orown
8vo, pp. viii. and 380, cloth. 1878, 18s.

PRINSEP.—RECORD OF SERVICES OF THE HONOURABLE East INDIA ComMPANY’s
Civit SERVANTS IN THE MADRAS PRESIDENCY, from 1741 to 1858. Compiled and
Edited from Records in the possession of the Secretary of State for India. By
C. C. Prinsep, late Superintendent of Records, India Office. Post 8vo, pp. xxxvi.—
164, cloth. 1885. 10s. 6d.

PSYCHICAL RESEARCH, PRocEEDINGS OF THE SocreTy FoR. Published irregularly.
Post 8vo, cloth. Vol. I., pp. 338. 1884, 10s. Vol. II., pp. 356. 1884. 10s.
PURITZ.—Copz-Book oF GYMNASTIO EXERCISES. By Ludwig Puritz. Translated
by O. Knofe and J. W. Macqueen. Illustrated. 382mo, pp. xxiv.-292, boards.

1883, 1s. 6d.

QUINET.—EpGar QUINET. See English and Foreign Philosophical Library, Vol. XIV.

RAM RAZ,—Essay ON THE ARCHITECTURE OF THE HinpDus. By Ram Raz, Native
Judge and Magistrate of Bangalore, Corr. Mem. R.A.S. With 48 Plates. 4to,
pp. xiv. and 64, sewed. 1834, £2, 2s.

RAMSAY.—TaABuLaR LIST OF ALL THE AUSTRALIAN BIRDS AT PRESENT KNOWN TO
THE AUTHOR, showing the distribution of the species. By E. P. Ramsay, F.L.S.,
&c., Curator of the Australian Museum, Sydney. 8vo, pp. 36,and Map ; boards
1878. 5s. ~

RASK.—GRAMMAR OF THE ANGLO-SAXON TONGUE, from the Danish of Erasmus
Rask. By Benjamin Thorpe. Third Edition, corrected and improved, with
Plate. Post 8vo, pp. vi. and 192, cloth. 1879. 5s. 6d.

RASK.—A SHort TractatTE on the Longevity ascribed to the Patriarchs in the
Book of Genesis, and its relation to the Hebrew Chronology; the Flood, the
Exodus of the Israelites, the Site of Eden, &c, From the Danish of the late
Professor Rask, with his manuscript corrections, and large additions from his
autograph, now for the first time printed. With a Map of Paradise and the
circumjacent Lands. Crown 8yo, pp. 134, cloth. 1863. 2s. 6d.

RAVENSTEIN. —TuHE RussIANS ON THE AMUR; its Discovery, Conquest, and Colo:
nization, with a Description of the Country, its Inhabitants, Productions, and
Commercial Capabilities, and Personal Accounts of Russian Travellers. By E. G.
Ravenstein, F.R.G.S. With 4 tinted Lithographs and 3 Maps. 8vo, pp. 500,
cloth. 1861. 15s.

RAVENSTEIN AND HULLEY.—Tue GymMNasiuM AND ITS Firtines. By E. G.
Ravenstein and John Hulley. With 14 Plates of Illustrations. 8vo, pp. 32,
sewed. 1867. 2s. 6d.

RAVERTY.—Nores ON AFGHANISTAN AND Part OF BALUCHISTAN, Geographical,
Ethnographical, and Historical, extracted from the Writings of little known
Afghan, and Tajyik Historians, &c., &c., and from Personal Observation. By
Major H. G. Raverty, Bombay Native Infantry (Retired). Foolscap folio. Sec-
tions I. and II., pp. 98, wrapper. 1880. 2s, Section III., pp. vi. and 218.
1881. 5s. SectionIV. 1884. 3s.

READE.—THE MARTYRDOM or Man. By Winwood Reade. Eighth Edition,
Crown 8vo, pp. viii. and 544, cloth. 1884. 7s. 6d.

RECORD OFFICE.—A SEPARATE CATALOGUE OF THE OFFICIAL PUBLICATIONS OF

- wHE PUBLIC RECORD Orricg, on sale by Triibner & Co., may be had on application.

56 A Catalogue of Important Works,

RECORDS OF THE HEART. By Stella, Author of ‘‘Sappho,” ‘*The King’s
“Stratagem,” &c. Second English Edition. Crown 8vo, pp. xvi. and 188, with
six steel-plate engravings, cloth. 1881. 3s. 6d.

REDHOUSE.—TurE MESNEVi. See Triibner’s Oriental Series.
REDHOUSE,. —SImPLiFIeD OTTOMAN-TURKISH GRAMMAR. See Triibner’s Collection.

REDHOUSE.—TueE TuRKISH VADE-MrouM OF OTTOMAN COLLOQUIAL LANGUAGE:
Containing a Concise Ottoman Grammar; a Carefully Selected Vocabulary
Alphabetically Arranged, in two Parts, English and Turkish, and Turkish and
English; Also a few Familiar Dialogues and Naval and Military Terms. The
‘whole in English Characters, the Pronunciation being fully indicated. By J.
2g sgh M.R.A.S. . Third Edition. 32mo, pp. viii. and 372, cloth.
1882.. 6s.

REDHOUSE.—On THE History, SYSTEM, AND VARIETIES OF TURKISH POETRY.
Illustrated by Selections in the Original and in English Paraphrase, with a Notice
of the Islamic Doctrine of the Immortality of Woman’s Soul in the Future State.
By J. W. Redhouse, Esq., M.R.A.S. 8vo, pp. 62, cloth, 2s. 6d.; wrapper, 1s. 6d.
1879.

REEMELIN.—A CRITICAL REVIEW OF AMERICAN Po.itics. By C. Reemelin, of
Cincinnati, Ohio. Demy 8vo, pp. xxiv. and 630, cloth. 1881. 14s.

RELIGION rn Europe HIstoRIcALLyY CONSIDERED: An Essay in Verse. By the
Author of ‘‘The Thames.” Fcap. 8vo, pp. iv. and 152, cloth. 1883. 2s. 6d.

RENAN.—PHILOSOPHICAL DIALOGUES AND-FRAGMENTS. From the French of
Ernest Renan. Translated, with the sanction of the Author, by Ras Bihari
Mukharji. Post 8vo, pp. xxxii. and 182, cloth. 1883. 7s, 6d.

RENAN.—Awn Essay ON THE AGE AND ANTIQUITY OF THE Book OF NABATHHAN
AGRICULTURE. To which is added an Inaugural Lecture on the Position of the
Shemitic Nations in the History of Civilisation. By Ernest Renan. Crown 8vo,
pp. xvi. and 148, cloth. 1862. 3s. 6d.

RENAN.—TuE Lire or Jesus. By Ernest Renan. Authorised English Translation.
Crown 8vo, pp. xii. and 312, cloth. 2s. 6d.; sewed, 1s. 6d.

REPORT or A GENERAL CONFERENCE OF LIBERAL THINKERS, for the discussion
of matters pertaining to the religious needs of our time, and the methods of
meeting them. Held June 13th and 14th, 1878, at South Place Chapel, Finsbury,
London. 8vo, pp. 77, sewed. 1878. 1s.

RHODES.—UNIVERSAL CURVE TABLES FOR FACILITATING THE LAYING OUT OF
CrRcuLAR ARCS ON THE GROUND FOR RatLways, CANALS, &c. Together with
Table of Tangential Angles and Multiples. By Alexander Rhodes, C.E. Oblong
18mo, band, pp. ix. and 104, roan, 1881. 5s,

RHYS.—LEcTURES ON WELSH PuHILoLocy. By John Rhys, M.A., Professor of
Celtic at Oxford, Honorary Fellow of Jesus College, &c., &c. Second Edition,
Revised and Enlarged. Crown 8vo, pp. xiv. and 467, cloth. 1879. 15s.

RICE.—MysorE AND CoorG. A Gazetteer compiled for the Government of India.
By Lewis Rice, Director of Public Instruction, Mysore and Coorg. Vol. I.
Mysore in General. With 2 Coloured Maps. Vol. II. Mysore, by Districts.
With 10 Coloured Maps. Vol. III. Coorg. With a Map. 3 vols. royal 8vo,
pp. xii. 670 and xvi. ; 544 and xxii. ; and 427 and xxvii., cloth. 1878. 25s.

RICE.—Mysore InsoripTions. Translated for the Government by Lewis Rice.
8vo, pp. xcii. and 336-xxx., with a Frontispiece and Map, boards. 1879. 30s.

RIDLEY.—KAmiInaRé6l, AND OTHER AUSTRALIAN LANGUAGES. By the Rev. William
Ridley, B.A. Second Edition, revised and enlarged by the author; with com-
parative Tables of Words from twenty Australian Languages, and Songs, Tradi-

wants ahem Customs of the Australian Race. Small 4to, pp. vi. and 172, cloth.

ft s. 6d.

Published by Triibner & Co. 57

RIG-VEDA-SANHITA, A Collection of Ancient Hindu Hymns. Constituting the Ist
to the 8th Ashtakas, or Books of the Rig-Veda; the oldest authority for the Reli-
gious and Social Institutions of the Hindus. Translated from the Original San-
skrit. By the late H. H. Wilson, M.A., F.R.S., &e., &c.

Vol. I. 8vo, pp. lii. and 348, cloth. 21s.
Vol. If. 8vo, pp. xxx. and 346, cloth. 1854, 21s,
Vol. IIL. 8vo, pp. xxiv. and 525, cloth. 1857. 21s,
Vol. IV. Edited by E. B. Cowell, M.A. 8vo, pp. 214, cloth, 1866. 14s.
Vols. V. and VI. in the Press.

RILEY.—MEDI£VAL CHRONICLES OF THE City OF LONDON. Chronicles of the Mayors
and Sheriffs of London, and the Events which happened in their Days, from the
Year A.D. 1188 to A.D. 1274. Translated from the original Latin of the ‘‘ Liber
de Antiquis Legibus” (published by the Camden Society), in the possession of the
Corporation of the City of London ; attributed to Arnold Fitz-Thedmar, Alder-
man of London in the Reign of Henry III.—Chronicles of London, and of the
Marvels therein, between the Years 44 Henry III., s.p. 1260, and 17 Edward TII.,
A.D. 1343. Translated from the original Anglo-Norman of the ‘‘ Croniques de
London,” preserved in the Cottonian Collection (Cleopatra A. iv.) in the British
Museum. Translated, with copious Notes and Appendices, by Henry Thomas
eae ee Hall, Cambridge, Barrister-at-Law. 4to, pp. xii. and 319, cloth.

y S.

RIOLA.—How To LEARN RUSSIAN: a Manual for Students of Russian, based upon
the Ollendorffian System of Teaching Languages, and adapted for Self-Instruc-
tion. By Henry Riola, Teacher of the Russian Language. With a Preface by
W.R.S. Ralston, M.A. Second Edition. Crown 8vo, pp. 576, cloth. 1883, 12s.

Key to the above. Crown 8vo, pp. 126, cloth. 1878. 5s.

RIOLA.—A GrapUATED RussIAN READER, with a Vocabulary of all the Russian
Words contained in it. By Henry Riola, Author of ‘‘ How to Learn Russian.”
Crown 8vo, pp. viii. and 314, cloth. 1879. 10s. 6d.

RIPLEY.—SacrED RHETORIC; or, Composition and Delivery of Sermons. By
Henry I. Ripley. 12mo, pp. 234, cloth. 1858. 2s. 6d.

ROCHE.—A FRENCH GRAMMAR, for the use of English Students, adopted for the
Public Schools by the Imperial Council of Public Instruction. By A. Roche.
Crown 8vo, pp. xii. and 176, cloth. 1869. 3s..

ROCHE.— ProsE AND Poetry. Select Pieces from the best English Authors, for
Reading, Composition, and Translation. By A. Roche. Second Edition. Feap.
8vo, pp. viii. and 226, cloth. 1872. 2s. 6d.

RO L.—UDANAVARGA. See Triibner’s Oriental Series.

ROCKHILL.—Tue Lire oF THE BuppHA. See Triibner’s Oriental Series.

RODD.—TxHE Birps oF CORNWALL AND THE ScILLy Istanps. By the late Edward
Hearle Rodd. Edited, with an Introduction, Appendix, and Memoir, by J. E.
Harting. 8vo, pp. lvi. and 320, with Portrait and Map, cloth. 1880. 14s.

ROGERS.—THE WAVERLEY DIcTIONARY: An Alphabetical Arrangement of all the
Characters in Sir Walter Scott’s Waverley Novels, with a Descriptive Analysis
of each Character, and Illustrative Selections from the Text. By May Rogers.
12mo, pp. 358, cloth. 1879. 10s. a

ROSING.—ENGLISH-DANISH DicTIONARY. By 8S. Rosing. Crown 8vo, pp. x. and
722, cloth. 8s. 6d. :
OSS.—ALPHABETICAL MANUAL OF BLOWPIPE ANALYSIS; showing all known
Methods, Old and New. By Lieut.-Colonel W. A. Ross, late R.A., Member of
the German Chemical Society (Author of ‘‘Pyrology, or Fire Chemistry”).
Crown 8vo, pp. xii. and 148, cloth. 1880. 5s. ‘ -

ROSS.—PyroLocy, oR FrRE CHEMISTRY ; a Science interesting to the General Philo-
sopher, and an Art of infinite importance to the Chemist, Metallurgist, Engineer,
&c., &c. By W. A. Ross, lately a Major in the Royal Artillery. Small 4to, pp.
xxviii. and 346, cloth. 1875. 36s. :

ROSS,— CELEBRITIES OF THE YORKSHIRE WOLDS. By Frederick Ross, Fellow of the
Royal Historical Society. 12mo, pp. 202, cloth. 1878. 4s.

58 A Catalogue of Important Works,

ROSS. —THE Earty History or LanD HOLDING AMONG THE GERMANS. By Denman
W. Ross, Ph.D. 8vo, PP. | viii. and 274, cloth. 1883. 12s

ROSS.—CoREAN PRIMER : being Lessons i in Corean on all Or dinary Subjects. Trans-
literated on the principles of the “‘ Mandarin Primer,” by the same author. By
Rev. John Ross, Newchwang. 8vo, pp. 90, wrapper. 1877. 10s.

ROSS.—Honovr oR SHAME? By R. S. Ross. 8vo, pp. 183. 1878. Cloth. 3s. 6d. ;
paper, 2s. 6d.

ROSS.—-REMOVAL OF THE INDIAN TROOPS TO Matta. By R. S. Ross. 8vo, pp. 77,
paper. 1878. 1s. 6d.

ROSS.—TuHE Monk or St. Gant. A Dramatic Adaptation of Scheffel’s ‘ Ekke-
hard.” By R. 8. Ross. Crown 8vo, pp. xii. and 218. 1879. 5s.

ROSS.—ARIADNE IN Naxos. By R.S. Ross. Square 16mo, pp. 200, cloth. 1882. 5s.

ROTH.—TuHE ANIMAL PARASITES OF THE SUGAR CANE. By H. Ling Roth, late Hon.
Sec. to the Mackay Planters’ Association. Demy 8vo, pp. 16, wrapper. 1885. 1s.

ROTH.—NortzEs ON CoNnTINENTAL IRRIGATION. By H. L. Roth. Demy 8vo, pp. 40,
with 8 Plates, cloth. 1882. 5s.

ROUGH Nores or JoURNEYS made in the years 1868-1873 in Syria, down the Tigris,
India, Kashmir, Ceylon, Japan, Mongolia, Siberia, the United States, the Sand-
wich Islands, and Australasia. Demy 8vo, pp. 624, cloth. 1875. 14s.

ROUSTAING.—TxuE Four GospELts EXPLAINED BY THEIR WRITERS. With an
Appendix on the Ten Commandments. Edited by J. B. Roustaing. Translated
by W. E. Kirby. 3 vols. crown 8vo, pp. 440-456-304, cloth. 1881. 15s.

ROUTLEDGE.—ENGLISH RULE AND NATIVE OPINION IN INDIA. From Notes taken
in 1870-74. By James Routledge. 8vo, pp. x. and 338, cloth. 1878. 10s. 6d.

ROWE,—AN ENGLISHMAN’S VIEWS ON QUESTIONS OF THE DaY IN VicToRIA. By
C. J. Rowe, M.A. Crown 8vo, pp. 122, cloth, 1882. 4s.

ROWLEY.— ORNITHOLOGICAL MISCELLANY. By George Dawson Rowley, M.A., F.Z.S.

Vol. I, Part 1, 15s.—Part 2, 20s.—Part 3, 15s.—Part 4, 20s.
Vol. II, Part By 20s.—Part 6, 20s.—Part ”, 10s. 6d.—Part 8, 10s. 6d.—Part 9,
10s. 6d. —Part 10, 10s. 6d.
Vol. III. Part 11, 10s. 6d.—Part 12, 10s. 6d.—Part 13, 10s. 6d.—Part 14, 20s.

ROYAL SOCIETY OF LONDON (THxr).—CaTALOGUE OF ScreNnTIFIC Papers (1800-
1863), Compiled and Published by the Royal Society of London. Demy 4to,
cloth, per vol. £1; in half-morocco, £1, 8s. Vol. I. (1867), A to Cluzel. pp.
Ixxix. and 960; Vol. IL (1868), Coaklay—Graydon. pp. iv. and 1012; Vol.
III. (1869), Greatheed—Leze. pp. v. and 1002; Vol. IV. (1870), L’Héritier de
Brutille—Pozzetti. pp. iv. and 1006; Vol. V. ” (1871), Praag—Tizzani, pp. iv.
and 1000; Vol. VI. (1872), Tkalec—Zylius, Anonymous and Additions. pp. xi.
and 763. Continuation of above (1864-1873); Vol. VII. (1877), Ato Hyrtl. pp.
xxxi. and 1047; Vol. VIII. (1879), Ibafiez—Zwicky. pp. 1310. <A List of the
Publications of the Royal Society (Separate Papers from the Philosophical
Transactions), on application.

RUNDALL.—A SHort AND EASY WAy TO WriTE ENGLISH AS Spoken. Méthode
Rapide et Facile d’Ecrire le Frangais comme on le Parle. Kurze und Leichte
Weise Deutsch zu Schreiben wie man es Spricht. By J. B. Rundall, Certificated
Member of the London Shorthand Writers’ Association. 6d. each.

RUSSELL,—THE WAVE OF TRANSLATION IN THE OCEANS OF WATER, AIR, AND
EruEer. By John Scott Russell, M.A., F.R.S.S. L. and E. Demy 8vo, pp. 318,

- with 10 Diagrams, cloth. 1885, 12s. 6d.

RUTHERFORD.—TuHE AUTOBIOGRAPHY OF MARK RUTHERFORD, Dissenting Minister.
Edited Ls his friend, Reuben Shapcott. Crown 8vo, pp. xii. and 180, boards.
1881. 5s,

RUTHERFORD.—Manrx RUTHERFORD’s DELIVERANCE: Being the Second Part of his
Autobiography. Edited by his friend, Reuben Shapcott. Crown 8vo, pp. viii.
and 210; boards. 1885. 5s.

R .—See BUNYAN.

Published by Triibner & Co. 59

sAMAVIDHANABRAHMANA (THE) (being the Third BrAhmana) of the SAma Veda.
Edited, together with the Commentary of Sayana, an English Translation, Intro-
duction, and Index of Words, by A. C. Burnell. Vol. I. Text and Commentary,
with Introduction. Demy 8vo, pp. xxxviii. and 104, cloth. 1873. 12s. 6d.

SAMUELSON,—History or DRiInK. A Review, Social, Scientific, and Political. By
James Samuelson, of the Middle Temple, Barrister-at-Law. Second Edition.
8vo, pp. xxviii. and 288, cloth. 1880. 6s.

SAND.—Mo.tmre. A Drama in Prose. By George Sand. Edited, with Notes, by
Th. Karcher, LL.B. 12mo, pp. xx. and 170, cloth. 1868. 3s. 6d.

SARTORIUS.—MeExico. Landscapes and Popular Sketches. By ©. Sartorius.
Edited by Dr. Gaspey. With Engravings, from Sketches by M. Rugendas. 4to,

‘pp. vi. and 202, cloth gilt. 1859. 18s.

SATOW.—AN ENGLISH JAPANESE DICTIONARY OF THE SPOKEN LANGUAGE. By
Ernest Mason Satow, Japanese Secretary to H.M. Legation at Yedo, and Ishibashi
Masakata of the Imperial Japanese Foreign Office. Second Edition. Imperial
32mo, pp. xv. and 416, cloth. 1879. 12s. 6d. :

SAVAGE.—Tur Morats or Evoxturion. By M. J. Savage, Author of “‘ The Reli-
gion of Evolution,” &c. Crown 8vo, pp. 192, cloth. 1880. 5s.

SAVAGE,—BELIEF IN GoD; an Examination of some Fundamental Theistic Pro-
blems. By M. J. Savage. To which is added an Address’on the Intellectual Basis
of Faith. By W. H. Savage. 8vo, pp. 176, cloth. 1881. 5s,

ge Pca ic ABOUT MAN, By M. J. Savage. Crown 8vo, pp. 130, cloth.

Os

SAYCE,—AN ASSYRIAN GRAMMAR for Comparative Purposes. By A. H. Sayce,
M.A., Fellow and Tutor of Queen’s College, Oxford. Crown 8vo, pp. xvi. and
188, cloth. 1885.

SAYCE.—THE PRINCIPLES OF COMPARATIVE PHILOLOGY. By A. H. Sayce, M.A.
pies Revised, and Enlarged Edition. Crown 8vo, pp. xlviii.-422, cloth. - 1885.

Os. 6d. ;

SCHAIBLE.—AN EssAy ON THE SYSTEMATIC TRAINING OF THE Bopy. By C. H.
Schaible, M.D., &c., &. A Memorial Essay, Published on the occasion of the
first Centenary Festival of Frederick L. Jahn, with an Etching by H. Herkomer.
Crown 8vo, pp. xviii. and 124, cloth. 1878, 5s.

CHEFFEL.—MountTain Psaums. By J. V. von Scheffel. Translated by Mrs. F.
Brunnow. Feap., pp. 62, with 6 Plates after designs by A. Von Werner. Parch-
ment. 1882. 3s. 6d.

SCHILLER.—TuHE BripE oF Mussina. ‘Translated from the German of Schiller in
English Verse. By Emily Allfrey. Crown 8vo, pp. viii. and 110, cloth. 1876, 2s.

SCHLAGINTWEIT.—BuppDHISM IN TrBeT: Illustrated by Literary Documents and
Objects of Religious Worship. By Emil Schlagintweit, LL.D, With a folio Atlas
of 20 Plates, and 20 Tables of Native Print in the Text. Roy. 8vo, pp. xxiv. and
404. 1863. £2, 2s.

SCHLAU, SCHLAUER, AM SCHLAUESTEN.—Facsimile of a Manuscript supposed
to have been found in an Egyptian Tomb by the English Soldiers. Royal 8vo, in
ragged canvas covers, with string binding, and dilapidated edges (? just as dis-
covered), 1884. 6s.

SCHLEICHER.—A CoMPENDIUM OF THE COMPARATIVE GRAMMAR OF THE INDO-
EvROPEAN, SANSKRIT, GREEK, AND Latin LanauacEs. By August Schleicher,
Translated from the Third’German Edition, by Herbert Bendall, B.A., Chr.
Coll., Camb. 8vo. Part I., Phonology. Pp.184, cloth. 1874. 7s. 6d. Part IL,
Morphology. Pp. viii. and 104, cloth. 1877. 6s.

SCHOPENHAUVER.—THE WORLD AS WILL AND IpEA. By Arthur Schopenhauer.
Translated from the German by R. B. Haipane, M.A., and J. Kemp, M.A.
Vol. I., containing Four Books. Post 8vo, pp. xxxii.-532, cloth. 1883. 18s.

SCHULTZ.—UniversaL DoLuaR TABLES (Complete United States). Covering all
Exchanges between the United States and Great Britain, France, Belgium,
Switzerland, Italy, Spain, and Germany. By ©. W. H. Schultz. 8vo, cloth.
1874. 15s.

60 A Catalogue of Important Works,

SCHULTZ.— UNIVERSAL INTEREST AND GENERAL PERCENTAGE TABLES. On the
Decimal System. "With a Treatise on the Currency of the World, and numerous
examples for Self-Instruction. By C. W. H. Schultz. 8vo, cloth. 1874. 10s. 6d.

SCHULTZ.—ENGLISH GERMAN EXCHANGE TABLES. By C. W. H. Schultz. Witha
Treatise on the Currency of the World. 8yo, boards. 1874, 5s.

SCHWENDLER.— INSTRUCTIONS FOR TESTING TELEGRAPH LINES, and the Technical
Arrangements in Offices. Written on behalf of the Government of India, under
the Orders of the Director-General of Telegraphs in India. By Louis Schwen-
dler. Vol. 1I., demy 8vo, pp. 248, cloth. 1878, 12s. Vol. II., demy 8vo, pp. xi.
and 268, cloth. 1880. 9s.

SCOONES.—Favust. A Tragedy. By Goethe. Translated into English Verse, by
William Dalton Scoones. Feap., pp. vi. and 230, cloth. 1879. 5s.

SCOTT.—TuHrE EnGLisH Lire or Jesus. By Thomas Scott. Crown 8vo, pp. xxviii.
and 350, cloth. 1879. 2s. 6d

SCOTUS.—A NortsE on Mr. Guapstont’s ‘‘ The Peace to Come.” By Scotus. 8vo,
pp. 106. 1878. Cloth, 2s. 6d.; paper wrapper, Is. 6d.

SELL.—TuE Fairu or Istam. By the Rev. E. Sell, Fellow of the University of
Madras. Demy 8vo, pp. xiv. and 270, cloth. 1881. 6s. 6d.

SELL.—InN-1-TAJWID ; OR, ART OF READING THE Quran. By the Rev. E. Sell,
B.D. 8vo, pp. 48, wrappers. 1882. 2s. 6d.

SELSS.—GorTHE’s Minor PoEMs. Selected, Annotated, and Rearranged. By Albert
M. Selss, Ph.D. Crown 8vo, pp. xxxi. and 152, cloth. 1875. 3s. 6d.

SERMONS NEVER PREACHED, By Philip Phosphor. Crown 8vo, pp. vi. and 124,
cloth. 1878. 2s. 6d.

SEWELL.—REPORT ON THE AMARAVATI TOPE, and Excavations on its Site in 1877.
By Robert Sewell, of the Madras C.8., &. With four plates. Royal 4to, pp.
70, boards. 1880. 3s.

SEYPPEL.—Suarp, SHarper, SHarPest: A Humorous Tale of Old Egypt. Penned
down and Depicted in the Year 1315 a.c. By C. M. Seyppel, Court Painter and
Poet Laureate of His Majesty King Rhampsinit ITI., and done into the English
tongue by Two Mummies of the Old Dynasty. Memphis, 35, Mummies Arcade.
(Ring three times). Imperial 8vo, pp. 42, in ragged canvas cover, with dilapidated
edges, and string binding (? just as discovered), price 6s.

SHADWELL.—Po.iTIcAL ECONOMY FOR THE PEOPLE. By J. L. Shadwell, Author of
‘* A System of Political Economy.” Feap., pp. vi. and 154, limp cloth. 1880. 1s. 6d.

SHAKESPEARE,—A New Stupy or SHAKESPEARE: An Inquiry into the connection
of the Plays and Poems, with the origins of the Classical Drama, and with the
Platonic Philosophy, through the Mysteries. Demy 8vo, pp. xii. and 372, with
Photograph of the Stratford Bust, cloth. 1884, 10s. 6d.

SHAKESPEARE’S CENTURIE OF PRAYSE; being Materials for a History of Opinion
on Shakespeare and his Works, culled from Writers of the First Century after
his Rise. By OC. M. Ingleby. Medium 8vo, pp. xx. and 384. Stiff cover. 1874.
£1, 1s. Large paper, feap. 4to, boards. £2, 2s.

SHAKESPEARE.—HERMENEUTICS ; OR, THE Strut Lion. Being an Essay towards
the Restoration of Shakespeare’s Text. By C. M. Ingleby, M.A., LL.D., of
Trinity College, Cambridge. Small 4to, pp. 168, boards. 1875. 6s.

SHAKESPEARE.—THE MAN AND THE Book. By OC. M. Ingleby, M.A., LL.D.
Small 4to. Part I., pp. 172, boards. 1877. 6s.

SHAKESPEARE.—OcoasIONAL PAPERS ON SHAKESPEARE; being the Second Part
of ‘‘Shakespeare: the Man and the Book.” .By C, M. Ingleby, M.A., LL.D.
V.P.R.S.L. Small 4to, pp. x. and 194, paper Poakia 1881,

SHAKESPEARE’S BONES.—The Proposal to Disinter them, aaa in relation
- to their possible bearing on his Portraiture: Illustrated by instances of Visits of
the Living to the Dead. By C. M. Ingleby, LL.D., V.P.R.S.L. Feap. 4to, pp.
viii. and 48, boards. 1883. 1s. 6d.

Published by Triibner & Co. 61

SHAKESPEARE.—A NEw VARIORUM EDITION OF SHAKESPEARE. Edited by Horace
Howard Furness. Royal 8vo. Vol. I. Romeo and Juliet. Pp. xxiii. and 480,
cloth. 1871. 18s.—Vol. II. Macbeth. Pp. xix. and 492. 1873. 18s.—Vols.
III. and IV. Hamlet. 2 vols. pp. xx. and 474 and 430. 1877. 36s.—Vol. V.
King Lear. Pp. vi. and 504. 1880. 18s.

SHAKESPEARE.—CoNncORDANCE TO SHAKESPEARE’S PorMs, By Mrs. H. H. Fur-
ness. Royal 8vo, cloth. 18s.

SHAKESPEARE-Nores. By F. A. Leo. Demy 8vo, pp. viii. and 120, cloth. 1885. 6s.

SHAKSPERE SOCIETY (Tur Nrw).—Subscription, One Guinea per annum. List of
Publications on application.

SHERRING.—Tur SacreD Crry oF THE Hinpus. An Account of Benares in
Ancient and Modern Times. By the Rev. M. A. Sherring, M.A., LL.D. ; and
Prefaced with an Introduction by FitzEdward Hall, D.O.L. With Illustrations.
8vo, pp. xxxvi. and 388, cloth. 21s.

SHERRING.—Hinpu TRIBES AND Castes; together with an Account of the
Mohamedan Tribes of the North-West Frontier and of the Aboriginal Tribes of
the Central Provinces. By the Rev. M. A. Sherring, M.A., LL.B., Lond., &c.
4to. Vol. II. Pp. Ixviii. and 376, cloth. 1879. £2, 8s.—Vol. III., with Index of
3 vols. Pp. xii. and 336, cloth. 1881. 32s.

SHERRING.—TuHre Hinpoo Piterims. By Rev. M. A. Sherring, M.A., LL.D.
Crown 8vo, pp. 126, cloth. 1878. 5s.

SHIELDS,—TuHE FInaL PHILOSOPHY ; or, System of Perfectible Knowledge issuing
from the Harmony of Science and Religion. By Charles W. Shields, D.D., Pro-
fessor in Princeton College. Royal 8vo, pp. viii. and 610, cloth. 1878. 18s.

SIBREE.—THE GREAT AFRICAN ISLAND. Chapters on Madagascar. A Popular
Account of Recent Researches in the Physical Geography, Geology, and Explora-
tion of the Country, and its Natural History and Botany; and in the Origin and
Divisions, Customs and Language, Superstitions, Folk-lore, and Religious Beliefs
and Practices of the Different Tribes. Together with Illustrations of Scripture
and Early Church History from Native Habits and Missionary Experience. By
the Rev. James Sibree, jun., F.R.G.S., Author of ‘‘ Madagascar and its People,”
&c. 8vo, pp. xii. and 272, with Physical and Ethnological Maps and Four Llus-
trations, cloth. 1879. 12s.

SIBREE.—Porms: including “‘ Fancy,” ‘‘ A Resting Place,” &. By John Sibree,
M.A., London. Crown 8vo, pp. iv. and 134, cloth. 1884. 4s.

SIMCOX.—EpiIsopEs IN THE LIVES OF MEN, WOMEN, AND Lovers. By Edith Sim-
cox. Crown 8vo, pp. 312, cloth. 1882. 7s. 6d.

SIMCOX.—NarturAt Law. See English and Foreign Philosophical Library, Vol. IV.

SIME,—Lxssinc. See English and Foreign Philosophical Library, Extra Series,
Vols, I. and II.

SIMPSON-BAIKIE.—TuHE DRAMATIC UNITIES IN THE PRESENT Day. By E. Simpson-
Baikie. Third Edition. Feap. 8vo, pp. iv. and 108, cloth. 1878. 2s. 6d.

SIMPSON-BAIKIE,—TuE INTERNATIONAL DroTronaRy for Naturalists and Sportsmen
in English, French, and German. By Edwin Simpson-Baikie. 8vo, pp. iv. and
284, cloth. 1880. 15s. }

SINCLAIR.—Tur MrssENGER: A Poem. By Thomas Sinclair, M.A. Foolscap
8vo, pp. 174, cloth. 1875. 5s.

SINCLAIR.—Lovns’s Trinoay: A Poem. By Thomas Sinclair, M.A. Crown 8vo,
pp. 150, cloth. 1876. 5s. ' ; WH ®
SINCLAIR.—THE Mount : Speech from its English Heights. By Thomas Sinclair,

M.A. Crown 8vo, pp. viii. and 302, cloth. 1877. 10s. :

SINCLAIR,—GopprEss Fortune: A Novel. By Thomas Sinclair, M.A. Three vols.,
post 8vo, pp. viii.-302, 302, 274, cloth. 1884. 31s.6d. :

SINCLAIR.—Quest: A Collection of Essays. By Thomas Sinclair, M.A, Crown .
8vo, pp. 184, cloth. 1885. 2s. 6d. : :

SINGER.—HunGARIAN GRAMMAR. See Triibner's Collection. ar: +

SINNETT.—TuE Ocourr Wortp. By A. P. Sinnett. Fourth Edition. With an
Appendix of 20 pages, on the subject of Mr. Kiddle’s Charge of Plagiarism. 8vo,
pp. xx. and 206, cloth. 1884, 3s. 6d.

62 A Catalogue of Important Works,

SMITH.—TuHE Divine GOVERNMENT. By 8S. Smith, M.D. Fifth Edition. Crown
8vo, pp. xii. and 276, cloth. 1866. 6s.

SMITH.—TuE RECENT DEPRESSION OF TRADE, Its Nature, its Causes, and the
Remedies which have been suggested for it. By Walter E. Smith, B.A., New
College. Being the Oxford Cobden Prize Essay for 1879. Crown 8vo, pp. vi. and
108, cloth. 1880. 3s.

SMYTH.—THE ABORIGINES OF VicroRJA. With Notes relating to the Habits of
the Natives of other Parts of Australia and Tasmania. Compiled from various
sources for the Government of Victoria. By R. Brough Smyth, F.L.S., F.G.S.,
&c., &c. 2 vols. royal 8vo, pp. lxxii.-484 and vi.-456, Maps, Plates, and Wood-
cuts, cloth. 1878. £3, 3s.

SNOW—A THEOLOGICO-POLITICAL TREATISE. By G. D. Snow. Crown 8vo, pp..180,
cloth. 1874. 4s. 6d.

SOLLING.—Drvuriska: An Historical and Critical Survey of the Literature of Ger-

many, from the Earliest Period tothe Death of Goethe. By Gustav Solling. 8vo, ©

pp. xviii, and 368. 1863. 10s. 6d. :

SOLLING.—SELECT PASSAGES FROM THE WORKS OF SHAKESPEARE. Translated and —

Seen German and English. By G. Solling. 12mo, pp. 155, cloth. 1866.
s. 6d.

SOLLING.—MacsetH. Rendered into Metrical German (with English Text ad-

joined). By Gustav Solling. Crown 8vo, pp. 160, wrapper. 1878. 3s. 6d

SONGS oF THE SEMITIO IN ENGLISH VERSE. By G. HE. W. Crown 8vo, pp. iv. and —

134, cloth. 1877. 5s.

SOUTHALL.—TuE Epoch of THE MAMMOTH AND THE APPARITION OF MAN UPON
EartH. By James C. Southall, A.M., LL.D. Crown 8vo, pp. xii. and 430, cloth.
Tilustrated. 1878. 10s. 6d.

SPANISH REFORMERS or Two CentTuRIES FROM 1520; Their Lives and Writing,
according to the late Benjamin B. Wiffen’s Plan, and with the Use of His Mate-

rials. Described by E. Boehmer, D.D., Ph.D. Vol. I. With B. B. Wiffen’s —

Narrative of the Incidents attendant upon the Republication of Reformistas
Antiguos Espafioles, and with a Memoir of B. B. Wiffen. By Isaline Wiffen.

Royal 8vo, pp. xvi. and 216, cloth. 1874. 12s. 6d. Roxburghe, 15s.—Vol. I. ©

Royal 8vo, pp. xii.-374, cloth. 1883. 18s.

SPEDDING.—TuHE Lire AND TIMES OF FRANCIS BACON. Extracted from the Edition
of his Occasional Writings, by James Spedding. 2 vols, post 8vo, pp. xx.-710 and

xiv.-708, cloth. 1878. 21s.

SPIERS.—TuHE ScHOOL SysTEM OF THE TALMUD. By the Rev. B. Spiers. 8vo, pp.
48, cloth. .1882. 2s, 6d.

SPINOZA.—BENEDICT DE SPINOZA: his Life, Correspondence, and Ethics. By R. —

Willis, M.D. 8vo, pp. xliv. and 648, cloth. 1870. 21s,

SPINOZA.—ETHIO DEMONSTRATED IN GEOMETRICAL ORDER AND DIVIDED INTO FIVE
Parts, which treat—I. Of God; Il. Of the Nature and Origin of the Mind;
III. Of the Origin and Nature of the Affects ; IV. Of Human Bondage, or of the
Strength of the Affects; V. Of the Power of the Intellect, or of Human Liberty.
By Benedict de Spinoza. Translated from the Latin by W. Hale White. Post
8vo, pp. 328, cloth. 1883, 10s. 6d.

SPIRITUAL EVOLUTION, An Essay ON, considered in its bearing upon Modern

cil inl peel NC th elie

oe

Spiseneliens Science, and Religion. By J. P. B. Crown 8vo, pp. 156, cloth. |

3s.

SPRUNER.—Dr. Kart Von Spruner’s HIsSToRico-GEOGRAPHICAL HaAnpD-AT3LAS, ©
15s

containing 26 Coloured Maps. Obl. cloth. 1861.
SQUIER.—Honpburas ; Descriptive, Historical, and Statistical. By E. G. Squier,
M.A., F.S.A.. Cr. 8vo, pp. viii, and 278, cloth. 1870. 3s. 6d.

STATIONERY OFFICE,—PuBLICATIONS oF HER Magsusty’s STATIONERY OFFICE.
List on application. ;

.

Published by Triibner &, Co. 63

STEDMAN.—OxrorD : Its Social and Intellectual Life. With Remarks and Hints
on Expenses, the Examinations, &. By Algernon M. M. Stedman, B.A., Wad-
ham College, Oxford. Crown 8vo, pp. xvi. and 309, cloth. 1878.. 7s. 6d.

STEELE,—AN Eastern Love Story. Kusa Jatakaya: A Buddhistic Legendary
Poem, with other Stories, By Th. Steele. Cr. 8vo, pp. xii. and 260, cl. 1871. 6s.

STENT.—TuHE JADE Cuarter. In Twenty-four Beads. <A Collection of Songs,
Ballads, &c. (from the Chinese), By G. C. Stent, M.N.C.B.R.A.S. Post 8vo, pp.
viii. and 168, cloth. 1874. 5s.

STENZLER.—See Auctores SANSKRITI, Vol. II.

STOCK.—Arrempts at TRUTH. By St. George Stock. Crown 8vo, pp. vi. and
248, cloth. 1882. 5s. 4

STOKES.— GoiprLicA—Old and Early-Middle Irish Glosses: Prose and’ Verse.
Edited by Whitley Stokes. 2d Edition. Med. 8vo, pp. 192, cloth. 1872. 18s.

STOKES.—BrunANS Meniasek. The Life of Saint Meriasek, Bishop and Confessor.
A Cornish Drama, Edited, with a Translation and Notes, by Whitley Stokes.
Med. 8yo, pp. xvi. and 280, and Facsimile, cloth. 1872. 15s.

STOKES, —Tocarn TROY, THE DESTRUCTION OF TROY. Transcribed from the Fac-
simile of the Book of Leinster, and Translated, with a Glossarial Index of the
ana cong by Whitley Stokes. Crown 8vo, pp. xvi. and 188, paper boards.

; 3.

STOKES.—TuHREE MIDDLE-IRISH HOMILIES ON THE LivES OF SAINTS—PATRICK,
Brigit, AND COLUMBA. Edited by Whitley Stokes. Crown 8vo, pp. xii. and
140, paper boards. 1882. 10s. 6d.

STONE,— CHRISTIANITY BEFORE CHRIST; or, Prototypes of our Faith and Culture.
By Charles J. Stone, F.R.S.L., F.R. Hist.S., Author of ‘* Cradle-Land of Arts and
Creeds.” Crown 8vo, pp. , cloth. :

STRANGE.—THE BIBLE; is it ‘‘The Word of God”? By Thomas Lumisden Strange.
Demy 8vo, pp. xii. and 384, cloth. 1871. 7s.

STRANGE.—THE SPEAKER’S COMMENTARY. Reviewed by T. L. Strange, Cr. 8vo,

p. viii. and 159, cloth. 1871. 2s. 6d.

STRANGE.—TxHE DEVELOPMENT OF CREATION ON THE EartH. By T. L. Strange.
Demy 8vo, pp. xii. and 110, cloth. 1874. 2s. 6d,

STRANGE.—THE LEGENDS OF THE OLD TESTAMENT. By T. L. Strange. Demy 8vo,

p. xii. and 244, cloth. 1874, * 5s.

STRANGE. Tur SouRCES AND DEVELOPMENT OF CHRISTIANITY. By Thomas
Lumisden Strange. Demy 8vo, pp. xx. and 256, cloth. 1875, 5s.

STRANGE.—Wuar Is CHRISTIANITY? An Historical Sketch. Illustrated with a
Chart. By T. L. Strange. Foolscap 8vo, pp. 72, cloth. 1880, 2s. 6d.

STRANGE.—ContTRIBUTIONS TO A SERIES OF CONTROVERSIAL WRITINGS, issued by
the late Mr. Thomas Scott, of Upper Norwood. By Thomas Lumisden Strange.
Feap. 8vo, pp. viii. and 312, cloth. 1881. 2s. 6d.

STRANGFORD,—ORIGINAL LETTERS AND PAPERS OF THE LATE VISCOUNT STRANGFORD
UPON PHILOLOGICAL AND KINDRED SuBJEcTSs. Edited by Viscountess Strangford.
Post 8vo, pp. xxii. and 284, cloth. 1878. 12s. 6d.

STRATMANN.—THE TRAGICALL HISTORIE OF HAMLET, PRINCE OF DENMARKE. By
William Shakespeare. Edited according to the first printed Copies, with the various
Readings and Critical Notes. By F. H. Stratmann. 8vo, pp. vi. and 120,
sewed. 3s. 6d. eae

STRATMANN.—A DrcrioNaRY OF THE OLD EncorisH Lancuace. Compiled from
Writings of the Twelfth, Thirteenth, Fourteenth, and Fifteenth Centuries. By
F. H. Stratmann. Third Edition. 4to, pp. x. and 662, sewed. 1878. 30s.

STUDIES or Man. By a Japanese. Crown 8vo, pp. 124, cloth. 1874. 2s. 6d.

SUMNER. —Waar Soctan CLAsses OwE TO EacuH OTHER. By W. G. Sumner, Pro-
fessor of Political and Social Science in Yale College. 18mo, pp. 170, cloth, 1884.

s. 6d.

SUYEMATZ.—GernsI Monogatari. The Most Celebrated of the Classical Japanese
Bomanieptn treatm by K. Suyematz. Crown 8vo, pp. xvi. and 254, cloth.
1882. 7s. 6d.

64 A Catalogue of Important Works,

SWEET.—Sprettinc REFORM AND ENGLISH LITERATURE. By Henry Sweet, M.A. -
8vo, pp. 8, wrapper. 1884. 2d. ;

SWEET.—Hisrtory or EnGuisH Sounps, from the Earliest Period, including an In-
vestigation of the General Laws of Sound Change, and full Word Lists. By
Henry Sweet. Demy 8vo, pp. iv.-164, cloth. 1874. 4s. 6d.

SWEET.—On A Mexican MUSTANG THROUGH TEXAS FROM THE GULF TO THE RIO
GRANDE. By Alex. E. Sweet and J. Armoy Knox, Editors of ‘‘ Texas Siftings.”
English Copyright Edition. Demy 8vo, pp. 672. Lllustrated, cloth. 1883. 10s.

SYED AHMAD.—A Series or Essays ON THE LIFE OF MOHAMMED, and Subjects
subsidiary thereto. By Syed Ahmad Khan Bahadur, ©.8.I. 8vo, pp. 532,
with 4 Tables, 2 Maps, and Plate, cloth, 1870. 30s.

TALBOT.— ANALYSIS OF THE ORGANISATION OF THE PRUSSIAN ARMY. By Lieuten-

samrcner F. Talbot, 2d Prussian Dragoon Guards. Royal 8vo, pp. 78, cloth.
. 38.

TAYLER.—A RETROSPECT OF THE RELIGIOUS LiFE OF ENGLAND; or, Church,
Puritanism, and Free Inquiry. By J. J. Tayler, B.A. Second Edition. Re-
issued, with an Introductory Chapter on Recent Development, by James Martineau,
LL.D., D.D. Post 8vo, pp. 380, cloth. 1876. 7s. 6d.

TAYLOR.—PrinckE DEUKALION: A Lyrical Drama, By Bayard Taylor. Small 4to,
pp. 172. Handsomely bound in white vellum, 1878. 12s.

TECHNOLOGICAL Dictionary of the Terms employed in the Arts and Sciences ;
Architecture ; Civil Engineering ; Mechanics ; Machine-Making ; Shipbuilding and
Navigation ; Metallurgy; Artillery; Mathematics; Physics; Chemistry ; Minera-
logy, &c. With a Preface by Dr. K, Karmarsch. Second Edition. 3 vols.

Vol. 1. German-English-French. 8vo, pp. 646. 12s.
Vol. II. English-German-French. 8vo, pp. 666. 12s.
Vol. IIL. French-German-English. 8vo, pp. 618. 12s,

TECHNOLOGICAL DICTIONARY.—A Pocket DIcTIONARY OF TECHNICAL TERMS
USED IN ARTS AND MANUFACTURES. English-German-French, Deutsch-Englisch-
Franzésisch, Francais-Allemand-Anglais, Abridged from the above Techno-
logical Dictionary by Rumpf, Mothes, and Unverzagt. With the addition of
Commercial Terms. 3 vols. sq. 12mo, cloth, 12s,

TEMPLE.—TxHeE LEGENDS OF THE PUNJAB. By Captain R. C. Temple, Bengal Staff
Corps, F.G.S., &c. Vol. I., 8vo, pp. xviii.-546, cloth. 1884. £1, 6s.

THEATRE Frangais MopERNE.—A Selection of Modern French Plays. Edited by
the Rev. P. H. E. Brette, B.D., C. Cassal, LL.D., and Th. Karcher, LL.B.

First Series, in 1 vol. crown 8vo, cloth, 6s., containing—

CHARLOTTE CorDAy. A Tragedy. By F. Ponsard. Edited, with English Notes
and Notice on Ponsard, by Professor C. Cassal, LL.D. Pp. xii. and 134. Sepa-
rately, 2s. 6d.

DianzE. A Dramain Verse. By Emile Augier. Edited, with English Notes and
Rictiee on Augier, by Th. Karcher, LL.B. Pp. xiv. and 145. Separately,
2s. 6d. ; :

Le Voyacs 4 Dieprr, A Comedy in Prose. By Wafilard and Fulgence. Edited,
ee Notes, by the Rev. P. H. E. Brette, B.D. Pp. 104. Separately,
2s. 6d.

Second Series, crown 8vo, cloth, 6s., containing—

Mo.iére. A Drama in Prose. By George Sand. Edited, with English Notes
and Notice of George Sand, by Th. Karcher, LL.B. Fcap. 8vo, pp. xx. and
170, cloth. Separately, 3s. 6d. 4

Les ARISTOCRATIES. A Comedy in Verse. By Etienne Arago. Edited, with Eng-
lish Notes and Notice of Etienne Arago, by the Rev. P. H. E. Brette, B.D. 2d
Edition. Feap. 8vo, pp. xiv. and 236, cloth. Separately, 4s.

Published by Triibner & Co. 65

THEATRE Francais MopERNE—continued.

Third Series, crown 8vo, cloth, 6s., containing—

Les Faux BonsHommes. A Comedy. By Théodore Barriére and Ernest Ca-
pendu. Edited, with English Notes and Notice on Barritre, by Professor C.
Cassal, LL.D. Feap. 8vo, pp. xvi. and 304. 1868. Separately, 4s.

L’HoNNEUR ET L’ARGENT. A Comedy. By Francois Ponsard. Edited, with
English Notes and Memoir of Ponsard, by Professor C. Cassal, LL.D. 2d
Edition. Fecap. 8vo, pp. xvi. and 171, cloth. 1869. Separately, 3s. 6d.

THEISM.—A Canpip EXAMINATION OF THEISM. By Physicus. Post 8vo, pp. xviii.
and 198, cloth. 1878. 7s. 6d. nae Re

THEOBALD.—SELECTIONS FROM THE PORTS ; or, Passages Illustrating Peculiarities
of their Style, Pathos, or Wit. By W. Theobald, M.R.A.S8., late Deputy-Superin-
tendent Geological Survey of India, With Notes, Historical, Explanatory, and
eee? for the Use of Young Readers. Demy 8vo, pp. xii. and 208, cloth. |
1885. 5s.

THEOSOPHY AnD THE HIGHER LIFE; or, Spiritual Dynamics and the Divine and
Miraculous Man. By G. W., M.D., Edinburgh, President of the British Theoso-
phical Society. 12mo, pp. iv. and 138, cloth. 1880. 3s,

THOM.—Sr. Pavu’s EPISTLES TO THE CoRINTHIANS. An Attempt to convey their
Spirit and Significance. By the Rev. J. H. Thom. 8vo, pp. xii. and 408, cloth.
185L. 5s.

THOMAS.—Earty SASSANIAN INSCRIPTIONS, SEALS, AND Corns, illustrating the
Early History of the Sassanian Dynasty, containing Proclamations of Ardeshir
Babek, Sapor I., and his Successors. With a Critical Examination and Explana-
tion of the celebrated Inscription in the Hajiabad Cave, demonstrating that Sapor,
the Conqueror of Valerian, was a professing Christian. By Edward Thomas.
Illustrated. S8vo, pp. 148, cloth. 7s. 6d.

THOMAS.—THE CHRONICLES OF THE PATHAN Kines oF Deut. Illustrated by
Coins, Inscriptions, and other Antiquarian Remains. By E. Thomas, F.R.A.S.
With Plates and Cuts. Demy 8vo, pp. xxiv. and 467, cloth. 1871. 28s.

THOMAS.—THE REVENUE RESOURCES OF THE MuGHAL Empire In INDIA, from
A.D. 1593 to A.D. 1707. A Supplement to *‘The Chronicles of the Pathén Kings
of Delhi.” By E. Thomas, F.R.S. 8vo, pp. 60, cloth. 3s. 6d.

THOMAS.—SassanrAn Corns. Communicated to the Numismatic Society of
London. By E. Thomas, F.R.S. Two Parts, 12mo, pp. 43,3 Plates and a Cut,
sewed. :

THOMAS.—Jartnism; oR, THE EARLY FArtH OF ASOKA,. With Illustrations of the
Ancient Religions of the East, from the Pantheon of the Indo-Scythians. To
which is added a Notice on Bactrian Coins and Indian Dates. By Edward
Thomas, F.R.S. 8vo, pp. viii.-24 and 82. With two Autotype Plates and
Woodcuts. 1877. 7s. 6d.

THOMAS.—TuHE THEORY AND PRACTICE OF CREOLE GRAMMAR. By J. J. Thomas.
8vo, pp. Vill. and 135, boards. 12s.

THOMAS.—ReEcorDS OF THE GUPTA Dynasty. Illustrated by Inscriptions, Written
History, Local Tradition, and Coins. To which is added a Chapter on the Arabs
in Sind. By Edward Thomas, F.R.S. Folio, with a Plate, pp. iv. and 64, cloth.

14s. }
THOMAS.—Tur InpIAN BALHARA, and the Arabian Intercourse with India in the
Ninth and following Centuries. By Edward Thomas, F.R.S. (Contained in
International Numismata Orientalia./ Vol. III., Part I. Coins of Arakan.)
Royal 4to, pp. viii.-48, wrappers. 1882. 8s. 6d.
THOMAS.—BoyHoop Lays. By William Henry Thomas. 18mo, pp. iv. and 74,
cloth. 1877. 2s. 6d, ¢ ‘
THOMPSON.—DIALOGUES, RUSSIAN AND ENGLISH. Compiled by A. R. Thompson,
sometime Lecturer of the English Language in the University of St. Vladimir,
Kieff. Crown 8vo, pp. iv. and 132, cloth, 1882. 4s,
E

66 A Catalogue of Important Works,

THOMSON.—EvoLvui110on AND INVOLUTION. By George Thomson, Author of ‘‘ The
World of Being,” &c. Crown 8yo, pp. viii. and 206, cloth. 1880. 5s.

THORBURN.—Bannvt ; on, OUR AFGHAN FrontizR. By S. S. Thorburn, F.C.S.,
Settlement Officer of the Bann District. 8vo, pp. x. and 480, cloth. 1876, 18s.

THORPE.—DririomaTaRium ANGLIicuM Aly Saxontor. A Collection of English
Charters, from the reign of King Aithelberht of Kent, a.p. Dov., to that of Wil-
liam the Conqueror. Containing: I. Miscellaneous Charters. II. Wills. III.
Guilds. IV. Manumissions and Acquittances. With a Translation of the Anglo-
Saxon. By the late Benjamin Thorpe, Member of the Royal Academy of Sciences
at Munich, and of the Society of Netherlandish Literature at Leyden. §8vo, pp.
xlii, and 682, cloth. 1865. £1, 1s.

THOUGHTS ON LOGIC; or, the S8.N.I.X. Propositional Theory. Crown 8vo, pp. iv.
and 76, cloth. 1877. 2s, 6d.

THOUGHTS ON THEISM, with Suggestions towards a Public Religious Service in
Harmony with Modern Science and Philosophy. Ninth Thousand. Revised and
Enlarged. 8vo,; pp. 74, sewed. 1882. Ils.

THURSTON.—FRIcTION AND LUBRICATION. Determinations of the Laws and Co-
efficients of Friction by new Methods and with new Apparatus. By Robert H.
Thurston, A.M., C.E., &c. Crown 8vo, pp. xvi. and 212, cloth. 1879. 6s. 6d.

TIELE.—See English and Foreign Philosophical Library, Vol. VII. and Triibner’s
Oriental Series.

TOLHAUSEN.—A Synopsis OF THE PatENT LAWS OF VARIOUS CouNTRIES. By A.
Tolhausen, Ph.D. Third Edition. 12mo, pp. 62, sewed. 1870, 1s. 6d.

TONSBERG.—Norway. Illustrated Handbook for Travellers. Edited by Charles
Tonsberg. With 134 Engravings on Wood, 17 Maps, and Supplement. Crown
8vo, pp. Ixx., 482, and 32, cloth. 1875. 18s.

TOPOGRAPHICAL WORKS.—-A List OF THE VARIOUS WORKS PREPARED AT THE
TOPOGRAPHICAL AND STATISTICAL DEPARTMENT OF THE WAR OFFICE may be
had on application.

TORCEANU.—RouMANIAN GRAMMAR. Sce Triibner’s Collection.

TORRENS.—Empire IN ASIA: How we came by it, A Book of Confessions. By
W.M. Torrens, M.P. Med. 8vo, pp. 426, cloth. 1872. 14s.

TOSCANI.—Iratian CONVERSATIONAL CoursE. A New Method of Teaching the
Italian Language, both Theoretically and Practically. By Giovanni Toscani, Pro-
fessor of the Italian Language and Literature in Queen’s Coll., London, &c.
Fourth Edition. 12mo, pp. xiv. and 300, cloth. 1872. 5s.

TOSCANI.—Irar1an Reaping Course. By G. Toscani. Feap. 8vo, pp. xii. and
160. With table. Cloth. 1875. 4s. 6d.

TOULON.—Its ADVANTAGES AS A WINTER RESIDENCE FOR INVALIDS AND OTHERS.
By an English Resident. The proceeds of this pamphlet to be devoted to the
English Church at Toulon. Crown 8vo, pp. 8, sewed. 1873. ,

TRADLEG,—A Son or BewiAL. Autobiographical Sketches. By Nitram Tradleg,
University of Bosphorus. Crown 8vo, pp. viii.-260, cloth. 1882. 5s.

TRIMEN.—SovurH-AFRICAN BUTTERFLIES ; a Monograph of the Extra-Tropical
Species. By Roland Trimen, F.L.8., F.Z.8., M.E.S., Curator of the South
African Museum, Cape Town. Royal 8vo. [In preparation.

TRUBNER’S AMERICAN, EUROPEAN, AND ORIENTAL LITERARY REcorD. A. Register
of the most Important Works published in America, India, China, and the British
Colonies. With Occasional Notes on German, Dutch, Danish, French, Italian,
Spanish, Portuguese, and Russian Literature. The object of the Publishers in
issuing this publication is to give a full and particular account of every publica-
tion of importance issued in America and the East. Small 4to, 6d. per number.
Subscription, 5s. per volume.

Published by Triibner & Co. 67

TRUBNER.—TRUBNER’s BIBLIOGRAPHICAL GUIDE TO AMERICAN LITERATURE :
A Classed List of Books published in the United States of America, from 1817
to 1857. With Bibliographical Introduction, Notes, and Alphabetical Index.
Compiled and Edited by Nicolas Triibner. In 1 vol. 8vo, half bound, pp. 750.
1859. 18s.

TRUBNER’S CATALOGUE OF DICTIONARIES AND GRAMMARS OF THE PRINCIPAL
LANGUAGES AND DIALECTS OF THE WORLD. Considerably Enlarged and Revised,
with an Alphabetical Index. A Guide for Students and Booksellers. Second
Edition, Svo, pp. viii. and 170, cloth. 1882. 5s.

TRUBNER’S CoLLECTION OF SIMPLIFIED GRAMMARS OF THE PRINCIPAL ASIATIC
AND EUROPEAN LANGUAGES. Edited by Reinhold Rost, LL.D., Ph.D. Crown
8vo, cloth, uniformly bound.

IL.—HInDUSTANI, PERSIAN, AND ARABIC. By E. H. Palmer, M.A.
Second Edition, Pp. 112. 1885. 5s.

II.—HuneGartan. ByI. Singer. Pp. vi. and 88, 1882. 4s. 6d.
Ill.—Basqur. By W. Van Eys. Pp. xii. and 52. 1883. 3s. 6d.
IV.—Maiacasy. By G. W. Parker. Pp. 66, with Plate. 1883. 5s.

V.—MopErRN GREEK. By E. M. Geldart, M.A. Pp. 68. 1883. 2s. 6d.
VI.—RouMANIAN. By R. Torceanu. Pp. viii. and 72. 1883. 5s.

VII.—TiBetaN GRAMMAR. By H. A. JAScHKE. Pp. viii.-104. 1883. 5s.
VIII.—DanisH. By E.C. Otté. Pp. viii. and 66. 1884. 2s. 6d.

IX.—TourkisH. ByJ. W. Redhouse, M.R.A.S. Pp. xii. and 204. 1884, 10s.6d.

X.—SwepisH. By E, C. Otté. Pp. xii-70. 1884. 2s. 6d.
XI.—PouisH. By W. R. Morfill, M.A. Pp. viii.-64. 1884. 3s. 6d.
XII.—Pauit. By E. Miiller. Pp. xvi.-144. 1884. 7s. 6d.

XIII.—Sanskrit. By H. Edgren. Pp. xii.-178. 1885. 10s, 6d.

TRUBNER’S ORIENTAL SERIES :—
Post 8vo, cloth, uniformly bound.

EssayS ON THE SACRED LANGUAGE, WRITINGS, AND RELIGION OF
THE PARSIS. By Martin Haug, Ph.D., late Professor of Sanskrit and
Comparative Philology at the University of Munich. Third Edition.
Edited and Enlarged by E. W. West, Ph.D. To which is also added, A
Biographical Memoir of the late Dr. Haug. By Professor E. P. Evans.
Pp. xlviii. and 428. 1884. 16s.

TEXTS FROM THE BUDDHIST CANON, commonly known as Dhamma-
pada. With Accompanying Narratives. Translated from the Chinese
by S. Beal, B.A., Trinity College, Cambridge, Professor of Chinese, Uni-
versity College, London. Pp. viii. and 176. 1878. 7s. 6d.

Tue History or INDIAN LITERATURE. By Albrecht Weber. Trans-
lated from the German by J. Mann, M.A., and Dr. T: Zachariae, with
the Author’s sanction and assistance, 2d Edition, Pp. 368. 1882.. 10s. 6d.

A SKETCH OF THE MODERN LANGUAGES OF THE East INDIES. Accom-
panied by Two Language Maps, Classified List of Languages and
Dialects, and a List of Authorities for each Language. By Robert Cust,
hi ae and Hon. Librarian of R.A.S. Pp. xii. and 198.

: Ss.

THE Birta of THE War-Gop: A Poem, By. Kéalidasé. Translated
from the Sanskrit inte English Verse, by Ralph T. H. Griffiths, M.A.,
Principal of Benares College. Second Edition. Pp. xii. and 116. 1879. 5s.

A CLAssIcAL Dictionary OF Hinpu MyrHotoay anpD History, Gxo-
GRAPHY AND LITERATURE. By John Dowson, M.R.A.S., late Professor
in the Staff College. Pp. 432. 1879. 16s.

MerricaAL TRANSLATIONS FROM SANSKRIT WriteRS; with an Introduc-
tion, many Prose Versions, and Parallel Passages from Classical
Authors. By J. Muir, C.1.E., D.C.L., &. Pp. xliv.-376. 1879. 14s.

MopERN INDIA AND THE INDIANS: being a Series of Impressions, Notes,
and Essays. By Monier Williams, D.C.L., Hon. LL.D. of the University
of Calcutta, Boden Professor of Sanskrit in the University of Oxford.
Third Edition, revised and augmented by considerable additions. With
Tilustrations and Map, pp. vii. and 368. 1879. 14s.

63 A Catalogue of Important Works,

TRUBNER’S ORIENTAL SERIES—continued,

THE Lire or Lecenp or GAuDAMA, the Buddha of the Burmese. "With
Annotations, the Ways to Neibban, and Notice on the Phongyies, or
Burmese Monks. By the Right Rev. P. Bigandet, Bishop of Ramatha,
Vicar Apostolic of Ava and Pegu. Third Edition. 2 vols. Pp. xx.-368
and viii.-326. 1880. 21s.

MISCELLANEOUS Essays, relating to Indian Subjects. By B. H. Hodg-
oe Gag ie Ministerat Nepal. 2 vols., pp. viii.—408, and viii,-348.
i 8.

SELECTIONS FROM THE Koran. By Edward William Lane, Author of an
** Arabie-English Lexicon,” &c. A New Edition, Revised, with an
Introduction. By Stanley Lane Poole. Pp. cxii. and 174. 1879. 9s.

CHINESE BuppHismM. A Volume of Sketches, Historical and Critical.
By J. Edkins, D.D., Author of ‘‘ China’s Place in pesology, ” ** Religion
in China,” &c., &c. Pp. lvi. and 454. 1880., 18s.

THE GULISTAN; OR, RoSE GARDEN OF SHEKH MUSHLIU’D-DIN SaADI OF
SxHrraz. ‘Translated for the first time into Prose and Verse, with
Preface and a Life of the Author, from the Atish Kadah, by E. B.
Eastwick, F.R.S., M.R.A.S. 2d Edition. Pp. xxvi. and 244, 1880. 10s. 6d,

A TaLMUDIC MISCELLANY ; or, One Thousand and One Extracts from the
Talmud, the Midrashim, and the Kabbalah. Compiled and Translated
by P. J. Hershon. Witha Preface by Rev. F. W. Farrar, D.D., F.R.S.,
Chaplain in Ordinary to Her Majesty, and Canon of Westminster.
With Notes and Copious Indexes. Pp. xxviii. and 362. 1880. 14s.

TuE History oF ESARHADDON (Son of Sennacherib), King of Assyria,

_ B.c. 681-668. Translated from the Cuneiform Inscriptions upon
Cylinders and Tablets in the British Museum Collection. Together
with Original Texts, a Grammatical Analysis of each word, Explana-
tions of the Ideographs by Extracts from the Bi-Lingual Syllabaries,
and List of Eponyms, &c. By E. A. Budge, B.A., M.R.A.S., Assyrian
Exhibitioner, Christ’s College, Cambridge. Post 8vo, pp. xii. and
164, cloth. 1880. 10s. 6d.

BuppuHIist Birth STORIES; or, Jataka Tales. The oldest Collection of
Folk-Lore extant: being the Jatakatthavannana, for the first time
edited in the original Pali, by V. Fausbdll, and translated by T. W.
Rhys Davids. Translation. ‘Vol. I. Pp. exvi. and 348. 1880, 18s.

THE CLASSICAL POETRY OF THE JAPANESE. By Basil Chamberlain, Author
of ‘‘ Yeigio Henkaku, Ichiran.” Pp. xii. and 228. 1880. 7s. 6d.

LInGuiIsTic AND ORIENTAL Essays. Written from the year 1846-1878.
By R. Cust, Author of ‘‘ The Modern Languages of the East Indies,”
Pp. xii. and 484, 1880. 18s.

INDIAN Portry. Containing a New Edition of ‘‘The Indian Song of
Songs,” from the Sanskrit of the Gita Govinda of Jayadeva; Two Books
from ‘‘ The Iliad of India” (Mahabharata) ; ** Proverbial Wisdom” from
the Shlokas of the Hitopadésa, and other Oriental Poems. By Edwin
Arnold, ©.8.1., &c. Third Edition. Pp. viii. and 270. 1884. 7s. 6d.

THE Revicions or Inpia. By A. Barth. Authorised Translation by
Rey. J. Wood. Pp. xx. and 310, 1881. 16s.

Hinpt Peitosopuy. The ore Karika of Iswara Krishna. An

Exposition of the System ie ax With an Appendix on the Nyaya

ae Vaiseshika Systems. he Davies, M.A., M.R.A.S. Pp. vi.
and 151, 1881. 6s.

Published by Triibner & Co. 69

TRUBNER’S ORIENTAL SERIES— continued.

A MANUAL or HinpU PANTHEISM. The Vedantaséra. Translated with
Copious Annotations, By Major G. A. Jacob, Bombay Staff Corps,
Inspector of Army Schools. With a Preface by E. B, Cowell, M.A.,
pps of Sanskrit in the University of Cambridge. Pp. x. and 130

Ss.

THE MESNEVI (usually known as the Mesneviyi Sherif, or Holy Mesnev?)
of Mevlana (Our Lord) Jelalu-?d-Din Muhammed, Er-Rimi. Book the
First. Together with some Account of the Life and Acts of the Author,
of his Ancestors, and of his Descendants. Illustrated by a selection
of Characteristic Anecdotes as collected by their Historian Mevlana
Shemsu-’d-Din Ahmed, El Hfiaki El Arifi. Translated, and the Poetry
Versified by James W. Redhouse, M.R.A.S., &. Pp. xvi. and 136,
vi. and 290. 1881. £1, Is.

EASTERN PROVERBS AND EMBLEMS ILLUSTRATING OLD TRUTHS. By the
Rev. J. Long, Member of the Bengal Asiatic Society, F:R.G.S. Pp.
xy. and 280. 1881. 6s.

THE QUATRAINS OF OMAR KuHaAyyAmM. A New Translation. By E. H.
Whinfield, late of H.M. Bengal Civil Service. Pp. 96. 1881. 5s.

THE QUATRAINS OF OMAR KHAYyYAM, The Persian Text, with an English
Verse Translation. By E. H. Whinfield. Pp. xxxii.-335. 1883. 10s. 6d.

THE MIND OF MENCIUS; or, Political Economy Founded upon Moral Philo-
sophy. A Systematic Digest of the Doctrines of the Chinese Philosopher
Mencius. The Original Text Classified and Translated, with Com-
ments, by the Rev. E. Faber, Rhenish Mission Society. Translated
from the German, with Additional Notes, by the Rey. A. B. Hutchin-
son, Church Mission, Hong Kong. Author in Chinese of ‘‘ Primer Old
Testament History,” &c., &c. Pp. xvi. and 294. 1882. 10s. 6d.

Y6sur anp ZuLaikHaA. A Poem by Jami. Translated from the Persian
into English Verse. By R. T. H. Griffith. Pp. xiv. and 304. 1882. 8s. 6d.

TsunI- || GoAM: The Supreme Being of the Khoi-Khoi. By Theophilus
Hahn, Ph.D., Custodian of the Grey Collection, Cape Town, Corres-
ponding Member of the Geographical Society, Dresden; Corresponding
Member of the Anthropological Society, Vienna, &c., &c. Pp. xii. and
154, 1882. 7s. 6d.

A COMPREHENSIVE COMMENTARY TO THE QURAN. To which is prefixed
Sale’s Preliminary Discourse, with Additional Notes and Emendations.
Together with a Complete Index to the Text, Preliminary Discourse,
and Notes. By Rev. E. M. Wherry, M.A., Lodiana. Vol. I. Pp. xii.
and 392. 1882. 12s. 6d. Vol. II. Pp. xi. and 408. 1884, 12s, 6d.

Hinpvu PainosopHy. THE BHAGAVAD Gir&; or, The Sacred Lay. A
Sanskrit Philosophical Lay. Translated, with Notes, by John Davies,
M.A. Pp. vi. and 208. 1882. 8s. 6d.

THE SARVA-DARSANA-SAMGRAHA; or, Review of the Different Systems
of Hindu Philosophy. By Madhava Acharya. Translated by E. B.
Cowell, M.A., Cambridge, and A. E. Gough, M.A., Calcutta. Pp. xii.
and 282. 1882. 10s. 6d.

TrpeTaN TALES. Derived from Indian Sources. Translated from the
Tibetan of the Kay-Gyur. By F. Anton von Schiefner. Done into
English from the German, with an Introduction. By W. R. 8S. Ralston,
M.A. Pp. xvi. and 368. 1882. 14s.

Linguistic Essays. By Carl Abel, Ph.D. Pp. viii. and 265. 1882. 9s.

THE INDIAN EMPIRE: Its History, People, and Products. By W. W.
Hunter, C.1.E., LL.D. Pp. 568. 1882. 16s.

HISTORY OF THE EGYPTIAN RELIGION. By Dr. C. P. Tiele, Leiden. Trans-
lated by J. Ballingal. Pp. xxiv. and 230. 1882. 7s. 6d.

70 A Catalogue of Important Works,

TRUBNER’S ORIENTAL SERIES—continued.

THE PHILOSOPHY OF THE UPANISHADS. By A. E. Gough, M.A., Calcutta.
Pp. xxiv.—268. 1882. 9s.

UDANAVARGA., A Collection of Verses from the Buddhist Canon. Com-

' piled by Dharmatrita. Being the Northern Buddhist Version of
Dhammapada. Translated from the Tibetan of Bkah-hgyur, with
Notes, and Extracts from the Commentary of Pradjnavarman, by W.
Woodville Rockhill. Pp. 240. 1883, 9s.

A History oF Burma, including Burma Proper, Pegu, Taungu, Tenas-
serim, and Arakan. From the Earliest Time to the End of the First
War with British India. By Lieut,-General Sir Arthur P. Phayre,
G.O.M.G., K.C.S.1I., and C.B. Pp. xii.-312. 1883. 14s.

A SKETCH OF THE MopERN LANGUAGES OF AFRICA. Accompanied by a
Language-Map. By R. N. Cust, Author of ‘‘ Modern Languages of the
East Indies,” &c. 2 vols., pp. xvi. and 566, with Thirty-one Autotype
Portraits. 1883. 25s.

RELIGION IN CHINA; containing a brief Account of the Three Religions of
the Chinese ; with Observations on the Prospects of Christian Conver-
sion amongst that People. By Joseph Edkins, D.D., Peking. Third
Edition. Pp. xvi. and 260. 1884. 7s. 6d.

OUTLINES OF THE HISTORY OF RELIGION TO THE SPREAD OF THE UNIVERSAL
Reticions. By Prof. C. P. Trene. Translated from the Dutch by J.
Estlin Carpenter, M.A., with the Author’s assistance. Third Edition.
Pp. xx. and 250. 1884. 7s. 6d.

S1-Yu-Ki. BouppuHist REcoRDS OF THE WESTERN WORLD. Translated
from the Chinese of Hiuen Tsaing (A.D. 629). By Samuel Beal, Professor
of Chinese, University College, London. 2 vols., with a specially pre-
pared Map. Pp. cviii.-242 and viii.-370. 1884. 24s. Dedicated by per-
mission to H.R.H. the Prince of Wales.

THe LIFE OF THE BUDDHA, AND THE EARLY HISTORY OF HIS ORDER.
Derived from Tibetan Works in the Bkah-Hgyur and the Bstan-Hgyur,
followed by Notices on the Early History of Tibet and Khoten. By W.
W. Rockhill. Pp. xii. and 274. 1884. 10s. 6d.

THE SANKHYA APHORISMS OF KapinA. With Illustrative Extracts from
the Commentaries. Translated and Edited by J. R. Ballantyne, LL.D.,
late Principal of Benares College. Third Edition, now entirely Re-
Edited by Fitzedward Hall. Pp. viii. and 464. 1885. 16s.

THE ORDINANCES OF Manu. Translated from the Sanskrit. With an
Introduction by the late A. C. Burnell, Ph.D., C.I.E. Completed and
Edited by Edward W. Hopkins, Ph.D., of Columbia College, New
York. Pp. xliv. and 400. 1884. 12s.

THE Lirk AND WorKS oF ALEXANDER CsomA Dr K6r6és between 1819
and 1842. With a Short Notice of all his Published and Unpublished
Works and Essays. From Original and for the most part Unpublished
Documents. By T. Duka, M.D., F.R.C.S. (Eng.), Surgeon-Major H.M.’s
Bengal Medical Service, Retired, &c. Pp. xii.-234, cloth. 1885. 9s.

TURNER.—TueE Enauisy Laneuace. A Concise History of the English Language,
with a Glossary showing the Derivation and Pronunciation of the English Words.
By Roger Turner. In German and English on opposite pages. 18mo, pp. viii.-80,
sewed. 1884. Is. 6d.

UNGER.—A SHorr Cut to REapine : The Child’s First Book of Lessons. Part I.
By W. H. Unger. Fourth Edition. Or. 8vo, pp. 32, cloth. 1873. 5d.

Sxquet to Part I. and Part II. Fourth Edition. Cr. 8vo, pp. 64, cloth. 1873.
6d. PartsI. andII. Third Edition. Demy 8vo, Pp. 76, cloth. 1873. 1s. 6d.
- «In folio sheets. Pp. 44. Sets A to D, 10d. each ; set EH, 8d. 1873. Complete, 4s.

UNGER.—W. H. UncEr’s Continuous SUPPLEMENTARY WRITING MODELS, designed
to impart not only a good business hand, but correctness in transcribing. Oblong
8vo, pp. 40, stiff covers. 1874. 6d.

Published by Triibner & Co. ee” 2

UNGER.—TuHE Stuprent’s BuuE Book: Being Selections from Official Corre-
spondence, Reports, &c.; for Exercises in Reading and Copying Manuscripts,
Writing, Orthography, Punctuation, Dictation, Précis, Indexing, and Digesting,
and Tabulating Accounts and Returns. Compiled by W. H. Unger. Folio, pp.
100, paper. 1875. 2s.

UNGER.—Two HunpreD TESTS IN ENGLISH ORTHOGRAPHY, or Word Dictations.
Compiled by W. H. Unger. Foolscap, pp. viii. and 200, cloth. 1877. 1s. 6d. plain,
2s, 6d. interleaved. :

UNGER.—Tue Script Primer: By which one of the remaining difficulties of
Children is entirely removed in the first stages, and, as a consequence, a consider-
able saving of time will be effected. In Two Parts. By W.H. Unger. Part TI.
12mo, pp. xvi. and 44, cloth. 5d. Part Il., pp. 59, cloth. 5d.

UNGER.—PRELIMINARY WoRD DICTATIONS ON THE RULES FOR SPELLING. By W.
H. Unger. 18mo, pp. 44, cloth. ‘

URICOECHEA,—Mapotnca COLOMBIANA: Catalogo de Todos los Mapas, Planos,
Vistas, &c., relativos a la América-Espafiola, Brasil, e Islas adyacentes. Arre-
glada cronologicamente i precedida de una introduccion sobre la historia cartogra-
tica de América. Por el Doctor Ezequiel Uricoechea, de Bogéta, Nueva Granada.
8vo, pp. 232, cloth. 1860. 6s.

URQUHART.—Etxorro-Morors. <A Treatise on the Means and Apparatus em-
ployed in the Transmission of Electrical Energy and its Conversion into Motive-
power. For the Use of Engineers and Others. By J. W. Urquhart, Electrician.
Crown 8vo, cloth, pp. xii. and 178, illustrated. 1882. 7s. 6d.

VAITANA SUTRA.—See AUCTORES SANSKRITI, Vol. IIT.

VALDES.—Livus oF THE Twin BROTHERS, JUAN AND ALFONSO DE VALDES. By E.
saga pe D.D. Translated by J. T. Betts. Crown) 8vo, pp. 32, wrappers.
1882. Is.

VALDES.—SEVENTEEN OPUSCULES. By Judn de Valdés. Translated from the
Spanish and Italian, and edited by John T. Betts. Crown 8vo, pp.’ xii. and
188, cloth. 1882. 6s.

VALDES.—Ju4n DE VALDES’ COMMENTARY UPON THE GOSPEL oF St. MATTHEW.
With Professor Boehmer’s “Lives of Juan and Alfonso de Valdés.” Now for
the first time translated from the Spanish, and never before published in English.
By John T. Betts. Post 8vo, pp. xii. and 512-30, cloth. 1882. 7s. 6d.

VALDES.—SpiritvuaL MILK; or, Christian Instruction for Children. By Juén de
Valdés. Translated from the Italian, edited and published by John T. Betts.
With Lives of the twin brothers, Juén and Alfonso de Valdés. By E. Boehmer,
D.D. Feap. 8vo, pp. 60, wrappers. 1882. 2s.

VALDES.—Spirituat Minx. Octaglot. The Italian original, with translations
into Spanish, Latin, Polish, German, English, French, and Engadin, With a
Critical and Historical Introduction by Edward Boehmer, the Editor of ‘‘ Spanish
Reformers.” 4to, pp. 88, wrappers. 1884. 6s.

VALDES.—THREE OPUSCULES : an Extract from Valdés’ Seventeen Opuscules. By
Juan de Valdés. Translated, edited, and published by John T. Betts. Feap. 8vo,
pp. 58, wrappers. 1881. 1s. 6d.

VALDES.—JvuAN DE VALDHis’ COMMENTARY UPON OUR LORD’s SERMON ON THE
Mount. ‘Translated and edited by J. T. Betts. With Lives of Juan and
Alfonso de Valdés. By E. Boehmer, D.D. Crown 8vo, pp. 112, boards,
1882. 2s. 6d.

VALDES.—JuAn DE VALDES’ COMMENTARY UPON THE EPISTLE TO THE ROMANS.
Edited by J. T. Betts. Crown 8vo, pp. xxxii. and 296, cloth. 1883. 6s,

VALDES.—JvUAN DE VALDES’ COMMENTARY UPON Sz. PAUL’s First EPIstLE To
THE CHURCH AT GorINTH. ‘Translated and edited by J. T. Betts. With Lives
of Judn and Alphonso de Valdés. By E. Boehmer. Crown 8vo, pp. 390, cloth.
1883. 6s.

72 A Catalogue of Important Works,

VAN CAMPEN.—TxueE DvutcH In THE Arotic.Seas. By Samuel Richard Van
Campen, author of ‘‘ Holland’s Silver Feast.” 8vo. Vol. I. A Dutch Arctic
Expedition and Route. Third Edition. Pp. xxxvii. and 263, cloth. 1877. 10s. 6d.
Vol. IL. in preparation.

VAN DE WEYER.—Cuorx D’OPuSCULES PHILOSOPHIQUES, HISTORIQUES, POLITIQUES
ET LirréRarres de Sylvain Van de Weyer, Précédés d’Avant propos de l’Editeur.
Roxburghe style. Crown 8vo. PREMIERE Sfirte. Pp. 374. 1863. 10s. 6d.—
DevuxtkMe Serie. Pp. 502. 1869. 12s.—Troistime Série. Pp. 391. 1875.
10s. 64,—QuATRIZME SfRIE. Pp. 366. 1876. 10s. 6d.

VAN EYS.— Basque Grammar. See Triibner’s Collection.

VAN LAUN.—GRaMMAR OF THE FRENCH LANGUAGE. By H. Van Laun. Parts
I. and IL. Accidence and.Syntax. 13th Edition. Cr. 8vo, pp.151 and 120, cloth,
1874. 4s. Part III. Exercises. 11th Edition. Cr. 8vo, pp. xii. and 285, cloth.
1873. 3s. 6d.

VAN LAUN,—LEgons GRADUEES DE TRADUCTION ET DE LECTURE; or, Graduated
Lessons in Translation and Reading, with Biographical Sketches, Annotations
on History, Geography, Synonyms and Style, and a Dictionary of Words and
roe By Henri Van Laun. 4th Edition. 12mo, pp. viii. and 400, cloth.
1868. 5s.

VAN PRAAGH.—LzEsSoNS FOR THE INSTRUCTION OF DEAF AND DUMB CHILDREN,
in Speaking, Lip-reading, Reading, and Writing. By W. Van Praagh, Director
of the School and Training College for Teachers of the Association for the Oral
Instruction of the Deaf and Dumb, Officier d’Academie, France. Feap. 8vo,
Part I., pp. 52, cloth. 1884; 2s. 6d. Part II., pp. 62, cloth. 1s, 6d.

VARDHAMANA’S GANARATNAMAHODADHI. See Auctorgs SANSKRItTI, Vol. IV.

VAZIR OF LANKURAN: A Persian Play. A Text-Book of Modern Colloquial
Persian. Edited, with Grammatical Introduction, Translation, Notes, and Voca-
bulary, by W. H. Haggard, late of H.M. Legation in Teheran, and G. le Strange.
Crown 8vo, pp. 230, cloth. 1882. 10s. 6d.

VELASQUEZ anD Srmonnié’s New Meruop To READ, WRITE, AND SPEAK THE
gp LANGUAGE. Adapted to Ollendorfi’s System. Post 8vo, pp. 558, cloth.

. 6s.

Key. Post 8vo, pp. 174, cloth. 4s.

VELASQUEZ,—A DICTIONARY OF THE SPANISH AND ENGLISH LANGUAGES. For
the Use of Young Learners and Travellers. By M. Velasquez de la Cadena.
In Two Parts. I. Spanish-English. II. English-Spanish. Crown 8vo, pp. viii.
and 846, cloth. 1883. 7s. 6d.

QUEZ,—A PRONOUNCING DICTIONARY OF THE SPANISH AND ENGLISH LAN-
GUAGES. Composed from the Dictionaries of the Spanish Academy, Terreos, and
Salv4, and Webster, Worcester, and Walker. Two Parts in one thick volume.
By M. Velasquez dela Cadena. Roy. 8vo, pp. 1280, cloth. 1873. £1, 4s.

QUEZ.—NrEW SPANISH READER: Passages from the most approved authors,
in Prose and Verse. Arranged in progressive order. With Vocabulary. By M.
Velasquez de la Cadena. Post 8vo, pp. 352, cloth. 1866. 6s.

VELASQUEZ.— AN Easy INTRODUCTION TO SPANISH CONVERSATION, containing all
that is necessary to make a rapid progress in it. Particularly designed for
persone who have little time to study, or are their own instructors. By M.

elasquez de la Cadena. 12mo, pp. 150, cloth. 1863. 2s. 6d.

VERSES AND VERSELETS. By a Lover of Nature. Foolscap 8vo, pp. viii. and
88, cloth. 1876. 2s. 6d.

VICTORIA GOVERNMENT.—PvuBLICATIONS OF THE GOVERNMENT OF VICTORIA.
List in preparation.

VOGEL.—On Breer. A Statistical Sketch. By M. Vogel. Fecap. 8vo, pp. xii. and
76, cloth limp. 1874. 2s.

WAFFLARD and FULGENCE.—Lxr Voyacre A Dieprr, A Comedy in Prose. By
Wafflard and Fulgence. Edited, with Notes, by the Rev. P. H. E: Brette, B.D.
Cr. 8vo, pp. 104, cloth. 1867. 2s. 6d.

Published by Triibner & Co. 73

WAKE.—Tux EvotuTion or Morauity. Being a History of the Development of
Moral Culture. By C. Staniland Wake. 2 vols. crown 8vo, pp. xvi.-506 and
xii.-474, cloth. 1878. 21s.

WALLACE.—On MrracLes AND MopERN SPIRITUALISM; Three Essays. By Alfred
Russel Wallace, Author of ‘*The Malay Archipelago,” ‘‘The Geographical Dis-
tribution of Animals,” &c., &c. Second Edition, crown 8vo, pp. viii. and 236,
cloth. 1881. 5s ~

WANKLYN and CHAPMAN.—WartrrR ANALYSIS. A Practical Treatise on the
Examination of Potable Water. By J. A. Wanklyn, and E. T. Chapman. Sixth
Edition. Entirely rewritten. By J. ni Wanklyn, M.R.C.S. . Crown 8vo, pp. 192,
cloth. 1884. 5s.

WANKLYN.—Mink ANALYSIS; a Practical Treatise on the Examination of Milk and
its Derivatives, Cream, Butter, and Cheese. By J. A. Wanklyn, M.R.C.S., &c.
Crown 8vo, pp. viii. and.72, cloth. 1874, 5s.

WANKLYN.—T3A, Corren, AND Cocoa. A Practical Treatise = the Analysis of
Tea, Coffee, Cocoa, Chocolate, Maté (Paraguay Tea), &&. By J. A, Wanklyn,
M.R.C.S., &e. Crown 8vo, pp. viii. and 60, cloth. 1874. 5s.

WAR OFFICE.—A List oF THE VARIOUS MILITARY MANUALS AND OTHER WORKS
PUBLISHED UNDER THE SUFERINTENDENCE OF THE WAR OFFICE may be had on
application.

WARD.—Ion: A Lecture delivered before the Keswick Literary Society, and pub-
lished by request. To.which is appended a Geological Dream on Skiddaw. By
J. Clifton Ward, F.G.S. 8vo, pp. 28, sewed.. 1870. 1s.

WARD.—ELEMENTARY NATURAL PHILOSOPHY 3 being a Course of Nine Lectures, speci-
ally adapted for the use of Schools and J unior Students. By J. Clifton Ward,
F.G.S. Feap. 8vo, pp. viii. and 216, with 154 Illustrations, cloth. 1871. 3s. 6d.

WARD.—EtremEentARyY GEoLocy: A Course of Nine Lectures, for the use of Schools
and Junior Students. By J. Clifton Ward, F.G.S... Feap. 8vo, pp. 292, with 120
Illustrations, cloth. 1872. 4s. 6d.

WATSON.—INDEX TO THE NATIVE AND SOIENTIFIC NAMES OF INDIAN AND OTHER
EASTERN EcoNoMIC PLANTS AND Propucts, originally prepared under the autho-
rity of the Secretary of State for India in Council. By John Forbes Watson,
M.D. Imp. 8vo, pp. 650, cloth. 1868. £1, 11s. 6d.

WATSON.—SPANISH AND PortTUGUESE SoUTH AMERICA DURING THE COLONIAL
PerRiop. By R. G. Watson. 2 vols. post 8vo, pp. xvi.—308, viii.—320, cloth.
1884. 21s,

WEBER.—TuHE History OF INDIAN LITERATURE. By Albrecht Weber. Translated
from the Second German Edition, by J. Mann, M.A., and T. Zacharaiae, Ph.D.,
with the sanction of the Author. Second Edition, post 8vo, pp. xxiv. and 360,
cloth. 1882. 10s. 6d.

WEDGWOOD.—TuHE PRINCIPLES OF GEOMETRICAL DEMONSTRATION, reduced from the
Original Conception of Space and Form. By H. Wedgwood, M.A. 12mo, pp. 48,
cloth. 1844, 2s.

WEDGWOOD.—On THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE UNDERSTANDING. By H. Wedgwood,
A.M. 12mo, pp. 133, cloth. 1848. 3s.

WEDGWOOD.—Txer GEOMETRY OF THE THREE Frrst Books oF Evciip. By Direct
PA from Definitions Alone. By H. Wedgwood, M.A. 12mo, pp. 104, cloth.

56. 3s.

WEDGWOOD.—On THE OrIGIN OF LANGUAGE. By H. Wedgwood, M.A. 12mo,
pp. a Aes 1866. 3s. 6d.

GWOOD.—A Dictionary oF EnauisH Erymoiocy. By H. Wedgwood.
Third CRaition revised and enlarged. With ant ta on the Origin of
Language. 8vo, pp. Ixxii. and 746, cloth. 1878. £1, 1

WEDGWOOD. — CONTESTED ETYMOLOGIES IN THE DionoNant OF THE Rev. W. W.
SKEAT. By H. Wedgwood. Crown 8vo, pp. viii. and 194, cloth. 1882. 5s.

74 A Catalogue of Important Works,

WEISBACH.—THEORETICAL MECHANICS: A Manual of the Mechanics of Engineer-
ing and of the Construction of Machines ; with an Introduction to the Calculus.
Designed as a Text-book for Technical Schools and Colleges, and for the use of
Engineers, Architects, &c. By Julius Weisbach, Ph.D., Oberbergrath, and Pro-
fessor at the rg Mining be te uo at Freiberg, &c. Translated from the Ger-
man by Eckley B. Coxe, A.M., Mining Engineer. Demy 8vo, with 902 woodcuts,
pp. 1112, cloth. 1877. bls. 6d.

WELLER.—ANn ImpRoOvVED DicTronaRY; English and French, and French and Eng-
lish, By E. Weller. Royal 8vo, pp. 384 and 340, cloth. 1864. 7s. 6d.

WEST and BUHLER.—A DicEst of THE H1npu Law oF INHERITANCE, PARTITION,
AND ADOPTION; embodying the Replies of the Sadstris in the Courts of the
Bombay Presidency, with Introductions and Notes. By Raymond West and
J. G. Biihler. Third Edition. Demy 8vo, pp. 1450, sewed. 1884. £1, 16s.

WETHERELL.—THE MANUFACTURE OF VINEGAR, its Theory and Practice; with
especial reference to the Quick Process. By C. M. Wetherell, Ph.D., M.D. 8vo,
pp. 30, cloth. 7s. 6d.

WHEELDON.—ANGLING RESORTS NEAR LONDON: The Thames and the Lea. By J.
P. Wheeldon, Piseatorial Correspondent to ‘‘Bell’s Life.” Crown 8vo, pp. viii.
and 218. 1878. Paper, 1s. 6d.

WHEELER.—Tue History oF INDIA FROM THE EaRuiest AGES. By J. Talboys
Wheeler. Demy 8vo, cloth. Vol. I. containing the Vedic Period and the Maha
Bharata. With Map. Pp. lxxv. and 576, cl. 1867, 0. p. Vol. II. The Ramayana,
and the Brahmanic Period. Pp. lxxxviii. and 680, with 2 Maps, cl. 21s. Vol.
III. Hindu, Buddhist, Brahmanical Revival. Pp. xxiv.-500. With 2 Maps,
8vo, cl. 1874. 18s. This volume may be had as a complete work with the fol-
lowing title, ‘‘ History of India; Hindu, Buddhist, and Brahmanical.” Vol
IV. Part I. Mussulman Rule. Pp. xxxii.—320. 1876, 14s. Vol. IV. Part II.
completing the History of India down to the time of the Moghul Empire.
Pp. xxviii. and 280. 1881. 12s.

WHEELER,— EARLY REcoRDS OF BritisH Inp1a: A History of the English Settle-

ments in India, as told in the Government Records, the works of old Travellers,
and other Contemporary Documents, from the earliest period down to the rise of
British Power in India. By J. Talboys Wheeler, late Assistant Secretary to the
Government of India in the Foreign Department. Royal 8vo, pp. xxxii. and 392,
cloth. 1878. 15s.

WHEELER.—THE FOREIGNER IN CHINA. By L. N. Wheeler, D.D. With Intro-
duction by Professor W. C. Sawyer, Ph.D. , 8vo, pp. 268, cloth. 1881. 6s. 6d.
WHERRY.—A CoMPREHENSIVE COMMENTARY TO THE QURAN. ‘To which is prefixed

Sale’s Preliminary Discourse, with additional Notes and Emendations. Together
with a complete Index to the Text, Preliminary Discourse, and Notes. By Rev.
HE. M. Wherry M.A., Lodiana. 3 vols. post 8vo, cloth. Vol. I. Pp. xii. and 392.
1882. 12s. 6d. Vol. II. Pp. vi. and 408. 1884. 12s. 6d,

WHINFIELD.—QuaTRAINS OF OMAR KuHAyyaM. See Triibner’s Oriental Series.

WHINFIELD.—See GuisHan I. Raz,

WHIST.—Snort Runes ror Moprern Wuist, Extracted from the ‘‘ Quarterly
Review ” of January 1871. Printed ona Card, folded to fit the Pocket. 1878. 6d.

WHITE.—Sprnoza. See English and Foreign Philosophical Library.

WHITNEY,—LANGUAGE AND THE StuDY OF LANGUAGE: Twelve Lectures on the
Principles of Linguistic Science. By W. D. Whitney. Fourth Edition, aug-
mented by an Analysis. Crown 8vo, pp. xii. and 504, cloth. 1884. 10s. 6d.

WHITNEY.—LANGUAGE AND iTS Stupy, with especial reference to the Indo-
European Family of Languages. Seven Lectures by W. D. Whitney, Instructor
in Modern Languages in Yale gags Edited with Introduction, Notes, Tables,
&ec., and an Index, by the Rev. R. Morris, M.A., LL.D. Second ‘Edition.
Crown 8vo, pp. xxii. and 318, cloth. 1880. 5s.

Published by Triibner & Co. 75

WHITNEY.—Oriental and Linguistic Studies. By W. D. Whitney. First Series.
Crown 8vo, pp. x. and 420, cloth. 1874. 12s. Second Series, Crowii 8vo, pp. xii.
and 434, With chart, cloth. 1874. 12s.

WHITNEY.—A SAanskrRIT GRAMMAR, ei both the Classical Language and the
older Dialects of Veda and Brahmana. William Dwight Whitney, Professor
of Sanskrit and Comparative Piilolegy t 4 Yale College, Newhaven, &c., &Xc.
8vo, pp. xxiv. and 486. 1879. Stitched in wrapper, 10s. 6d; cloth, 12s.

WHITWELL.—Inon SmMELTER’S Pocket ANALYSIS Book. By Thomas Whitwell,
pr the Institution of Mechanical Engineers, &c. Oblong 12mo, pp. 152,
roan. 1877. 5s.

WILKINSON.—Tue Satnt’s TRAVEL TO THE LAND OF CANAAN. ‘Wherein are dis-
covered Seventeen False Rests short of the Spiritual Coming of Christ in the
Saints, with a Brief Discovery of what the Coming of Christ in the Spirit is. By
R. Wilkinson, Printed 1648; reprinted 1874. Fcap. 8vo, pp. 208, cloth. 1s. 6d.

WILLIAMS.—A Syiuasic DICTIONARY OF THE CHINESE LANGUAGE; arranged ac-
cording to the Wu-Fang Yuen Yin, with the pronunciation of the "Characters as
heard in Pekin, Canton, Amoy, and Shanghai. By S. Wells Williams, LL.D.
4to, pp. 1336. 1874. £5, 5s.

WILLIAMS.—Mopern INDIA AND THE INDIANS. See Triibner’s Oriental Series.
WILSON.—WorkKS OF THE LATE HoRACE HAYMAN WILSON, M.A., F.RB.S., &e.

Vols. I. and II. Essays and Lectures chiefly on the Religion of the Hindus, by
the late H. H. Wilson, M.A., F.R.S., &c. Collected and Edited by Dr. Rein-
hold Rost. 2 vols. demy 8vo, pp. xiii. and 399, vi. and 416, cloth. 21s.

Vols. III., IV., and V. Essays Analytical, Critical, and Philological, on Subjects
connected with Sanskrit Literature. Collected and Edited by Dr. Reinhold
Rost. 3 vols. demy 8vo, pp. 408, 406, and 390, cloth. 36s.

Vols. VI., VII., VIII., IX., and X. (2 parts). Vishnu Purana, a System of Hindu
Mythology and Tradition. Translated from the original Sanskrit, and Illus-
trated by Notes derived chiefly from other Puranas. By the late H. HL. Wilson.
Edited by FitzEdward Hall, M.A., D.C.L., Oxon. Vols. I. to V. (2 parts).
Demy 8vo, pp. cxl. and 200, 344, 346, 362, and 268, cloth. £3, 4s. 6d.

Vols. XI. and XII. Select Specimens of the Theatre of the Hindus. Translated
from the original Sanskrit. By the late H. H. Wilson, M.A., F.R.S. Third
corrected Edition. 2 vols. demy 8vo, pp. lxxi. and 384, iv. and 418, cloth, 2s.

WILSON.—THOUGHTS ON SCIENCE, THEOLOGY, AND Eruics. By John Wilson, M.A.,
Trinity College, Dublin. Crown 8vo, pp. 280, cloth. 1885. 3s. 6d.

WISE.—CoMMENTARY ON THE Hindu SysteEM OF MeEpicinE. By T. A. Wise,
M.D. 8vo, pp. xx. and 432, cloth. 1845. 7s. 6d

WISE.—REVIEW OF THE HistoRY oF MEDICINE. By Thomas A. Wise. 2 vols.
demy 8vo, cloth. Vol. L, pp. xcviii. and 397. Vol. II., pp. 574. 10s.

WISE.—HIstory o¥ PAGANISM IN CALEDONIA. By T. A. Wise, M.D., &c. Demy
4to, pp. xxviii.-272, cloth, with numerous Illustrations. 1884. 15s.

WITHERS.—THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE AS PRONOUNCED. By G. Withers, Royal
8vo, pp. 84, sewed. 1874. Is.

WOOD.—CxHRoNnos. Mother Earth’s Biography. A Romance of the New School.
By Ape oe Wood, M.D. Crown 8vo, pp. xvi. and 334, with Illustration, cloth.
1873. 6s.

WOMEN — Tur RicHts or WomEN. A Comparison of the Relative Legal Status of
the Sexes in the Chief Countries of Western Civilisation. Crown 8vo, pp. 104,
cloth. 1875. 2s, 6d.

76 A Catalogue of Important Works.

WRIGHT.—FrEvDAL MANUALS OF ENGLISH History, a series of Popular Sketches of
our National History compiled at different periods, from the Thirteenth Century
to the Fifteenth, for the use of the Feudal eaaeey and Nobility. Now first edited
from the Original Manuscripts. By Thomas Wright, M.A., F.S.A., &c. Small
4to, pp. xxix. and 184, cloth. 1872. 15s.

WRIGHT.—THE Homes or oTHER Days. A History of Domestic Manners and
Sentiments during the Middle Ages. By Thomas Wright, M.A., F.S.A. With
Illustrations from the Tluminations in Contemporary Manuscripts and other
Sources. Drawn and Engraved by F. W. Fairholt, F.S.A. Medium 8vo, 350
Woodcuts, pp. xv. and 512, cloth. 1871. 2ls.

WRIGHT.— ANGLO-SAXON AND OLD ENGLISH VOCABULARIES. By Thomas Wright,
M.A., F.S.A., Hon. M.R.S.L. Second Edition, Edited and Collated by Richard
Paul Wulcker. 2 vols. demy 8vo, pp. xx.-408, and iv.-486, cloth. 1884. 28s.
Illustrating the Condition and Manners of our Forefathers, as well as. the History
of the forms of Elementary Education, and of the Languages Spoken in this Island
from the Tenth Century to the Fifteenth.

WRIGHT.—TuHeE CELT, THE ROMAN, AND THE SAXON; a History of the Early
Inhabitants of Britain down to the Conversion of the Anglo-Saxons to Christianity.
Illustrated by the Ancient Remains brought to light by Recent Research.
By Thomas Wright, M.A., F.S.A., &c., &c. Third Corrected and Enlarged
Edition. Cr. 8vo, pp. xiv. and 562, With nearly 300 Engravings. Cloth. 1875. 14s.

WRIGHT.—TxHE Book oF KatitAn AND Drwnax. Translated from Arabic into
Syriac. Edited by W. Wright, LL.D., Professor of Arabic in the University of
Cambridge. Demy 8vo, pp. lxxxii.-408, cloth. 1884. 21s.

WRIGHT.—Menrat TRAVELS IN IMaGineD Lanps. By H. Wright. Crown 8vo,
pp. 184, cloth. 1878. 5s.

WYLD.—CLAIRVOYANCE; or, the Auto-Noetic Action of the Mind. By George
Wyld, M.D. Edin. 8vo, pp. 32, wrapper. 1883. 1s.

WYSARD.—THE INTELLECTUAL AND MORAL PROBLEM OF GOETHE’S Faust, By A.

Wysard. Parts I. and II. Fcap. 8vo, pp. 80, limp parchment wrapper. 1885.
2s. 6d

YOUNG MECHANIC (Tur).—See MEcHANIC.

ZELLER.—STRAUSS AND RENAN. An Essay by E. Zeller. Translated from the
German. Post 8vo, pp. 110, cloth. 1866. 2s. 6d.

PERIODICALS
PUBLISHED AND SOLD BY TRUBNER & CO.

AMATEUR MECHANICAL SOCIETY’S JOURNAL. —Irregular.

ANTANANARIVO ANNUAL anp MapacGascarR MaGazine.—lIrregular.

ANTHROPOLOGICAL InstiTuTE oF GREAT BRITAIN AND IRELAND (JOURNAL OF).—
Quarterly, 5s.

ARCHITECT (AMERICAN) AND BurtpInc News.—Contains General Architectural
News, Articles on Interior Decoration, Sanitary Engineering, Construction,
Building Materials, &c., &c. Four full-page Illustrations accompany each
Number. Weekly. Annual Subscription, £1, 11s. 6d. Post free.

ASIATIC SOCIETY (Royat) or GREAT BRITAIN AND IRELAND (JOURNAL OF).—
Irregular.

Periodicals. 77

BIBLICAL ARCHAZOLOGICAL SOCIETY (TRANSACTIONS OF).—Irregular.

BIBLIOTHECA SACRA.—Quarterly, 3s.6d. Annual Subscription, 14s. Post free.

BRITISH ARCHAOLOGICAL ASSOCIATION (JournaL OFr).—Quarterly, 8s.

BRITISH CHESS MAGAZINE.—Monthly, 8d.

BRITISH HOMCOPATHIC SOCIETY (ANNALS oF).—Half-yearly, 2s. 6d.

BROWNING SOCIETY’S PAPERS.—TIrregular.

CALCUTTA REVIEW.—Quarterly, 8s. 6d. Annual Subscription, 34s. Post free.

CAMBRIDGE PHILOLOGICAL SOCIETY (PRocEEDINGS OF).—Irregular.

ENGLISHWOMAN’S REVIEW.—Social and Industrial Questions. Monthly, 6d.

GEOLOGICAL MAGAZINE, or Monthly Journal of Geology, 1s. 6d. Annual Sub-
scription, 18s. Post free.

GLASGOW, GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF (TRANSACTIONS or).—Irregular.

INDEX MEDICUS.—A Monthly Classified Record of the Current Medical Literature
of the World. Annual Subscription, 50s. Post free.

INDIAN ANTIQUARY.—A Journal of Oriental Research in Archeology, History,
Literature, ‘Languages, Philosophy, Religion, Folklore, &c. Annual Subscrip-
tion, £2. Post free.

INDIAN EVANGELICAL REVIEW,—Annual Subscription, 10s.

LIBRARY JOURNAL. —Official Organ of the Library Associations of America and of
the United Kingdom. Monthly, 2s. Annual Subscription, 20s. Post free.

- MANCHESTER QUARTERLY.—Is. 6d.

MATHEMATICS (AmERICAN JOURNAL OF).—Quarterly, 7s. 6d. Annual Subscrip-
tion, 24s. Post free.

ORIENTALIST (THE).—Monthly. Annual Subscription, 12s.

ORTHODOX CATHOLIC REVIEW. —Irregular.

PHILOLOGICAL SOCIETY (TRANSACTIONS AND PROCEEDINGS OF).—Irregular.

PSYCHICAL RESEARCH (SOCIETY OF).—PRocEEDINGS.

PUBLISHERS’ WEEKLY.—TuHE AMERICAN BoOOK-TRADE JOURNAL. Annual Sub-
scription, 18s. Post free.

PUNJAB NOTES AND QUERIES. —Monthly. Annual Subscription, 10s.

REVUE COLONIALE INTERNATIONALE.—Monthly. Annual Subscription, 25s,
Post free.

SCIENTIFIC AMERICAN.—WeEEKLY. Annual subscription, 18s. Post free.

SUPPLEMENT to ditto.—Wnrkty. Annual subscription, 24s. Post free,

SCIENCE AND ARTS (AMERICAN JOURNAL OF).—Monthly, 2s. 6d, Annual Subscrip-
tion, 30s,

SPECULATIVE PHILOSOPHY (JouRNAL OF). a Raantorly, 4s, Annual Subscription,
16s. Post free, 17s.

SUNDAY REVIEW.— Organ of the Sunday Society for Opening Museums and Art
Galleries on Sunday.—Quarierly, 1s. Annual Subscription, 4s. 6d. Post free.

TRUBNER’S AMERICAN, EUROPEAN, AND ORIENTAL LITERARY RECORD.—A Register
of the most Important Works Published in America, India, China, and the British
Colonies. With octasional Notes on German, Dutch, Danish, French, Italian,
Spanish, Portuguese, and Russian Literature. Subscription for 12 Numbers, 5s.
Post free.

TRUBNER & CO.’S Montuty List of New and Forthcoming Works, Official and

other Authorised Publications, and New American Books. Post free.
WESTMINSTER REVIEW.—Quarterly, 6s. Annual Subscription, 22s. Post free.
WOMAN’S SuFFRAGE JoURNAL.—Monthly, 1d.

TRUBNER & CO.’S GATALOGUES.

Any of the following Catalogues sent per Post on receipt of Stamps.

Africa, Works Relating to the Modern Languages of. Id.

Agricultural Works. 2d.

Arabic, Persian, and Turkish Books, printed in the East. 1s.
' Assyria and Assyriology. ls.

Bibliotheca Hispano-Americana. ls. 6d.

Brazil, Ancient and Modern Books relating to. 2s. 6d.

British Museum, Publications of Trustees of the. Id.

Dictionaries and Grammars of Principal Languages and Dialects
of the World. 5s.

Educational Works. ld.

Egypt and Egyptology. 1s.

Guide Books. ld.

Important Works, published by Triibner & Co. 2d.
Linguistic and Oriental Publications. 2d.

Medical, Surgical, Chemical, and Dental Publications. 2d.
Modern German Books. 2d.

Monthly List of New Publications. 1d.

Pali, Prakrit, and Buddhist Literature. 1s.

Portuguese Language, Ancient and Modern Books in the. 6d.
Sanskrit Books. 2s. 6d.

Scientific Works. 2d.

Semitic, Iranian, and Tatar Races. Is.

9
* *.

TRUBNER’S
COLLECTION OF SIMPLIFIED GRAMMARS

OF THE

PRINGIPAL ASIATIG AND EUROPEAN LANGUAGES.

Epirep sy REINHOLD ROST, LL.D., Pu.D.

The object of this Series is to provide the learner with a concise but
practical Introduction to the various Languages, and at the same time to
furnish Students of Comparative Philology with a clear and comprehensive
view of their structure. The attempt to adapt the somewhat cumbrous
grammatical system of the Greek and Latin to every other tongue has intro-
duced a great deal of unnecessary difficulty into the study of Languages.
Instead of analysing existing locutions and endeavouring to discover the
principles which regulate them, writers of grammars have for the most part
constructed a framework of rules on the old lines, and tried to make the
language of which they were treating fit into it. Where this proves im-
possible, the difficulty is met by lists of exceptions and irregular forms, thus
burdening the pupil’s mind with a mass of details of which he can make
no practical use.

In these Grammars the subject is viewed from a different standpoint ;
the structure of each language is carefully examined, and the principles
which underlie it are carefully explained ; while apparent discrepancies
and so-called irregularities are shown to be only natural euphonic and
other changes. All technical terms are excluded unless their meaning
and application is self-evident ; no arbitrary rules are admitted ; the old
classification into declensions, conjugations, &c., and even the usual para-
digms and tables, are omitted. Thus reduced to the simplest principles,
the Accidence and Syntax can be thoroughly comprehended by the student
on one perusal, and a few hours’ diligent study will enable him to analyse
any sentence in the language.

Now REapy.
Crown 8vo, cloth, uniformly bound.
I.—Hindustani, Persian, and Arabie. By the late E. H. Palmer,
M.A. Second Edition. Pp. 112. 5s,

It. —Hungarian. By I. Smncer, of Buda-Pesth. Pp. vi. and 88.
4s, 6d. ‘

For continuation see next page.

80 Triibner's Simplified Grammars—continued.

III.—Basque. By W. VAN Eys. Pp. xii. and 52. 3s. 6d.
IV.—Malagasy. By G. W. PARKER. Pp. 66. 5s.
V.—Modern Greek. By E. M. GetpArt, M.A. Pp. 68. 2s. 6d.
VI.—Roumanian. By M. Torceanv. Pp. viii. and 72. 5s.
VII.—Tibetan. By H. A. JASCHKE. Pp. viii. and 104. 5s.
VIII —Danish. By E. C. OTTE, Pp. viii. and 66. 2s. 6d.
IX.—Turkish. By J. W. Repuovuse, M.R. AS. Pp. xii. and 204.
10s. 6d.
X.—Swedish.’ By Miss E.C. OTTE. Pp. xii.and 70. 2s. 6d.
XI.—Polish. By W. R. Morritu, M.A. Pp. viii. and 64, 3s. 6d.
XII.—Pali. By E. MULuEr, Ph.D. ). xvi.-144. 7s. 6d.
XIII.—Sanskrit. By H. EDGREN. . xii. -178. 10s. 6d.

The following are in preparation :—
SIMPLIFIED GRAMMARS OF

Albanian, by WASsSA PasHA, Prince of the Lebanon.

Assyrian, by Prof, SAYCE.

Bengali, by J. F. BLUMHARDT, of the British Museum.

Burmese, by Dr. E. FORCHAMMER. _

Cymric and Gaelic. by H. JENNER, of the British Museum.

Egyptian, by Dr. BircH.

Finnic, by Prof. Otro DoNNER, of Helsingfors.

Hebrew, by Dr. GINSBURG.

Icelandic, by Dr. WIMMER, Copenhagen.

Lettish, by Dr. M. I. A. VOLKEL. sity

Lithuanian, by Dr. M. I. A. VOLKEL. ‘=

Malay, by W. E. MAXWELL, of the Inner Temple, Barrister-at-Law.

Portuguese, by WALTER DE GRAY BIRCH.

Prakrit, by HJALMAR EDGREN, Lund, Sweden.

Russian, Bohemian, Bulgarian and Serbian, by W. R. Morri1t, of
‘Oxford.

Sinhalese, by Dr. EDWARD Moialens*

Arrangements ‘are ‘being made with competent Scholars for the early
preparation of Grammars of German, Dutch, Italian, Chinese,
Japanese, and Biamere.

LONDON ; TRUBNER & 00., LUDGATE HILL,
'

PRINTED BY BALLANTYNE, HANSON AND CO.
EDINBURGH AND LONDON.

750/15/8/85—H. 4 v

~—

Yy
iy

S

i

LEE

Mh A Al fg ke

ty
Bs
YZ

eee

Vey
yy

AMGLALALEA

BLES
LL

ti

(ne

Yy

SALLAL SAM cf fo PALO

DALLA MA AKA MAMA
Biya tz y

en

\
SS

. a
; :
‘NS
‘i
NS
‘
i
‘;
.
AN
\s
\5

NN

RAW \ .
SN RAK \

—
SY .

LA,

Ze

ty

ty eee
ties ys fe
CHEE LE
es Ee BASE ste,
epee ity y oy 555

~ \
A \
NS ~ RAG

eS AS LS XX